BOARD POLICIES

BOARD POLICIES

POLICY MANUAL:

This site contains the official board policies for the board of directors of the Carroll Community School District. Policy development is a dynamic, ongoing process. New problems, issues, and needs give rise to the continuing need to develop new policies or to revise existing ones. 

How To Use This Policy Manual
The Carroll Community School District operates according to policies established by its board of directors.  The board develops policies after careful deliberation, and the school administration implements them through specific regulations and procedures.  The board reviews and evaluates its policies and makes revisions as necessary.

The manual is organized according to a numeric codification system.  There are nine major classifications bearing a numeric Series Code.

        100    EDUCATION PHILOSOPHY
        200    BOARD OF DIRECTORS
        300    ADMINISTRATION
        400    PERSONNEL
        500    STUDENT PERSONNEL
        600    EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM
        700    AUXILIARY SERVICES
        800    BUSINESS PROCEDURES
        900    COMMUNITY RELATIONS

How To Find A Policy
There are two ways to find a policy.  The first is to click on "Board Policies" header to expand the list, and then navigate to a particular Series and then review the list of policies included under each Series.  To view the policy, just click on the policy name in the menu on the left.

The second way to find a policy is to search for a policy number, keyword or phrase in the Search box in the upper right hand corner of this site.  It will show results that may match your search word or phrase.  Then click on an individual policy or item to review.

Inquiries
Inquires about the policies included in this manual may be directed to the board members or to the superintendent by telephone at (712) 792-8001 or by email at cberlau@carrolltigers.org or by writing the school district at Carroll Community School District, 1026 North Adams Street, Carroll, Iowa, 51401.

 

Jen@iowaschool… Thu, 09/19/2019 - 12:29

100 - LEGAL STATUS OF THE DISTRICT

100 - LEGAL STATUS OF THE DISTRICT

Iowa law authorizes the creation of a Common Schools System. As part of this Common Schools System, this school district is a school corporation created and organized under Iowa law. This school district is known as the Carroll Community School District.

This school corporation is located in Carroll County, and its affairs are conducted by elected school officials, the Carroll Community School District Board of Directors. This school corporation has exclusive jurisdiction over school matters in the territory of the school district

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 2003
July 2006
July 2009
July 2012
July 2015
October 2018
December 2019

 

admin@iowascho… Wed, 11/28/2012 - 16:04

101 - Educational Philosophy of the School

101 - Educational Philosophy of the School

EDUCATIONAL PHILOSOPHY

 

Series 100

 

Policy Title: Educational Philosophy of the School District

Code No.: 101

 

As a school corporation of Iowa, the Carroll Community School District, acting through its board of directors, is dedicated to promoting an equal opportunity for a quality public education to its students. The board’s ability may be limited by the school 's ability and willingness to furnish financial support in cooperation with the students’ parent/guardian and school community. The board is also dedicated to providing the opportunity to develop a healthy, safe, social, intellectual, emotional, and physical self-concept in a learning environment that provides guidance to and encourages critical thinking in students for a lifetime.

 

The board endeavors, through the dedication of the school 's resources, to encourage students, who come to the school from a variety of backgrounds, to look forward to the time when they will have jobs, homes, families, and places in the school community; and to attain recognition as individuals. In order to achieve this goal, the board will seek highly qualified employees dedicated to development of their professional skills for the betterment of the education program and of the expertise for educational productivity.

 

Instruction and curriculum are the key elements of a public education. Critical thinking and problem solving skills that will assist the students' preparation for life are instructed as part of a sequentially coordinated curriculum. The school strives to prepare students for employment, to discover and nurture creative talent, and to prepare them to meet and cope with social change in an atmosphere conducive to learning.

 

The support and involvement of the home and the school community are essential to achieve educational excellence in the school. The school strives to maintain an active relationship with the home and the school community to create within the students an awareness of dignity and worth of the individual, civic responsibility, and respect for authority.

 

 

 

VISION

Carroll Community School District inspires excellence in learning

to prepare all students for success.

 

 

DISTRICT MISSION STATEMENT

 

Inspiring Learning and Excellence for All

 

 

 

CORE VALUES

Teaching     Learning every day

Inclusivity Welcoming everyone 

Growth Improving ourselves 

Excellence Striving to be our academic best

Respect    Choosing kindness            

Safety Caring for each other     

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 2003

July 2006

July 2009

July 2012

July 2015

October 2018

December 2023

 

Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 10/29/2019 - 19:57

102 - Equal Educational Opportunity Policy

102 - Equal Educational Opportunity Policy

EDUCATIONAL PHILOSOPHY

Series 100

Policy Title: Equal Educational Opportunity Code No. 102

 

Pursuant to Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, and other applicable state and federal laws, the Carroll Community School District and its Board of Directors does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, disability, religion, creed, age, sexual orientation, gender identity, or genetic information (for employment) in any of its education programs, activities, or employment opportunities. Further, the board affirms the right of all students and staff to be treated with respect and to be protected from intimidation, discrimination, physical harm and harassment.

 

The board requires all persons, agencies, vendors, contractors and other persons and organizations doing business with or performing services for the school district to subscribe to all applicable federal and state laws, executive orders, rules and regulations pertaining to contract compliance and equal opportunity.

 

The District has adopted a grievance procedure for processing complaints of discrimination. The District has also adopted a Title IX grievance procedure specifically for processing reports and formal complaints of sex discrimination, including sexual harassment.

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

July 2003

July 2006

July 2007

July 2009

July 2009

July 2012

July 2015

March 2017

October 2018

September 2020

 

 

EDUCATIONAL PHILOSOPHY

Series 100

 

Policy Title: General Grievance Procedure

Code No. 102R1

 

It is the policy of the Carroll Community School District not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, disability, religion, creed, age, sexual orientation, gender identity, or genetic information (for employment) in its educational programs and its employment practices.

 

There is a grievance procedure for processing complaints of discrimination. If you have questions or a grievance related to this policy please contact Mrs. Crystal Boes, the Equity Coordinator (cboes@carrolltigers.org), 712-792-8040, 1026 North Adams Street, Carroll, Iowa, 51401. Formal complaints and informal reports of sex discrimination, including sexual harassment, will be referred to the Title IX Coordinator and will be governed by the provisions of Code No. 102.R2.

 

Students, parents of students, employees, and applicants for employment in the school district have the right to file a formal complaint alleging discrimination. The district has policies and procedures in place to identify and investigate complaints alleging discrimination. If appropriate, the district will take steps to prevent the recurrence of discrimination and to correct its discriminatory effects on the Complainant and others.

 

A Complainant making a complaint pursuant to this general grievance procedure may attempt to resolve the problem informally by discussing the matter with a building principal or a direct supervisor. However, the Complainant has the right to end the informal process at any time and pursue the formal grievance procedures outlined below. Use of the informal or formal grievance procedure is not a prerequisite to the pursuit of other remedies.

 

Filing a Complaint

A Complainant who wishes to avail himself/herself of this grievance procedure may do so by filing a complaint with the equity coordinator(s). An alternate will be designated in the event it is claimed that the equity coordinator or superintendent committed the alleged discrimination or some other conflict of interest exists. Complaints shall be filed within 180 days of the event giving rise to the complaint or from the date the Complainant could reasonably become aware of such occurrence. The Complainant will state the nature of the complaint and the remedy requested. The equity coordinator(s) shall assist the Complainant as needed.

Investigation

Within 15 working days, the equity coordinator will begin the investigation of the complaint or appoint a qualified person to undertake the investigation (hereinafter “equity coordinator”). If the Complainant is under 18 years of age, the equity coordinator shall notify his or her parent(s)/guardian(s) that they may attend investigatory meetings in which the Complainant is

involved. The complaint and identity of the Complainant, Respondent, or witnesses will only be disclosed as reasonably necessary in connection with the investigation or as required by law or policy. The investigation may include, but is not limited to the following:

 

  • A request for the Complainant to provide a written statement regarding the nature of the complaint;
  • A request for the individual named in the complaint to provide a written statement;
  • A request for witnesses identified during the course of the investigation to provide a written statement;
  • Interviews of the Complainant, Respondent, or witnesses;
  • An opportunity to present witnesses or other relevant information; and
  • Review and collection of documentation or information deemed relevant to the investigation.

 

Within 60 working days, the equity coordinator shall complete the investigation and issue a report with respect to the findings.

 

The equity coordinator shall notify the Complainant and Respondent of the decision within 5 working days of completing the written report. Notification shall be by U.S. mail, first class.

 

Decision and Appeal

 

The complaint is closed after the equity coordinator has issued the report, unless within 10 working days after receiving the decision, either party appeals the decision to the superintendent by making a written request detailing why he/she believes the decision should be reconsidered. The equity coordinator shall promptly forward all materials relative to the complaint and appeal to the superintendent. Within 30 working days, the superintendent shall affirm, reverse, amend the decision, or direct the equity coordinator to gather additional information. The superintendent shall notify the Complainant, Respondent, and the equity coordinator of the decision within 5 working days of the decision. Notification shall be by U.S. mail, first class.

 

The decision of the superintendent shall be final.

 

The decision of the superintendent in no way prejudices a party from seeking redress through state or federal agencies as provided by law.

 

This policy and procedures are to be used for complaints of discrimination, in lieu of any other general complaint policies or procedures that may be available.

 

If any of the stated timeframes cannot be met by the district, the district will notify the parties and pursue completion as promptly as possible.

 

Retaliation against any person, because the person has filed a complaint or assisted or participated in an investigation, is prohibited. Persons found to have engaged in retaliation shall be subject to discipline by appropriate measures.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

July, 2003

July 2006

July 2007

July 2009

July 2012

July 2015

March 2017

October 2018

December 2019

September 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EDUCATIONAL PHILOSOPHY

Series 100

 

Policy Title: Title IX Grievance Procedure

Code No. 102R2

 

I.            REPORTING SEX DISCRIMINATION

 

Any person may report sex discrimination, including sexual harassment, to the Title IX Coordinator. A report may be made whether or not the person reporting is the person alleged to be the victim of conduct that could constitute sex discrimination or sexual harassment. A report may be made in person, by mail, by telephone, by electronic mail, or by any other means that results in the Title IX Coordinator receiving the person’s verbal or written report. Such a report may be made at any time (including during non-business hours) by contacting the District’s Title IX Coordinator:

Ms. Crystal Boes

District Title IX Coordinator

Adams Elementary, 1026 N Adams St., Carroll, Iowa, 51401

712-792-8040

cboes@carrolltigers.org

 

The District, through its Title IX Coordinator, will respond promptly, reasonably, and equitably to all reports of sex discrimination, including sexual harassment, occurring in its educational programs or activities and against a person in the United States.

 

For purposes of this procedure, “complainant” is defined as an individual who is alleged to be the victim of conduct that could constitute sexual harassment, and the term “respondent” is defined as an individual who has been reported to be the perpetrator of conduct that could constitute sexual harassment.

 

For purposes of this procedure, “sexual harassment” means conduct on the basis of sex that involves:

 

  • A District employee conditioning District aid, benefits, or services on an individual’s participation in unwelcome sexual conduct;
  • Unwelcome conduct determined by a reasonable person to be so severe, pervasive, and objectively offensive that it effectively denies a person equal access to the recipient's education program or activity; or
  • Sexual assault, dating violence, domestic violence, or stalking as defined by the statutes cited in 34 C.F.R. § 106.30.

 

For purposes of this procedure, “education program or activity” includes locations, events, or circumstances over which the District exercised substantial control over both the respondent and the context in which the sexual harassment occurs.

 

In response to any report of sex discrimination, the Title IX Coordinator will promptly contact the complainant to discuss the availability of supportive measures. Supportive measures are available with or without filing a formal complaint. The Title IX Coordinator will also consider the complainant’s wishes with respect to supportive measures, inform the complainant of the availability of supportive measures with or without the filing of a formal complaint, and explain to the complainant the process for filing a formal complaint.

 

II.            SUPPORTIVE MEASURES

 

The range of supportive measures available to complainants and respondents may include:

  • counseling,
  • extensions of deadlines or other course-related adjustments,
  • modifications of work or class schedules,
  • campus escort services,
  • mutual restrictions on contact between the parties,
  • changes in work or housing locations,
  • leaves of absence,
  • increased security and monitoring of certain areas of the campus,
  • and other similar measures as deemed appropriate by the Title IX Coordinator after considering the wishes of complainant and the facts and circumstances of the complaint.

 

The District will maintain as confidential any supportive measures provided to the complainant or respondent, to the extent that maintaining such confidentiality would not impair the ability of the District to provide the supportive measures.

 

III.            SANCTIONS

 

Disciplinary sanctions cannot be imposed against a respondent unless a formal complaint is filed, and the grievance procedure described below is completed. Possible disciplinary sanctions that may be implemented following a determination of responsibility include but are not limited to any of the disciplinary measures described in chapter 536 of these policies, up to and including expulsion.

 

IV.            GRIEVANCE PROCESS FOR FORMAL COMPLAINTS OF SEXUAL HARASSMENT

 

Title IX Grievance Process Generally

 

The District will apply this Title IX Grievance process whenever a formal complaint of sexual harassment is filed with the Title IX Coordinator. A “formal complaint of sexual harassment” is any document filed by a person alleging to be victim of conduct that could constitute sexual harassment (“complainant”) or signed by the Title IX Coordinator. It does not need to be filed in paper form. It also does not need to be signed by the complainant, but it must indicate that the complainant is the person filing the complaint.

The grievance process is designed to restore or preserve a complainant’s and respondent’s equal access to the District’s education programs and activities. Remedies may include supportive measures for the complainant as well as disciplinary sanctions against the respondent.

In investigating and resolving formal complaints under this grievance process, the District will observe the following requirements:

  • The District shall evaluate all relevant evidence—including both inculpatory and exculpatory evidence. The District will not judge a person’s credibility based on their status as a complainant, respondent, or witness. Furthermore, the district will not require, allow, rely upon, or otherwise use questions or evidence that constitute, or seek disclosure of, information protected under a legally recognized privilege, unless the person holding such privilege has waived the privilege.

 

  • The Title IX Coordinator and any person designated as an investigator, initial decision-maker, appellate decision-maker, or informal resolution facilitator will promote an impartial investigation and adjudication, will not have a conflict of interest with any party to the complaint, and will not hold a bias for or against any party to the complaint. They will not rely on sex stereotypes in performing their duties under this procedure. These persons shall also be appropriately trained regarding this grievance procedure, necessary technology, and applicable laws and regulations.

 

  • The respondent to a formal complaint of sexual harassment is presumed not responsible for the alleged conduct until a determination regarding responsibility is made at the conclusion of the grievance process. The standard of proof for determining responsibility will be a preponderance of the evidence. This standard shall apply whether the respondent is a student or an employee.

 

  • The District has prescribed procedural deadlines throughout the grievance process in order to ensure the reasonably prompt resolution of a complaint, including reasonably prompt resolution of any appeal and any informal resolution procedures. However, the District may permit a temporary delay of the grievance process or the limited extension of these deadlines for good cause. Good cause may include considerations such as the absence of a party, a party’s advisor, or a witness; concurrent law enforcement activity; or the need for language assistance or accommodation of disabilities. A written request for a delay or extension of such deadlines may be submitted to the Title IX Coordinator by either party prior to the lapse of the applicable deadline. Whether to grant an extension of time is a discretionary decision of the Title IX Coordinator and is not a basis for appeal.

 

Notice of Allegations

 

Within five (5) days after receiving of a formal complaint, the District will provide a written Notice of Allegations to the parties who are known. In addition to other information required by law, the Notice of Allegations will include a description of this grievance process, including any informal resolution process; the names of the parties involved in the incident; a statement of the conduct allegedly constituting sexual harassment; and the date and location of the alleged incident, if known.

 

Administrative Dismissal

 

The District will dismiss a formal complaint if, at any time following the receipt of a formal complaint, the District determines that: 

  • the conduct alleged would not constitute “sexual harassment” as defined by this policy even if proved,
  • the conduct alleged did not occur in the district’s educational program or activity,
  • the conduct alleged did not occur against a person in the United States,
  • the complainant notifies Title IX Coordinator in writing of desire to withdraw formal complaint,
  • the respondent is no longer enrolled or employed by the District, or
  • specific circumstances prevent the District from gathering evidence sufficient to reach a determination.

 

The District will promptly notify the parties of an administrative dismissal and the reason for the dismissal.

 

 

Informal Resolution

 

Some formal complaints may be resolved through an informal resolution process. If the parties agree to participate in an informal resolution process, the Title IX Coordinator work with parties to reach a mutually agreeable resolution without completing the full Title IX grievance procedure. The informal resolution process is voluntary process and may be attempted at any stage of this procedure prior to the issuance of a determination of responsibility. A party shall not be punished or disadvantaged in any way for declining to participate in an informal resolution process.

 

The manner of the informal resolution process will be determined on a case-by-case basis by the Title IX Coordinator, who will consider the suggestions of the parties. The informal resolution process may include but is not limited to a conference with the Title IX coordinator, or mediation facilitated by a trained third-party. Before an informal resolution process is commenced, the Title IX Coordinator will provide a written notice disclosing the manner of the informal resolution process, the effects of the process on the formal grievance procedure, and the rights of the parties to withdraw from the informal resolution process. The parties must then consent to the informal resolution process in writing.

 

At any time prior to agreeing to a resolution, any party has the right to withdraw from the informal resolution process and resume the grievance process with respect to the formal complaint.

 

Informal resolution is NOT available for formal complaints alleging an employee sexually harassed a student. Additionally, the District cannot facilitate an informal resolution between a complainant and respondent unless a formal complaint has been filed.

 

Investigation of the Complaint

 

It is the District’s duty to gather evidence sufficient to make a determination of responsibility with respect to each of the allegations described in the Notice of Allegations. The Title IX Coordinator or an impartial District employee designated by the Title IX Coordinator will perform the investigation, which may include interviewing the parties and other witnesses; obtaining documents, data, or other materials; and reviewing any other evidence related to the allegations of the formal complaint. The investigator will not access or consider a party’s medical or mental health records without written consent from the party or the party’s parent, as required by law. The parties will be allowed an equal opportunity to provide additional evidence to the investigator or refer the investigator to additional witnesses.

 

The District shall not prohibit the parties from discussing the allegations of the formal complaint or gathering and presenting additional evidence to the investigator. Furthermore, either party is entitled to the presence of an advisor—who may or may not be an attorney—during any investigative interview or other grievance proceeding for which the party’s attendance is invited or required. The party and their advisor will be provided written notice of the date, time, and location of any such proceeding and reasonable time to prepare to participate. However, the District may, at its discretion, limit equally for both parties the extent of the advisor’s participation.

 

Unless additional time for a full and fair investigation is deemed necessary by the Title IX Coordinator the investigator or granted to a party upon a showing of good cause, the District will strive to complete its investigation within sixty (60) days after receiving of a formal complaint. At the conclusion of the investigation, the District will provide both parties and any advisors a copy of all evidence gathered by the District that is directly related to the allegations in the formal complaint for inspection and review. The evidence may be provided to the parties in electronic or paper form. Both parties will be allowed ten (10) days to submit a written response to the evidence gathered. After considering any written responses, the investigator will provide the parties and their advisors with a written Investigative Report that fairly summarizes the relevant evidence.

 

The parties will be allowed an additional ten (10) days to submit a written response to the Investigative Report prior to any determination of responsibility. The District will also allow each party an opportunity to submit written, relevant questions that a party wants asked of any party or witness; provide each party with the answers; and allow for additional, limited follow-up questions from each party. Questions about a complainant’s sexual predisposition or prior sexual behavior are not allowed unless such questions are offered to prove that someone other than the respondent committed the conduct alleged by the complainant, or if the questions concern specific incidents of the complainant’s prior sexual behavior with respect to the respondent and are offered to prove consent.

 

Determination of Responsibility

 

The Title IX Coordinator will designate a decision-maker to review the Investigative Report as well as any written responses, questions, and answers submitted with regard to the Investigative Report. The decision-maker must be a different person than the Title IX Coordinator and the investigator. The Title IX Coordinator shall designate any individuals who have received appropriate training as the decision-maker for all Title IX grievances.

 

The decision-maker will issue a reasonably prompt written determination of responsibility regarding the allegations listed in the Notice of Allegations, which will include all information required by law. This determination will be based on the Investigative Report and any responses, questions, and answers submitted. The written determination will be provided simultaneously to both parties. The Title IX Coordinator will be responsible for effective implementation of any remedies imposed by the decision-maker.

 

Appeals

 

Either party may appeal a determination regarding responsibility or the administrative dismissal of a formal complaint by filing a written request for appeal with the Title IX Coordinator within five (5) days after receiving notice of the determination or dismissal. The request must state the basis for the appeal, which must be one of the following grounds:

  • Procedural irregularity that affected the outcome of the matter;
  • New evidence that was not reasonably available at the time the determination regarding responsibility or dismissal was made, that could affect the outcome of the matter;
  • The Title IX Coordinator, investigator, or decision-maker had a conflict of interest or bias that affected the outcome of the matter.

 

An appeal that is not based on one of the foregoing grounds will be administratively dismissed. Likewise, an untimely appeal will be administratively dismissed unless there is good cause for the filing delay. Whether good cause exists is in the discretion of the Title IX Coordinator.

 

The Title IX Coordinator will notify the other party in writing that an appeal has been filed and will designate an appellate decision-maker to decide the appeal who must not be the complaint investigator, the Title IX Coordinator, or the same person who reached the determination regarding responsibility or dismissal below. The Title IX Coordinator shall designate any individuals who have received appropriate training as the appellate decision-maker for all Title IX grievances.

 

Both parties will be allowed ten (10) days following the notice of appeal to submit a written statement to the appellate decision-maker supporting or opposing the outcome below. The appellate decision-maker will consider these statements as well as the Investigative Report and any questions, and answers submitted to the initial decision-maker. The appellate decision-maker will then issue a written decision describing the result of the appeal and the rationale in a reasonably prompt manner. The decision will be provided to the parties simultaneously.

 

V.            RECORDKEEPING AND CONFIDENTIALITY

 

For a period of seven (7) years, the District will retain the records of each sexual harassment investigation, including any written initial or appellate determination; any documentation regarding any disciplinary sanctions or remedies imposed; and any informal resolution and the result thereof. The District will also retain all materials used to train the District personnel involved in administering this grievance procedure. The District will also retain for a period of seven (7) years records of any actions, including supportive measures, taken in response to a report of sexual harassment that is not filed as a formal complaint.

 

The District will keep confidential the identity of any individual who has made a report or complaint of sexual harassment, any individual who has been reported for sexual harassment, any respondent, and any witness, except as necessary to carry out this grievance procedure and to satisfy the District’s duties under the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) or any other applicable law.

 

VI.            RETALIATION

 

Intimidating, threatening, coercing, discriminating, or otherwise retaliating against any individual because they have made a report or complaint, testified, assisted, or participated or refused to participate in an investigation, proceeding, or hearing under this policy is prohibited.

 

Reference: 34 C.F.R. Part 106

 

Adopted: September 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EDUCATIONAL PHILOSOPHY

Series 100

 

Policy Title: Section 504 Notice of Nondiscrimination

Code No.: 102E1

 

Students, parents, employees and others doing business with or performing services for the Carroll Community School District are hereby notified that this school district does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, disability, religion, creed, age, sexual orientation, gender identity, or genetic information (for employment) in any of its education programs, activities, or employment opportunities, pursuant to Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, the Americans with Disabilities Act, and other applicable state and federal laws. This prohibition on discrimination applies to admission and employment.

 

The District has adopted grievance procedures for processing and resolving formal and informal Title IX sex discrimination and sexual harassment complaints and other discrimination complaints.  Inquiries regarding sex discrimination pursuant to Title IX of the District’s nondiscrimination policy may be directed to the District’s Title IX Coordinator: Ms. Crystal Boes (cboes@carrolltigers.org); Adams Elementary, 1026 N Adams St., Carroll, Iowa, 51401; 712-792-8040; other grievances or complaints related to the District’s nondiscrimination policy may be directed to the District’s Equity Coordinator, Ms. Crystal Boes (cboes@carrolltigers.org); Adams Elementary, 1026 N Adams St., Carroll, Iowa, 51401; 712-792-8040.

 

Inquiries related to sex discrimination pursuant to Title IX may also be referred to U.S. Department of Education (attn. Assistant Secretary, Office for Civil Rights; 400 Maryland Avenue Southwest, Washington, DC 20202; 800-421-3481; OCR@ed.gov).  Inquires related to other grievances or complaints may be directed to the Director of the Office for Civil Rights U.S. Department of Education, Citigroup Center, 500 W. Madison Street, Suite 1475, Chicago, IL 60661-7204, Telephone: (312) 730-1560 Facsimile: (312) 730-1576, Email: OCR.Chicago@ed.gov)

 

Date of Adoption/Revision

July 2007

July 2009

July 2012

July 2015

March 2017

October 2018

December 2019

September 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Policy Title: Grievance Form for Complaints of Discrimination (Non-Title-IX)

Code No.: 102E2

 

I,                                                                , am filing this grievance because

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Attach additional sheets if necessary)

Describe incident or occurrence as accurately as possible:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Attach additional sheets if necessary)

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Phone Number

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If student, name

 

Grade Level

 

 

 

 

 

Attendance center

 

 

 

 

(Note: This form may but need not be used to file a formal complaint of sexual harassment with the Title IX Coordinator.)

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

July 2007

July 2009 July 2012 July 2015

March 2017

October 2018

December 2019

September 2020

Code No. 102E3

 

GRIEVANCE DOCUMENTATION

 

Name of Individual Alleging Discrimination or Non-Compliance

Name

 

 

 

Grievance Date

 

 

 

State the nature of the complaint and the remedy requested.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Indicate Principal's or Supervisor's response or action to above complaint.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature of Principal or Supervisor

 
 

 

 

 

 

(Note: This form may but need not be used to file a formal complaint of sexual harassment with the Title IX Coordinator.)

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

July 2007

July 2009

July 2012

July 2015

March 2017

October 2018

December 2019

September 2020

 

Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 10/29/2019 - 20:01

102E1 - Section 504 Notice of Nondiscrimination

102E1 - Section 504 Notice of Nondiscrimination

Policy Title: Section 504 Notice of Nondiscrimination

Code No.: 102E1

 

Students, parents, employees and others doing business with or performing services for the Carroll Community School District are hereby notified that this school district does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, disability, religion, creed, age, sexual orientation, gender identity, or genetic information (for employment) in any of its education programs, activities, or employment opportunities, pursuant to Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, the Americans with Disabilities Act, and other applicable state and federal laws. This prohibition on discrimination applies to admission and employment.

 

The District has adopted grievance procedures for processing and resolving formal and informal Title IX sex discrimination and sexual harassment complaints and other discrimination complaints.  Inquiries regarding sex discrimination pursuant to Title IX of the District’s nondiscrimination policy may be directed to the District’s Title IX Coordinator: Ms. Crystal Boes (cboes@carrolltigers.org); Adams Elementary, 1026 N Adams St., Carroll, Iowa, 51401; 712-792-8040; other grievances or complaints related to the District’s nondiscrimination policy may be directed to the District’s Equity Coordinator, Ms. Crystal Boes (cboes@carrolltigers.org); Adams Elementary, 1026 N Adams St., Carroll, Iowa, 51401; 712-792-8040.

 

Inquiries related to sex discrimination pursuant to Title IX may also be referred to U.S. Department of Education (attn. Assistant Secretary, Office for Civil Rights; 400 Maryland Avenue Southwest, Washington, DC 20202; 800-421-3481; OCR@ed.gov).  Inquires related to other grievances or complaints may be directed to the Director of the Office for Civil Rights U.S. Department of Education, Citigroup Center, 500 W. Madison Street, Suite 1475, Chicago, IL 60661-7204, Telephone: (312) 730-1560 Facsimile: (312) 730-1576, Email: OCR.Chicago@ed.gov)

 

Date of Adoption/Revision

July 2007

July 2009

July 2012

July 2015

March 2017

October 2018

December 2019

September 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Policy Title: Grievance Form for Complaints of Discrimination (Non-Title-IX)

Code No.: 102E2

 

I,                                                                , am filing this grievance because

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Attach additional sheets if necessary)

Describe incident or occurrence as accurately as possible:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Attach additional sheets if necessary)

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Phone Number

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If student, name

 

Grade Level

 

 

 

 

 

Attendance center

 

 

 

 

(Note: This form may but need not be used to file a formal complaint of sexual harassment with the Title IX Coordinator.)

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

July 2007

July 2009 July 2012 July 2015

March 2017

October 2018

December 2019

September 2020

Code No. 102E3

 

GRIEVANCE DOCUMENTATION

 

Name of Individual Alleging Discrimination or Non-Compliance

Name

 

 

 

Grievance Date

 

 

 

State the nature of the complaint and the remedy requested.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Indicate Principal's or Supervisor's response or action to above complaint.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature of Principal or Supervisor

 
 

 

 

 

 

(Note: This form may but need not be used to file a formal complaint of sexual harassment with the Title IX Coordinator.)

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

July 2007

July 2009

July 2012

July 2015

March 2017

October 2018

December 2019

September 2020

 

Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 10/29/2019 - 20:08

102R1 - Grievance Procedure (Non-Discrimination)

102R1 - Grievance Procedure (Non-Discrimination)

Policy Title: General Grievance Procedure

Code No. 102R1

 

It is the policy of the Carroll Community School District not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, disability, religion, creed, age, sexual orientation, gender identity, or genetic information (for employment) in its educational programs and its employment practices.

 

There is a grievance procedure for processing complaints of discrimination. If you have questions or a grievance related to this policy please contact Mrs. Crystal Boes, the Equity Coordinator (cboes@carrolltigers.org), 712-792-8040, 1026 North Adams Street, Carroll, Iowa, 51401. Formal complaints and informal reports of sex discrimination, including sexual harassment, will be referred to the Title IX Coordinator and will be governed by the provisions of Code No. 102.R2.

 

Students, parents of students, employees, and applicants for employment in the school district have the right to file a formal complaint alleging discrimination. The district has policies and procedures in place to identify and investigate complaints alleging discrimination. If appropriate, the district will take steps to prevent the recurrence of discrimination and to correct its discriminatory effects on the Complainant and others.

 

A Complainant making a complaint pursuant to this general grievance procedure may attempt to resolve the problem informally by discussing the matter with a building principal or a direct supervisor. However, the Complainant has the right to end the informal process at any time and pursue the formal grievance procedures outlined below. Use of the informal or formal grievance procedure is not a prerequisite to the pursuit of other remedies.

 

Filing a Complaint

A Complainant who wishes to avail himself/herself of this grievance procedure may do so by filing a complaint with the equity coordinator(s). An alternate will be designated in the event it is claimed that the equity coordinator or superintendent committed the alleged discrimination or some other conflict of interest exists. Complaints shall be filed within 180 days of the event giving rise to the complaint or from the date the Complainant could reasonably become aware of such occurrence. The Complainant will state the nature of the complaint and the remedy requested. The equity coordinator(s) shall assist the Complainant as needed.

Investigation

Within 15 working days, the equity coordinator will begin the investigation of the complaint or appoint a qualified person to undertake the investigation (hereinafter “equity coordinator”). If the Complainant is under 18 years of age, the equity coordinator shall notify his or her parent(s)/guardian(s) that they may attend investigatory meetings in which the Complainant is

involved. The complaint and identity of the Complainant, Respondent, or witnesses will only be disclosed as reasonably necessary in connection with the investigation or as required by law or policy. The investigation may include, but is not limited to the following:

 

  • A request for the Complainant to provide a written statement regarding the nature of the complaint;
  • A request for the individual named in the complaint to provide a written statement;
  • A request for witnesses identified during the course of the investigation to provide a written statement;
  • Interviews of the Complainant, Respondent, or witnesses;
  • An opportunity to present witnesses or other relevant information; and
  • Review and collection of documentation or information deemed relevant to the investigation.

 

Within 60 working days, the equity coordinator shall complete the investigation and issue a report with respect to the findings.

 

The equity coordinator shall notify the Complainant and Respondent of the decision within 5 working days of completing the written report. Notification shall be by U.S. mail, first class.

 

Decision and Appeal

 

The complaint is closed after the equity coordinator has issued the report, unless within 10 working days after receiving the decision, either party appeals the decision to the superintendent by making a written request detailing why he/she believes the decision should be reconsidered. The equity coordinator shall promptly forward all materials relative to the complaint and appeal to the superintendent. Within 30 working days, the superintendent shall affirm, reverse, amend the decision, or direct the equity coordinator to gather additional information. The superintendent shall notify the Complainant, Respondent, and the equity coordinator of the decision within 5 working days of the decision. Notification shall be by U.S. mail, first class.

 

The decision of the superintendent shall be final.

 

The decision of the superintendent in no way prejudices a party from seeking redress through state or federal agencies as provided by law.

 

This policy and procedures are to be used for complaints of discrimination, in lieu of any other general complaint policies or procedures that may be available.

 

If any of the stated timeframes cannot be met by the district, the district will notify the parties and pursue completion as promptly as possible.

 

Retaliation against any person, because the person has filed a complaint or assisted or participated in an investigation, is prohibited. Persons found to have engaged in retaliation shall be subject to discipline by appropriate measures.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

July, 2003

July 2006

July 2007

July 2009

July 2012

July 2015

March 2017

October 2018

December 2019

September 2020

 

Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 10/29/2019 - 20:02

102R2 Title IX Grievance Procedure

102R2 Title IX Grievance Procedure

Policy Title: Title IX Grievance Procedure

Code No. 102R2

 

I.            REPORTING SEX DISCRIMINATION

 

Any person may report sex discrimination, including sexual harassment, to the Title IX Coordinator. A report may be made whether or not the person reporting is the person alleged to be the victim of conduct that could constitute sex discrimination or sexual harassment. A report may be made in person, by mail, by telephone, by electronic mail, or by any other means that results in the Title IX Coordinator receiving the person’s verbal or written report. Such a report may be made at any time (including during non-business hours) by contacting the District’s Title IX Coordinator:

Ms. Crystal Boes

District Title IX Coordinator

Adams Elementary, 1026 N Adams St., Carroll, Iowa, 51401

712-792-8040

cboes@carrolltigers.org

 

The District, through its Title IX Coordinator, will respond promptly, reasonably, and equitably to all reports of sex discrimination, including sexual harassment, occurring in its educational programs or activities and against a person in the United States.

 

For purposes of this procedure, “complainant” is defined as an individual who is alleged to be the victim of conduct that could constitute sexual harassment, and the term “respondent” is defined as an individual who has been reported to be the perpetrator of conduct that could constitute sexual harassment.

 

For purposes of this procedure, “sexual harassment” means conduct on the basis of sex that involves:

 

  • A District employee conditioning District aid, benefits, or services on an individual’s participation in unwelcome sexual conduct;
  • Unwelcome conduct determined by a reasonable person to be so severe, pervasive, and objectively offensive that it effectively denies a person equal access to the recipient's education program or activity; or
  • Sexual assault, dating violence, domestic violence, or stalking as defined by the statutes cited in 34 C.F.R. § 106.30.

 

For purposes of this procedure, “education program or activity” includes locations, events, or circumstances over which the District exercised substantial control over both the respondent and the context in which the sexual harassment occurs.

 

In response to any report of sex discrimination, the Title IX Coordinator will promptly contact the complainant to discuss the availability of supportive measures. Supportive measures are available with or without filing a formal complaint. The Title IX Coordinator will also consider the complainant’s wishes with respect to supportive measures, inform the complainant of the availability of supportive measures with or without the filing of a formal complaint, and explain to the complainant the process for filing a formal complaint.

 

II.            SUPPORTIVE MEASURES

 

The range of supportive measures available to complainants and respondents may include:

  • counseling,
  • extensions of deadlines or other course-related adjustments,
  • modifications of work or class schedules,
  • campus escort services,
  • mutual restrictions on contact between the parties,
  • changes in work or housing locations,
  • leaves of absence,
  • increased security and monitoring of certain areas of the campus,
  • and other similar measures as deemed appropriate by the Title IX Coordinator after considering the wishes of complainant and the facts and circumstances of the complaint.

 

The District will maintain as confidential any supportive measures provided to the complainant or respondent, to the extent that maintaining such confidentiality would not impair the ability of the District to provide the supportive measures.

 

III.            SANCTIONS

 

Disciplinary sanctions cannot be imposed against a respondent unless a formal complaint is filed, and the grievance procedure described below is completed. Possible disciplinary sanctions that may be implemented following a determination of responsibility include but are not limited to any of the disciplinary measures described in chapter 536 of these policies, up to and including expulsion.

 

IV.            GRIEVANCE PROCESS FOR FORMAL COMPLAINTS OF SEXUAL HARASSMENT

 

Title IX Grievance Process Generally

 

The District will apply this Title IX Grievance process whenever a formal complaint of sexual harassment is filed with the Title IX Coordinator. A “formal complaint of sexual harassment” is any document filed by a person alleging to be victim of conduct that could constitute sexual harassment (“complainant”) or signed by the Title IX Coordinator. It does not need to be filed in paper form. It also does not need to be signed by the complainant, but it must indicate that the complainant is the person filing the complaint.

The grievance process is designed to restore or preserve a complainant’s and respondent’s equal access to the District’s education programs and activities. Remedies may include supportive measures for the complainant as well as disciplinary sanctions against the respondent.

In investigating and resolving formal complaints under this grievance process, the District will observe the following requirements:

  • The District shall evaluate all relevant evidence—including both inculpatory and exculpatory evidence. The District will not judge a person’s credibility based on their status as a complainant, respondent, or witness. Furthermore, the district will not require, allow, rely upon, or otherwise use questions or evidence that constitute, or seek disclosure of, information protected under a legally recognized privilege, unless the person holding such privilege has waived the privilege.

 

  • The Title IX Coordinator and any person designated as an investigator, initial decision-maker, appellate decision-maker, or informal resolution facilitator will promote an impartial investigation and adjudication, will not have a conflict of interest with any party to the complaint, and will not hold a bias for or against any party to the complaint. They will not rely on sex stereotypes in performing their duties under this procedure. These persons shall also be appropriately trained regarding this grievance procedure, necessary technology, and applicable laws and regulations.

 

  • The respondent to a formal complaint of sexual harassment is presumed not responsible for the alleged conduct until a determination regarding responsibility is made at the conclusion of the grievance process. The standard of proof for determining responsibility will be a preponderance of the evidence. This standard shall apply whether the respondent is a student or an employee.

 

  • The District has prescribed procedural deadlines throughout the grievance process in order to ensure the reasonably prompt resolution of a complaint, including reasonably prompt resolution of any appeal and any informal resolution procedures. However, the District may permit a temporary delay of the grievance process or the limited extension of these deadlines for good cause. Good cause may include considerations such as the absence of a party, a party’s advisor, or a witness; concurrent law enforcement activity; or the need for language assistance or accommodation of disabilities. A written request for a delay or extension of such deadlines may be submitted to the Title IX Coordinator by either party prior to the lapse of the applicable deadline. Whether to grant an extension of time is a discretionary decision of the Title IX Coordinator and is not a basis for appeal.

 

Notice of Allegations

 

Within five (5) days after receiving of a formal complaint, the District will provide a written Notice of Allegations to the parties who are known. In addition to other information required by law, the Notice of Allegations will include a description of this grievance process, including any informal resolution process; the names of the parties involved in the incident; a statement of the conduct allegedly constituting sexual harassment; and the date and location of the alleged incident, if known.

 

Administrative Dismissal

 

The District will dismiss a formal complaint if, at any time following the receipt of a formal complaint, the District determines that: 

  • the conduct alleged would not constitute “sexual harassment” as defined by this policy even if proved,
  • the conduct alleged did not occur in the district’s educational program or activity,
  • the conduct alleged did not occur against a person in the United States,
  • the complainant notifies Title IX Coordinator in writing of desire to withdraw formal complaint,
  • the respondent is no longer enrolled or employed by the District, or
  • specific circumstances prevent the District from gathering evidence sufficient to reach a determination.

 

The District will promptly notify the parties of an administrative dismissal and the reason for the dismissal.

 

 

Informal Resolution

 

Some formal complaints may be resolved through an informal resolution process. If the parties agree to participate in an informal resolution process, the Title IX Coordinator work with parties to reach a mutually agreeable resolution without completing the full Title IX grievance procedure. The informal resolution process is voluntary process and may be attempted at any stage of this procedure prior to the issuance of a determination of responsibility. A party shall not be punished or disadvantaged in any way for declining to participate in an informal resolution process.

 

The manner of the informal resolution process will be determined on a case-by-case basis by the Title IX Coordinator, who will consider the suggestions of the parties. The informal resolution process may include but is not limited to a conference with the Title IX coordinator, or mediation facilitated by a trained third-party. Before an informal resolution process is commenced, the Title IX Coordinator will provide a written notice disclosing the manner of the informal resolution process, the effects of the process on the formal grievance procedure, and the rights of the parties to withdraw from the informal resolution process. The parties must then consent to the informal resolution process in writing.

 

At any time prior to agreeing to a resolution, any party has the right to withdraw from the informal resolution process and resume the grievance process with respect to the formal complaint.

 

Informal resolution is NOT available for formal complaints alleging an employee sexually harassed a student. Additionally, the District cannot facilitate an informal resolution between a complainant and respondent unless a formal complaint has been filed.

 

Investigation of the Complaint

 

It is the District’s duty to gather evidence sufficient to make a determination of responsibility with respect to each of the allegations described in the Notice of Allegations. The Title IX Coordinator or an impartial District employee designated by the Title IX Coordinator will perform the investigation, which may include interviewing the parties and other witnesses; obtaining documents, data, or other materials; and reviewing any other evidence related to the allegations of the formal complaint. The investigator will not access or consider a party’s medical or mental health records without written consent from the party or the party’s parent, as required by law. The parties will be allowed an equal opportunity to provide additional evidence to the investigator or refer the investigator to additional witnesses.

 

The District shall not prohibit the parties from discussing the allegations of the formal complaint or gathering and presenting additional evidence to the investigator. Furthermore, either party is entitled to the presence of an advisor—who may or may not be an attorney—during any investigative interview or other grievance proceeding for which the party’s attendance is invited or required. The party and their advisor will be provided written notice of the date, time, and location of any such proceeding and reasonable time to prepare to participate. However, the District may, at its discretion, limit equally for both parties the extent of the advisor’s participation.

 

Unless additional time for a full and fair investigation is deemed necessary by the Title IX Coordinator the investigator or granted to a party upon a showing of good cause, the District will strive to complete its investigation within sixty (60) days after receiving of a formal complaint. At the conclusion of the investigation, the District will provide both parties and any advisors a copy of all evidence gathered by the District that is directly related to the allegations in the formal complaint for inspection and review. The evidence may be provided to the parties in electronic or paper form. Both parties will be allowed ten (10) days to submit a written response to the evidence gathered. After considering any written responses, the investigator will provide the parties and their advisors with a written Investigative Report that fairly summarizes the relevant evidence.

 

The parties will be allowed an additional ten (10) days to submit a written response to the Investigative Report prior to any determination of responsibility. The District will also allow each party an opportunity to submit written, relevant questions that a party wants asked of any party or witness; provide each party with the answers; and allow for additional, limited follow-up questions from each party. Questions about a complainant’s sexual predisposition or prior sexual behavior are not allowed unless such questions are offered to prove that someone other than the respondent committed the conduct alleged by the complainant, or if the questions concern specific incidents of the complainant’s prior sexual behavior with respect to the respondent and are offered to prove consent.

 

Determination of Responsibility

 

The Title IX Coordinator will designate a decision-maker to review the Investigative Report as well as any written responses, questions, and answers submitted with regard to the Investigative Report. The decision-maker must be a different person than the Title IX Coordinator and the investigator. The Title IX Coordinator shall designate any individuals who have received appropriate training as the decision-maker for all Title IX grievances.

 

The decision-maker will issue a reasonably prompt written determination of responsibility regarding the allegations listed in the Notice of Allegations, which will include all information required by law. This determination will be based on the Investigative Report and any responses, questions, and answers submitted. The written determination will be provided simultaneously to both parties. The Title IX Coordinator will be responsible for effective implementation of any remedies imposed by the decision-maker.

 

Appeals

 

Either party may appeal a determination regarding responsibility or the administrative dismissal of a formal complaint by filing a written request for appeal with the Title IX Coordinator within five (5) days after receiving notice of the determination or dismissal. The request must state the basis for the appeal, which must be one of the following grounds:

  • Procedural irregularity that affected the outcome of the matter;
  • New evidence that was not reasonably available at the time the determination regarding responsibility or dismissal was made, that could affect the outcome of the matter;
  • The Title IX Coordinator, investigator, or decision-maker had a conflict of interest or bias that affected the outcome of the matter.

 

An appeal that is not based on one of the foregoing grounds will be administratively dismissed. Likewise, an untimely appeal will be administratively dismissed unless there is good cause for the filing delay. Whether good cause exists is in the discretion of the Title IX Coordinator.

 

The Title IX Coordinator will notify the other party in writing that an appeal has been filed and will designate an appellate decision-maker to decide the appeal who must not be the complaint investigator, the Title IX Coordinator, or the same person who reached the determination regarding responsibility or dismissal below. The Title IX Coordinator shall designate any individuals who have received appropriate training as the appellate decision-maker for all Title IX grievances.

 

Both parties will be allowed ten (10) days following the notice of appeal to submit a written statement to the appellate decision-maker supporting or opposing the outcome below. The appellate decision-maker will consider these statements as well as the Investigative Report and any questions, and answers submitted to the initial decision-maker. The appellate decision-maker will then issue a written decision describing the result of the appeal and the rationale in a reasonably prompt manner. The decision will be provided to the parties simultaneously.

 

V.            RECORDKEEPING AND CONFIDENTIALITY

 

For a period of seven (7) years, the District will retain the records of each sexual harassment investigation, including any written initial or appellate determination; any documentation regarding any disciplinary sanctions or remedies imposed; and any informal resolution and the result thereof. The District will also retain all materials used to train the District personnel involved in administering this grievance procedure. The District will also retain for a period of seven (7) years records of any actions, including supportive measures, taken in response to a report of sexual harassment that is not filed as a formal complaint.

 

The District will keep confidential the identity of any individual who has made a report or complaint of sexual harassment, any individual who has been reported for sexual harassment, any respondent, and any witness, except as necessary to carry out this grievance procedure and to satisfy the District’s duties under the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) or any other applicable law.

 

VI.            RETALIATION

 

Intimidating, threatening, coercing, discriminating, or otherwise retaliating against any individual because they have made a report or complaint, testified, assisted, or participated or refused to participate in an investigation, proceeding, or hearing under this policy is prohibited.

 

Reference: 34 C.F.R. Part 106

 

Adopted: September 2020

 

mkohorst@carro… Fri, 10/02/2020 - 07:21

103 - Long Range Goals

103 - Long Range Goals

Long-range goals enables the school district to analyze assessment data, get feedback from the community about its expectation for students and determine how well students are meeting student learning goals. The board will conduct ongoing and in-depth needs assessments, soliciting information from business, labor, industry, higher education and community members regarding their expectations for adequate student preparation.

In conjunction with the in-depth needs assessments of the school district, the board will authorize the appointment of a school improvement committee, representing administrators, employees, parents/guardians, students and community members, to make recommendations and assist the board in determining the priorities of the school district in addition to the basic skills areas of the
education program.

The Carroll Community School District will periodically review curriculum with assistance from all CCSD students, parents/guardians, teachers, and community members. The curriculum cycle and review process will be affirmed by the School Improvement Team (SIT) each school year.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to ensure the school district community is informed of students' progress on state and locally determined indicators. The superintendent will report annually to the board about the means used to keep the community informed.

As a result of the board and committee's work, the board will determine major educational needs and rank them in priority order; develop long-range goals and plans to meet the needs, establish and implement short-range and intermediate-range plans to meet the goals and to attain the desired levels of student performance, evaluate progress toward meeting the goals and maintain a record of progress under the plan that includes reports of student performance and results of school improvement projects; and annually report the school district's progress made under the plan to the committee, community and Iowa Department of Education.

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 2003
July 2006
July 2009
July 2012
July 2015
October 2018

 

Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 10/29/2019 - 20:10

103R1 - Long-Range Goals Needs Assessment Regulation

103R1 - Long-Range Goals Needs Assessment Regulation

Carroll Community School District has developed a process for long-range goals. The process has included three items:

  1. provisions for collecting, analyzing and reporting information derived from local, state and national sources;
  2. provisions for reviewing information acquired on the following:
    1. ❖ state indicators and other locally determined indicators,
    2. ❖ locally established student learning goals,
    3. ❖ specific data collection required by state and federal programs;
  3. provisions for collecting and analyzing assessment data on the following:
    1. ❖ state indicators,
    2. ❖ locally determined indicators,
    3. ❖ locally established student learning goals.
       

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July, 2006
July 2009
July 2012
July 2015
October 2018

 

Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 10/29/2019 - 20:12

104 - Anti-Bullying/Anti Harrassment

104 - Anti-Bullying/Anti Harrassment

EDUCATIONAL PHILOSOPHY

Series 100

 

Policy Title:  Anti-Bullying/Anti-Harassment Policy

Code No. 104

 

The Carroll Community School District is committed to providing all students, employees, and volunteers with a safe and civil school environment in which all members of the school community are treated with dignity and respect.  Bullying and/or harassing behavior can seriously disrupt the ability of school employees to maintain a safe and civil environment, and the ability of students to learn and succeed.  Bullying and/or harassment of or by students, employees, and volunteers may be against federal, state, and local policy and is not tolerated by the board.

 

Accordingly, school employees, volunteers, and students shall not engage in bullying or harassing behavior while on school property, while on school-owned or school-operated vehicles, while attending or participating in school-sponsored or sanctioned activities, and while away from school grounds. If the conduct materially interferes with the orderly operation of the educational environment or is likely to do so.

 

Complaints may be filed with the superintendent or superintendent’s designee pursuant to the regulation accompanying this policy.  The superintendent is responsible for implementation of this policy and all accompanying procedures.  Complaints will be investigated within a reasonable time frame.  Within 24 hours of receiving a report that a student may have been the victim of conduct that constitutes harassment, the district will notify the parent or guardian of the student.

 

If as a result of viewing surveillance system data or based on a report from a school district employee, the district determines that a student has suffered bullying or harassment by another student enrolled in the district; a parent or guardian of the student may enroll the student in another attendance center within the district that offers classes at the student's grade level, subject to the requirements and limitations established in Iowa law related to this topic.

 

Retaliation Prohibited

 

Retaliation against any person, because the person has filed a bullying or harassment complaint or assisted or participated in a harassment investigation or proceeding, is also prohibited. Individuals who knowingly file false bullying or harassment complaints and any person who gives false statements in an investigation may be subject to discipline by appropriate measures.

 

Any student found to have violated or retaliated in violation of this policy shall be subject to measures up to, and including, suspension and expulsion.  Any school employee found to have violated or retaliated in violation of this policy shall be subject to measures up to, and including, termination of employment.  Any school volunteer found to have violated or retaliated in violation of this policy shall be subject to measures up to, and including, removal from service and exclusion from school grounds. 

 

Student Bullying and Harassment

 

When looking at the totality of the circumstances, harassment and bullying mean any electronic, written, verbal, or physical act or conduct toward a student which is based on any actual or perceived trait or characteristic of the student and which creates an objectively hostile school environment that meets one or more of the following conditions:

 

  1. Places the student in reasonable fear of harm to the student’s person or property;
  2. Has a substantially detrimental effect on the student’s physical or mental health;
  3. Has the effect of substantially interfering with the student’s academic performance, or;
  4. Has the effect of substantially interfering with the student’s ability to participate in or benefit from the services, activities, or privileges provided by a school.

 

“Electronic” means any communication involving the transmission of information by wire, radio, optical cable, electromagnetic, or other similar means. “Electronic” includes but is not limited to communication via electronic mail, internet-based communications, social media, pager service, cell phones, electronic text messaging or similar technologies.

 

Harassment and bullying may include, but are not limited to, the following behaviors and circumstances:

 

1.             Verbal, nonverbal, physical or written harassment, bullying, hazing, or other victimization that have the purpose or effect of causing injury, discomfort, fear, or suffering to the victim,

2.             Repeated remarks of a demeaning nature that have the purpose or effect of causing injury, discomfort, fear, or suffering to the victim;

3.             Implied or explicit threats concerning one’s grades, achievement, property, etc. that have the purpose or effect of causing injury, discomfort, fear or suffering to the victim;

4.             Demeaning jokes, stories, or activities directed at the student that have the purpose or effect of causing injury, discomfort, fear or suffering to the victim; and/or

5.             Unreasonable interference with a student’s performance or creating of an intimidating, offensive, or hostile learning environment.

6.            Conduct including but not limited to “sexual harassment” as defined under Code No. 102.R2 (bullying may also include harassment on the basis of sex that does not constitute “sexual harassment” under Code No. 102.R2)

 

In situations between students and school officials, faculty, staff, or volunteers who have direct contact with students, bullying and harassment may also include the following behaviors:

 

1.             Requiring that a student submit to bullying or harassment by another student, either explicitly or implicitly, as a term or condition of the targeted student’s education or participation in school programs or activities; and/or,

2.             Requiring submission to or rejection of such conduct as a basis for decisions affecting the student.

 

This policy is in effect while students or employees are on property within the jurisdiction of the board; while on school-owned or school-operated vehicles; while attending or engaged in school sponsored activities; and while away from school grounds if the misconduct directly affects the good order, efficient management and welfare of the school or school district.

 

A student (or adult on student’s behalf) who believes he/she has suffered bullying and/or harassment will report such matters to school district personnel. The information will be given to the designated building investigator(s) as outlined in board policy and procedures.  Complaints alleging acts of intentional physical or sexual abuse by school employees, including inappropriate sexual behavior toward students, should be reported to the Level I Investigator as outlined in board policy and procedures. Formal complaints and informal reports regarding sex discrimination, including sexual harassment, will be subject to the Title IX grievance process (see the Title IX Grievance Procedure regulation).

 

Any person who promptly, reasonably, and in good faith reports an incident of bullying or harassment under this policy to school district personnel, shall be immune from civil or criminal liability relating to such report and to the person’s participation in any administrative, judicial, or other proceeding relating to the report. Individuals who knowingly file a false complaint may be subject to appropriate disciplinary action.

 

Employee Harassment

 

Harassment of employees means any unwelcome conduct toward an employee which is based on the employee’s membership in a protected class and which creates an objectively hostile work environment.  It can include sexual harassment or other forms of harassment.

 

  1. Sexual Harassment: For purposes of this policy, sexual harassment consists of unwelcome and unsolicited sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, sexually motivated physical conduct, or other verbal, physical, or written conduct or communication of a sexual nature when:

 

  1. submission to that conduct or communication by an individual is made a term or condition, either explicitly or implicitly, of obtaining or retaining employment;
  2. submission to or rejection of that conduct or communication by an individual is used as a factor in decisions affecting the individual’s employment; or
  3. that conduct or communication has the purpose or effect of substantially or unreasonably interfering with an individual’s employment or education, or creating an intimidating, hostile or offensive employment environment.

 

Examples of conduct that may constitute sexual harassment may include, but are not limited to:

 

  1. unwelcome verbal harassment or abuse, or unwelcome written harassment or abuse, including through the Internet or e-mail;
  2. unwelcome sexual advances or pressure for sexual activity;
  3. unwelcome, sexually motivated or inappropriate patting, pinching, or physical contact, other than necessary restraint of students by teachers, administrators or other school personnel to avoid physical harm to persons or property;
  4. unwelcome sexual behavior or words, including demands for sexual favors, accompanied by implied or overt threats concerning an individual’s employment status or implied or overt promises of preferential treatment with regard to an individual’s employment status;
  5. unwelcome behavior or words directed at an individual because of gender;
  6. coercing, forcing or attempting to coerce or force the touching of anyone’s intimate parts;
  7. coercing, forcing or attempting to coerce or force sexual intercourse or a sexual act on another;
  8. threatening to force or coerce sexual acts, including the touching of intimate parts or intercourse, on another;
  9. graffiti of a sexually offensive nature;
  10. sexual gestures or jokes; or
  11. spreading rumors about or rating other individuals as to sexual activity or performance.

 

Conduct constituting sexual harassment under this policy may or may not constitute sexual harassment for employee complaints investigated under Code No. 102.R2. All complaints of sexual harassment will be referred to the Title IX Coordinator.

 

  1. Harassment: Other forms of harassment consist of physical, verbal, or written conduct relating to an individual’s age, race, creed, color, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, national origin, religion, disability, or genetic information when the conduct:

 

  1. has the purpose or effect of creating an intimidating, hostile or offensive employment environment;
  2. has the purpose or effect of substantially or unreasonably interfering with an individual’s employment performance; or
  3. otherwise adversely affects an individual’s employment opportunities.

 

Examples of conduct that may constitute harassment based on age, race, creed, color, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, national origin, religion, disability, or genetic information include, but are not limited to:

 

  1. threatening or intimidating conduct directed at others because of age, race, creed, color, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, national origin, religion, disability, or genetic information, including through the Internet or e-mail;
  2. slurs, negative stereotypes and hostile acts based on age, race, creed, color, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, national origin, religion, disability, or genetic information;
  3. graffiti containing offensive language that is derogatory to others because of their age, race, creed, color, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, national origin, religion, disability, or genetic information;
  4. written or graphic material containing comments or stereotypes which is posted or circulated (including through e-mail or the Internet) and which is aimed at degrading individuals because of age, race, creed, color, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, national origin, religion, disability, or genetic information; or
  5. a physical act of aggression or assault upon another because of, or in a manner reasonably related to, the individual’s age, race, creed, color, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, national origin, religion, disability, or genetic information.

 

 

Publication of Policy

 

The board will annually publish this policy. The policy may be publicized by the following means:

  • Inclusion in the student handbook
  • Inclusion in the employee handbook
  • Inclusion in the registration materials
  • Inclusion on the school or school district’s web site

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

October 2007

July 2009

July 2012

July 2015

December 2016

October 2018

February 2020

September 2020

September 2023

Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 10/29/2019 - 20:14

104E1 - Discrimination, Harassment, and Bullying Compliant Form

104E1 - Discrimination, Harassment, and Bullying Compliant Form

See form attached

 

Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 10/29/2019 - 20:21
File Attachments

104E2 - Witness Disclosure Form

104E2 - Witness Disclosure Form

See form attached

 

Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 10/29/2019 - 20:20
File Attachments

104E3 Disposition of Complaint Form

104E3 Disposition of Complaint Form mkohorst@carro… Wed, 03/11/2020 - 14:41

104R1 - Student-to-Student Harassment and Bullying Complaint Form

104R1 - Student-to-Student Harassment and Bullying Complaint Form

EDUCATIONAL PHILOSOPHY

Series 100

Policy Title:  Anti-Bullying/Anti-Harassment Investigation Procedures

Code No. 104R1

 

Filing a Complaint

 

An individual who believes that the individual has been harassed or bullied may file a complaint with the superintendent or superintendent’s designee.  The complaint form is available on the Carroll Community School District's website (under Board Policies). If the complaintant is a school employee, after filing the complaint with the superintendent or superintendent's designee, the employee may separately notify the parent or guardian of the student alleged to have been harassed or bullied. Formal complaints and informal reports regarding sex discrimination, including sexual harassment, will be subject to the Title IX grievance process (see the Title IX Grievance Procedure regulation).

 

An alternate investigator will be designated in the event it is claimed that the superintendent or superintendent’s designee committed the alleged bullying or harassment or some other conflict of interest exists.  Complaints shall be filed within 15 days of the event giving rise to the complaint or from the date the Complainant could reasonably become aware of such occurrence.  The Complainant will state the nature of the complaint and the remedy requested. The Complainant shall receive assistance as needed.

 

Investigation

 

The school district will promptly and reasonably investigate allegations of bullying or harassment upon receipt of a written complaint.  The superintendent or superintendent's designee (hereinafter “Investigator”) will be responsible for handling all complaints alleging bullying or harassment. 

The investigation may include, but is not limited to the following:

  • Interviews with the Complainant and the individual named in the complaint (“Respondent”)
  • A request for the Complainant to provide a written statement regarding the nature of the complaint;
  • A request for the Respondent to provide a written statement;
  • Interviews with witnesses identified during the course of the investigation;
  • A request for witnesses identified during the course of the investigation to provide a written statement; and
  • Review and collection of documentation or information deemed relevant to the investigation.

 

The Investigator shall consider the totality of circumstances presented in determining whether conduct objectively constitutes bullying or harassment as defined in board policy.  Upon completion of the investigation, the Investigator shall issue a report with respect to the findings, and provide a copy of the report to the appropriate building principal or Superintendent if the investigation involved the building principal.

 

The complaint and identity of the Complainant, Respondent, or witnesses will only be disclosed as reasonably necessary in connection with the investigation or as required by law or policy.  Similarly, evidence uncovered in the investigation shall be kept confidential to the extent reasonably possible.

 

Decision

 

The investigator, building principal or superintendent, depending on the individuals involved, shall inform the Complainant and the accused about the outcome of the investigation.  If, after an investigation, a student is found to be in violation of the policy, the student shall be disciplined by appropriate measures, which may include suspension and expulsion.  If after an investigation a school employee is found to be in violation of this policy, the employee shall be disciplined by appropriate measures, which may include termination.  If after an investigation a school volunteer is found to be in violation of this policy, the volunteer shall be subject to appropriate measures, which may include exclusion from school grounds.

 

Individuals who knowingly file false bullying and/or harassment complaints and any person who gives false statements in an investigation may be subject to discipline by appropriate measures, as shall any person who is found to have retaliated against another in violation of this policy.  Any student found to have retaliated in violation of this policy shall be subject to measures up to, and including, suspension and expulsion.  Any school employee found to have retaliated in violation of this policy shall be subject to measures up to, and including, termination of employment.  Any school volunteer found to have retaliated in violation of this policy shall be subject to measures up to, and including, exclusion from school grounds. 

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

October 2007

July 2009

July 2012

July 2015

December 2016

October 2018

February 2020

September 2020

August 2023

Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 10/29/2019 - 20:23

105 Title IX Discrimination and Harassment Based on Sex Prohibited

105 Title IX Discrimination and Harassment Based on Sex Prohibited

 

Policy Title: Title IX:  DISCRIMINATION AND HARASSMENT BASED ON SEX PROHIBITED

Code No.: 105

 

In accordance with Title IX of the Education Amendments Act of 1972, the Carroll Community School District prohibits sex discrimination, including sexual harassment as defined by the regulations implementing Title IX (34 C.F.R. § 106.30), against any individual participating in any education program or activity of the District.  This prohibition on discrimination applies to students, employees, and applicants for employment. 

The Board authorizes the Superintendent to adopt procedures for any individual to report sexual harassment to the District’s Title IX Coordinator, for the provision of supportive measures to anyone who has been subjected to sexual harassment whether or not they proceed with a formal complaint under those procedures, and for the investigation and resolution of such complaints, as required by Title IX.  This Title IX grievance process shall be used to respond to all complaints of sexual harassment that fall within the scope of Title IX.  For complaints of sexual harassment that do not fall within the scope of Title IX, the District may still offer supportive measures to the subject of such conduct and shall apply any other policy or procedure applicable to the alleged conduct.

Any individual with questions about the District’s Title IX policy and procedures, or who would like to make a report or file a formal complaint of sex discrimination or sexual harassment may contact the District’s designated Title Coordinator, Crystal Boes, Assistant Elementary Principal, 1026 N Adams St., Carroll, Iowa, 51401, 712-792-8040, cboes@carrolltigers.org.

Retaliation against a person who made a report or complaint of sexual harassment, assisted, or participated in any manner in an investigation or resolution of a sexual harassment report or complaint is strictly prohibited. Retaliation includes threats, coercion, discrimination, intimidation, reprisals, and/or adverse actions related to employment or education.  Any individual who believed they have been retaliated against in violation of this Policy should immediately contact the District’s Title IX Coordinator.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

September 2020

 

mkohorst@carro… Fri, 10/02/2020 - 07:27

107 Assistance Animals

107 Assistance Animals

 EDUCATIONAL PHILOSOPHY

Series 100

Policy Title: Service Animals on District Premises

 Code No.: 107

It is the policy of Carroll Community School to foster an equal education environment for all students, employees and community members within the district.  The purpose of this policy is to provide guidance to the district on the proper use of assistance animals while on district property.  The district shall allow the use of qualified service animals to accompany individuals with disabilities in all areas of district buildings where the public is normally allowed to go.  This can include classrooms, cafeteria and school buses.  Individuals with disabilities are people who have a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more major life activities.  Service animals are dogs and in some instances miniature horses trained to do work or perform tasks for individuals with disabilities.

Service animals must be current on all required vaccinations.  Service animals also must be under control while on district grounds.  The animal may be under control by either the individual with a disability, or a handler of the service animal.  Under control means harnessed, leashed or tethered, unless these devices interfere with the animal’s work, in which case under voice or other directive control.

Miniature Horses as Service Animals

Miniature horses shall be allowed as service animals within the district whenever it is reasonable to allow them.  Factors to consider when determining reasonableness include:  whether the miniature horse is house broken; whether the miniature horse is under the owner’s control; whether the facility can accommodate the miniature horse’s type, size and weight; and whether the miniature horse’s presence will not compromise legitimate safety requirements necessary for safe operation of the facility.

Establishing the Need for a Service Animal

When no prior notice is given to the district of the use of a service animal, the superintendent and/or school administrators are permitted to ask the following questions: 

“Do you need/require this animal because of a disability?”

If the animal’s trained tasks are not readily apparent, the administrator may ask: 

“What work or task has the animal been trained to perform?”

 

Service Animals in Training

Assuming the handler and animal are otherwise allowed, individuals who train service animals will also be allowed access with their service animal in training to public areas of district buildings and property.  The service animal in training is expected to abide by the same requirements as a service animal.

 

Exclusion of Service Animals

In certain limited circumstances, it may be reasonable to exclude the use of a service animal from district property.  The superintendent is permitted to exclude service and animals from district buildings and property in the following circumstances:  The presence of the animal poses a direct threat to the health and safety of others; the owner or handler is unable to control the animal; the animal is not house broken; the presence of the animal significantly disrupts or interferes with the educational process; or the presence of the animal would require a fundamental alteration to the program.  If a service animal is properly excluded from district property, the district shall provide the student served by the animal the opportunity to participate in the program, service or activity without having the service animal on district property. 

Emotional Support Animals and Therapy Animals [Optional section as these animals are not commonly required to be accommodated]

Emotional support animals are medically prescribed to provide therapeutic benefit through dedicated companionship.  Emotional support animals’ sole function is to provide emotional support or comfort. 

Therapy animals are involved in an animal-assisted therapy program involving animals as a form of treatment.

 

Emotional support animals and therapy animals do not meet the definition of service animals.  However, the district recognizes their value in our community.  The superintendent shall evaluate the use of emotional support animals and therapy animals on a case-by-case basis.  District employees may use therapy animals in the course of their regular duties only after receiving permission from the superintendent. 

 

Student use of Emotional Support Animals and Therapy Animals

Factors the superintendent should consider in making the determination include but are not limited to: 

  1. Whether the animal is housebroken
  2. Whether the animal has a current vaccination certificate
  3. Whether the animal has been recommended through an individual education plan (IEP) or a 504 plan as necessary for the student to receive free access to public education
  4. Whether the facility can accommodate the animal’s type size and weight, and
  5. Whether the animal’s presence will not compromise legitimate safety requirements necessary for safe operation of the facility 

 

Employee use of Therapy Animals as part of Education Environment

Before permission to use therapy animals is granted, staff members must provide: 

  1. Proof that the animal is certified to be a therapy animal;
  2. An explanation of how the animal will be used, including research supporting the use of therapy animals;
  3. A plan for how the staff member will provide for the care and control of the animal;
  4. A plan for how the staff member will accommodate students with allergies to the animal; and
  5. A current vaccination certificate for the animal.

 

Legal References:            29 U.S.C. §794

            42 U.S.C. §12132

            28 C.F.R.   35

            Iowa Code §216C

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

November 2020

January 2022

 

mkohorst@carro… Thu, 11/19/2020 - 09:17

200 - BOARD OF DIRECTORS

200 - BOARD OF DIRECTORS admin@iowascho… Wed, 11/28/2012 - 16:07

200 - Legal Status of the School District

200 - Legal Status of the School District

This school district is organized as a school corporation pursuant to the Constitution of the State of Iowa and Iowa law, and know as Carroll Community School District.

The Carroll Community School District (the “District”) is located in Carroll County, Iowa.  The District’s affairs are conducted by elected school officials, the Carroll Community School District Board of Directors (the “Board”).  The District and the Board have exclusive jurisdiction over school matters in the territory of the school district.

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:  September 2019

 

Jen@iowaschool… Fri, 11/01/2019 - 09:44

201 - Organization of the Board of Directors

201 - Organization of the Board of Directors

The Carroll Community School District board is authorized by and derives its organization from Iowa law.  The board will consist of five board members.  Board members are elected at-large.

 

The board is organized for the purpose of setting policy and providing general direction for the school district.  The board will hold its organizational meeting at or before the first regular meeting following the canvass of votes.  The retiring board will transfer materials, including the board policy manual, and responsibility to the new board.

 

The organizational meeting allows the outgoing board to approve minutes of its previous meetings, complete unfinished business and review the school election results.  The retiring board will adjourn and the new board will then begin.  The board secretary will administer the oath of office to the newly-elected board members.  The board secretary will preside while the new board elects the president and vice-president of the new board.

 

 

 

 

Legal Reference:            Iowa Code §§ 274.2; 275.23A; 277.23, .28, .31; 279.1, .5, .7, .8, .33.

            281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).

Jen@iowaschool… Fri, 11/01/2019 - 09:46

201R1 - Organization Meeting Procedures

201R1 - Organization Meeting Procedures

The board will hold its organizational meeting in odd-numbered years at or before the first regular meeting following the canvass of votes. Notice of the meeting's place and time will be given by the board secretary to each member, member-elect and the public.

The purpose of the meeting is to transfer material and responsibility from the outgoing board to the new board. At the meeting, the board will elect a president and a vice-president who will hold office for one year. Once elected, the president and the vice-president will be entitled to vote on all matters before the board.

 

Meeting Procedure

The organizational meeting of the board will be held in two parts: the final meeting of the outgoing board, and the organizational meeting of the new board.

 

Final Meeting of the Retiring Board

  1. Call to order.
  2. Roll call.
  3. Approval of minutes of previous meeting(s).
  4. Public Forum
  5. Unfinished business.
    1. Current claims and accounts (for the retiring board to authorize).
    2. Examine and settle the books for the previous year.
  6. Review of election results. The board secretary will present the county auditor's official report on the latest elections. Official results are recorded in the minutes.
  7. Adjournment of the retiring board.

 

Organizational Meeting of the New Board

  1. The board secretary, as president pro-tem, will preside over the meeting until a new board president is elected.
  2. Call to order.
  3. Roll call.
  4. Oath of office. The board secretary will administer the oath to new members.
  5. Election of a president of the board. The president pro-tem calls for nominations; nominations need not be seconded. The board will then vote on the nominations. The secretary will announce the result of the vote, and the board secretary will administer the oath of office to the newly elected president and the newly elected president will assume the chair.
  6. Election of the vice-president. The president of the board will call for nominations; the nominations need not be seconded. The board will then vote on the nominations.  The president will announce the results and administer the oath of office to the vice-president.

Other items of business at the organizational meeting may include, but are not limited to:

  • Board resolution of appreciation recognizing the public service rendered by retiring board members.
  • Determination of dates, times, and places for regular meetings of the board.
  • Board resolution to define the operating rules and practices that will be followed by the new board.
  • Board resolution to authorize the interim payment of bills pursuant to policy 815.
  • Public Forum
  • Superintendent's report.
  • Adjournment.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
June 2003
July 2006
June 2008
July 2009
July 2012
July 2015
September 2019
December 2019

 

Jen@iowaschool… Fri, 11/01/2019 - 12:32

202 - Powers of the Board of Directors

202 - Powers of the Board of Directors

The board of the Carroll Community School District, acting on behalf of the school district, will have jurisdiction over school matters within the territory of the school district.

The board is empowered to make policy for its own governance, for employees, for students and for school district facilities. The board is also empowered to enforce its policies. The board may, through its quasi-judicial power, conduct hearings and rule on issues and disputes confronting the school district.

The board has these powers and all other powers expressly granted to it in federal and state law as well as the powers that can be reasonably implied from the express powers.

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 2003
July 2006
July 2009
July 2012
July 2015
September 2019

 

Jen@iowaschool… Fri, 11/01/2019 - 09:47

203 - Responsibilities of the Board of Directors

203 - Responsibilities of the Board of Directors

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Series 200

 

Policy Title: Responsibilities of the Board of Directors Code No. 203

 

The board is authorized to govern the school district which it oversees. The board is entrusted with public funds and is responsible for overseeing the improvement of student outcomes, including student academic achievement and skill proficiency.  As the governing board of the school district, the board has four duties to perform: legislative duty, executive duty, evaluative duty, and quasi-judicial duty.

 

As a representative of the citizens of the school district community, the board is responsible for legislating policy for the school district. As a policy-making body, the board has jurisdiction to enact policy with the force and effect of law for the management and operation of the school district.

 

It is the responsibility of the board, under the board's executive duty, to select its chief executive officer, the superintendent, to operate the school district on the board's behalf. The board delegates to the superintendent its authority to carry out board policy, to formulate and carry out rules and regulations and to handle the administrative details in a manner which supports and is consistent with board policy.

 

The board has a responsibility to review the education program's performance under its evaluative duty. The board regularly reviews the education program and supporting services. The review includes a careful study and examination of the facts, conditions and circumstances surrounding the amount of funds received or expended and the education program's ability to achieve the board's educational philosophy for the school district.

 

The board fulfills its quasi-judicial duties in serving as a neutral arbiter for hearings related to student suspension or expulsion proceedings and certain employment termination hearings and appeals.  This important power was granted by the Iowa Legislature and cannot be delegated.  To preserve the board's neutrality to hear and decide upon these matters, the board does not investigate or become involved in student disciplinary matters or employment matters that may come before it and would require the board to serve in its quasi-judicial role.

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 2003

July 2006

July 2009

July 2012

July 2015

September 2019

September 2021

July 2022

Jen@iowaschool… Fri, 11/01/2019 - 09:48

204 - Board of Directors' Elections

204 - Board of Directors' Elections

The school election takes place on the first Tuesday after the first Monday in November of odd-numbered years. Each school election is used to elect citizens to the board to maintain a five-member board and to address other questions that must be submitted to the voters.

Citizens of the school district community seeking a seat on the board must file their nomination papers with the board secretary, or the board secretary's designee, in accordance with the timelines established by law.

If a vacancy occurs on the board it shall be filled in accordance with law and board policy. It is the responsibility of the county commissioner of elections to conduct school elections.

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 2003
July 2006
July 2009
July 2012
July 2015
September 2019

 

Jen@iowaschool… Fri, 11/01/2019 - 09:50

205 - Authority of Board of Directors and Board Members

205 - Authority of Board of Directors and Board Members

The Board of Directors of Carroll Community School District, acting on behalf of the school district, shall have jurisdiction over school matters within the territory of the school district.

The board is empowered to make policy for its own governance, for employees, for students and for school district facilities.  The board is also empowered to enforce its policies.  The board may, through its quasi-judicial power, conduct hearings and rule on issues and disputes confronting the school district.

The board has these powers and - any broad and implied powers not inconsistent with the laws of the general assembly, or inconsistent with Administrative Rules, related to the operation, control and supervision of public schools in the district.

Because all powers of the board are granted in terms of action as a group, individual board members exercise authority over district affairs only as they vote to take action at a legal meeting of the board.  In other instances, an individual board member, including the president, will have power only when the board, by vote, has delegated authority.  The board will make its members, the district staff, and the public aware that only the board acting as a whole has authority to take official action.  Therefore, the board may transact business only with a quorum present during a regular or special meeting. 

Pursuant to the state statutes and local board policy, any board member shall not seek individually to influence the official functions of the district.  The board and its members will deal with administrative services through the superintendent and will not give orders to any subordinates of the superintendent either publicly or privately, but may make suggestions and recommendations.

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:  September 2019

 

Jen@iowaschool… Fri, 11/01/2019 - 09:51

206 - Qualifications

206 - Qualifications

Serving on the Board of Directors is an honor and privilege. Its rewards are respect from the community, students, and employees and the satisfaction from knowing each board member contributed to the success of the children in the school district community. Only those who are willing to put forth the effort to care and to make a difference should consider running for a position on the board.

Individuals who are willing to serve on the board should believe public education is important, support the democratic process, willingly devote time and energy to board work, respect educators and have the ability to examine the facts and make a decision. An individual considering a position on the school board should possess these characteristics.

Citizens wanting to run for a position on the board must be a citizen of the school district, an eligible elector of the district and free from a financial conflict of interest with the position.

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 2003
July 2006
July 2009
July 2012
July 2015
September 2019

 

Jen@iowaschool… Fri, 11/01/2019 - 09:51

207 - Oath of Office

207 - Oath of Office

Board members are officials of the state. As a public official, each board member must pledge to uphold the Iowa Constitution and the United States Constitution and carry out the responsibilities of the office to the best of the board member's ability.

Each newly elected board member will take the oath of office prior to any action taken as a school official. The oath of office is taken by each new board member elected at the school election at or before the organizational meeting of the board. In the event of an appointment or special election to fill a vacancy, the new board member will take the oath of office within ten days of the appointment or election.

Board members elected to offices of the board will also take the same oath of office but replacing the office of board member with the title of the office to which they were elected.

The oath of office is administered by the board secretary and does not need to be given at a board meeting. In the event the board secretary is absent, the oath is administered by another board member.

"Do you solemnly swear that you will support the Constitution of the United States and the Constitution of the State of Iowa, and that you will faithfully and impartially to the best of your ability discharge the duties of the office of                     (naming the office) in the Carroll Community School District as now and hereafter required by law?"

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 2003
July 2006
July 2009
July 2012
July 2015
September 2019

 

Jen@iowaschool… Fri, 11/01/2019 - 09:52

208 - Term of Office

208 - Term of Office

Board members elected for a full term at a regularly scheduled school election in November, of odd numbered years, serve for four years. Board members appointed to fill a vacant position will serve until a successor is elected and qualified at the next regular school election, unless there is an intervening special election for the school district, in which event a successor shall be elected at the intervening special election. A board member elected to fill a vacancy will serve out the unexpired term.

Being a board member is a unique opportunity for a citizen to participate on a governing board of the school district. Eligible board members are encouraged to consider running for more than one term.

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 2003
July 2006
July 2009
July 2012
July 2015
May 2019
September 2019

 

Jen@iowaschool… Fri, 11/01/2019 - 09:54

209 - Vacancies

209 - Vacancies

A vacancy occurs as provided by law, which includes but is not limited to when a board member dies, resigns or leaves office, or fails to reside in the school district or director district.

If a vacancy occurs prior to the expiration of a term of office, the vacancy will be filled by board appointment within 30 days of the vacancy. The board shall publish notice stating that the board intends to fill the vacancy by appointment, but the electors of the school district have the right to file a petition within 14 days of the publication of the notice requiring the vacancy be filled by a special election.

A person appointed to fill a vacancy shall hold office until a successor is elected and qualified at the next regular school election, unless there is an intervening special election for the school district, in which event a successor shall be elected at the intervening special election.

If the board is unable to fill a vacancy by appointment within 30 days after the vacancy occurs or if a valid petition is submitted, the board secretary will call a special election to be held no sooner than 60 days and not later than 70 days after the vacancy occurred. A board member elected at the special election will serve the remaining portion of the unexpired term.unexpired term.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 2003
July 2006
June 2008
July 2009
July 2012
July 2015
August 2016
September 2019
December 2019

 

Jen@iowaschool… Fri, 11/01/2019 - 09:58

210 - Board of Directors' Conflict of Interest

210 - Board of Directors' Conflict of Interest

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Series 200

 

Policy Title: Board of Directors' Conflict of Interest Code No. 210

 

Board members must be able to make decisions objectively. It is a conflict of interest for a board member to receive direct compensation from the school district, unless exempted in law or policy, for anything other than reimbursement of actual and necessary expenses, including travel, incurred in the performance of official duties. A board member will not act as an agent for a school textbooks or school supplies including sports apparel or equipment, in any transaction with a director, officer, or other staff member of the school district during the board member's term of office. It will not be a conflict of interest for board members to receive compensation from the school district for contracts to purchase goods or services which benefits a board member, or to compensate for part-time or temporary employment which benefits a board member, if the benefit to the board member if the board member does not exceed

$20,000 in a fiscal year or if the contracts are made by the board, upon competitive bid in writing, publicly invited and opened.

 

The conflict of interest provisions do not apply to a contract that is a bond, note or other obligation of a school corporation if the contract is not acquired directly from the school corporation, but is acquired in a transaction with a third party, who may or may not be the original underwriter, purchaser, or obligee of the contract, or to a contract in which a director has an interest solely by reason of employment if the contract was made by competitive bid, in writing, publicly invited and opened, or if the remuneration for employment will not be directly affected as a result of the contract and duties of employment do not involve any of the preparation or procurement of any part of the contract. The competitive bid section of the conflict of interest provision does not apply to a contract for professional services not customarily competitively awarded by bid.

 

It will also be a conflict of interest for a board member to engage in any outside employment or activity, which is in conflict with the board member's official duties and responsibilities. In determining whether outside employment or activity of a board member creates a conflict of interest, situations in which an unacceptable conflict of interest is deemed to exist includes, but are not limited to, any of the following:

 

  1. The outside employment or activity involves the use of the school district's time, facilities, equipment and supplies or the use of the school district badge, uniform, business card or other evidence of office to give the board member or member of the board member's immediate family an advantage or pecuniary benefit that is not available to other similarly situated members or classes of members of the general public. For purposes of this section, a person is not "similarly situated" merely by being related to a board member.
  2. The outside employment or activity involves the receipt of, promise of, or acceptance of money or other consideration by the board member or a member of the board member's immediate family from anyone other than the state or the school district for the performance of any act that the board member would be required or expected to perform as part of the board member's regular duties or during the hours in which the board member performs service or work for the school district.
  3. The outside employment or activity is subject to the official control, inspection, review, audit, or enforcement authority of the board member, during the performance of the board member's duties of office or employment.

 

If the outside employment or activity is employment or activity in (1) or (2) above, the board member must cease the employment of or activity. If the activity or employment falls under (3), then the board member must:

    • Cease the outside employment or activity; or,
    • Publicly disclose the existence of the conflict and refrain from taking any official action or performing any official duty that would detrimentally affect or create a benefit for the outside employment or activity. Official action or official duty includes, but is not limited to, participating in any vote, determining the facts or law in a contested case or rulemaking proceeding, taking affirmative action to influence any vote, conducting any inspection, or providing any other official service or thing that is not available generally to members of the public in order to further the interests of the outside employment or activity.

 

When procurement is supported by Federal Child Nutrition funds, board members will not participate in the selection, award, or administration of a contract if there is a real or apparent conflict of interest in the contract. Contract, for purposes of this paragraph, includes a contract where the board member, board member’s immediate family, partner, or a non-school district employer of these individuals is a party to the contract.

 

It is the responsibility of each board member to be aware of and take the action necessary to eliminate a potential conflict of interest should it arise.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

 

July 2003

July 2006

July 2009

July 2012

July 2015

September 2019

August 2022

Jen@iowaschool… Fri, 11/01/2019 - 09:59

211 - Code of Ethics

211 - Code of Ethics

Board members' actions, verbal and nonverbal, reflect the attitude and the beliefs of the school district. Therefore, board members must conduct themselves professionally and in a manner fitting to their position.

 

Each board member shall follow the code of ethics stated in this policy. AS A SCHOOL BOARD MEMBER:

  1. I will listen.
  2. I will respect the opinion of others.
  3. I will recognize the integrity of my predecessors and associates and the merit of their work.
  4. I will be motivated only by an earnest desire to serve my school district and the children of my school district community in the best possible way.
  5. I will not use the school district or any part of the school district program for my own personal advantage or for the advantage of my friends or supporters.
  6. I will vote for a closed session of the board if the situation requires it, but I will consider "secret" sessions of board members unethical.
  7. I will recognize that to promise in advance of a meeting how I will vote on any proposition which is to be considered is to close my mind and agree not to think through other facts and points of view which may be presented in the meeting.
  8. I will expect, in board meetings, to spend more time on education programs and procedures than on business details.
  9. I will recognize that authority rests with the board in legal session and not with individual members of the board, except as authorized by law.
  10. I will make no disparaging remarks, in or out of the board meeting, about other members of the board or their opinions.
  11. I will express my honest and most thoughtful opinions frankly in board meetings in an effort to have decisions made for the best interests of the students and the education program.
  12. I will insist that the members of the board participate fully in board action and recommend that when special committees are appointed, they serve only in an investigative and advisory capacity.
  13. I will abide by majority decisions of the board.
  14. I will carefully consider petitions, resolutions and complaints and will act in the best interests of the school district.
  15. I will not discuss the confidential business of the board in my home, on the street or in my office; the place for such discussion is the board meeting.
  16. I will endeavor to keep informed on local, state and national educational developments of significance so I may become a better board member.

 

IN MEETING MY RESPONSIBILITY TO MY SCHOOL DISTRICT COMMUNITY

  1. I will consider myself a trustee of public education and will do my best to protect it, conserve it, and advance it, giving to the students of my school district community the educational facilities that are as complete and adequate as it is possible to provide.
  2. I will consider it an important responsibility of the board to interpret the aims, methods and attitudes of the school district to the community.
  3. I will earnestly try to interpret the needs and attitudes of the school district community and do my best to translate them into the education program of the school district.
  4. I will attempt to procure adequate financial support for the school district.
  5. I will represent the entire school district rather than individual electors, patrons or groups.
  6. I will not regard the school district facilities as my own private property but as the property of the people.

 

IN MY RELATIONSHIP WITH SUPERINTENDENT AND EMPLOYEES

  1. I will function, in meeting the legal responsibility that is mine, as a part of a legislative, policy-forming body, not as an administrative officer.
  2. I will recognize that it is my responsibility, together with that of my fellow board members, to see the school district is properly run and not to run them myself.
  3. I will work through the administrative employees of the board, not over or around them.
  4. I will expect the superintendent to keep the board adequately informed through oral and written reports.
  5. I will vote to employ employees only after the recommendation of the superintendent has been received.
  6. I will insist that contracts be equally binding on teachers and the board.
  7. I will give the superintendent power commensurate with the superintendent's responsibility and will not in any way interfere with or seek to undermine the superintendent's authority.
  8. I will give the superintendent friendly counsel and advice.
  9. I will present any personal criticism of employees to the superintendent.
  10. I will refer complaints to the proper administrative officer.

 

TO COOPERATE WITH OTHER SCHOOL BOARDS

  1. I will not employ a superintendent, principal or teacher who is already under contract with another school district without first securing assurance from the proper authority that the person can be released from contract
  2. I will consider it unethical to pursue any procedure calculated to embarrass a neighboring board or its representatives
  3. I will not recommend an employee for a position in another school district unless I would employ the employee under similar circumstances
  4. I will answer all inquiries about the standing and ability of an employee to the best of my knowledge and judgment, with complete frankness
  5. I will associate myself with board members of other school districts for the purpose of discussing school district issues and cooperating in the improvement of the education program.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 2003
July 2006
July 2009
July 2012
July 2015
September 2019

 

Jen@iowaschool… Fri, 11/01/2019 - 11:08

212 Exempt Meetings

212 Exempt Meetings

Board meetings at which a quorum is not present, or gatherings of the board for purely ministerial or social purposes when there is no discussion of policy or no intent to avoid the purposes of the open meetings law, are exempt from the open meetings law requirements.  Since gatherings of this type are exempt from the open meetings requirements, they can be held without public notice, be separate from an open meeting, be held without recording the gathering or taking minutes, and be held without a vote or motion.  The board may also hold an exempt session for the following reasons, or as may be otherwise authorized by law:

                  1.      Negotiating sessions, strategy meetings of public employers or employee organizations, mediation and the deliberative process of arbitration;

 

                  2.      to discuss strategy in matters relating to employment conditions of employees not covered by the collective bargaining law;

 

                  3.      to conduct a private hearing relating to the recommended termination of a teacher's contract.  The private hearing however, in the teacher's contract termination will be recorded verbatim by a court reporter; and

 

                  4.      to conduct a private hearing relating to the termination of a probationary administrator's contract or to review the proposed decision of the administrative law judge regarding the termination of an administrator's contract.

 

Legal Reference:            Iowa Code §§ 20.17; 21; 22.7; 279.15, .16.

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

January 2022

 

Jen@iowaschool… Fri, 11/01/2019 - 13:45

213 - Board Member Liability

213 - Board Member Liability

Board members will not be held personally liable for actions taken in the performance of their duties and responsibilities vested in them by the laws of Iowa and the members of the school district community. In carrying out the duties and responsibilities of their office, board members will act in good faith.

The school district will defend, save harmless and indemnify board members against tort claims or demands, whether groundless or otherwise, arising out of an alleged act or omission occurring within the scope of their official duties, unless it constitutes a willful or wanton act or omission. However, the school district will not save harmless or indemnify board members for punitive damages.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 2003
July 2006
July 2009
July 2012
July 2015
September 2019

 

Jen@iowaschool… Fri, 11/01/2019 - 11:12

214

214

No policy currently exists for number 214

 

 

Jen@iowaschool… Fri, 11/01/2019 - 13:47

215 - President

215 - President

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Series 200

 

Policy Title: President Code No.: 215

 

It is the responsibility of the board president to lead a well-organized board in an efficient and effective manner. The board president will set the tone of the board meetings and, as the representative of the consensus of the board, speak on behalf of the board to the public.

 

The president of the board is elected to serve a one-year term by a majority vote at the organizational meeting in odd- numbered years or, in even-numbered years at a regular meeting held between twelve to thirteen months after the most recent organizational meeting.

 

The president, in addition to presiding at the board meetings, will take an active role in board decisions by discussing and voting on each motion before the board in the same manner as other board members. However, before making or seconding a motion, the board president will turn over control of the meeting to either the vice-president or other board member.

 

The board president has the authority to call special meetings of the board. Prior to board meetings, the board president will consult with the superintendent on the development of the agenda for the meeting.

 

The board president, as the chief officer of the school district, will sign employment contracts and sign other contracts and school district warrants approved by the board and appear on behalf of the school corporation in causes of action involving the school district.

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

July 2003

July 2006

July 2009

July 2010

July 2012

July 2015

September 2019

September 2021

 

Jen@iowaschool… Fri, 11/01/2019 - 11:13

216 - Vice-President

216 - Vice-President

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Series 200

 

Policy Title: Vice-President Code No. 216

 

If the board president is unable or unwilling to carry out the duties required, it is the responsibility of the vice-president of the board to carry out the duties of the president. If the president is unable or unwilling to complete the term of office, the vice-president will serve as president for the balance of the president's term of office, and a new vice-president will be elected.

 

The vice-president of the board will be elected by a majority vote at the organizational meeting in odd-numbered years, or, in even-numbered years, at a regular meeting help between twelve to thirteen months after the most recent organizational meeting to serve a one-year term of office.

 

The vice-president will accept control of the meeting from the president when the president wishes to make or second a motion. The vice-president will take an active role in board decisions by discussing and voting on matters before the board in the same manner as other board members.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

July 2003

July 2006

July 2009

July 2010

July 2012

July 2015

September 2019

September 2021

 

Jen@iowaschool… Fri, 11/01/2019 - 11:14

217 - Secretary-Treasurer

217 - Secretary-Treasurer

It is the responsibility of the board to appoint a secretary-treasurer. The board may appoint a secretary-treasurer from its employees, other than a position requiring a teaching certificate, or from the public. To finalize the appointment, the secretary-treasurer will take the oath of office during the meeting at which the individual was appointed or no later than ten days thereafter. It is the responsibility of the superintendent to evaluate the secretary-treasurer annually.

It is the responsibility of the secretary-treasurer, as custodian of school district records, to preserve and maintain the records and documents pertaining to the business of the district; to keep complete minutes of special and regular meetings, including closed sessions; to keep a record of the results of regular and special elections; to keep an accurate account of school funds; to sign warrants drawn on the school funds after approval; and collect data on truant students. The secretary-treasurer will also be responsible for
filing the required reports with the Iowa Department of Education.

It is the responsibility of the secretary-treasurer to oversee the investment portfolio, to receive funds of the school district, to pay out the funds for expenses approved by the board, to maintain accurate accounting records for each fund, to report monthly regarding the investment portfolio and the status of each fund and to file required reports with the appropriate state agencies and other entities. It will also be the responsibility of the secretary-treasurer to coordinate the financial records, the financial reports, the cash
flow needs and the investment portfolio of the school district.

If the secretary-treasurer is unable or unwilling to carry out the duties required, it is the responsibility of the superintendent to carry out the duties of secretary-treasurer.

The secretary-treasurer will give bond in an amount set by the board. The cost of the bond will be paid by
the school district.

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 2006
July 2009
July 2012
July 2015
September 2019
December 2019

 

Jen@iowaschool… Fri, 11/01/2019 - 11:15

218 - Legal Counsel

218 - Legal Counsel

It is the responsibility of the board to employ legal counsel to assist the board and the administration in carrying out their duties with respect to the numerous legal issues confronting the school district. The board may appoint legal counsel at its annual meeting.

The superintendent and board secretary will have the authority to contact the board's legal counsel on behalf of the board when the superintendent or board secretary believe it is necessary for the management of the school district.  The board president may contact and seek advice from the school board's legal counsel without prior approval of the board. The board's legal counsel will attend both regular and special school board meetings upon the request of the board or the superintendent. Board members may contact legal counsel upon approval of a majority of the board. It is the responsibility of each board member to pay the legal fees, if any, of an attorney the board member consulted regarding matters of the school district unless the board has authorized the board member to consult an attorney on the matter.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to keep the board informed of matters for which legal counsel was consulted, particularly if the legal services will involve unusual expense for the school district.

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 2003
July 2006
July 2009
July 2012
July 2015
September 2019

 

Jen@iowaschool… Fri, 11/01/2019 - 11:15

219 - Ad Hoc Committees

219 - Ad Hoc Committees

Whenever the board deems it necessary, the board may appoint a committee composed of citizens, employees or students to assist the board. Committees formed by the board are ad hoc committees.

An ad hoc committee may be formed by board resolution which will outline the duties and purpose of the committee. The committee is advisory in nature and has no duty or responsibility other than that specifically stated in the board resolution. The committee will automatically dissolve upon the delivery of its final recommendation to the board or upon completion of the duties outlined in the board resolution. The board will receive the report of the committee for consideration. The board retains the authority to make a final decision on the issue. The committee will be subject to the open meetings law if the committee is established by statute or if the committee makes policy recommendations and is established or approved by the board.

The method for selection of committee members will be stated in the board resolution. When possible, and when the necessary expertise required allows, the committee members will be representative of the school district community and will consider the various viewpoints on the issue. The board may designate a board member and the superintendent to serve on an ad hoc committee. The committee will select its own chairperson, unless the board designates otherwise.

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 2003
July 2006
July 2009
July 2012
July 2015
September 2019

 

Jen@iowaschool… Fri, 11/01/2019 - 11:16

219E1 - Ad Hoc Committees Exhibit

219E1 - Ad Hoc Committees Exhibit

Ad Hoc Committee Purpose and Function

The specific purpose of each ad hoc committee varies. Generally, the primary function of an ad hoc committee is to give specific advice and suggestions. The advice and suggestions should focus on the purpose and duties stated in the board resolution establishing the committee. It is the board's role to take action based on information received from the ad hoc committee and other sources. Ad hoc committees may be subject to the open meetings law.

Role of an Ad Hoc Committee Member

The primary role of an ad hoc committee member is to be a productive, positive member of the committee. In doing so, it is important to listen to and respect the opinions of others. When the ad hoc committee makes a recommendation to the board, it is important for the ad hoc committee members to support the majority decision of the ad hoc committee. An ad hoc committee will function best when its members work within the committee framework and bring items of business to the ad hoc committee.

Ad Hoc Committee Membership

Ad hoc committee members may be appointed by the board. The board may request input from individuals or organizations, or it may seek volunteers to serve. Only the board or superintendent has the authority to appoint members to an ad hoc committee. Boards must follow the legal limitations or requirements regarding the membership of an ad hoc committee.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 2006
July 2009
July 2012
July 2015
September 2019

 

Jen@iowaschool… Fri, 11/01/2019 - 11:18

219R1 - School Improvement Team

219R1 - School Improvement Team

The superintendent shall establish a School Improvement Team to serve as a part of the administration structures and procedures for the purpose of conducting continuous long-range and short-range programs in the curriculum and development and the improvement of instruction.

 

School Improvement Team Purpose:

It shall be the responsibility of the School Improvement Team to make recommendations to the Board.

 

School Improvement Team Objectives:

  1. At five-year intervals, the School Improvement Team analyzes needs assessment data and makes recommendations to the school about:
    1. Major educational needs,
    2. Student learning goals,
    3. Long-range goals that include, but are not limited to, the state indicators that address reading, mathematics, and science achievement.
  1. At least annually, the School Improvement Team makes recommendations to the board about the following:
    1. Progress toward annual improvement goals on state indicators addressing reading, mathematics, and science.
    2. Progress toward goals related to other locally determined indicators.
    3. Revision/formulation of the next year's annual improvement goals for the state indicators that address reading, mathematics, and science achievement.
  1. The School Improvement Team continuously examines a wide range of data (longitudinal student data, empirical research, projected trends that have implications for student learning, other student achievement data, and, stakeholder input) in preparing its recommendations to the school board related to the three required areas.

 

School Improvement Team Membership:

The School Improvement Team is a microcosm of the local community. Membership reflects community diversity in terms of socio-economic status, racial and ethnic groups, gender, disability status, age, local businesses, and agencies.

 

Membership should include:

  • Two Primary Level Teachers (K-3) Two Intermediate Level Teachers (4-5) Two Middle Level Teachers (6-8)
  • Two High School Level Teachers (9-12)
  • Three Parents and/or Community Representatives One or Two Board Members
  • Two Students
  • Elementary, Middle and High School Principals Superintendent
  • A Senior Citizen (if possible) A Disabled Person (if possible) A Minority Person (if possible)

Members shall be appointed by the board annually. Membership shall be a minimum of one year. The superintendent or designee shall chair the Committee.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
May 14, 1986
August 14, 1989
August 1994
August 1997
August 2000
July 2006
July 2009
July 2012
July 2015
September 2019

 

Jen@iowaschool… Fri, 11/01/2019 - 11:19

220

220

No policy currently exists for number 220

 

 

Jen@iowaschool… Fri, 11/01/2019 - 13:48

221 - Development of Policy

221 - Development of Policy

The board has jurisdiction to legislate policy for the school district with the force and effect of law. Board policy provides the general direction as to what the board wishes to accomplish and why it wishes to accomplish it while allowing the superintendent to implement board policy.

The written policy statements contained in this manual provide guidelines and goals to the citizens, administration, employees and students in the school district community. The policy statements are the basis for the formulation of regulations by the administration. The board will determine the effectiveness of the policy statements by evaluating periodic reports from the administration.

Policy statements may be proposed by a board member, administrator, employee, student or member of the school district community. Proposed policy statements or ideas will be submitted to the superintendent's office for possible placement on the board agenda. It is the responsibility of the superintendent to bring these proposals to the attention of the board.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 2003
July 2006
July 2009
July 2012
July 2015
September 2019

 

Jen@iowaschool… Fri, 11/01/2019 - 11:21

222 - Adoption of Policy

222 - Adoption of Policy

The board will give notice of proposed policy changes or adoption of new policies by placing the item on the agenda of two regular board meetings. The proposed policy changes will be distributed and public comment will be allowed at both meetings prior to final board action.

This notice procedure will be required except for emergency situations. If the board adopts a policy in an emergency situation, a statement regarding the emergency and the need for immediate adoption of the policy will be included in the minutes. The board will have complete discretion to determine what constitutes an emergency situation.

The final action taken to adopt the proposed policy will be approved by a simple majority vote of the board at the next regular meeting after the meeting allowing public discussion. The policy will be effective on the later of the date of passage or the date stated in the motion.

In the case of an emergency, a new or changed policy may be adopted by a majority vote of a quorum of the board. The emergency policy will expire at the close of the third regular meeting following the emergency action, unless the policy adoption procedure stated above is followed and the policy is reaffirmed.

The Board may suspend the requirement that the policy be considered and voted on for passage at two Board meetings by a recorded vote of not less than three-fourths of all the members of the board.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 2003
July 2006
July 2009
July 2012
July 2015
September 2019

 

Jen@iowaschool… Fri, 11/01/2019 - 11:22

223 - Dissemination of Policy

223 - Dissemination of Policy

The board policy manual is available electronically.  Persons unable to access the policy manual electronically should contact the board secretary for assistance.

Copies of changes in board policy will also be included in or attached to the minutes of the meetings in which the final action was taken to adopt the new or changed policy.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 2003
July 2006
July 2009
July 2012
July 2015
September 2019

 

Jen@iowaschool… Fri, 11/01/2019 - 11:23

224 - Suspension of Policy

224 - Suspension of Policy

Generally, the board will follow board policy and enforce it equitably. The board, and only the board, may, in extreme emergencies of a very unique nature, suspend policy. It is within the discretion of the board to determine when an extreme emergency of a very unique nature exists. Reasons for suspension of board policy will be documented in board minutes.

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 2003
July 2006
July 2009
July 2012
July 2015
September 2019

 

Jen@iowaschool… Fri, 11/01/2019 - 11:24

225 - Administration in the Absence of Policy

225 - Administration in the Absence of Policy

When there is no board policy in existence to provide guidance on a matter, the superintendent is authorized to act appropriately under the circumstances surrounding the situation keeping in mind the educational philosophy and financial condition of the school district.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to inform the board of the situation and the action taken and to document the action taken. If needed, the superintendent will draft a proposed policy for the board to consider.

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 2003
July 2006
July 2009
July 2012
July 2015
September 2019

 

Jen@iowaschool… Fri, 11/01/2019 - 11:25

226 - Review and Revision of Policy

226 - Review and Revision of Policy

The board shall, at least once every five years, review board policy. Once the policy has been reviewed, even if no changes were made, a notation of the date of review is made on the face of the policy statement.

The board will review one fifth of the policy manual annually according to the following subject areas:

  • Education Philosophy (Series 100), Board of Directors (Series 200), Administration (Series 300), Student Personnel (Series 500)
  • Staff Personnel (Series 400), Auxiliary Services (Series 700), Business Procedures (Series 800)
  • Educational Program (Series 600), School/Community Relations (Series 900)

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to keep the board informed as to legal changes at both the federal and state levels. The superintendent will also be responsible for bringing proposed policy statement revisions to the board's attention.

If a policy is revised because of a legal change over which the board has no control or a change which is minor, the policy may be approved at one meeting at the discretion of the board.

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 2003
July 2006
July 2009
July 2012
July 2015
September 2019

 

Jen@iowaschool… Fri, 11/01/2019 - 11:26

227 - Review of Administrative Regulations

227 - Review of Administrative Regulations

Board policy sets the direction for the administration of the education program and school district operations. Some policies require administrative regulations for implementation.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations to implement the board policies. The regulations, including handbooks, will be approved by the board prior to their use in the school district.

The administrative regulations will be available no later than the first regular board meeting after the adoption of the board policy unless the board directs otherwise.

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 2003
July 2006
July 2009
July 2012
July 2015
September 2019

 

Jen@iowaschool… Fri, 11/01/2019 - 11:27

228

228

No policy currently exists for number 228

 

 

Jen@iowaschool… Fri, 11/01/2019 - 13:48

229 - Annual Meeting

229 - Annual Meeting

Each year after August 31 and prior to the organizational meeting of the board in odd-numbered years, the board will hold its annual meeting.

At the annual meeting the board will examine the financial books and settle the secretary's and treasurer's statements for the fiscal year ending the preceding June 30. As part of the annual reports, the treasurer will present affidavits from depository banks.

The board, at this meeting, will also appoint a board secretary and a treasurer. At the board's discretion, one individual may serve as both the secretary and treasurer. The board may also appoint the board's legal counsel.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 2003
July 2006
July 2009
July 2012
July 2015
September 2019
December 2019

 

Jen@iowaschool… Fri, 11/01/2019 - 11:28

230 - Regular Meeting

230 - Regular Meeting

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Series 200

 

Policy Title: Regular Meeting Code No. 230

 

The regular meeting time and date will be set by the board at its organizational in odd-numbered years, or at the annual meeting in even-numbered years. The regular meetings of the board will be held on the third Monday of each month.

 

Meetings will begin promptly at 6:30 p.m. The board will adhere to this meeting date/and or time unless the board requires additional meetings or, due to circumstances beyond the board's control, the meeting cannot be held on the regular meeting date/and or time, and the meeting will be re-scheduled at the board's convenience. Public notice of the meetings will be given.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 2003

July 2006

July 2009

July 2010

July 2012

July 2015

  September 2019

December 2023

 

 

Jen@iowaschool… Fri, 11/01/2019 - 11:30

231 - Special Meeting

231 - Special Meeting

It may be necessary for the board to conduct a special meeting in addition to the regularly scheduled board meeting. Special meetings may be called by the president of the board or by the board secretary at the request of a majority of the board. Should a special meeting be called, public notice will be given.

If the special meeting called is an emergency meeting and the board cannot give public notice in its usual manner, the board will give public notice of the meeting as soon as practical and possible in light of the situation. Emergency meetings will only be held when an issue cannot wait twenty-four hours necessary for a special meeting. The reason for the emergency meeting and why notice in its usual manner could not be given will be stated in the minutes.

Only the purpose or issue for which the special meeting was called may be discussed and decided in the special meeting. The board will strictly adhere to the agenda for the special meeting and action on other issues will be reserved for the next regular or special board meeting.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 2003
July 2006
July 2009
July 2012
July 2015
September 2019

 

Jen@iowaschool… Fri, 11/01/2019 - 11:31

232 - Work Sessions

232 - Work Sessions

The board, as a decision-making body, is confronted with a continuing flow of problems, issues and needs which require action. While the board is determined to expedite its business, it is also mindful of the importance of planning, brainstorming and thoughtful discussion without action. Therefore, the board may schedule work sessions and retreats in order to provide its members and the administration with such opportunities. The board has the authority to hire an outside facilitator to assist them in work sessions.

Topics for discussion and study will be announced publicly, and work sessions and retreats will be conducted in open session. However, no board action will take place at the work session.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 2003
July 2006
July 2009
July 2012
July 2015
September 2019

 

Jen@iowaschool… Fri, 11/01/2019 - 11:32

233 - Meeting Notice

233 - Meeting Notice

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Series 200

 

Policy Title: Meeting Notice Code No: 233

 

Public notice will be given for meetings and work sessions held by the board. Public notice will indicate the time, place, date and tentative agenda of board meetings. The public notice will be posted in a prominent place clearly designated for posting agendas in the central administration office and on an exterior facing door/window so that community members may see the agenda when the building is physically closed.  The agenda will be posted at least two days before it is scheduled, but, at the minimum, twenty-four hours notice needs to be given.

 

A copy of the public notice will be provided to those who have filed a request for notice with the secretary. A copy of the public notice will also be accessible to employees and students.

 

In the case of special meetings, public notice will be given in the same manner as for a regular meeting unless it is an emergency meeting. In that case, public notice of the meeting will be given as soon as practical and possible in light of the situation. The media and others who have requested notice will be notified of the emergency meeting. Attendance at a special meeting or emergency meeting by the media or board members will constitute a waiver of notice.

 

It is the responsibility of the board secretary to give public notice of board meetings and work sessions.

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 2003

July 2006

July 2009

July 2012

July 2015

  September 2019

December 2019

June 2023

 

 

Jen@iowaschool… Fri, 11/01/2019 - 12:05

234 - Quorum

234 - Quorum

Action by the board regarding the affairs of the school district may be taken only when a quorum, a majority of the board members, is in attendance at the board meeting.
While in person participation is encouraged, board members may attend meetings either in person or electronically provided each member can hear and be heard in real
time by all members present and the public.

While board members are encouraged to attend board meetings, three members will constitute a quorum and are a sufficient number to transact business of the school corporation. The adjournment of a meeting may be executed without a quorum.

An affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast is sufficient to pass a motion or take action unless law or board policy requires a vote of a greater number.

It is the responsibility of each board member to attend board meetings.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 2003
July 2006
July 2009
July 2012
July 2015
September 2019
December 2019

 

Jen@iowaschool… Fri, 11/01/2019 - 12:07

235 - Rules of Order

235 - Rules of Order

An orderly board meeting allows the board members to participate in the discussion and decision process on an issue confronting the school district. Rules of order for board meetings allow school district business and the relative information concerning the business to be brought to the attention of the board. They also allow the board to discuss, act upon and make a clear record of school district business in a regular, ordered, reasonable and consistent manner.

The board will follow Robert's Rule of Order, Revised, latest edition as modified by this policy and subsequent rule.

The purpose of modified rules adopted by the board are:

  • To establish guidelines by which the business of the governing board can be conducted in a regular and internally consistent manner;
  • To organize the meetings so all necessary matters can be brought to the board and decisions of the board can be made in an orderly and reasonable manner;
  • To ensure members of the board, concentrating on the substantive issues at hand, have the necessary information to make decisions and to ensure adequate discussion of decisions to be made; and,
  • To ensure meetings and actions of the board are conducted so as to be informative to the staff and the public and to produce a clear record of actions taken and decisions made.

It is the responsibility of each board member to follow the rules of order stated in this policy at each meeting, and it is the responsibility of the presiding officer to conduct the board meeting within these rules.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 2003
July 2006
July 2009
July 2012
July 2015
September 2019

 

Jen@iowaschool… Fri, 11/01/2019 - 12:08

235.R1 - Rules of Order Regulations

235.R1 - Rules of Order Regulations

The following rules of procedure have been adopted by the board at the annual or organizational meeting:

  1. Board members need not rise to gain the recognition of the board president.
  2. All motions will be made as a positive action.
  3. A motion will be adopted or carried if it receives an affirmative vote from more than half of the votes cast.  Only "yes" and "no" votes are counted in this calculation.  It should be noted that some motions require larger numbers of affirmative votes, such as to move into a closed session.
  4. All motions shall receive a second, prior to opening the issue for discussion of the board. If a motion does not receive a second, the board president may declare the motion dead for lack of a second.
  5. The board president may decide the order in which board members will be recognized to address an issue. An attempt should be made to alternate between pro and con positions.
  6. The board president shall rule on all motions that come before the board.
  7. The board president may rule on points of order brought before the board.
  8. The board president shall have complete authority to recognize a member of the audience regarding a request to participate in the board meeting. Members of the public who wish to participate shall follow board policy.
  9. The board president has the authority to declare a recess at any time for the purpose of restoring decorum to the meeting.
  10. The board president has the same authority and responsibility as each board member to vote on all issues.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision
July 2009
July 2010
July 2012
July 2015
September 2019

 

Jen@iowaschool… Fri, 11/01/2019 - 12:09

236 - Board Meeting Agenda

236 - Board Meeting Agenda

The tentative agenda for each board meeting will state the topics for discussion and action at the board meeting. The agenda is part of the public notice of the board meeting and will be posted and distributed.

 

Persons requesting to place an item on the agenda must make a request to the superintendent prior to the drafting of the tentative agenda. The person making the request must state the person's name, address, purpose of the presentation, action desired and pertinent background information. Requests from the public may be added to the tentative agenda at the discretion of the superintendent after consultation with the board president. Requests received after the deadline may only be added to the agenda for good cause.

 

The tentative agenda and supporting documents will be sent to the board members 2 (two) days prior to the scheduled board meeting. These documents are the private property of the board member. Persons wishing to view the tentative agenda and supporting documents may do so at the central administration office.

 

The board will take action only on the items listed on the tentative agenda posted with the public notice. Items added to the agenda may be discussed or taken under advisement by the board. If an added item is acted upon, the minutes of the board meeting will state the reason justifying the immediate action. 

 

It is the responsibility of the board president and superintendent to develop the agenda for each board meeting.  Any board member may place an item on the next regular agenda with the consent of a majority of the board.  Board members wishing to do so should provide notice to the superintendent and board president 2 days prior to the scheduled meeting.

 

Legal Reference:            Iowa Code §§ 21; 279.8.

            1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 269.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 2003

July 2006

July 2009

July 2012

July 2015

  September 2019

  January 2022

 

Jen@iowaschool… Fri, 11/01/2019 - 12:11

237 - Consent Agenda

237 - Consent Agenda

Very often the board must consider agenda items which are non-controversial or similar in content. Such agenda items might include ministerial tasks such as, but not limited to, the approval of the agenda, approval of previous minutes, approval of bills, approval of reports, etc. These items might also include similar groups of decisions such as, but not limited to, approval of staff contracts, approval of maintenance details for the school buildings and grounds, or approval of various schedules.

In order for a more efficient administration of board meetings, the board may elect to use a consent agenda for the passage of non-controversial items or items of a similar nature.

The superintendent in consultation with the board president and board secretary shall place items on the consent agenda. By using a consent agenda, the board has consented to the consideration of certain items as a group under one resolution. Items may be removed from the consent agenda at the request of a board member.

Nothing in this policy is to be construed as an attempt to avoid full compliance with laws dealing with open meetings or public notice of the agenda and meeting.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 2006
July 2009
July 2012
July 2015
September 2019

 

Jen@iowaschool… Fri, 11/01/2019 - 12:11

238 - Open Meetings

238 - Open Meetings

A gathering of a majority of board members either in person or electronically in which deliberation of an issue within the scope of the board’s policy-making duties takes place is a
board meeting. A gathering for the purpose of social or ministerial action will not constitute a board meeting when there is no discussion of policy or no intent to avoid the purpose of the open meetings law. Meetings of the board will be conducted in an open meeting unless a closed session is authorized by law or the meeting is exempt from the open meetings law.

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 2003
July 2006
July 2009
July 2012
July 2015
September 2019
December 2019

 

Jen@iowaschool… Fri, 11/01/2019 - 12:13

239 - Closed Sessions

239 - Closed Sessions

Generally, board meetings will be open meetings unless a closed session is provided for by law. The board may enter into closed session for any reason permitted by law. 

 

Closed sessions take place as part of an open meeting. The item for discussion in the closed session will be listed as part of the tentative agenda on the public notice with the full text of the Iowa Code citation reference stated on the agenda. The motion for a closed session, stating the purpose for the closed session, will be made and seconded during the open meeting. A minimum of two-thirds of the board, or all of the board members present if any are absent, must vote in favor of the motion on a roll call vote. Closed sessions will be recorded and have detailed minutes kept by the board secretary. No voting will take place in the closed session. Final action on matters discussed in the closed session will be taken in an open meeting.

 

The minutes and the recordings will restate the motion made in the open meeting, the roll call vote, the members present, and the time the closed session began and ended. The recordings and the written minutes will be kept for one year from the date of the meeting. Real estate related minutes and recordings will be made public after the real estate transaction is completed.

 

The detailed minutes and recording will be sealed and will not be public records open to public inspection. The minutes and recording will only be available to board members or opened upon court order or administrative order in an action to enforce the requirements of the open meetings law. The board has complete discretion as to whom may be present at a closed session, but generally closed session will be limited to the board, a recording secretary and the superintendent if indicated.  The board has discretion to nominate the board secretary or any board member to serve as recording secretary for the closed session.

 

Legal Reference:            Iowa Code §§ 21; 22.7; 279.24

           

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 2003

July 2006

July 2009

July 2012

July 2015

  September 2019

January 2022

Jen@iowaschool… Fri, 11/01/2019 - 12:13

240 - Public Participation in Board Meetings

240 - Public Participation in Board Meetings

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Series200

 

Policy Title: Public Participation in Board Meetings Code No: 240

 

The board recognizes the importance of citizen participation in school district matters. In order to assure citizens are heard and board meetings are conducted efficiently and in an organized manner, the board will set time aside for citizen participation, either at a specific time during the meeting or during the discussion of agenda items.

 

Public Comments During Board Meetings

 

Citizens wishing to address the board on a certain agenda item must notify the superintendent prior to the board meeting. Citizens wishing to present petitions to the board may do so at this time. However, the board will only receive the petitions and not act upon them or their contents.

 

The board has the discretion to limit the amount of time set aside for public participation.

 

The board has the discretion to limit the amount of time set aside for public participation.  Normally, speakers will be limited to 3 minutes with a total allotted time for public participation of 15 minutes.  However, the board president may modify this time limit, if deemed appropriate or necessary.  Public comment is a time set aside for community input, but the board will not discuss or take any action on any matter during public comment.

 

Petitions to Place a Topic on the Agenda

 

Individuals who wish for an item to be placed on the board agenda may submit a valid petition to the board.  For a petition to be valid, it must be signed by at least 500 eligible electors of the district, or ten percent of the individuals who voted in the last school election, whichever number is lower.

 

Upon receiving a valid petition to the board to place a proposal on the next board agenda for public hearing, the board will place the proposal identified in the petition on the agenda of the next regular meeting, or a special meeting held within 30 days of receipt of the petition.  The board will provide a sign-up sheet for all individuals who wish to speak on the proposal, and individuals will be called to speak in order of sign-up.  The sign-up sheet will require each individual to list their legal name and mailing address.  Each speaker will be limited to an amount of time established by the board president that is reasonable and necessary based on the number of speakers signed up.  The same time limit will apply to all speakers on the proposal.  Each individual will be limited to one opportunity to speak.  The board maintains absolute discretion on whether or not to discuss or act on the public comments made on the proposal.  If a petition is related to curriculum, the district maintains discretion to determine whether to stop teaching that curriculum until the board holds the public hearing to discuss the curriculum.

 

 

 

 

If the pressure of business or other circumstances dictate, the board president may decide to temporarily suspend this practice. The board president will recognize these individuals to make their comments at the appropriate time. The orderly process of the board meeting will not be interfered with or disrupted. Only those speakers recognized by the board president will be allowed to speak. Comments by others are out of order. If disruptive, the individual making the comments or another individual causing disruption may be asked to leave the board meeting.

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

July 2003

July 2006

July 2009

July 2012

July 2015

  September 2019

  August 2020

  September 2021

 

 

Jen@iowaschool… Fri, 11/01/2019 - 12:19

240R1 - General Complaints by Citizens

240R1 - General Complaints by Citizens

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Series 200

Policy Title: Public Complaints

Code No: 240R1

 

The board recognizes that concerns regarding the operation of the school district will arise. The board further believes that constructive criticism can assist in improving the quality of the education program and in meeting individual student needs more effectively. The board also places trust in its employees and desires to support their actions in a manner which frees them from unnecessary or unwarranted criticism and complaints.

 

Procedures for dealing with complaints concerning programs or practices should be governed by the following principles:

  • where action/investigation is desired by the complainant, or where it seems appropriate, the matter should be handled as near the source as possible;
  • complaints should both be investigated and, if possible, resolved expeditiously;
  • complaints should be dealt with courteously and in a constructive manner and
  • individuals directly affected by the complaint should have an opportunity to respond.

 

Specific procedures for handling complaints may be established in policies. The board, consistent with its board policy-making role, will deal with complaints concerning specific schools, programs or procedures only after the usual channels have been exhausted. Complaints regarding employees or complaints by students will follow the more specific policies on those issues.

 

When a complaint requiring attention is received by the board or a board member, it will be referred to the superintendent. After all of the channels have been exhausted, the complainant may appeal to the board by requesting a place on the board agenda or during the public forum portion of the board meeting. If the complainant appeals to the board, the appeal will be in writing, signed and an explanation given of the process followed by the complainant prior to the appeal to the board.

 

Parents, guardians and community members of the district who have concerns about the district or the board may refer to the student handbook for additional guidance from the Iowa Department of Education.

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

July 2003

July 2006

July 2009

July 2012

July 2015

September 2019

September 2021

 

Jen@iowaschool… Fri, 11/01/2019 - 12:21

241 - Public Hearings

241 - Public Hearings

Public hearings may be held on school district matters at the discretion of the board. Public notice of a public hearing will be in the same manner as for a board meeting except that the notice will be given at least ten days before the hearing is to be held unless it is impossible or impractical to do so.

At public hearings, citizens of the district will be allowed to speak on the issue for which the public hearing is being held. Others may be allowed to speak at the board's discretion. Speakers are asked to keep their remarks as brief as possible. Prior to the beginning of the hearing, speakers and spectators will be apprised of the rules of order to be followed regarding time limitations, questions, remarks and rebuttals. In no event will a speaker be allowed to take the time of another speaker.

The board will conduct public hearings in an orderly fashion. At the beginning of the hearing, statements, background materials and public hearing rules and procedures will be presented by the board president. The board president will recognize the speakers. A board member may ask questions of the speakers after receiving permission from the board president. Only those speakers recognized by the chair will be allowed to speak. Comments by others are out of order. Individuals who interfere with or interrupt speakers, the board or the proceedings will be asked to leave.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 2003
July 2006
July 2009
July 2012
July 2015
September 2019

 

Jen@iowaschool… Fri, 11/01/2019 - 12:22

242 - Board of Directors' Records

242 - Board of Directors' Records

The board will keep and maintain permanent records of the board including, but not limited to, records of the minutes of board meetings and other required records of the board.

It is the responsibility of the board secretary to keep the minutes of the board meetings. The minutes of each board meeting will include, at a minimum, the following items: a record of the date, time, place, members present, action taken and the vote of each member, and the schedule of bills allowed will be attached. This information will be available within two weeks of the board meeting and forwarded to the newspaper designated as the official newspaper for publication. The information does not need to be published within two weeks. The schedule of bills allowed may be published on a once monthly basis in lieu of publication with the minutes. The permanent records of the board minutes may include more detail than is required for the publication of the minutes.

Minutes waiting approval at the next board meeting will be available for inspection at the central administration office after the board secretary transcribes the notes into typewritten
material which has been proofread for errors and retyped.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 2003
July 2006
July 2009
July 2012
July 2015
September 2019
December 2019

 

Jen@iowaschool… Fri, 11/01/2019 - 12:23

242E1 - Board Meeting Minutes

242E1 - Board Meeting Minutes

Since the official minutes of the board are the only basic legal record, it is important that they be recorded with extreme care and completeness. The board secretary will follow the following guidelines in writing board minutes:

With respect to content, the minutes should show the following:

  1. The place, date, and time of each meeting.
  2. The type of meeting--regular, special, emergency, work session.
  3. Members present and members absent, by name.
  4. The call to order and adjournment.
  5. The departure of members by name before adjournment.
  6. The late arrival of members, by name.
  7. The time and place of the next meeting.
  8. Approval, or amendment and approval, of the minutes of the preceding meeting.
  9. Complete information as to each subject of the board's deliberation and the action taken.
  10. The maker and seconder of the motion, what action was taken, and the vote on the motion detailed enough to attribute a vote to each member present.
  11. Complete text of all board resolutions included in the appropriate location in the board minutes.
  12. A record of all contracts entered into, with the contract documents kept in a separate file.
  13. A record of all change orders on construction contracts.
  14. All employment changes, including resignations or terminations.
  15. A record, by number, of the bills of account approved by the board for payment.
  16. A record of all calls for bids, bids received, and action taken thereon.
  17. Approval of all transfers of funds from one budgetary fund to another.
  18. Important documents forming a part of a motion should be made a part of the minutes by exhibit and placed in the minute book along with the minutes
  19. Board policy and administrative guides should be made a part of the minutes by exhibit.
  20. Adoption of textbooks and the school calendar.
  21. Disapproval of open enrollment requests with justification for disapproval after the deadline.
  22. The election or appointment of board officers.
  23. At the annual meeting each year the record should indicate that the books of the treasurer and secretary and the Certified Annual Report have been examined and approved subject to the audit.

The Board minutes from the regular board meeting in July should reflect the following:

  1. The board will approve a resolution naming depositories along with the maximum deposit for each depository.
  2. The board will approve a resolution to pay bills when the board is not in session.

At the annual meeting or organizational meeting in odd numbered years the minutes should reflect the following:

  1. The board will review and approve the annual settlement report prepared by the board treasurer.Appointment of a temporary chairperson if not specified in policy.
  2. Appointment of a temporary chairperson if not specified in policy.
  3. Oath of office administered to newly elected board members.
  4. Nominations taken for the office of president and vice-president.
  5. Election of the president and vice-president, the votes and the oath of office administered to the president and vice-president.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 2003
July 2006
July 2009
July 2010
July 2012
July 2015
September 2019
December 2019

 

Jen@iowaschool… Fri, 11/01/2019 - 12:24

243

243

No policy currently exists for number 243

 

 

Jen@iowaschool… Fri, 11/01/2019 - 13:49

244 - Association Membership

244 - Association Membership

Participation in board member associations are beneficial to the board. The board will maintain an active membership in organizations the board determines will be of benefit to the board and the school district.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 2003
July 2006
July 2009
July 2012
July 2015
September 2019

 

Jen@iowaschool… Fri, 11/01/2019 - 12:25

245 - Board of Directors' Member Development and Training

245 - Board of Directors' Member Development and Training

The board may participate in conferences sponsored by educational associations and agencies in addition to its own in-service programs and work sessions.

The board will work closely with the Iowa Association of School Boards and encourage the board members to participate in conferences to achieve the Better Boardsmanship Award.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 2003
July 2006
July 2009
July 2012
July 2015
September 2019
December 2019

 

Jen@iowaschool… Fri, 11/01/2019 - 12:27

246 - Board of Directors' Member Compensation and Expenses

246 - Board of Directors' Member Compensation and Expenses

As an elected public official, the board member is a public servant who serves without compensation. Board members will be reimbursed for actual and necessary expenses incurred in the performance of their official duties.

Prior to reimbursement of actual and necessary expenses, the board member must submit a detailed receipt indicating the date, purpose and nature of the expense for each claim item. A credit card receipt is generally not considered a detailed receipt. Failure to provide a detailed receipt will make the expense non-reimbursable. Personal expenses will be reimbursed by the board member to the school district no later than ten working days following the date of the expense. In exceptional circumstances, the board may allow a claim without proper receipt.

Written documentation explaining the exceptional circumstances will be maintained as part of the school district's record of the claim.

It is the responsibility of the board secretary to compile the expenses of board members and bring them to the board for audit and approval in the same manner as other claims of the school district. It is the responsibility of the board to determine through the audit and approval process of the board whether the expenses incurred by a board member are actual and necessary expenses incurred in the performance of their official duties.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 2003
July 2006
July 2009
July 2012
July 2015
September 2019

 

Jen@iowaschool… Fri, 11/01/2019 - 12:28

247 - Gifts to Board of Directors

247 - Gifts to Board of Directors

Board members may receive a gift on behalf of the school district. Board members will not, either directly or indirectly, solicit, accept or receive a gift, series of gifts or an honorarium unless the donor does not meet the definition of "restricted donor" stated below or the gift or honorarium does not meet the definition of gift or honorarium stated below.

A "restricted donor" is defined as a person or other entity which:

  • Is seeking to be or is a party to any one or any combination of sales, purchases, leases or contracts to, from or with the school district;
  • Will be directly and substantially affected financially by the performance or nonperformance of the board member's official duty in a way that is greater than the effect on the public generally or on a substantial class of persons to which the person belongs as a member of a profession, occupation, industry or region; or
  • Is a lobbyist or a client of a lobbyist with respect to matters within the school district's jurisdiction.

A "gift" is the giving of anything of value in return for which something of equal or greater value is not given or received. However, "gift" does not include any of the following:

  • Contributions to a candidate or a candidate's committee;
  • Information material relevant to a board member's official function, such as books, pamphlets, reports, documents, periodicals or other information that is recorded in a written, audio or visual format;
  • Anything received from a person related within the fourth degree by kinship or marriage, unless the donor is acting as an agent or intermediary for another person not so related;
  • An inheritance;
  • Anything available or distributed to the general public free of charge without regard to the official status of the board recipient;
  • Items received from a charitable, professional, educational or business organization to which the board member belongs as a dues paying member if the items are given to all members of the organization without regard to an individual member's status or positions held outside of the organization and if the dues paid are not inconsequential when compared to the items received;
  • Actual expenses of a board member for food, beverages, travel and lodging for a meeting, which is given in return for participation in a panel or speaking engagement at the meeting when the expenses relate directly to the day or days on which the board member has participation or presentation responsibilities;
  • Plaques or items of negligible resale value given as recognition for public service;
  • Non-monetary items with a value of less than three dollars that are received from any one donor during one calendar day;
  • Items or services solicited or given to a state, national or regional organization in which the state of Iowa or a school district is a member for purposes of a business or educational conference, seminar or other meeting or solicited by or given to state, national or regional government organizations whose memberships and officers are primarily composed of state or local government officials or employees for purposes of a business or educational conference, seminar or other meeting;
  • Items or services received by members or representatives of members as part of a regularly scheduled event that is part of a business or educational conference, seminar or other meeting that is sponsored and directed by any state, national or regional government organization in which the state of Iowa or a political subdivision of the state of Iowa is a member or received at such an event by members or representatives of members of state, national or regional government organizations whose memberships and officers are primarily composed of state or local government officials or employees;
  • Funeral flowers or memorials to a church or nonprofit organization;
  • Gifts which are given to a public official for the public official's wedding or twenty-fifth or fiftieth wedding anniversary;
  • Payment of salary or expenses by a board member's employer or the firm in which the board member is a member for the cost of attending a meeting of a subunit of an agency when the board member whose expenses are being paid serves on a board, commission, committee, council or other subunit of the agency and the board member is not entitled to receive compensation or reimbursement of expenses from the school district;
  • Gifts other than food, beverages, travel and lodging received by a board member which are received from a person who is a citizen of a country other than the United States and is given during a ceremonial presentation or as a result of a custom of the other country and is of personal value only to the board member; or
  • Actual registration costs for informational meetings or sessions which assist a public official or public employee in the performance of the person's official functions. The costs of food, drink, lodging and travel are not "registration costs" under this paragraph. Meetings or sessions which
  • A public official or public employee attends for personal or professional licensing purposes are not "informational meetings or sessions which assist a public official or public employee in the performance of the person's official functions" under this paragraph.

An "honorarium" is anything of value that is accepted by, or on behalf of, a board member as consideration for an appearance, speech or article. An honorarium does not include any of the following:

  • Actual expenses of a board member for registration, food, beverages, travel or lodging for a meeting, which is given in return for participation in a panel or speaking engagement at a meeting when the expenses relate directly to the day or days on which the board member has participation or presentation responsibilities;
  • A non-monetary gift or series of non-monetary gifts donated within thirty days to a public body, an educational or charitable organization or the department of general services; or
  • A payment made to a board member for services rendered as part of a private business, trade or profession in which the board member is engaged if the payment is commensurate with the actual services rendered and is not being made because of the person's status as a board member but, rather, because of some special expertise or other qualification.

It is the responsibility of each board member to know when it is appropriate to accept or reject gifts or honorariums.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 2003
July 2006
July 2009
July 2012
July 2015
September 2019

 

Jen@iowaschool… Fri, 11/01/2019 - 12:29

300 - ADMINISTRATION

300 - ADMINISTRATION

Policy Title: Statement of Guiding Principles

The superintendent shall be the executive officer of the board and shall be directly responsible to the board for the execution of board policies, for the faithful and efficient observance of its rules by all employees throughout the system, and for the enforcement of all provisions of the law relating to the operation of the schools.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 1979
August 1994
August 1997
August 2000
July 2003
July 2006
July 2009
July 2012
July 2015
October 2018

 

admin@iowascho… Wed, 11/28/2012 - 16:38

301 - Role of the School District Administration

301 - Role of the School District Administration

In this series of the board policy manual, the board defines the role and the employment of school district administrators. Policies in the 400 Series, "Employees," also apply to administrators unless a more specific policy exists in the 300 Series, "Administration."

School district administrators have been given a great opportunity and responsibility to manage the school district, to provide educational leadership, and to implement the educational philosophy of the school district. They are responsible for the day-to-day operations of the school district. In carrying out these operations, the administrators are guided by board policies, the law, the needs of the students, and the wishes of the citizens in the school district community.

It is the responsibility of the administrators to implement and enforce the policies of the board, to oversee employees, to monitor educational issues confronting the school district, and to inform the board about school district operations.

While the board holds the superintendent ultimately responsible for these duties, the principals are more directly responsible for educational results, for the administration of the school facilities and for the employees.

The board and the administration will work together to share information and decisions under the management team concept.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 2006
July 2009
July 2012
July 2015
October 2018

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 10:20

302 - Management

302 - Management

The board and the administrators will work together in making decisions and setting goals for the school district. This effort is designed to obtain, share, and use information to solve problems, make decisions, and formulate school district policies and regulations.

It is the responsibility of each administrator to fully participate in the management of the school district by investigating, analyzing, and expressing his/her views on issues. Those board members or administrators with special expertise or knowledge of an issue may be called upon to provide information.  Each board member and administrator will support the decisions reached on the issues confronting the school district.

The board is responsible for making the final decision in matters pertaining to the school district.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop guidelines for cooperative decision-making.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 2006
July 2009
July 2012
July 2015
October 2018

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 10:21

303 - Superintendent Qualifications, Recruitment, and Appointment

303 - Superintendent Qualifications, Recruitment, and Appointment

The board will employ a superintendent to serve as the chief executive officer of the board, to conduct the daily operations of the school district, and to implement board policy with the power and duties prescribed by the board and the law.

The board will consider applicants that meet or exceed the standards set by the Iowa Department of Education, Iowa Board of Educational Examiners and the qualifications established in the job description for the superintendent position.  In employing a superintendent, the board will consider the qualifications, credentials and records of the applicants without regard to race, color, religion, gender, creed, national origin, age, sexual orientation, gender identity, or disability.  In keeping with the law, however, the board will consider the military status of the applicants.  The board will look closely at the training, experience, skill and demonstrated competence of qualified applicants in making its final decision.

In choosing a superintendent, the board will also consider the school district’s educational philosophy, financial situation, organizational structure, educational programs, and other factors deemed relevant by the board.

The board may contract for assistance in the search for a superintendent.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 2006
July 2007
July 2009
July 2012
September 2012
July 2015
October 2018
June 2019

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 10:22

304 - Superintendent Salary and Other Compensation

304 - Superintendent Salary and Other Compensation

The board has complete discretion to set the salary of the superintendent. It is the responsibility of the board to set the salary and benefits of the superintendent at a level that will include consideration of, but not be limited to, the economic condition of the school district and the training, experience, skill, and demonstrated competence of the superintendent. The salary is set at the beginning of each contract term.

In addition to the salary and benefits, the superintendent's actual and necessary expenses are paid by the school district when the superintendent is performing work-related duties. It is within the discretion of the board to pay dues to professional organizations for the superintendent.

The board may approve the payment of dues and other benefits or compensation over and above the superintendent's contract. Approval of dues and other benefits or compensation will be included in the records of the board in accordance with board policy.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 2003
July 2006
July 2009
July 2012
July 2015
October 2018

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 10:23

305 - Superintendent Civic Activities

305 - Superintendent Civic Activities

The board encourages the superintendent to be involved in the school district community by belonging to school district community organizations and attending and participating in school district community activities.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to become involved in school district community activities and events. It is within the discretion of the board to pay the superintendent’s annual fees for professional organizations and activities.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 2003
July 2006
July 2009
July 2012
July 2015
October 2018

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 10:24

306 - Superintendent Professional Development

306 - Superintendent Professional Development

The board encourages the superintendent to continue professional growth by being involved in professional organizations, attending conferences, continuing the superintendent's education, and participating in other professional activities.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to arrange the schedule of events in order to enable the superintendent's attendance at various conferences and events. If a conference or event requires the superintendent to be absent from the office for more than two days, requires overnight traveling, or involves unusual expense, the superintendent shall bring it to the attention of the board prior to attending the event.

The superintendent shall report to the board about each event attended, upon request.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
August 14, 1989
August 1994
August 1997
August 2000
July 2003
July 2006
July 2009
July 2012
July 2015

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 10:25

307 - Superintendent Evaluation

307 - Superintendent Evaluation

ADMINISTRATION

 

Series 300

 

Policy Title: Superintendent Evaluation Code No.: 307

 

The board will conduct an ongoing evaluation of the superintendent's skills, abilities, and competence. At a minimum, the board will formally evaluate the superintendent on an annual basis. The goal of the superintendent's formal evaluation is to ensure the education program for the students is carried out, promote growth in effective administrative leadership, clarify the superintendent's role, clarify the immediate priorities of the board, and develop a working relationship between the board and the superintendent.  This policy supports and does not preclude the ongoing, informal evaluation of the superintendent's skills, abilities and competence.

 

The superintendent will be an educational leader who promotes the success of all students by:

 

  • Facilitating the development, articulation, implementation, and stewardship of a vision of learning that is shared and supported by the school community.

 

  • Advocating, nurturing and sustaining a school culture and instructional program conducive to student learning and staff professional development.

 

  • Ensuring management of the organization, operations and resources for a safe, efficient and effective learning environment.

 

  • Collaborating with families and community members, responding to diverse community interests and needs and mobilizing community resources.

 

  • Acting with integrity, fairness and in an ethical manner.

 

  • Understanding the profile of the community, and responding to and influencing the larger political, social, economic, legal and cultural context.

 

  • Mission, Vision and Core Values:  Develop, advocate and enact a shared mission, vision, and core values of high-quality education and academic success and well being of each student.
  • Ethics and Professional Norms:  Act ethically and according to professional norms to promote each student's academic success and well-being.
  • Equity and Cultural Responsiveness:  Strive for equity of educational opportunity and culturally responsive practices to promote each student's academic success and well- being.
  • Curriculum, Instruction and Assessment:  Develop and support intellectually rigorous and coherent systems of curriculum, instruction and assessment to promote each student's academic success and well-being.
  • Community Care and Support for Students:  Cultivate an inclusive, caring and supportive school community that promotes the academic success and well-being of each student.

 

 

 

 

 

  • Professional Capacity of School Personnel:  Develop the professional capacity and practice of school personnel to promote each student's academic success and well being.
  • Professional Community for Teachers and Staff:  Foster a professional community of teachers and professional staff to promote each student's academic success and well being.
  • Meaningful Engagement of Families and Community:  Engage families and the community in meaningful, reciprocal, and mutually beneficial ways to promote each student's academic success and well-being.
  • Operations and Management:  Manage school operations and resources to promote each student's academic success and well-being.
  • School Improvement:  Act as an agent of continuous improvement to promote each student's academic success and well-being.

 

The formal evaluation will be based upon the following principles:

 

  • The evaluation criteria will be in writing, clearly stated and mutually agreed upon by the board and the superintendent. The criteria will be related to the job description, the Iowa Standards for School Leaders, and the school district's goals, and the goals of the administrator's individual professional development plan;

 

  • At a minimum, the evaluation process will be conducted annually at an agreed upon time. Each board member will have an opportunity to individually evaluate the superintendent, and these individual evaluations will be compiled into an overall evaluation from the entire   board;

 

  • The superintendent will conduct a self-evaluation prior to discussing the board's evaluation, and the board as a whole will discuss its evaluation with the superintendent;

 

  • The board may discuss its evaluation of the superintendent in closed session upon a request from the superintendent and if the board determines its discussion in open session will needlessly and irreparably injure the superintendent's reputation; and,

 

  • The individual evaluation by each board member, if individual board members so desire, will not be reviewed by the superintendent. Board members are encouraged, however, to communicate their criticisms and concerns to the superintendent in the closed session. The board president will develop a written summary of the individual evaluations, including both the strengths and the weaknesses of the superintendent, and place it in the superintendent's personnel file to be incorporated into the next cycle of evaluations.

This policy supports and does not preclude the ongoing, informal evaluation of the superintendent's skills, abilities and competence.

 

Date of Approval/Revision:

July 2009

July 2012

July 2015

October 2018

September 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ADMINISTRATION

Series 300 Policy Title: Evaluation - Superintendent

Code No.: 307R1

 

Evaluation of the superintendent shall be completed by the board by the fifteenth day of May and submitted in writing to the superintendent on or before the twentieth of the month. If any board member believes there is a possibility that the superintendent may not be issued a contract for the ensuing year, that board member shall notify the board president by March 1, and the above evaluation procedure shall be completed by the thirty-first day of March.

 

At the time of submission of the evaluation the board shall arrange a second appointment to allow for a discussion of the evaluation report.

 

The board shall notify the superintendent as to its intentions regarding another contract no later than the thirty-first day of March.

 

When a formal contract offer is made, the superintendent shall notify the board within twenty-one (21) days as to his/her acceptance or rejection of the offer.

 

Subsequent annual evaluations shall be kept confidential between the board and superintendent.

 

If undesirable conditions develop, the board shall arrange for a private conference with the superintendent at the earliest possible moment to attempt to correct the problem. If the conditions cannot be corrected, removal from office will be undertaken in the manner prescribed by law.

 

The president of the board shall be responsible for initiating the above procedures.

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 1979

August 12, 1985

August 14, 1989

August 1994

August 1997

August 2000

July 2003

July 2006

July 2009

July 2012

July 2015

October 2018

September 2021

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 10:26

307R1 - Evaluation - Superintendent

307R1 - Evaluation - Superintendent

ADMINISTRATION

Series 300 Policy Title: Evaluation - Superintendent

Code No.: 307R1

 

Evaluation of the superintendent shall be completed by the board by the fifteenth day of May and submitted in writing to the superintendent on or before the twentieth of the month. If any board member believes there is a possibility that the superintendent may not be issued a contract for the ensuing year, that board member shall notify the board president by March 1, and the above evaluation procedure shall be completed by the thirty-first day of March.

 

At the time of submission of the evaluation the board shall arrange a second appointment to allow for a discussion of the evaluation report.

 

The board shall notify the superintendent as to its intentions regarding another contract no later than the thirty-first day of March.

 

When a formal contract offer is made, the superintendent shall notify the board within twenty-one (21) days as to his/her acceptance or rejection of the offer.

 

Subsequent annual evaluations shall be kept confidential between the board and superintendent.

 

If undesirable conditions develop, the board shall arrange for a private conference with the superintendent at the earliest possible moment to attempt to correct the problem. If the conditions cannot be corrected, removal from office will be undertaken in the manner prescribed by law.

 

The president of the board shall be responsible for initiating the above procedures.

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 1979

August 12, 1985

August 14, 1989

August 1994

August 1997

August 2000

July 2003

July 2006

July 2009

July 2012

July 2015

October 2018

September 2021

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 10:27

308 - Building Principals - Functions

308 - Building Principals - Functions

The building principals, assistant principals, and directors shall establish such procedures as are necessary to carry out the functions outlined in their job description. These procedures shall be in writing whenever possible and shall be communicated to the superintendent and approved by the superintendent in instances where no established policy has been formulated.

Building principals shall inform the superintendent's office whenever they leave the community during the school day. If they leave their building but remain in the community, they shall notify the building secretary and maintain cell phone availability with the district. The name of the person in charge of the building in the principal's absence shall be communicated to all concerned.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 1979
August, 1994
August, 1997
August, 2000
July, 2003
July 2006
July 2009
July 2012
July 2015
October 2018

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 10:28

309 - Administrator Qualifications, Recruitment, and Appointment

309 - Administrator Qualifications, Recruitment, and Appointment

In addition to the superintendent, the board will employ building principals and other administrators to assist in the daily operations of the school district.

The board will consider applicants who meet or exceed the standards set by the Iowa Department of Education, the Iowa Board of Educational Examiners and the qualifications established in the job description for the position. In employing an administrator, the board will consider the qualifications, credentials and records of the applicants without regard to race, color, religion, gender, creed, national origin, age, sexual orientation, gender identity, or disability. In keeping with the law, however, the board will consider the military status of the applicants. The board will look closely at the training, experience, skill and demonstrated competence of qualified applicants in making its final decision.

In choosing an administrator, the board will also consider the school district's educational philosophy, financial condition, organizational structure, education programs, and other factors deemed relevant by the board.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board for filling an administrative position, based on the requirements stated in this policy. The board will act only on the superintendent's recommendation.

The board may contract for assistance in the search for administrators.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 2003
July 2006
July 2007
July 2009
July 2012
September 2012
July 2015
October 2018

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 10:29

310 - Administrator Contract and Contract Non-Renewal

310 - Administrator Contract and Contract Non-Renewal

The length of the contract for employment between an administrator and the board will be determined by the board and stated in the contract. The contract will also state the terms of the employment.

 The first two years of a contract issued to a newly employed administrator will be considered a probationary period. The board may waive this period. The probationary period may be extended for an additional year upon the consent of the administrator. In the event of termination of a probationary or non-probationary contract, the board will afford the administrator appropriate due process, including notice by May 15. The administrator and board may mutually agree to terminate the administrator's contract.

 If an administrator's contract is not being renewed by the board, the contract will be extended automatically for additional one-year periods beyond the end of its term until it is modified or terminated as mutually agreed to by the parties or until the administrator's contract is terminated consistent with statutory termination procedures.

An administrator’s contract shall remain in force and effect for the period stated in the contract. The contract shall be automatically continued in force and effect for additional one-year periods beyond the end of its original term, except and until the contract is modified or terminated by mutual agreement of the board of directors and the administrator, or until terminated as provided by law.(from section 279.24(1) of the Iowa Code)

 It is the responsibility of the superintendent to create a contract for each administrative position.

 Administrators who wish to resign, to be released from a contract, or to retire must comply with board policies regarding the areas of resignation, release or retirement.

  

 

 Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 2009
July 2012
July 2015
October 2018

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 10:30

311 - Administrator Salary and Other Compensation

311 - Administrator Salary and Other Compensation

The board has complete discretion to set the salary of the administrators. It is the responsibility of the board to set the salary and benefits of the administrators at a level that will include consideration of, but not be limited to, the economic condition of the school district and the training, experience, skill, and demonstrated competence of the administrators. The salary will be set at the beginning of each contract period.

In addition to the salary and benefits agreed upon, the administrator's actual and necessary expenses will be paid by the school district when the administrator is performing work-related duties. The board will approve the payment of other benefits or compensation over and above the administrator's contract. Approval of other benefits or items of an administrator's compensation will be included in the records of the board in accordance with board policy.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 2003
July 2006
July 2009
July 2012
July 2015
October 2018

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 10:31

312 - Administrator Evaluation

312 - Administrator Evaluation

ADMINISTRATION

 

Series 300

 

Policy Title: Administrator Evaluation Code No.: 312

 

The superintendent will conduct an ongoing process of evaluating the administrators on their skills, abilities, and competence. At a minimum, the superintendent will formally evaluate the administrators annually. The goal of the formal evaluation process is to ensure that the educational program for the students is carried out, ensure student learning goals of the school district are met, promote growth in effective administrative leadership for the school district, clarify the administrator's role as defined by the board and the superintendent, assess administrator competence in the Iowa Standards for School leaders, ascertain areas in need of improvement, clarify the immediate priorities of the responsibilities listed in the job description, and develop a working relationship between the superintendent and the administrator.  This policy supports and does not preclude the ongoing informal evaluation of the administrator's skills, abilities and competence.

 

The superintendent is responsible for designing an administrator evaluation instrument to assess, among other things, the administrator's competence in meeting the Iowa Standards for School Leaders and the goals of the administrator's individual professional development plan. The formal evaluation will include written criteria related to the job description and the Iowa Standards for School Leaders. The superintendent, after receiving input from the administrators, will present the formal evaluation instrument to the board for approval.

 

The formal evaluation will also include an opportunity for the administrator and the superintendent to discuss the written criteria, the past year's performance and the future areas of growth. The evaluation is completed by the superintendent, signed by the administrator and filed in the administrator's personnel file.

 

The administrator will be an educational leader who promotes the success of all students by:

  • Facilitating the development, articulation, implementation, and stewardship of a vision of learning that is shared and supported by the school community.
  • Advocating, nurturing and sustaining a school culture and instructional program conducive to student learning and staff professional development.
  • Ensuring management of the organization, operations and resources for a safe, efficient and effective learning environment.
  • Collaborating with families and community members, responding to diverse community interests and needs and mobilizing community resources.
  • Acting with integrity, fairness and in an ethical manner.
  • Understanding the profile of the community, and responding to and influencing the larger political, social, economic, legal and cultural context.

 

 

  • Mission, Vision and Core Values:  Develop, advocate and enact a shared mission, vision, and core values of high-quality education and academic success and well being of each student.
  • Ethics and Professional Norms:  Act ethically and according to professional norms to promote each student's academic success and well being.
  • Equity and Cultural Responsiveness:  Strive for equity of educational opportunity and culturally responsive practices to promote each student's academic success and well-being.
  • Curriculum, Instruction and Assessment:  Develop and support intellectually rigorous and coherent systems of curriculum, instruction and assessment to promote each student's academic success and well-being.
  • Community Care and Support for Students:  Cultivate an inclusive, caring and supportive school community that promotes the academic success and well-being of each student.
  • Professional Capacity of School Personnel:  Develop the professional capacity and practice of school personnel to promote each student's academic success and well-being.
  • Professional Community for Teachers and Staff:  Foster a professional community of teachers and professional staff to promote each student's academic success and well-being.
  • Meaningful Engagement of Families and Community:  Engage families and the community in meaningful, reciprocal, and mutually beneficial ways to promote each student's academic success and well-being.
  • Operations and Management:  Manage school operations and resources to promote each student's academic success and well-being.
  • School Improvement:  Act as an agent of continuous improvement to promote each student's academic success and well-being.

 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to conduct a formal evaluation of the probationary administrators and non-probationary administrators prior to May 15.

 

This policy supports and does not preclude the ongoing informal evaluation of the administrator's skills, abilities and competence.

 

Copies of each administrator’s evaluation letter shall be shared with the board, in closed session upon the request of the evaluatee, prior to approval of the superintendent’s salary recommendations.

 

In the case where the superintendent is recommending probationary status, demotion, or dismissal for the administrative staff member, the evaluation letter shall be given to the administrator no later than February 1 and shall be preceded by at least one (1) warning letter. This warning letter shall be given to the administrator no later than January 1 and should outline recommended changes for improvement. Both the warning and the probationary/demotion/dismissal letters shall be discussed in closed session with the board prior to being sent.

Date of Approval/Revision:

July 2009                                                July 2015                                                                September 2021

July 2012                                                October 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 10:32

313 - Administrators' Professional Development

313 - Administrators' Professional Development

The board encourages the administrators to continue their professional growth by becoming involved in professional organizations, attending conferences, continuing their education, and participating in other professional activities.

It shall be the responsibility of the administrators to arrange their schedules in order to attend various conferences and events. Prior to the attendance at events, the administrator must have received approval from the superintendent.

The administrator shall report to the superintendent about each event attended.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
August 1989
August 1994
August 1997
August 2000
July 2003
July 2006
July 2009
July 2012
July 2015
November 2018

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 10:33

314 - Development and Enforcement of Administrative Regulations

314 - Development and Enforcement of Administrative Regulations

Administrative regulations may be necessary to implement board policy. It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations.

In developing the administrative regulations, the superintendent may consult with administrators or others likely to be affected by the regulations. Once the regulations are developed, employees, students and other members of the school district community will be informed in a manner determined by the superintendent.

The board will be kept informed of the administrative regulations utilized and their revisions. The board may review and recommend change of administrative regulations prior to their use in the school district if they are contrary to the intent of board policy.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to enforce administrative regulations.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 2003
July 2006
July 2009
July 2012
July 2015
November 2018

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 10:34

315 - Monitoring of Administrative Regulations

315 - Monitoring of Administrative Regulations

The administrative regulations will be monitored and revised when necessary. It is the responsibility of the superintendent to monitor and revise the administrative regulations.

The superintendent may rely on the board, administrators, employees, students, and other members of the school district community to inform the superintendent about the effect of and possible changes in the administrative regulations.

 

 

Date of Approval/Revision:
July 2009
July 2012
July 2015
November 2018

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 10:35

316 - Administrator Code of Ethics

316 - Administrator Code of Ethics

Administrators, as part of the educational leadership in the school district community, represent the views of the school district. Their actions, verbal and nonverbal, reflect the attitude and the beliefs of the school district. Therefore, administrators will conduct themselves professionally and in a manner befitting to their position.

Each administrator will follow the code of ethics stated in this policy. Failure to act in accordance with this code of ethics or in a professional manner, in the judgment of the Board, will be grounds for discipline up to, and including, discharge.

The professional school administrator:

  • Makes the education and well being of students the fundamental value of all decision making.
  • Fulfills all professional duties with honesty and integrity and always acts in a trustworthy and responsible manner.
  • Supports the principle of due process and protects the civil and human rights of all individuals.
  • Implements local, state and national laws.
  • Advises the school board and implements the board's policies and administrative rules and regulations.
  • Pursues appropriate measures to correct those laws, policies, and regulations that are not consistent with sound educational goals or that are not in the best interest of children.
  • Avoids using his/her position for personal gain through political, social, religious, economic or other influences.
  • Accepts academic degrees or professional certification only from accredited institutions.
  • Maintains the standards and seeks to improve the effectiveness of the profession through research and continuing professional development.
  • Honors all contracts until fulfillment, release or dissolution mutually agreed upon by all parties.
  • Accepts responsibility and accountability for one’s own actions and behaviors.
  • Commits to serving others above self.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 2003
July 2006
June 2008
July 2009
July 2012
July 2015
November 2018

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 10:36

317 - Succession of Authority to the Superintendent

317 - Succession of Authority to the Superintendent

In the absence of the superintendent, it is the responsibility of the other administrators to assume the superintendent's duties. The succession of authority to the superintendent is in this order:

  1. Director of Business Affairs
  2. Elementary Principal

If the absence of the superintendent is temporary, the successor will assume only those duties and responsibilities of the superintendent that require immediate action. If the board determines the absence of the superintendent will be a lengthy one, the board will appoint an acting superintendent to assume the responsibilities of the superintendent. The successor will assume the duties when the successor learns of the superintendent's absence or when assigned by the superintendent or the board.

References to "superintendent" in this policy manual will mean the "superintendent or the superintendent's designee" unless otherwise stated in the Board policy.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 2006
July 2009
July 2012
July 2015
November 2018

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 10:37

318 -

318 - Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 10:38

319 - Insurance (Administrators and Directors)

319 - Insurance (Administrators and Directors)

The board agrees to provide full family health and major medical insurance coverage to those serving in an administrative or director capacity.  Those positions include, but are not limited to:

  • Superintendent
  • Principal
  • Assistant Principal
  • Coordinator of Student Support Services
  • Finance Director (Business Manager)
  • Activities Director
  • Technology Director
  • Director of Buildings and Grounds
  • Transportation Director
  • Food Service Director

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
June 2019

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 10:42

400 - PERSONNEL

400 - PERSONNEL

STAFF PERSONNEL

 

Series 400

 

Policy Title: Statement of Guiding Principles Code No.:          400

 

This series of the board policy manual is devoted to the board's goals and objectives for employees in the performance of their jobs. Employees provide a variety of important services for the children of the school district community. They may be teaching or assisting in the classroom, working in the office, maintaining the facilities, driving or repairing the school buses, or cooking lunches. Each employee plays a vital role in providing an equal opportunity for a quality education for students commensurate with the students' individual needs. While the teachers have the most direct impact on the formal instruction of students, all employees have an impact on the school environment by their dedication to their work and their actions. As role models for the students, employees shall promote a cooperative, enthusiastic, and supportive learning environment for the students.

 

In striving to achieve a quality education program, the board's goal is to obtain and retain qualified and effective employees. The board shall have complete discretion to determine the number, the qualifications, and the duties of the positions and the school district's standards of acceptable performance. It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to make recommendations to the board in these areas prior to board action. The board recognizes its duty to bargain collectively with duly certified collective bargaining units. To the extent a group of employees has a recognized collective bargaining unit, the provisions of the master contract regarding such topics shall prevail.

 

Board policies in this series relating to general employees will apply to employees regardless of their position as a licensed employee, classified employee, substitute or administrator. Board policies relating to licensed employees will apply to positions that require a teaching license or administrator's certificate or other professional license, certificate or endorsement, unless administrative positions are specifically excluded from the policy or a more specific policy is in the 300 series, Administration. Classified employees' policies included in this series will apply to positions that do not fall within the definition of licensed employee.

 

Subject to the financial resources available to the board, it shall be the policy of the board to recruit and retain the highest caliber of administrators, certified employees, and classified employees.  It shall be the policy of the board to appoint or dismiss all employees only upon the recommendation of the superintendent.

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

July 1979

August 1992

August 1995

June 1998

June 2001

June 2004

July 2007

August 2013

July 2017

November 2020

admin@iowascho… Wed, 11/28/2012 - 16:39

401 - Equal Employment Opportunity and Affirmative Action

401 - Equal Employment Opportunity and Affirmative Action

Policy Title: Equal Employment Opportunity and Affirmative Action

Code No. 401

 

The Carroll Community School District shall provide equal opportunity to all employees and applicants for employment in accordance with all applicable equal employment opportunity laws, directives and regulations of federal, state and local governing bodies and agencies. The district shall take affirmative action in recruitment, appointment, assignment and advancement of women, minorities and the disabled. Employees shall be given notice of this policy annually.

 

Individuals who file an application with the district will be given consideration for employment if they meet or exceed the qualifications set by the district’s administration, the district’s board of directors and the Department of Education for the position for which they apply. In employing school district personnel, the board of directors shall consider the qualifications, credentials, and records of the applicants without regard race, color, national origin, sex, disability, religion, creed, age, sexual orientation, gender identity, genetic information, and any other equal employment opportunity and affirmative action laws, directives and regulations of federal, state and local governing bodies. In keeping with the law, the board of directors shall consider the veteran status of applicants.

Employees or applicants for employment having inquiries regarding compliance with equal employment opportunity and affirmative action are directed to contact:

 

Name          Ms. Crystal Boes 

 

Title          Affirmative Action Coordinator

 

Location            Adams Elementary, 1026 N Adams St. Carroll, IA 51401

Telephone Number          712-792-8040

Inquiries may also be directed, in writing, to the Iowa Civil Rights Department or to the Director of the Region VII Office of Civil Rights, Department of Education, Kansas City, Missouri. Such inquiry or complaint to the state or federal office may be done instead of, or in addition to, an inquiry or complaint at the local level.

Further information and copies of the procedures for filing a complaint are available in the district's central administrative office and the administrative office in each district attendance center.

 

Equal Employment Opportunity and Affirmative Action Compliance Program

 

The Community School District is an Equal Opportunity Employer without regard to race, color, national origin, sex, disability, religion, creed, age, sexual orientation, gender identity, genetic information, and any other equal employment opportunity and affirmative action laws, directives and regulations of federal, state and local governing bodies.

 

All employment decisions will be made in accordance with these principles. All employment related programs will be administered in a manner consistent with these principles. No employee or applicant shall suffer any form of discrimination because of race, color, national origin, sex, disability, religion, creed, age, sexual orientation, gender identity, genetic information.

 

To ensure awareness by all levels of the administration, all employees, all students, educational agencies, vendors with which the district works and the community, the district will disseminate information as detailed below.

 

  1. Dissemination of Policy

 

    1. Employees will be reminded annually of the district’s Equal Employment Opportunity Policy (“EEO Policy”) by:

 

      1. Description of the EEO Policy by publication or reference in all issuances or re-issuances of personnel handbooks.

 

      1. Where applicable, detailed discussions of the EEO Policy at administrative conferences and staff meetings.

 

      1. Posting of the EEO Policy on the district’s website.

 

    1. Employees will also be reminded of the district’s Title IX policy per its Title IX policy and the law.

 

    1. Employment advertisements and application forms will contain assurance of equal employment opportunity.

 

    1. Employment sources and recruiting sources where jobs are posted and/or listed by the district will be reminded of the district’s EEO Policy, both verbally and in writing.

 

    1. Notices informing employees and applicants of their rights under federal and state civil rights laws will be posted on bulletin boards and in

 

locations where applicants are interviewed.

 

  1. Responsibility for Implementing the Affirmative Action Plan and Program

 

    1. The affirmative action coordinator/designee is responsible for implementing the Affirmative Action Plan and Program and will render full assistance and support for those seeking help and assistance in taking affirmative action.  Formal complaints and informal reports regarding sex discrimination, including sexual harassment, will be subject to the Title IX grievance process (see the Title IX Grievance Procedure regulation).

 

  1. Recruiting

 

    1. Additional emphasis will be given to seeking and encouraging applicants from minority groups, women's groups and the disabled where such applicants with the necessary qualifications or potentials are available.

 

  1. Training

 

    1. All training and in-service programs supported or sponsored by the district will continue to be equally open to all employees on the basis of qualifications.

 

  1. Hiring, Placement, Transfer, Layoff and Recall

 

    1. The district recognizes that to accomplish the long-range objectives of its Equal Employment Opportunity policy, continued affirmative action must be taken to ensure that job opportunities of all kinds are called to the specific attention of members of minority groups, women and the disabled, and that qualified members of such groups should be offered positions on the same basis as all other applicants or employees. To assure achievement of the objectives, the district will periodically review its practices of hiring job applicants.

 

    1. Prior to a final offer of employment for any position the school district will perform criminal, child abuse, and sexual abuse background checks.  The district may determine on a case-by-case basis that, based on the duties, some positions within the district will require more thorough background checks.  Based upon the results of background checks, the school district will determine whether a contract will be offered.

 

  1. Compensation

 

    1. All employees will receive compensation in accordance with the same standards. Opportunities for performing overtime work or otherwise earning increased compensation will be afforded to all qualified employees without discrimination based on race, color, national origin, sex, disability, religion, creed, age, sexual orientation, gender identity, genetic information.

 

Inquiries by employees or applicants for employment regarding compliance with equal employment opportunity and affirmative action laws and policies, including but not limited to complaints of discrimination, shall be directed to the Affirmative Action Coordinator, Ms. Crystal Boes, Adams Elementary, 1026 N Adams St. Carroll, IA 51401, 712-792-8040, and will be subject to the general grievance procedures (see the General Grievance Procedure regulation).  Formal complaints and informal reports regarding sex discrimination, including sexual harassment, will be subject to the Title IX grievance process (see the Title IX Grievance Procedure regulation).

 

Inquiries by employees or applicants for employment regarding compliance with equal employment opportunity and affirmative action laws and policies, including but not limited to complaints of discrimination, may also be directed in writing to the Director of the Region VII office of Civil Rights, U.S. Department of Education, 310 W. Wisconsin Ave., Ste. 800, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, 53203-2292, (414) 291-1111 or the Iowa Civil Rights Commission, 211 E. Maple, Des Moines, Iowa, 50309, (515) 281-4121.  This inquiry or complaint to the federal office may be done instead of, or in addition to, an inquiry or complaint at the local level.

 

Further information and copies of the procedures for filing a complaint are available in the school district's central administrative office and the administrative office in each attendance center.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

September 2020

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 02/07/2020 - 14:50

402 - Limitations to Employment References

402 - Limitations to Employment References

STAFF PERSONNEL

 

 

Series 400

 

Policy Title: LIMITATIONS TO EMPLOYMENT REFERENCES

Code No. 402

 

 

The district believes in taking appropriate measures to promote the health and welfare of all students.  Any school employee, contractor, or agent shall not assist another school employee, contractor, or agent in obtaining a new job, apart from the routine transmission of administrative personnel files, if the individual or agency knows, or has probable cause to believe, that such school employee, contractor, or agent engaged in sexual misconduct regarding a minor or student in violation of the law. 

 

This limitation does not apply if the matter has been properly reported to law enforcement and any other regulatory authorities required by law, and either:

  • the matter has been officially closed by the law enforcement agency;
  • the individual is acquitted or otherwise exonerated of the alleged misconduct; or
  • more than four years has passed since the case was opened, and no charges or indictment have been filed.

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

November 2019

November 2020

Jen@iowaschool… Mon, 02/24/2020 - 12:29

403 - Employee Conflict of Interest

403 - Employee Conflict of Interest

STAFF PERSONNEL

Series 400 Policy Title: Employee Conflict of Interest

Code No.: 403

 

Employees use of their position with the school district directly or indirectly for financial gain is considered a conflict of interest with their position as employees and may subject employees to disciplinary action.

 

Employees have access to information and a captive audience that could award the employee personal or financial gain. No employee may solicit other employees or students for personal or financial gain to the employee without the approval of the superintendent. If the approval of the superintendent is given, the employee must conduct the solicitations within the conditions set by the superintendent. Further, the superintendent may, upon five days notice, require the employee to cease such solicitations as a condition of continued employment.

 

Employees will not act as an agent or dealer for the sale of textbooks, school equipment, musical instruments or other school supplies. Employees will not participate for personal financial remuneration in outside activities wherein their position on the staff is used to sell goods or services to students or to parents. Employees will not engage in outside work or activities where the source of information concerning the customer, client or employer originates from information obtained because of the employee’s position in the school district.

 

It will also be a conflict of interest for an employee to engage in any outside employment or activity which is in conflict with the employee’s official duties and responsibilities. In determining whether the outside employment or activity of an employee creates a conflict of interest, situations in which an unacceptable conflict of interest is deemed to exist will include, but not be limited to, any of the following:

 

  1. The outside employment or activity involves the use of the school district’s time, facilities, equipment and supplies or the use of the school district’s badge, uniform, business card or other evidences of office to give the employee or the employee’s immediate family an advantage or pecuniary benefit that is not available to other similarly situated members or classes of members of the general public. For purposes of this section, a person is not “similarly situated” merely by being related to an employee who is employed by the school district.

 

  1. The outside employment or activity involves the receipt of, promise of or acceptance of more or other consideration by the employee or a member of the employee’s immediate family from anyone other than the school district for the performance of any act that the employee would be required or expected to perform as part of the employee’s regular duties or during the hours during which the employee performs service or work for the school district.

 

  1. The outside employment or activity is subject to the official control, inspection, review, audit or enforcement authority of the employee during the performance of the employee’s duties.

 

If the outside employment or activity is employment or activity in (1) or (2) above, the employee must cease the employment of or activity. If the activity or employment falls under (3), then the employee must:

 

    • Cease the outside employment or activity; or
    • Publicly disclose the existence of the conflict and refrain from taking any official action or performing any official duty that would detrimentally affect or create a benefit for the outside employment or activity. Official action or official duty includes, but is not limited to, participating in any vote, taking affirmative action to influence any vote, or providing any other official service or thing that is not available generally to members of the public in order to further the interests of the outside employment or activity.

 

It is the responsibility of each employee to be aware of and take the necessary action to eliminate a potential conflict of interest should it arise.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

June 2004

July 2007

August 2013

October 2016

November 2020

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 02/07/2020 - 14:56

404 - Employee Political Activity

404 - Employee Political Activity

STAFF PERSONNEL

 

Series 400

 

Policy Title: Employee Political Activity Code No.: 404

 

Employees will not engage in political activity upon property under the jurisdiction of the board or at school district activities or events. Activities including, but not limited to:

  • posting of political circulars or petitions,
  • the distribution of political circulars or petitions,
  • the collection of or solicitation for campaign funds,
  • solicitation for campaign workers, and
  • the use of students for writing or addressing political materials, or
  • the distribution of such materials to or by students are specifically prohibited.

 

Violation of this policy may be grounds for disciplinary action up to and including termination.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review:

June 2004

July 2007

August 2013

October 2016

November 2020

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 02/07/2020 - 14:58

405 - Public Complaints About Employees

405 - Public Complaints About Employees

STAFF PERSONNEL

 

Series 400

 

Policy Title: Public Complaints About Employees Code No.: 405

 

The board recognizes situations may arise in the operation of the school district which are of concern to parents and other members of the school district community. While constructive criticism is welcomed, the board desires to support its employees and their actions to free them from unnecessary, spiteful or negative criticism and complaints that do not offer advice for improvement or change.

 

The board firmly believes concerns should be resolved at the lowest organizational level by those individuals closest to the concern.  Whenever a complaint or concern is brought to the attention of the board it will be referred to the administration to be resolved consistent with the following:

 

  1. Matters concerning an individual employee should first be addressed to the employee.
  2. Unsettled matters from (A) above or problems and questions about individual attendance centers should be addressed to the employee’s building principal or immediate supervisor.
  3. Unsettled matters from (B) above or problems and questions concerning the school district should be directed to the superintendent.
  4. If a matter cannot be settled satisfactorily by the superintendent, the individual may ask that it be brought to the board. To ask that a concern regarding an employee be addressed by the board, the individual must notify the board president in writing of the concern. The board president may bring it to the attention of the entire board by placing it on the agenda or the individual may be able to address the complaint with the board at the beginning of a meeting in accordance with board policy.

 

It is within the discretion of the board to address complaints from the members of the school district community, and the board will only consider doing so if a complaint is in writing, signed, and the individual bringing the complaint has complied with this policy.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review

June 2004

July 2007

August 2013

October 2016

November 2020

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 02/07/2020 - 15:01

406 - Child Abuse Reporting

406 - Child Abuse Reporting

 

 

STAFF PERSONNEL

 

Series 400

 

Policy Title: Child Abuse Reporting

Code No. 406

 

In compliance with state law and to provide protection to victims of child abuse, the board believes incidents of alleged child abuse should be reported to the proper authorities. All licensed school employees, teachers, coaches and paraeducators and all school employees 18 years of age or older are mandatory reporters as provided by law and are to report alleged incidents of child abuse they become aware of within the scope of their professional duties.

 

When a mandatory reporter suspects a student is the victim of child abuse, the mandatory reporter will orally or in writing notify the Iowa Department of Human Services.  If the mandatory reporter believes the child is in immediate danger, the local law enforcement agency will also be notified.  Within forty-eight hours of the oral report the mandatory reporter will file a written report with the Iowa Department of Human Services.

 

Within six months of their initial employment, mandatory reporters will take a two-hour training course involving the identification and reporting of child abuse, or submit evidence they’ve taken the course within the previous three years. Once the training course has been taken, the certificate will remain valid for three years.  Employees who have taken the two-hour training course will take the one-hour follow up training course every three years and prior to the expiration of their certificate.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 2007

August 2013

October 2016

June 2017

March 2020

November 2020

August 2022

August 2023

 

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 02/07/2020 - 15:02

406R1 - Child Abuse Reporting Regulation

406R1 - Child Abuse Reporting Regulation

STAFF PERSONNEL

 

Series 400

 

Policy Title: Child Abuse Reporting Regulation

Code No.: 406R1

 

Iowa law requires district personnel who are mandatory reporters to report to the Iowa Department of Human Services instances of suspected child abuse which they become aware of within the scope of their professional duties.

 

The law further specifies that an employee who is a mandatory reporter who knowingly or willfully fails to report a suspected case of child abuse is guilty of a simple misdemeanor and the mandatory reporter may be subject to civil liability for damages caused by the failure to report.

 

Employees participating in good faith in the making of a report or in a judicial proceeding that may result from the report are immune from liability. 

 

Child Abuse Defined

 

"Child abuse" is defined under Iowa law as:

Any non-accidental physical injury or injury which is at variance with the history given of it, suffered by a child as the result of the acts or omissions of a person responsible for the care of the child.

 

Any mental injury to a child’s intellectual or psychological capacity as evidenced by an observable and substantial impairment in the child’s ability to function within the child’s normal range of performance and behavior as the result of the acts or omissions of a person responsible for the care of the child, if the impairment is diagnosed and confirmed by a licensed physician or qualified mental health professional.

 

The commission of a sexual offense with or to a child as a result of the acts or omissions of the person responsible for the child. Sexual offense includes sexual abuse, incest, and sexual exploitation of a minor. 

 

The failure on the part of a person responsible for the care of a child to provide for the adequate food, shelter, clothing or other care necessary for the child's welfare when financially able to do so or when offered financial or other reasonable means to do so.  A parent or guardian legitimately practicing religious beliefs who does not provide specified medical treatment for a child for that reason alone shall not be considered abusing the child.

 

The acts or omissions of a person responsible for the care of a child which allow, permit, or encourage the child to engage in acts of prostitution.

  

An illegal drug is present in a child’s body as a direct and foreseeable consequence of the acts or omissions of the person responsible for the care of the child.

  

The person responsible for the care of a child has in the presence of the child manufactured a dangerous substance, or in the presence of the child possesses a product containing ephedrine, its salts, optical isomers, salts of optical isomers, or pseudoephedrine or its salts with the intent to use the product as a precursor or an intermediary to a dangerous substance.

 

The commission of bestiality in the presence of a minor by a person who resides in a home with a child, as a result of the acts or omissions of a person responsible for the care of the child.

 

Knowingly allowing a person custody or control of, or unsupervised access to a child or minor, after knowing the person is required to register or is on the sex offender registry.

 

Teachers in public schools are not "persons responsible for the care of the child" under this definition.  However, a teacher who abuses a child is subject to civil, criminal, and professional sanctions.

 

Reporting Procedures

 

Employees who are mandatory reporters are required to report, either orally or in writing, within twenty-four hours to the Iowa Department of Human Services when the employee reasonably believes a child has suffered from abuse.  Within forty-eight hours of an oral report, a written report must be filed with Department of Human Services.

 

Each report should contain as much of the following information as can be obtained within the time limit.  However, Iowa law specifies a report will be considered valid even if it does not contain all of the following information:

 

  • name, age, and home address of the child;
  • name and home address of the parent(s,) guardian(s) or other person(s) believed to be responsible for the care of the child;
  • the child's present whereabouts if not the same as the parent'(s), guardian(s), or other person'(s) home address;
  • Nature and extent of injuries, including evidence of previous injuries;
  • name, age, and condition of other children in the same home;
  • any other information considered helpful; and,
  • name and address of the person making the report.

 

 

It is not the responsibility of employees to prove that a child has been abused or neglected.  Employees should not take it upon themselves to investigate the case or contact the family of the child.  The Iowa Department of Human Services is responsible to investigate any incident of alleged abuse.

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:           

July 2007

August 2013

October 2016

June 2017

November 2020

 

  

 

 

 

Iowa Department of Human Services

REPORT OF SUSPECTED CHILD ABUSE

 

This form may be used as the written report which the law requires all mandated reporters to file with the Department of Human Services following an oral report of suspected child abuse.  If your agency has a report form or letter format which includes all of the information requested on this form, you may use the agency format in place of this form.

 

Fill in as much information under each category as is known.  Submit the completed form to the local office of the Department of Human Services within 48 hours of oral report.

 

FAMILY INFORMATION

 

Name of Child               Age                          Date of Birth

 

 

 

Address:

           

 

Phone                          School                          Grade Level

 

 

                         

Name of parent or guardian                          Phone (if different from child’s)

 

            

Address (if different from child’s)

 

 

 

OTHER CHILDREN IN THE HOME

 

 

NAME                          BIRTH DATE                          CONDITION

 

 

 

 

 

 

INFORMATION ABOUT SUSPECTED ABUSE

In this section, indicate the date of suspected abuse; the nature, extent and cause of the suspected abuse; the person(s) thought to be responsible for the suspected abuse; evidence of previous abuse; and other pertinent information needed to conduct the investigation.  Use the back of this form if necessary to complete the information requested above and to identify individuals who have been informed of the child abuse report, such as building administrator, supervisor, etc.

                         

REPORTER INFORMATION

 

Name and title or position:

 

 

Office Address:

 

 

Phone                          Relationship to child

 

              

 

Names of other mandatory reporters who have knowledge of the abuse:

 

 

                       

 

Signature of Reporter:                          Date:

 

 

 

 

 

Iowa Department of Human Services

REPORT OF SUSPECTED CHILD ABUSE

470-0665 (Rev. 10/06)                       

 

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 02/07/2020 - 15:13

407 - Employee Travel Compensation

407 - Employee Travel Compensation

STAFF PERSONNEL

Series 400

 

Policy Title: Employee Travel Compensation

Code No.: 407

 

Employees traveling on behalf of the school district and performing approved school district business will be reimbursed for their actual and necessary expenses. Actual and necessary travel expenses will include, but not be limited to, transportation and/or mileage costs, lodging expenses, meal expenses, and registration costs.

 

Travel Outside the School District

Travel outside of the school district must be verbally pre-approved by the employee’s supervisor. Pre-approval will include an evaluation of the necessity of the travel, the reason for the travel and an estimate of the cost of the travel to qualify as approved school district business.

 

Reimbursement for actual and necessary expenses may be allowed for travel outside the school district if the employee received pre-approval for the travel. Prior to reimbursement of actual and necessary expenses, the employee must provide the school district with a detailed receipt, indicating the date, purpose and nature of the expense for each claim item. In exceptional circumstances, the superintendent may allow a claim without proper receipt. Written documentation explaining the exceptional circumstances is maintained as part of the school district's record of the claim.

 

Failure to have a detailed receipt will make the expense a personal expense. Personal expenses, including mileage, in excess of that required for the trip are reimbursed by the employee to the school district no later than 10 working days following the date of the expense.

 

Reimbursement for actual and necessary expenses for travel outside the school district will be limited to the pre-approved expenses.  Travel costs for a spouse or anyone other than the district employee approved for travel shall be a personal expense not reimbursed by the district.

 

Pre-approved expenses for transportation within three hundred miles of the school district administrative office will be by automobile. If a school district vehicle is not available, the employee will be reimbursed at the current IRS Standard Mileage Rate for business as of July 1 of the current year.  The rate will be reviewed annually. Pre-approved expenses for transportation outside of three hundred miles of the school district administrative office may be by public carrier. Reimbursement for air travel will be at the tourist class fares. Should an employee choose to travel by automobile, reimbursement will be limited to the public carrier amount.

 

Pre-approved expenses for transportation in a rental car is limited to the cost of a Class "C" rental car at a medium priced agency unless the number of people traveling on behalf of the school district warrants a larger vehicle.

 

Pre-approved expense for lodging within the state is limited to $150.00 per night. Pre-approved expense for lodging outside the state is limited to the rate of a medium priced hotel in the area. Lodging may be pre-approved by the superintendent for a larger amount if special circumstances require the employee to stay at a particular hotel. Pre-approved expenses for meals within the state are limited to $14.00 for breakfast, $16.00 for lunch and $29.00 for dinner. Pre-approved expenses for meals outside the state are limited to the General Services Administration meal per diem breakdown for the area of travel and needs to be approved by the superintendent before travel occurs. Meals may be pre-approved for a larger amount by the superintendent.

 

Travel Within the School District

Employees required to travel in their personal vehicle between school district buildings to carry out the duties of their position may be reimbursed at the current IRS Standard Mileage Rate for business as of July 1 of the current year.  The rate will be reviewed annually. It is the responsibility of the superintendent or designee to approve travel within the school district by employees. It is the responsibility of the board to review the travel within the school district by the superintendent and/or designee through the board's audit and approval process.

 

The superintendent and/or designee is responsible for developing administrative regulations regarding actual and necessary expenses, in-school district travel allowances and assignment of school district vehicles. The administrative regulations will include the appropriate forms to be filed for reimbursement to the employee from the school district and the procedures for obtaining approval for travel outside of and within the school district.

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision

July 2006

July 2007

July 2010

July 2013

October 2016

August 2020

 

STAFF PERSONNEL

Series 400

 

Policy Title: Employee Travel Compensation Regulation

Code No.: 407R1

 

Travel Allowance

 

Out-of-city and out-of-district mileage will be paid at the rate of the current IRS Standard Mileage Rate for business as of July 1st of the current year.  The rate will be reviewed annually.  Reimbursement for mileage applies only when employees are asked to use their personal vehicle. Every attempt will be made to provide a school-owned vehicle for out-of-city and out-of-district travel.

 

In-city and in-district mileage will be paid at the rate of the current IRS Standard Mileage Rate for business as of July 1st of the current year.  The rate will be reviewed annually.  Reimbursement for mileage applies only when employees are required to use their personal vehicle to travel during the working day as per their assignment and approval by the superintendent and/or designee.

 

All mileage reimbursement requests must be made on the proper district form by the fifth day of the month. Employees are to turn in mileage reimbursement requests on a monthly basis.

 

 

Standardized Miles To Be Used On In-City/In District

Mileage Reimbursement Form

                                       

 

Carroll High School to:

One

Way

Round

Trip

 

Adams Elem School to:

One

Way

Round

Trip

Carroll Middle School

.4

.8

Carroll High School

2.0

4.0

Fairview

1.0

2.0

Carroll Middle School

2.2

4.4

Kuemper/Holy Spirit

2.8

5.6

Fairview

1.0

2.0

St. Lawrence

1.9

3.8

Kuemper/Holy Spirit

1.0

2.0

Rec Center

2.0

4.0

St Lawrence

.5

1.0

Downtown

2.4

4.8

Rec Center

.9

1.8

Ag Building/ROAR

2.4

4.8

Downtown

.3

.6

 

 

Carroll Middle School To:

One

Way

Round

Trip

Fairview Elem To:

One

Way

Round

Trip

Fairview

1.3

2.6

Kuemper/Holy Spirit

2.0

4.0

Adams Elem

2.2

4.4

St. Lawrence

1.0

2.0

Kuemper/Holy Spirit

3.3

6.6

Rec Center

1.0

2.0

St. Lawrence

2.3

4.6

Downtown

1.4

2.8

Rec Center

2.3

4.6

 

Downtown

2.7

5.4

Ag Building/ROAR

2.8

5.6

Other:

One

Way

Round

Trip

 

Carroll to Mt Carmel

8

16

Carroll to Breda

13

26

Carroll to Halbur

11

22

Carroll to Templeton

15

30

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision

October 2016

August 2020

July 2022

 

 

CARROLL COMMUNITY SCHOOL DISTRICT

IN-CITY/IN-DISTRICT MILEAGE REIMBURSEMENT FORM

Name

Month

Year

 

 

 

                           DESTINATION MILEAGE FORM   (USE CHART ON REVERSE SIDE)

DATE                                                    FROM/TO

1.       

2.       

3.       

4.       

5.       

6.       

7.       

8.       

9.       

10.       

11.       

12.       

13.       

14.       

15.       

16.       

17.       

18.       

19.       

20.       

21.       

22.       

23.       

24.       

25.       

26.       

27.       

28.       

29.       

30.       

31.       

TOTAL FOR MONTH: Total miles will be multiplied by the current IRS Standard Mileage Rate for business as of July 1st of the current year.

 
 



                  Total Miles for Month: 

 

SUBMITTED BY          DATE SUBMITTED:

 

 
 

 

 

 

APPROVED BY          DATE APPROVED:

 

 
 

 

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 02/07/2020 - 15:15

407R1 - Employee Travel Compensation Regulation

407R1 - Employee Travel Compensation Regulation dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 02/07/2020 - 15:16

407R2 - Expense Report

407R2 - Expense Report

See form attached

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 02/07/2020 - 15:31

408 - Credit Card for Fuel

408 - Credit Card for Fuel

STAFF  PERSONNEL

 

Series 400

 

Policy Title: Credit Card for Fuel Code No.: 408

 

Employees may use the fuel credit cards for the actual and necessary expenses incurred in the performance of work-related duties. Actual and necessary expenses incurred in the performance of work-related duties are limited to fuel for the school district transportation vehicles used for transporting students to and from school and for school district-sponsored events, professional development of the board and employees, and other expenses required by employees and the board in the performance of their duties.

 

Employees and officers using the fuel credit card are required to sign the credit card out and initial when the credit card is returned. In addition, employees and officers using the fuel credit card must submit a detailed receipt in addition to a credit card receipt indicating the date and amount for each claim.

 

The transportation director shall maintain the fuel credit cards for fueling the school district transportation vehicles in accordance with board policy.

 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent and/or designee to determine whether the fuel credit card use is for appropriate school district business. It is the responsibility of the board to determine through the audit and approval process of the board whether the fuel credit card use by the superintendent and/or designee and the board is for appropriate school district business.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

June 2002

June 2004

July 2007

August 2013

June 2017

January 2021

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 02/07/2020 - 15:32

408.1 - Credit Card and Procurement Card

408.1 - Credit Card and Procurement Card

STAFF  PERSONNEL

 

Series 400

 

Policy Title: Credit Card and Procurement Cards

Code No.: 408.1

 

 

Employees may use school district credit cards and/or procurement cards (p-cards) for the actual and necessary expenses incurred in the performance of work-related duties.  Actual and necessary expenses incurred in the performance of work-related duties include, but are not limited to travel expenses related to professional development or fulfillment of required job duties, fuel for school district transportation vehicles used for transporting students to and from school and for school-sponsored events, payment of claims related to professional development of the board and employees, and other expenses required by employees and the board in the performance of their duties.

 

Employees and officers using a school district credit or procurement card must submit a detailed, itemized receipt in addition to a credit or procurement card receipt indicating the date, purpose and nature of the expense for each claim item.  Failure to provide a proper receipt will make the employee responsible for expenses incurred.  Those expenses are reimbursed to the school district no later than ten working days following use of the school district's credit or procurement card.  In exceptional circumstances, the superintendent or board may allow a claim without proper receipt.  Written documentation explaining the exceptional circumstances is maintained as part of the school district's record of the claim.

 

The school district may maintain a school district credit or procurement card for actual and necessary expenses incurred by employees and officers in the performance of their duties.  The superintendent may maintain a school district credit or procurement card for actual and necessary expenses incurred in the performance of the superintendent's duties.  The transportation director may maintain a school district credit or procurement card for fueling school district transportation vehicles in accordance with board policy.

 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to determine whether the school district credit or procurement card use is for appropriate school business.  It is the responsibility of the board to determine through the audit and approval process of the board whether the school district credit or procurement card used by the superintendent and the board is for appropriate school business.

 

The superintendent is responsible for developing administrative regulations regarding actual and necessary expenses and use of a school district credit or procurement card.  The administrative regulations will include the appropriate forms to be filed for obtaining a credit or procurement card.

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

June 2017

January 2021

June 2023

 

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 02/07/2020 - 15:33

408.1R1 - Credit Card Use Regulations

408.1R1 - Credit Card Use Regulations

STAFF PERSONNEL

Series 400 Policy Title: Credit Card Use Regulation

Code No.: 408.1 R1

 

Credit cards used for online purchases, expenses for professional development meetings, conferences and conventions, and other expenses required by employees and the board in the performance of their duties shall be in the possession and control of the Accounts Payable Department.

 

Cards will be distributed to employees only when a specific need arises. A specific need shall include, but not limited to, online purchases, expenses for professional development meetings, conferences and conventions, and other expenses required by employees and the board in the performance of their duties.

 

Expenses shall be limited to the guidelines set forth in Policy 407. Expenses exceeding the limits of Policy 407 shall be the personal responsibility of the cardholder, unless pre-approved by the superintendent or designee. Cards shall be returned to the Accounts Payable Department with a detailed credit card receipt immediately upon completion of use.

 

Employees using the school district credit card are required to sign the credit card out and initial when the credit card is returned to the Accounts Payable Department. In addition, employees and officers using the school district credit card must submit a detailed receipt in addition to a credit card receipt indicating the date and amount for each claim.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

June 2017

January 2021

dawn@iowaschoo… Mon, 02/10/2020 - 07:08

409 - Employee Use of Cell Phones

409 - Employee Use of Cell Phones

STAFF PERSONNEL

Series 400

 

Policy Title: Employee Use of Cell Phones Code No.: 409

 

The school district may issue cell phones to employees when there is a valid school district related business purpose for the employee to have access to a cell phone.  Prior to issuing an employee a school district cell phone, the school district will evaluate the employee’s job assignment and responsibilities and determine whether the employee should be issued a school district cell phone.  If the school district determines an employee will be issued a school district cell phone, the school district will determine the appropriate cell phone and cell phone plan for the employee.

 

An employee’s use of a school district cell phone will be limited to school district business.  Personal use of school district cell phones will only be allowed on a limited and infrequent basis. 

 

Employees who are issued school district cell phones may not use them at any time while they are operating motor vehicles or equipment.  Employees who are involved in an accident and/or charged with violations of the law resulting from the use of a school district cell phone while operating motor vehicles or equipment will be solely responsible for all liability that results from such actions, including, but not limited to all damages, costs, fees, and fines.

 

Any school district cell phone issued to an employee is school district property and all communications over and activity conducted on any school district cell phone is subject to being monitored and reviewed by the school district.  An employee who has been issued a school district cell phone is expected to protect it from loss, damage or theft and will be responsible for any damages or charges that result from the employee’s failure to exercise due care.  If an employee is issued a school district cell phone and it is lost or stolen, the employee must notify the school district so that service can be discontinued.  An employee shall notify the school district if a school district cell phone the employee has been issued malfunctions. 

 

Upon separation from employment or at any time upon request, the employee may be asked to produce a school district cell phone issued to the employee for return or inspection. Employees unable to present a school district issued cell phone in good working condition within twenty-four (24) hours of being asked to produce it may be required to bear the cost of replacing the cell phone.

 

Employees shall restrict use of personal cell phones to break periods or lunch periods.  Personal cell phones shall be turned off during business hours.  Employees shall not conduct school district business with their personal cell phones.

 

An employee’s failure to comply with this policy may subject the employee to disciplinary action up to and including termination of employment.

 

Approved/Revised August 2013 October 2016

January 2021

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Mon, 02/10/2020 - 07:09

410 - Group Medical, Dental, and Vision Coverage for Retirees

410 - Group Medical, Dental, and Vision Coverage for Retirees

STAFF PERSONNEL

Series 400

 

Policy Title: Group Medical, Dental, and Vision Coverage for Retirees Code No.: 410

 

A licensed, classified, or non-bargaining employee, along with their spouse and dependents, who is currently enrolled in the district’s group medical, dental, and/or vision plan will have the ability to continue coverage upon retirement before the age of 65 provided he or she meets the requirement of the insurer. Eligible employees are those who have attained at least age 55 as of the retirement date and completed a total of 15 full-time (30+ hours per week) continuous years of service to the district or a total of 30 years full-time service to the district.  Retirees covered by the plan make contributions toward the plan premiums for 100% of the plan premium less any allowance that may be offered as part of any district voluntary retirement special pay plan.

 

Medical, dental, and vision benefits under the district's group retiree plan will cease for the retiree and their spouse and/or dependents on the first day of the insurance month that next follows the date the retiree attains the age of 65, or the first day of the insurance month that next follows the date the employee retires if he/she retires after age 65. However, the employee will be able to continue coverage provided he/she makes application to the carrier and pays the first premium to the company within the prescribed timeline of the carrier.

 

It is to be understood that the district does have the right to change or terminate the group medical, dental, or vision plans at any time. Retirees attaining the age of 65 are to be notified in writing of the fact that this right is reserved to the district.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

August 11, 1986

August 1992

August 1995

June 1998

June 2001

June 2004

July 2007

August 2013

October 2016

November 2022

dawn@iowaschoo… Mon, 02/10/2020 - 07:10

411 - Compliance with the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act

411 - Compliance with the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act

The district is an employer subject to the provisions of the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (COBRA) signed into law on April 7, 1986. The law contains provisions that speak to continuation of group health plans for individuals beyond normal termination dates.

The district will abide by the provisions of this act.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
August 11, 1986
August 1992
August 1995
June 1998
June 2001
June 2004
July 2007
August 2013
October 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Mon, 02/10/2020 - 07:11

411R1 - Compliance with the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act

411R1 - Compliance with the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act

COBRA provides that qualified employees and dependents in the groups listed below who were not previously able to continue on a group health plan may now elect to continue on the group health plan. Qualified employees and dependents are:

  1. Employees: Termination of employment (including involuntary termination for any reason other than gross misconduct); or a reduction in number of hours worked.
  2. Dependents: Divorce or legal separation; the employee's death; or an active employee's decision to drop out of the plan upon his/her entitlement to Medicare.
  3. Dependent Children: Loss of status as a dependent for any reason (e.g., attainment of maximum age, marriage, etc.).

If an employee becomes ineligible by virtue of (a) above, that employee (and his/her then covered dependents) must be offered continuation for the period beginning on the date coverage would otherwise cease and ending on the earliest of:

  1. the last day of the plan month for which the employee makes timely payment of any required premium; or
  2. the date on which the group health plan is ended (and not replaced); or
  3. with respect to each employee and dependent, the date that person becomes covered under another group health plan or becomes entitled to Medicare; or
  4. the date 18 months after the date continuation begins.

If an employee's dependents become eligible by virtue of (b) or (c) above, such dependents must be offered continuation for the period beginning on the date coverage would otherwise cease and ending on the earliest of:

  1. the last day of the plan month for which the dependents make timely payment of any required premium; or
  2. the date on which the group health plan is ended (and not replaced); or
  3. with respect to each dependent, the date that person becomes covered under another group health plan or becomes entitled to Medicare; or
  4. the date 36 months after the date continuation begins.

The following provision of the law providing for continuation of benefits will also apply:

  1. During the period of continuation, qualified employees/dependents will be treated as if normal plan coverage had not ceased.
  2. Employer will give general and specific written notice to employees/dependents as required.
  3. Employee or dependent will give proper written notice to the employer when a dependent qualified.
  4. The employee/dependent continuing coverage is responsible for the premium.

COBRA provisions that affect group health plans will be coordinated with Medicare coverage as per existing or modified law.

Previous to COBRA, patients were not charged for medical care provided by the Veterans Administration and Military Hospitals. Thus coverage under group health plans was excluded. Group health plans must reimburse the Federal government for VA/Military Hospital care. Such reimbursement will be made only to the extent permitted by the plan.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
August 11, 1986
August 10, 1987
August 1992
August 1995
June 1998
June 2001
June 2004
July 2007
July 2013
October 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Mon, 02/10/2020 - 07:12

412 - Annuities

412 - Annuities

STAFF PERSONNEL

 

Series 400

 

Policy Title: Annuities Code No.: 412

 

It shall be the policy of the school district to honor the written request of school district employees, when properly executed by the employee and filed with the employee benefits coordinator, to purchase an individual annuity contract through payroll deductions for the employee in accordance with federal and state laws, rules, and regulations.

 

Employees desiring to participate in the tax sheltered annuity program through payroll deductions shall contact the employee benefits coordinator. When all forms have been completed satisfactorily, they are to be returned to the employee benefits coordinator.

 

Responsibility for supplying the employee benefits coordinator with appropriate information in a timely manner rests entirely with the employee.

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

August 23, 1982

August 1992

August 1995

June 1998

June 1999

June 2001

July 2003

June 2004

July 2006

July 2007

Suspended October 2008

August 2013

October 2016

January 2021

dawn@iowaschoo… Mon, 02/10/2020 - 07:16

413 - Personnel - Health and Safety

413 - Personnel - Health and Safety

It is the policy of this district to ensure, so far as possible, that every employee has a safe and healthful place in which to work.  It is also the policy of this district to help each employee recognize his/her responsibilities for safe employment, and require that he/she adhere to those responsibilities.

Physical Examinations
Contracted employees will be required to submit to a pre-employment physical examination, after an offer of employment has been made and before the beginning of service.

Contracted employees working in the Statewide Voluntary Preschool Program must have a health assessment. Documented health assessments include:

  • capabilities and limitations that may affect job performance
  • documentation by a licensed health professional of TB skin testing using the Mantoux method and showing the employee to be free from active TB disease. For those who have positive TB skin tests and who develop a persistent cough or unexplained fever, immediate assessment by a licensed physician is required. For those who have increased risk of TB according to the Centers for Disease Control (CDC), documentation is required annually by a licensed health professional showing that the employee is free from active TB disease.   

The district will provide the standard examination form to be completed by an appropriately licensed health care provider who performs the physical examination.  A written report of the physical examination shall be submitted to the district.  The date by which any such physical examination report shall be submitted to the district shall be determined by the superintendent, but in no case shall be any less than five (5) business days prior to the first working day.

Bus drivers will be examined using all applicable state and federal criteria at the beginning of employment and every two years thereafter.  

Reimbursement to the extent not covered by insurance will be provided to contracted bus drivers, substitute and activity bus drivers, and employees in the Statewide Voluntary Preschool Program for the remaining cost of the required physical examination.

Fitness-for-duty examinations may be required following an absence from work due to illness, if there is a reasonable belief that the employee is unable to perform the essential functions of the job, or if there is a reasonable belief that the employee poses a direct threat to the employee or others because of a health condition.  A direct threat occurs when an individual poses a significant risk of substantial harm to him/herself or others, and the risk cannot be reduced below the direct threat level through reasonable accommodations.

All information regarding the medical condition or history of a contracted employee must be kept in files separate from the employee’s personnel records and treated as a confidential medical record subject to state and federal confidentiality laws.

The cost of the first examination for all full-time contracted employees will be paid by the employee (excluding contracted bus drivers and contracted Voluntary Preschool Program employees). The district shall provide the standard examination form to be completed by a recognized medical professional examiner.

Communicable Diseases
The district recognizes that some employees with a communicable disease, as defined by law, may be able to attend to their customary employment duties without creating a risk of transmission of the illness to the students or other employees.  The district also recognizes that there may be a greater risk of transmission of some communicable diseases for some employees with certain conditions than for other employees infected with the same disease.

Employees with a communicable disease will be allowed to perform their customary duties, provided they are able to perform the essential functions of their position and their presence does not pose a direct threat.  A direct threat occurs when an individual poses a significant risk of substantial harm to him/herself or others, and the risk cannot be reduced below the direct threat level through reasonable accommodations.

Prevention and control of communicable diseases shall be included in the school district’s bloodborne pathogens exposure control plan.  The procedures shall include scope and application, definitions, exposure control, methods of compliance, universal precautions, vaccination, post-exposure evaluation, follow-up, communication of hazards to employees and record keeping.  This plan shall be reviewed annually by the superintendent and school nurse.

The health risk to immunodepressed employees shall be determined by their personal physician.  The health risk to others in the school district environment from the presence of an employee with a communicable disease shall be determined on a case-by-case basis by the employee’s personal physician, a physician chosen by the school district or public health officials.

An employee who is at work and who has a communicable disease that poses a direct threat, as defined above, shall report the condition to the superintendent any time the employee is aware that the employee’s condition poses a direct threat.  Any individual who has information that a district employee may have a communicable disease is encouraged to report the information to the superintendent.

The superintendent shall determine on a case-by-case basis whether the presence of an employee with a communicable disease in the district environment constitutes a direct threat.  In making this determination, the superintendent shall consider credible, objective evidence.  If the superintendent, after reviewing the credible, objective evidence, determines the employee’s presence may constitute a direct threat, the superintendent may request additional medical information from the employee’s physician (with the employee’s consent), a physician chosen by the district or public health officials, to confirm the superintendent’s determination.

All information regarding the medical condition or history of an employee must be kept in files separate from the employee’s personnel records and treated as a confidential medical record subject to state and federal law.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the school nurse, to develop administrative regulations stating the procedures for dealing with employees with a communicable disease.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision: 
August 1983
September 1992
August 1995
June 1998
June 2001
June 2004
July 2005
May 2006
July 2007
August 2013
December 2016
January 2017
September 2018
November 2018
June 2019

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Mon, 02/10/2020 - 07:19

413E1 - Employee Physical Exam

413E1 - Employee Physical Exam

CARROLL COMMUNITY SCHOOLDISTRICT

CARROLL, IOWA 51401-1911

 

Carroll Community School District Verification of Physical Examination

 

 

I have examined                                                                                               

                                      Please print name of person being examined

 

on                                          and found him/her to be

physically able to perform duties in the Carroll Community School District.

 

_____________________________________________________________

Signature of Examining Doctor                                                      Date

 

_____________________________________________________________

Printed Name of Examining Doctor

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Mon, 02/10/2020 - 07:29

414 - Activity Pass

414 - Activity Pass

STAFF PERSONNEL

 

Series 400

 

 

 

Policy Title: Activity Pass Code No.: 414

 

All full time and part time employees covered within board policy series 400 shall be issued an activity pass. This pass will entitle the individual employee to free admission to all locally scheduled school activities. The pass is non-transferable and does not apply where royalties are paid for a performance.

 

Lifetime activity passes will be presented upon retirement to all employees who have served the district a minimum of fifteen years.  An additional pass will be available for the retiree's spouse upon request.

 

An activity pass may be issued to other individuals at the discretion of the activities director/designee.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

July 1979

July 1991

August 1992

August 1995

June 1998

June 2001

June 2004

July 2007

August 2013

October 2016

January 2021

dawn@iowaschoo… Mon, 02/10/2020 - 07:31

415 - Unused Vacation (Non Bargaining Personnel)

415 - Unused Vacation (Non Bargaining Personnel)

STAFF PERSONNEL

 

Series 400

 

Policy Title: Unused Vacation (Non Bargaining Personnel) Code No.: 415

 

 

This policy applies to administrators and other non-bargaining unit employees who accrue vacation leave.

 

The board recognizes the value of vacation time and believes that vacation earned during the year should be used during the year it is earned. However, the board also realizes that sometimes employees may not have the opportunity to use all their vacation leave and want to carry it over into the next contract year.

 

Therefore, employees can carry over unused vacation leave up to a maximum of twice the amount of vacation earned annually. Any unused vacation over this amount is lost. Employees will be notified of their vacation accrual, use, and balance. 

 

Upon leaving school district employment, the school district will pay an employee for the employee's accrued and unused vacation days as of the date of the employee's separation from employment with the school district. 

 

For the purpose of this policy the term “day” shall equate to the number of hours the employee is contracted for or assigned to work. All vacation will be recorded in hours to align properly with the time management system.

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

August 1998

June 2001

June 2004

July 2007

April 2011

August 2013

October 2016

January 2021

dawn@iowaschoo… Mon, 02/10/2020 - 07:33

416 - Employee Records

416 - Employee Records

 

Policy Title: Employee Records Code No.: 416

 

The school district shall maintain personnel records on employees. The records are important for the daily administration of the educational program, for implementing board policy, for budget and financial planning, and for meeting state and federal requirements.

 

The records shall include, but not be limited to, records necessary for the daily administration of the school district, salary records, discipline records, evaluations, applications for employment, references, and other items needed to carry out board policy. Employee personnel files are school district records and are considered confidential records and therefore are not open to public inspection or accessibility.

 

Employees may have access to their personnel files as required by law.  The school district may charge a reasonable fee for copies made. 

 

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent and/or designee to keep employees’ personnel files current. The board secretary shall be the custodian of employee records.

 

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent and/or designee to develop administrative regulations for the implementation of this policy.

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

June 2001

June 2004

July 2007

August 2013

October 2016

January 2021

 

 

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Mon, 02/10/2020 - 07:34

416R1 - Employee Personnel Records Content

416R1 - Employee Personnel Records Content

STAFF PERSONNEL

Series 400

 

Policy Title: Employee Personnel Records Content Code No.: 416 R1

 

  1. Employee personnel records may contain but are not limited to, the following information:

 

    • Personal information including, but not limited to, name, address, telephone number, emergency numbers, birth date and spouse
    • Individual employment contract
    • Evaluations documents
    • Application, resume, and references, except those that shall be kept confidential according to law
    • Salary information
    • Copy of employee’s license or certificate, if needed for the position
    • Educational transcripts
    • Records of disciplinary matters
    • Assignment

 

  1. Employee health and medical records shall be kept in a file separate from the employee’s personnel records. Health and medical records may contain, but are not limited to:

 

    • Medical professional signed physical form
    • Employee's medical history
    • Sick or long-term disability leave days
    • Family and medical leave request forms
    • Worker’s compensation claims
    • Reasonable accommodation made by the school district to accommodate the employee’s disability
    • Employee emergency names and numbers

 

3.            The following are considered public personnel records available for inspection:

 

  • The name and compensation of the individual, including any written agreement establishing compensation or any other terms of employment, except for that information that is otherwise protected. “Compensation” includes the value of benefits conferred including, but not limited to: casualty, disability, life or health insurance, other health or wellness benefits, vacation, holiday and sick leave, severance payments, retirement benefits and deferred compensation;
  • The dates the individual was employed by the government body;
  • The positions the individual holds or has held with the government body;
  • The educational institutions attended by the individual, including any diplomas and degrees earned, and the names of the individual’s previous employers, positions previously held and dates of previous employment;

 

 

EMPLOYEE RECORDS REGULATION

 

Personal information in confidential personnel records of government bodies relating to student employees shall only be released pursuant to the Family Educational Privacy Rights Act (FERPA.)

 

Record Access

 

Only authorized school officials shall have access to an employee’s records without the written consent of the employee. Authorized school officials may include, but not be limited to, the superintendent, building principal, or board secretary. In the case of a medical emergency, the school nurse or other first aid or safety personnel may have access to the employee’s health or medical file without the consent of the employee. Board members generally will only have access to an employee’s personnel file without the consent of the employee when necessary for the conducting of board business.

 

 

Applicant File Records Content

 

Records on applicants for positions with the school district shall be maintained in the central administration office. The records shall include, but not be limited to:

 

      • Application for employment
      • Resume
      • References
      • Evidence of appropriate license or certificate, if necessary for the position for which the individual applied
      • Affirmative action form, if submitted

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

June 2001

June 2004

July 2007

August 2013

October 2016

January 2021

June 2023

dawn@iowaschoo… Mon, 02/10/2020 - 07:35

417 - Court Subpoena

417 - Court Subpoena

Employees may be excused without pay or may use a personal leave day for a court-issued subpoena. Requests to be excused should be made to the superintendent/designee.

If the subpoena is issued for a school-related matter and not for a personal matter, leave with pay shall be granted.

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
August 8, 1988
August 1992
August 1995
June 1998
June 1999
June 2001
June 2004
July 2007
August 2013
October 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Mon, 02/10/2020 - 07:38

418 - Military Service

418 - Military Service

Leaves of absence are granted for military purposes but not to exceed the enlistment or draft period. On completion of the military service the individual is entitled to reinstatement at the same salary he/she would have received had he/she not taken such leave but subject to the following conditions:

     A.  That the position was not abolished;

     B.  That he/she is physically and mentally capable of performing the duties of the position;

     C.  That he/she makes written application for reinstatement to the superintendent/designee within 90 days after termination of military service; and

     D.  That he/she submits an honorable separation from the military service.

A leave of absence will be granted for reservists for training purposes when ordered by proper authority to active state or federal service but not for a period exceeding a total of 30 days in any calendar year. Leaves for training purposes are granted without loss of pay but employees are expected to take such training during times the school is not in session whenever possible.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 1979
August 1992
August 1995
June 1998
June 2001
June 2004
July 2007
August 2013
October 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Mon, 02/10/2020 - 07:39

419 - Absence Without Pay

419 - Absence Without Pay

STAFF PERSONNEL

 

Series 400

 

Policy Title: Absence Without Pay Code No.: 419

 

Unpaid leave may be used to excuse an involuntary absence not provided for in other leave policies or provisions.  Unpaid leave must be authorized by the superintendent/designee who will have complete discretion to grant or deny the requested unpaid leave. 

 

Absences without pay shall not be approved for vacation purposes unless approved by the superintendent. The written authorization shall include a statement of deductions from the employee's salary and shall be made in accordance with the school district's pay deduction regulations.

 

The amount of deduction from the pay of a salaried worker will be equal to the employee's per diem rate.

 

The failure to follow the school district policy and regulations, regarding absences without pay may be deemed to be neglect of duty and may be sufficient grounds for discipline including termination.

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

July 1979

August 12, 1985

August 11, 1986

August 10, 1987

August 1992

August, 1995

June 1998

June 2001

June 2004

July 2007

July 2013

October 2016

January 2021

dawn@iowaschoo… Mon, 02/10/2020 - 07:42

420 - Jury Duty

420 - Jury Duty

STAFF PERSONNEL

 

Series 400

 

Policy Title: Jury Duty Code No.: 420

 

Employees may be excused with pay for jury duty by the superintendent/designee. Payment received by employees from the court for juror per diem is to be turned over to the district within 30 days of the receipt of payment.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

July 1979

August 10, 1987

August 1992

August 1995

June 1998

June 2001

June 2004

July 2007

July 2010

August 2013

October 2016

April 2021

dawn@iowaschoo… Mon, 02/10/2020 - 07:43

421 - Employee Expression

421 - Employee Expression

STAFF PERSONNEL

 

Series 400

 

Policy Title:   Employee Expression

Code No.:  421

 

The board believes the district has an interest in maintaining an orderly and effective work environment while balancing employees First Amendment rights to freedom of expression and diverse viewpoints and beliefs.  When employees speak within their official capacity, their expression represents the district and may be regulated.  The First Amendment protects a public employee’s speech when the employee is speaking as an individual citizen on a matter of public concern.  Even so, employee expression that has an adverse impact on district operations and/or negatively impacts an employee’s ability to perform their job for the district may still result in disciplinary action up to and including termination.

 

Employees who use social media platforms are encouraged to remember that the school community may not be able to separate employees as private citizens, from their role within the district.  Employee expression on social media platforms that interferes with the district’s operations or prevents the district from functioning efficiently and effectively may be subject to discipline up to and including termination.

 

A district employee who acts to protect a student for engaging in free expression or who refuses to infringe on students engaging in free expression; and who is acting within the scope of their professional ethics will not be retaliated against or face any adverse employment action based on their behavior provided that expression is otherwise permitted by law and board policy. 

 

If the board or court finds an employee that is subject to licensure, certification or authorization by the Board of Educational Examiners discriminated against a student or other co-employee, the board will refer the employee to the Board of Educational Examiners for additional proceedings as required by law and which may result in discipline up to and including termination.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

October 2021                       

 

 

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Mon, 02/10/2020 - 07:44

421R1 - Pay Deductions Regulation

421R1 - Pay Deductions Regulation dawn@iowaschoo… Mon, 02/10/2020 - 07:45

423 - Gifts to Employees

423 - Gifts to Employees

STAFF PERSONNEL

 

Series 400

 

Policy Title: Gifts to Employees Code No: 423

 

The board understands the desire of students, parents, and others to give gifts to show appreciation of an employee. Rather than giving gifts, the board encourages, as more welcome and appropriate, the writing of letters to express gratitude and appreciation or the donation of a gift to benefit the school district rather than an individual employee.

 

Employees shall not, either directly or indirectly, solicit, accept or receive any gift, series of gifts or an honorarium unless the donor does not meet the definition of a donor stated below or the gift or honorarium does not meet the definition of gift or an honorarium stated below.

However, employees may receive non-monetary gifts of a value less than $3.00 if the donor does not intend to influence the employee’s professional judgment. Employees may receive a gift on behalf of the school district.

 

A “donor” is defined as a person or other entity which:

 

  • Is seeking to be or is a party to any one or any combination of sales, purchases, leases or contracts to, from or with the school district;

 

  • Is engaged in activities, which are regulated or controlled by the school district;

 

  • Will be directly and substantially affected financially by the performance or nonperformance of the employee's official duty in a way that is greater than the effect on the public generally or on a substantial class of persons to which the person belongs as a member of a profession, occupation, industry or region; or

 

  • Is a lobbyist with respect to matters within the school district’s jurisdiction.

 

A “gift” is the giving of anything of value in return for which something of equal or greater value is not given or received. However, “gift” does not include any of the following:

 

  • Contributions to a candidate or a candidate’s committee;

 

  • Informational material relevant to an employee’s official function, such as books, pamphlets, reports, documents or periodicals;

 

  • Anything received from a person related within the fourth degree by kinship or marriage, unless the donor is acting as an agent or intermediary for another person not so related;

 

  • An inheritance;

 

  • Anything available or distributed to the public generally without regard to the official status of the employee;

 

  • Actual expenses of an employee for food, beverages, travel, and lodging for a meeting, which is given in return for participation in a panel or speaking engagement at the meeting when the expenses relate directly to the day or days on which the employee has participation or presentation responsibilities;

 

  • Plaques or items of negligible resale value given as recognition for public services;

 

  • Items of food and drink with a value of less than three dollars that are received from any one donor during one calendar day;

 

  • Items or services solicited or given to a state, national or regional organization in which the state of Iowa or a political subdivision of the state of Iowa is a member; or,

 

  • Items or services received as part of a regularly scheduled event that is part of a conference, seminar or other meeting that is sponsored and directed by any state, national or regional organization in which the state of Iowa or a political subdivision of the state of Iowa is a member.

 

An “honorarium” is anything of value that is accepted by, or on behalf of, an employee as consideration for an appearance, speech or article. An honorarium does not include any of the following:

 

  • Actual expenses of an employee for food, beverages, travel or lodging for a meeting, which is given in return for participation in a panel or speaking engagement at the meeting when the expenses relate directly to the day or days on which the employee has participation or presentation responsibilities;

 

  • A non-monetary gift or series of nonmonetary gifts donated within thirty days to a public body, a bona fide educational or charitable organization or the department of general services; or,

 

  • A payment made to an employee for service rendered as part of a bona fide private business, trade or profession in which the employee is engaged if the payment is commensurate with the actual services rendered and is not being made because of the person’s status as an employee but rather, because of some special expertise or other qualification.

 

It shall be the responsibility of each employee to know when it is appropriate to accept or reject gifts or an honorarium. An employee who violates this policy may be subject to disciplinary action.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

October 1992

August 1995

June 1998

June 2001

June 2004

July 2007

August 2013

October 2016

April 2021

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Mon, 02/10/2020 - 07:58

424 - Abuse Of Students by School District Employees

424 - Abuse Of Students by School District Employees

Physical or sexual abuse of students, including inappropriate and intentional sexual behavior, by employees will not be tolerated. The definition of employees for the purpose of this policy includes not only those who work for pay but also those who are volunteers of the school district under the direction and control of the school district. Employees found in violation of this policy will be subject to disciplinary action up to and including discharge.

The school district will respond promptly to allegations of abuse of students by school district employees by investigating or arranging for the investigation of an allegation. The processing of a complaint or allegation will be handled confidentially to the maximum extent possible.

Employees are required to assist in the investigation when requested to provide information and to maintain the confidentiality of the reporting and investigation process.

The school district has appointed a Level I investigator and alternate Level I investigator. The school district has also arranged for a trained, experienced professional to serve as the Level II investigator. The Level I investigator and alternate will be provided training in the conducting of an investigation at the expense of the school district. The names of the investigators are listed in the student handbook, and are published annually in the local newspaper and are posted in all school facilities.

The superintendent and/or designee is responsible for drafting administrative regulations to implement this policy.

Aiding and Abetting Prohibited:  Any individual who is a school employee, contractor, or agent shall not assist another school employee, contractor, or agent in obtaining a new job, apart from the routine transmission of administrative and personnel files, if the individual or agency knows, or has probable cause to believe, that such school employee, contractor, or agent engaged in sexual misconduct regarding a minor or student in violation of the law.  The former prohibition shall not apply if the information giving rise to probable cause has been properly reported to a law enforcement agency with jurisdiction over the alleged misconduct; and has been properly reported to any other authorities as required by federal, state, or local law and any one of the following conditions are met:

  1. the matter has been officially closed or the prosecutor or police with jurisdiction over the alleged misconduct has investigated the allegations and notified school officials that there is insufficient information to establish probable cause that the school employee, contractor, or agent engaged in sexual misconduct regarding a minor or student in violation of the law, or
  2. the school employee, contractor, or agent has been charged with, and acquitted or otherwise exonerated of the alleged misconduct; or
  3. the case or investigation remains open and there have been no charges filed against, or indictment of, the school employee, contractor, or agent within 4 years of the date on which the information was reported to a law enforcement agency.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
August 21, 1990
August 1992
August 1995
June 1998
June 2001
June 2004
July 2007
August 2013
October 2016
October 2019

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Mon, 02/10/2020 - 08:03

424R1 - Abuse of Students by District Employees Regulations

424R1 - Abuse of Students by District Employees Regulations

Policy Title: Abuse of Students by District Employees Regulations Code No.: 424R1

 

Pursuant to Chapter 102 of the School Rules of Iowa, abuse may fall into either of the two following categories.

 

  1. Physical Abuse- The non-accidental physical injury to a student as a result of the actions of a district employee. Physical abuse may occur as the result of intentional infliction of injury or excessive, unnecessary, or unreasonable use of force in discipline.

 

  1. Sexual Abuse- Sexual offenses or misconduct as defined by Iowa Code Chapter 709. This definition also encompasses acts or omission of the District employee that allow, permit, or encourage the student to engage in prostitution as defined by Iowa law.

 

To constitute a violation of the Iowa Code, acts or omissions of the employee must have occurred on school grounds, on school time, at a school-sponsored activity, or in a school-related context.

 

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent/designee to annually identify a designated investigator and an alternate investigator. The names and telephone numbers of these investigators shall be included in the employee handbooks.

 

When an employee receives a report of alleged abuse of a student by a district employee, the report shall immediately be given to the designated investigator or their alternate if the investigator is named in the report. Allegations of abuse constituting sex discrimination, including sexual harassment, will also be referred to the Title IX Coordinator and handled pursuant to the District’s Title IX Grievance Procedures.

 

The investigator shall then make and provide a copy of the report to the person filing, the student's parent/guardian and the district employee named in the report. Within five school days of receipt of the report, the investigator shall conduct an informal investigation to determine whether the allegations are true. In the course of this investigation, the investigator shall interview the alleged victim, the district employee named in the report, and any collateral sources who may have knowledge of the circumstances contained in the report. The investigator shall exercise prudent discretion to preserve the confidentiality interests of the individuals involved.

 

The investigator's role is not to determine the guilt or innocence of the involved party, but whether it is likely that an incident took place between the student and the District employee. If, in the investigator's opinion, the magnitude of the allegations suggests immediate and professional investigation is necessary, the investigator may waive informal investigation. In such cases, the investigator shall contact appropriate law enforcement officials, the child's parent/guardian, and the person filing the report, and shall document in writing the action taken.

 

Within fifteen (15) calendar days of receipt of the report, the investigator shall complete a written investigative report which shall include those items required by Chapter 102.9 of the Iowa Code. If the report is founded by a preponderance of the evidence, the investigator shall promptly notify law enforcement in case of sexual abuse allegations.

 

The investigator may notify law enforcement authorities in serious cases of physical abuse. In addition, the investigator shall (1) file a copy of the report with the district employee's supervisor, (2) file a complaint with the Board of Educational Examiners in cases involving a licensed district employee, and (3) document all actions taken.

 

Any record created by an investigation shall be handled subject to formally adopted or bargained policies on the maintenance of personnel records.

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

August 21, 1990

August 1992

August 1995

June 1998

June 2001

June 2004

July 2007

August 2013

October 2016

September 2020

dawn@iowaschoo… Mon, 02/10/2020 - 08:04

425 - Prohibited Practices

425 - Prohibited Practices

When addressing, or in the presence of, a student or class, members of the school staff shall demonstrate the positive attitudes of the district. Profanity, sarcasm, ridicule, demeaning comments, and other unprofessional and/or inappropriate conduct and actions are expressly prohibited by any member of the school staff. Staff members who use profanity, sarcasm, ridicule, and/or demeaning comments may be subject to discipline including termination.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
August 2000
June 2004
July 2007
August 2013
October 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Mon, 02/10/2020 - 08:05

426 - Affirmative Action Grievance Procedure

426 - Affirmative Action Grievance Procedure

Deleted 9-21-20

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Mon, 02/10/2020 - 08:07

427 - Employee Family and Medical Leave with Regulations

427 - Employee Family and Medical Leave with Regulations

STAFF PERSONNEL

Series 400

 

 

Policy Title: Employee Family and Medical Leave with Regulations Code No. 427

 

Unpaid family and medical leave will be granted up to 12 weeks per year to assist employees in balancing family and work life. For purposes of this policy, year is defined as a rolling twelve

(12) month period measured backward from the date an employee uses any family and medical leave. See the United States Department of Labor’s Fact Sheet 28H for employer options. Requests for family and medical leave will be made to the superintendent/designee.

 

Employees may be allowed, o r the District may require employees, to run concurrently

 a pplicable paid leave d uring any unpaid family and medical leave by meeting the requirements set out in the family and medical leave administrative rules.

 

Employees eligible for family and medical leave must comply with the family and medical leave administrative rules prior to starting family and medical leave.

Employees shall be required to complete all necessary Family and Medical Leave Act documentation prior to any leave being approved as family and medical leave.  The required documentation shall be as outlined in this policy, and as required by the Department of Labor.

 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative rules to implement this policy.

 

The CCSD employee handbook provides guidelines for this policy.

Links:            https://www.dol.gov/whd/regs/compliance/posters/fmlaen.pdf

                        WH-380-E Certification of Health Care Provider for Employee’s Serious Health Condition (PDF)

  WH-385 Certification for Serious Injury or Illness of Covered Servicemember -- for Military   Family Leave (PDF)

 

Detailed regulations and forms are found below.

 

 

STAFF PERSONNEL

 

Series 400

 

Employee Family and Medical Leave Code No. 427

 

FAMILY AND MEDICAL LEAVE NOTICE TO EMPLOYEES

 

This document is available at

h ttps://www.dol.gov/sites/dolgov/files/WHD/legacy/files/fmlaen.pdf

 

EMPLOYEE FAMILY AND MEDICAL LEAVE REQUEST FORM

 

Date:  

 

I,   request family and medical leave for the following reason: (check all that apply)

   for the birth of my child;

   for the placement of a child for adoption or foster care;

   to care for my child who has a serious health condition;

   to care for my parent who has a serious health condition;

   to care for my spouse who has a serious health condition; or

   because I am seriously ill and unable to perform the essential functions of my position.

   because of a qualifying exigency arising out of the fact that my   spouse;

 son or daughter;   parent is on active duty or call to active duty status in support of a contingency operation as a member of the National Guard or Reserves.

   because I am the   spouse;   son or daughter;   parent;   next of kin of a covered service member with a serious injury or illness.

 

I acknowledge my obligation to provide medical certification of my serious health condition or that of a family member in order to be eligible for family and medical leave within 15 days of the request for certification.

 

I acknowledge receipt of information regarding my obligations under the family and medical leave policy of the school district.

 

I request that my family and medical leave begin on   and I request leave as follows: (check one of the three (3) options)

   continuous, and

I anticipate that I will be able to return to work on   .

 

   intermittent leave for the:

   birth of my child or adoption or foster care placement subject to agreement by the district;

   serious health condition of myself, spouse, parent, or child when medically necessary;

 

 

        because of a qualifying exigency arising out of the fact that my        spouse; _____s on or daughter; ___ parent is on active duty or call to active duty status in support of a contingency operation as a member of the National Guard or Reserves.

   because I am the    spouse; ____son or daughter;   parent;   next of kin of a covered service member with a serious injury or illness.

Details of the needed intermittent leave:

 

   
 
 
 
 
 

 

 

 

 

I anticipate returning to work at my regular schedule on   .

   reduced work schedule for the:

   birth of my child or adoption or foster care placement subject to agreement by the district;

   serious health condition of myself, parent, or child when medically necessary;

        because of a qualifying exigency arising out of the fact that my        spouse; ________ son or daughter; ___parent is on active duty or call to active duty

status in support of a contingency operation as a member of the National Guard or Reserves.

   because I am the   spouse;____son or daughter;   parent;   next of kin of a covered service member with a serious injury or illness.

Details of the needed reduction in work schedule as follows:

 

   
 
 
 
 
 

 

 

 

 

I anticipate returning to work at my regular schedule on   .

 

I realize I may be moved to an alternative position during the period of the family and medical intermittent or reduced work schedule leave. I also realize that with foreseeable intermittent or reduced work schedule leave, subject to the requirements of my health care provider, I may be required to schedule the leave to minimize interruptions to school district operations.

 

While on family and medical leave, I agree to pay my regular contributions to employer sponsored benefit plans. My contributions will be deducted from moneys owed me during the leave period. If no monies are owed me, I will reimburse the school district by personal check or

 

cash for my contributions. I understand that I may be dropped from the employer-sponsored benefit plans for failure to pay my contribution.

 

 

I agree to reimburse the school district for any payment of my contributions with deductions from future monies owed to me or the school district may seek reimbursement of payments of my contributions in court.

I acknowledge that the above information is true to the best of my knowledge. Signed     

Date   

 

 

If the employee requesting leave is unable to meet the above criteria, the employee is not eligible for family and medical leave.

 

EMPLOYEE FAMILY AND MEDICAL LEAVE REQUEST REGULATION

 

A.  School District Notice

  1. The school district will post the notice regarding family and medical leave.
  2. Information on the Family and Medical Leave Act and the board policy on family and medical leave, including leave provisions and employee obligations will be provided annually. The information will be in the employee handbook.
  3. When an employee requests family and medical leave, the school district will provide the employee with information listing the employee's obligations and requirements. Such information will include:

 

          1. a statement clarifying whether the leave qualifies as family and medical leave and will, therefore, be credited to the employee's annual 12-week entitlement or 26 week entitlement depending on the purpose of the leave;

 

          1. a reminder that employees requesting family and medical leave for their serious health condition or for that of an immediate family member must furnish medical certification of the serious health condition and the consequences for failing to do so or proof of call to active duty in the case of military family and medical leave;

 

          1. an explanation of the employee's right to substitute paid leave for family and medical leave including a description of when the school district requires substitution of paid leave and the conditions related to the substitution; and
          2. a statement notifying employees that they must pay and must make arrangements for paying any premium or other payments to maintain health or other benefits.

 

B.  Eligible Employees.

 

  1. Employees are eligible for family and medical leave if the following criteria are met:

 

 

  1. The employee has worked for the school district for at least twelve (12) months or fifty-two (52) weeks (the months and weeks need not be consecutive); and
  2. The employee has worked at least 1,250 hours during the 12 months immediately before the date FMLA leave is to begin.  Full-time professional employees who are exempt from the wage and hour law may be presumed to have worked the minimum hour requirement, provided their regularly scheduled hours are equal to or g reater than 1,250 hours
  1. If the employee requesting leave is unable to meet the above criteria, the employee is not eligible for family and medical leave.

 

C.  Employee Requesting Leave --two types of leave

 

    1. Foreseeable family and medical leave

 

      1. Definition - leave is foreseeable for the birth or placement of an adopted or foster child with the employee or for planned medical treatment.

 

      1. Employee must give at least thirty days notice for foreseeable leave. Failure to give the notice may result in the leave beginning thirty days after notice was received. For those taking leave due to military family and medical leave, notice should be given as soon as possible.

 

      1. Employees must consult with the school district prior to scheduling planned medical treatment leave to minimize disruption to the school district. The scheduling is subject to the approval of the health care provider.

 

    1. Unforeseeable family and medical leave.

 

    1. Definition - leave is unforeseeable in such situations as emergency

 

medical treatment or premature birth.

 

    1. Employee must give notice as soon as possible but no later than one to two work days after learning that leave will be necessary.

 

    1. A spouse or family member may give the notice if the employee is unable to personally give notice.

D.  Eligible Family and Medical Leave Determination.

        1. Six purposes for which an eligible employee may take family or medical leave.

 

            1. The birth of a s on or daughter of the employee and in order to care for that s on or daughter prior to the first anniversary of the child's birth;

 

            1. The placement of a son or daughter with the employee for adoption or foster care and in order to care for that s on or daughter prior to the first anniversary of the child's placement;

 

            1. To care for the spouse, son, daughter or parent of the employee if the spouse, s on, daughter or parent has a serious health condition; or

 

            1. Employee's serious health condition that makes the employee unable to perform the essential functions of the employee's position;

 

            1. Because of a qualifying exigency arising out of the fact that an employee’s ____spouse, ____son or daughter or ____parent is on active duty or call to active duty status inj support of the contingency operation as a member of the National Guard or Reserves; or
            2. Because the employee employee’s ____spouse, ____son or daughter or ____parent or next of kin of a covered service member with a serious injury or illness.

 

    1. The school district may require the employee giving notice of the need for leave to provide reasonable documentation or a statement of family relationship.

 

    1. Medical certification.

 

          1. When required:

 

        1. Employees may be required to present medical certification of the employee's serious health condition and inability to perform the essential functions of the job;

 

        1. Employees may be required to present medical certification of the family member's serious health condition and that it is medically necessary for the employee to take leave to care for the family member; and/or

 

        1. Employees may be required to present certification of the call to active duty when taking military family and medical leave.
          1. Employee's medical certification responsibilities:

 

        1. The employee must obtain the certification from the health care provider who is treating the individual with the serious health condition;

 

        1. The school district may require the employee to obtain a second certification by a healthcare provider chosen by and paid for by the school district if the school district has reason to doubt the validity of the certification an employee submits. The second health care provider cannot, however, be employed by the school district on a regular basis;
        2. If the second health care provider disagrees with the first healthcare provider, then the school district may require a third health care provider to certify the serious health condition. This health care provider must be mutually agreed upon by the employee and the school district and paid for by the school district. This certification or lack of certification is binding upon both the employee and the school district.

 

  1. Medical certification will be required fifteen (15) days after family and medical leave begins unless it is impracticable to do so. The school district

 

may request recertification every thirty (30) days. Recertification must be submitted within fifteen (15) days of the school district's request.

 

      1. Employees taking military caregiver family and medical leave to care for a family service member cannot be required to obtain a second opinion or to provide recertification.

 

      1. Family and medical leave requested for the serious health condition of the employee or to care for a family member with a serious health condition which is not supported by medical certification will be denied until such certification is provided.
      2. An employee who fails to complete and return all necessary Family and Medical Leave Act documentation may have the leave designated by administration as approved family and medical leave, provided the leave is such that would be covered as approved family and medical leave.
    1. Entitlement.
  1. Employees are entitled to twelve (12) weeks unpaid family and medical leave per year. Employees taking military caregiver family and medical leave to care for a family service member are entitled to twenty-six (26) weeks of unpaid family and medical leave but only in a single twelve (12) month period.
  2. Year is defined as a rolling twelve (12) month period measured backward from the date an employee uses any family and medical leave.
  3. If insufficient leave is available, the school district may:

 

                1. Deny the leave if entitlement is exhausted;
                2. Award leave available; and/or
                3. Award leave in accordance with other provisions of board policy or the collective bargaining agreement.

 

  1. Type of Leave Requested.

 

    1. Continuous - employee will not report to work for set number of days or weeks.
    2. Intermittent - employee requests family and medical leave for separate periods of time.
      1. Intermittent family and medical leave is available for:

          birth of my child or adoption or, foster care placement subject to agreement by the district;

        serious health condition of myself, spouse, parent, or child when medically necessary;

 

         because of a qualifying exigency arising out of the fact that my

        spouse;        s on or daughter;        parent is on active duty or call to active duty status in support of a contingency operation as a member of the National Guard or Reserves;

        because I am the        spouse;        s on or daughter;        parent;

        next of kin of a covered service member with a serious injury or illness.

  1. In the case of foreseeable intermittent leave, the employee must schedule the leave to minimize disruption to the school district operation.
  2. During the period of foreseeable intermittent leave, the school district may move the employee to an alternative position with equivalent pay and benefits. (For instructional employees, see G below.)

 

3.  Reduced work schedule - employee requests a reduction in the employee's regular work schedule.

 

                1. Reduced work schedule family and medical leave is available for:

      birth of my child or adoption, or foster care placement subject to agreement by the district;

 

      serious health condition of myself, spouse, parent, or child when medically necessary;

 

      because of a qualifying exigency arising out of the fact that my

 

    spouse;      s on or daughter;      parent is on active duty or call to active duty status in support of a contingency operation as a member of the National Guard or Reserves;

 

      because I am the      spouse;      s on or daughter;      parent;

 

      next of kin of a covered service member with a serious injury or illness.

 

                1. In the case of foreseeable reduced work schedule leave, the employee must schedule the leave to minimize disruption to the school district operation.
                2. During the period of foreseeable reduced work schedule leave, the school district may move the employee to an alternative position with equivalent pay and benefits. (For instructional employees, see G below.)

 

 

 

  1. Special Rules for Instructional Employees.

 

    1. Definition - an instructional employee is one whose principal function is to teach and instruct students in a class, a small group or an individual setting. This includes, but is not limited to, teachers, coaches, driver's education instructors and special education assistants.

 

    1. Instructional employees who request foreseeable medically necessary intermittent or reduced work schedule family and medical leave greater than twenty percent of the work days in the leave period may be required to:

 

      1. Take leave for the entire period or periods of the planned medical treatment; or,
      2. Move to an available alternative position, with equivalent pay and benefits, but not necessarily equivalent duties, for which the employee is qualified.

 

    1. Instructional employees who request continuous family and medical leave near the end of a semester may be required to extend the family and medical leave through the end of the semester. The number of weeks remaining before the end of a semester does not include scheduled school breaks, such as summer, winter or spring break.

 

      1. If an instructional employee begins family and medical leave for any purpose more than five weeks before the end of a semester, the school district may require that the leave be continued until the end of the semester if the leave will last at least three weeks and the employee would return to work during the last three weeks of the semester if the leave was not continued.
      2. If the employee begins family and medical leave for a purpose other than the employee's own serious health condition during the last five weeks of a semester, the school district may require that the leave be continued until the end of the semester if the leave will last more than two weeks and the employee would return to work during the last two weeks of the semester.
      3. If the employee begins family and medical leave for a purpose other than the employee's own serious health condition during the last three weeks of the semester and the leave will last more than five working days, the school district may require the employee to continue taking leave until the end of the semester.

 

    1. The entire period of leave taken under the special rules is credited as family and medical leave. The school district will continue to fulfill the school district's family and medical leave responsibilities and obligations, including the obligation to continue the employee's health insurance and other benefits, if an instructional employee's family and medical leave entitlement ends before the involuntary leave period expires.

 

  1. Employee responsibilities while on family and medical leave.

 

    1. Employee must continue to pay health care benefit contributions or other benefit contributions regularly paid by the employee unless employee elects not to continue the benefits.

 

    1. The employee contribution payments will be deducted from any money owed to the employee or the employee will reimburse the school district at a time set by the superintendent.

 

    1. An employee who fails to make the health care contribution payments within thirty days after they are due will be notified that their coverage may be canceled if payment is not received within an additional 15 days.

 

    1. An employee may be asked to re-certify the medical necessity of family and medical leave for the serious medical condition of an employee or family member once every thirty days and return the certification within fifteen days of the request.

 

    1. The employee must notify the school district of the employee's intent to return to work at least once each month during their leave and at least two weeks prior to the conclusion of the family and medical leave.

 

    1. If an employee intends not to return to work, the employee must immediately notify the school district, in writing, of the employee's intent not to return. The school district will cease benefits upon receipt of this notification.

 

  1. Use of paid leave for family and medical leave.

 

    1. The District may require, or an employee may request, their unpaid family and medical leave run concurrently with applicable paid leave available to the employee under board policy, individual contracts, or the collective bargaining agreement, as outlined in the family and medical leave administrative rules. When the district determines that paid leave is being taken for an FMLA reason, the district will notify the employee as soon as possible that the paid leave will be counted as FMLA leave.

 

EMPLOYEE FAMILY AND MEDICAL LEAVE DEFINITIONS

 

 

A ctive Duty - duty under a call or order to active duty under a provision of law referring to in section

101(a)(13) of title 10, U.S. Code.

C ommon Law Marriage - according to Iowa law, common law marriages exist when there is a present intent by the two parties to be married, continuous cohabitation, and a public declaration that the parties are husband and wife. There is no time factor that needs to be met in order for there to be a common law marriage.

C ontingency Operation - has the same meaning given such term in section 101(a)(13) of title 10, U.S. Code.

C ontinuing Treatment - a serious health condition involving continuing treatment by a health care provider includes any one or more of the following:

  • A period of incapacity (i.e., inability to work, attend school or perform other regular daily activities due to the serious health condition, treatment for or recovery from) of more than three consecutive calendar days and any subsequent treatment or period of incapacity relating to the same condition that also involves:

-- treatment two or more times by a health care provider, by a nurse or physician's assistant under direct supervision of a health care provider, or by a provider of health care services (e.g., physical therapist) under orders of, or in referral by, a health care provider; or

-- treatment by a health care provider on at least one occasion which results in a regimen of continuing treatment under the supervision of a the health care provider.

  • Any period of incapacity due to pregnancy or for prenatal care.
  • Any period of incapacity or treatment for such incapacity due to a chronic serious health condition.

A chronic serious health condition is one which:

-- requires periodic visits for treatment by a health care provider or by a nurse or physician's assistant under direct supervision of a health care provider;

-- Continues over an extended period of time (including recurring episodes of a single underlying condition); and

-- May cause episodic rather than a continuing period of incapacity (e.g., asthma, diabetes, epilepsy, etc.).

  • Any period of incapacity which is permanent or long-term due to a condition for which treatment may not be effective. The employee or family member must be under the continuing supervision of, but need not be receiving active treatment by, a health care provider. Examples include Alzheimer's, a severe stroke or the terminal stages of a disease.
  • Any period of absence to receive multiple treatments (including any period of recovery from) by a health care provider or by a provider of health care services under orders of, or on referral by, a health care provider, either for restorative surgery after an accident or other injury, or for a condition that would likely result in a period of incapacity of more than three consecutive calendar days in the absence of medical intervention or treatment, such as cancer (chemotherapy, radiation, etc.), severe arthritis (physical therapy), kidney disease (dialysis).

C overed Service member - a current member of the Armed Forces, including a member of the National Guard or Reserves, who is undergoing medical treatment, recuperation, or therapy, is otherwise in outpatient status, or is otherwise on the temporary disability retired list, for a serious injury or illness.

E ligible Employee - The employee has worked for the district for at least twelve months and has worked at least 1250 hours within the previous year.

 

EMPLOYEE FAMILY AND MEDICAL LEAVE DEFINITIONS

 

E ssential Functions of the Job - those functions which are fundamental to the performance of the job. It does not include marginal functions.

 

E mployment Benefits - all benefits provided or made available to employees by an employer, including group life insurance, health insurance, disability insurance, sick leave, annual leave, educational benefits, and pensions, regardless of whether such benefits are provided by a practice or written policy of an employer or through an "employee benefit plan."

F amily Member - individuals who meet the definition of c hild, son, daughter, spouse or parent.

G roup Health Plan - any plan of, or contributed to by, an employer (including a self-insured plan) to

provide health care (directly or otherwise) to the employer's employees, former employees, or the families of such employees or former employees.

H ealth Care Provider-

  • A doctor of medicine or osteopathy who is authorized to practice medicine or surgery by the state in which the doctor practices; or
  • Podiatrists, dentists, clinical psychologists, optometrists, and chiropractors (limited to treatment consisting of manual manipulation of the spine to correct a subluxation as demonstrated by X ray to exist) authorized to practice in the state and performing within the scope of their practice as defined under state law; and
  • Nurse practitioners and nurse-midwives, and clinical social workers who are authorized to practice under state law and who are performing within the scope of their practice as defined under state law; and
  • Christian Science practitioners listed with the First Church of Christ Scientist in Boston, Massachusetts;
  • Any health care provider from whom an employer or a group health plan's benefits manager will accept certification of the existence of a serious health condition to substantiate a claim for benefits;
  • A health care provider as defined above who practices in a country other than the United States who is licensed to practice in accordance with the laws and regulations of that country.

I n Loco Parentis - individuals who had or have day-to-day responsibilities for the care and financial support of a child not their biological child or who had the responsibility for an employee when the employee was a child.

I ncapable of Self-Care - that the individual requires active assistance or supervision to provide daily self-care in several of the "activities of daily living" or "ADLs." Activities of daily living include adaptive activities such as caring appropriately for one's grooming and hygiene, bathing, dressing, eating, cooking, cleaning, shopping, taking public transportation, paying bills, maintaining a residence, using telephones and directories, using a post office, etc.

I nstructional Employee - an employee employed principally in an instructional capacity by an educational agency or school whose principal function is to teach and instruct students in a class, a small group, or an individual setting, and includes athletic coaches, driving instructors, and special education assistants such as signers for the hearing impaired. The term does not include teacher assistants or aides who do not have as their principal function actual teaching or instructing, nor auxiliary personnel such as counselors, psychologists, curriculum specialists, cafeteria workers, maintenance workers, bus drivers, or other primarily noninstructional employees.

 

EMPLOYEE FAMILY AND MEDICAL LEAVE DEFINITIONS

 

 

I ntermittent Leave - leave taken in separate periods of time due to a single illness or injury, rather than for one continuous period of time, and may include leave or periods from an hour or more to several weeks.

M edically Necessary - certification for medical necessity is the same as certification for serious health

condition.

 

" Needed to Care For" - the medical certification that an employee is "needed to care for" a family member encompasses both physical and psychological care. For example, where, because of a serious health condition, the family member is unable to care for his or her own basic medical, hygienic or nutritional needs or safety or is unable to transport himself or herself to medical treatment. It also includes situations where the employee may be needed to fill in for others who are caring for the family member or to make arrangements for changes in care.

N ext of Kin - an individual's nearest blood relative

O utpatient Status - the status of a member of the Armed Forces assigned to –

  • either a military medical treatment facility as an outpatient; or
  • a unit established for the purpose of providing command and control of members of the Armed Forces receiving medical care as outpatients.

P arent - a biological parent or an individual who stands in loco parentis to a child or stood in loco parentis to an employee when the employee was a child. Parent does not include parent-in-law.

P hysical or Mental Disability - a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more of the major life activities of an individual.

R educed Leave Schedule - a leave schedule that reduces the usual number of hours per workweek, or hours per workday, of an employee.

S erious Health Condition -

  • An illness, injury, impairment, or physical or mental condition that involves:
  • Inpatient care (i.e. an overnight stay) in a hospital, hospice or residential medical care facility including any period of incapacity (for purposes of this section, defined to mean inability to work, attend school or perform other regular daily activities due to the serious health condition, treatment for or recovery from), or any subsequent treatment in connection with such inpatient care; or
  • Continuing treatment by a health care provider. A serious health condition involving continuing treatment by a health care provider includes:

--        A period of incapacity (i.e., inability to work, attend school or perform other regular daily activities due to the serious health condition, treatment for or recovery from) of more than three consecutive calendar days, including any subsequent treatment or period of incapacity relating to the same condition, that also involves:

--  Treatment two or more times by a health care provider, by a nurse or physician's assistant under direct supervision of a health care provider, or by a provider of health care services (e.g., physical therapist) under orders or, or on referral by, a health care provider; or

--  Treatment by a health care provider on at least one occasion which results in a regimen of continuing treatment under the supervision of the health care provider.

--     Any period of incapacity due to pregnancy or for prenatal care.

 

EMPLOYEE FAMILY AND MEDICAL LEAVE DEFINITIONS

 

 

Any period of incapacity or treatment for such incapacity due to a chronic serious health condition.

A chronic serious health condition is one which:

--    Requires periodic visits for treatment by a health care provider or by a nurse or physician's assistant under direct supervision of a health care provider;

--    Continues over an extended period of time (including recurring episodes of s single underlying condition); and

--    May cause episodic rather than a continuing period of incapacity (e.g., asthma, diabetes, epilepsy, etc.).

--          A period of incapacity which is permanent or long-term due to a condition for which treatment may not be effective. The employee or family member must be under the continuing supervision of, but need not be receiving active treatment by, a health care provider.

Examples include Alzheimer's a severe stroke or the terminal stages of a disease.

--          Any period of absence to receive multiple treatments (including any period of recovery from) by a health care provider or by a provider of health care services under orders of, or on referral by, a health care provider, either for restorative surgery after an accident or other injury, or for a condition that would likely result in a period of incapacity of more than three consecutive calendar days in the absence of medical intervention or treatment, such as cancer (chemotherapy, radiation, etc.), severe arthritis (physical therapy), kidney disease (dialysis).

  • Treatment for purposes of this definition includes, but is not limited to, examinations to determine if a serious health condition exists and evaluation of the condition. Treatment does not include routine physical examinations, eye examinations or dental examinations. Under this definition, a regimen of continuing treatment includes, for example, a course of prescription medication (e.g., an antibiotic) or therapy requiring special equipment to resolve or alleviate the health condition (e.g., oxygen). A regimen of continuing treatment that includes the taking of over-the-counter medications such as aspirin, antihistamines, or salves; or bed rest, drinking fluids, exercise and other similar activities that can be initiated without a visit to a health care provider, is not, by itself, sufficient to constitute a regimen of continuing treatment for purposes of FMLA leave.
  • Conditions for which cosmetic treatments are administered (such as most treatments for acne or plastic surgery) are not "serious health conditions" unless inpatient hospital care is required or unless complications develop. Ordinarily, unless complications arise, the common cold, the flu, ear aches, upset stomach, ulcers, headaches other than migraine, routine dental or orthodontia problems, periodontal disease, etc., are examples of conditions that do not meet the definition of a serious health condition and do not qualify for FMLA leave. Restorative dental or plastic surgery after an injury or removal of cancerous growths are serious health conditions provided all the other conditions of this regulation are met. Mental illness resulting from stress or allergies may be serious health conditions, but only if all the conditions of this section are met.
  • Substance abuse may be a serious health condition if the conditions of this section are met.

However, FMLA leave may only be taken for treatment for substance abuse by a health care provider or by a provider of health care on referral by a health care provider. On the other hand, absence because of the employee's use of the substance, rather than for treatment, does not qualify for FMLA leave.

Absence attributable to incapacity under this definition qualify for FMLA leave even though the employee or the immediate family member does not receive treatment from a health care provider during the absence, and even if the absence does not last more than three days. For example, an employee with asthma may be unable to report for work due to the onset of an asthma attack or because the employee's health care provider has advised the employee to stay home when the pollen count exceeds a certain level. An employee who is pregnant may be unable to report to work because of severe morning sickness.

 

S erious Injury or Illness - an injury or illness incurred by a member of the Armed forces, including the National Guard or Reserves in the line of duty on active duty in the Armed Forces that may render the member medically unfit to perform the duties of the member's office, grade, rank, or rating.

 

Child, son or daughter - a biological child, adopted child, foster child, stepchild, legal ward, or a child of a person standing in loco parentis.  The child must be under age 18 or, if over 18, incapable of self-care because of a mental or physical disability.

 

S pouse - a husband or wife recognized by Iowa law including common law marriages.

 

Adoption/Revision:

August 1995

June 1998

June 2001

June 2004

July 2007

August 2013

October 2016

September 2018

September 2020

 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Mon, 02/10/2020 - 08:08

428 - Drug-Free Workplace

428 - Drug-Free Workplace

STAFF PERSONNEL

 

Series 400

 

 

Policy Title: Substance-FreeWorkplace

Code No.: 428

 

The board expects the school district and its employees to remain substance free. No employee shall unlawfully manufacture, distribute, dispense, possess or use or be under the influence of in the workplace any narcotic drug, hallucinogenic drug, amphetamine, barbiturate, marijuana, alcohol or any other controlled substance or alcoholic beverage as defined by federal or state law.

 

Workplace is defined as the site for the performance of work done in the capacity as a school district employee. This includes school district facilities, school district premises; a school district owned vehicle or a school district approved vehicle used to transport students to and from school or school district activities; and non-school district off school property if the employee is at any school district sponsored or school district approved or school district related activity, event or function, such as a field trip or athletic event, where students are under the control of the school district or where the employee is engaged in school district business.

 

Employees shall notify their supervisor of the employee's conviction under any criminal drug statute for a violation occurring in the workplace as defined above, no later than five

(5) days after such conviction.

 

Employees shall abide by the terms of this policy respecting a substance free workplace. Failure to abide by this policy may lead to discipline, including termination from employment with the school district. If an employee violates this policy, the superintendent will make the determination whether to require the employee to undergo substance abuse treatment approved by the board or to discipline the employee. If the employee fails to successfully participate in such a program, the employee may be subject to discipline, up to and including termination.

 

 

The district office shall be responsible for publication and dissemination of this policy to each employee. In addition, the district office shall oversee the establishment of a substance-free awareness program to educate employees about the dangers of substance abuse and notify them of available substance abuse treatment programs.

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

August 1994

August 1995

June 1998

June 2001

June 2004

July 2007

August 2013

October 2016

April 2021

 

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Mon, 02/10/2020 - 08:46

429 - Use of Tobacco/Nicotine Products

429 - Use of Tobacco/Nicotine Products

STAFF PERSONNEL

 

Series 400

 

Policy Title: Use of Tobacco and Nicotine  Products

Code No.: 429

 

It is the goal of the board to have a tobacco and nicotine-free environment in all school district owned and operated motor vehicles and buildings. All school district owned or operated motor vehicles, buildings, or school district owned or leased property shall be off limits for use of tobacco and nicotine products.

 

This ban extends to all individuals. Persons violating this policy shall be asked to refrain from using tobaccos and nicotine products. Persons failing to abide by this request shall be required to leave the school district premises/property immediately.

 

It shall be the responsibility of all school district personnel to adhere to and enforce this policy.

 

 

(See Board Policy 921)

Date of Adoption/Revision:

August 8, 1988

July 22, 1991

August 1992

August 1995

August 1997

June 1998

June 2001

June 2004

July 2007

August 2013

October 2016

February 2020

April 2021

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Mon, 02/10/2020 - 08:47

430 - Holidays (Non Bargaining Personnel)

430 - Holidays (Non Bargaining Personnel)

STAFF PERSONNEL

 

Series 400

 

Policy Ttle:   Holidays (Non Bargaining Personnel)

Code No.:  430

 

Non-bargaining unit personnel will be provided with holidays as specified below:

A.            Administrators (12-Month), Transportation Director, Technology Director, Technology Technician, Activities Director, Director of Buildings and Grounds, Director of Business Affairs, Director of Teaching and Learning, Food Service Director, Mechanics, Custodial, Maintenance employees (full-time) and Administrative Assistants (12 month), and Student Information Specialist:  Paid holidays shall include Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and the day after Thanksgiving, Christmas Day, New Year's Day, and Memorial Day.  If the holiday falls on Saturday, the holiday will be observed on Friday.  If the holiday falls on a Sunday, the holiday will be observed on Monday. 

 

Employees will receive one-half day paid holiday for Good Friday, Christmas Eve, New Year’s Eve, and Independence Day eve if any of these days are workdays.

 

B.            Administrative Assistants (Less than 12 months):

      Paid holidays shall include Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, New Year's Day and Memorial Day.  If the holiday falls on a Sunday, it shall be observed on Monday. If any of the above holidays fall on a Saturday, it shall be observed on Friday.

 

C.            Food Service Employees:

      Paid holidays shall include Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, New Year's Day and Memorial Day.  If the holidays fall on a Sunday, it shall be observed on Monday; if any of the above holidays falls on a Saturday, it shall be observed on Friday.

 

D.            Temporary custodial and clerical employees:

      No paid holidays.

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:                                   

August 23, 1982                 

August 10, 1987                                                     

August 1992                 

August 1995                 

June 1998

June 2001

June 2003                 

June 2004

July 2007

July 2010

July 2012

August 2013

October 2018

April 2021

August 2021

December 2021

August 2023

 

 

 

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Mon, 02/10/2020 - 08:49

431 Classified Employee Professional Purposes Leave

431 Classified Employee Professional Purposes Leave

STAFF PERSONNEL

Series 400

 

Policy Title: CLASSIFIED EMPLOYEE PROFESSIONAL PURPOSES LEAVE

 

Code No. 431

 

 

Professional purposes leave may be granted to classified employees for the purpose of attending meetings and conferences directly related to their assignments.  Application for the leave must be presented to the superintendent 7 days prior to the meeting or conference.

 

It is within the discretion of the superintendent to grant professional purposes leave.  The leave may be denied on the day before or after a vacation or holiday, on special days when services are needed, when it would cause undue interruption of the education program and school district operations, or for other reasons deemed relevant by the superintendent.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision

August 2020

mkohorst@carro… Wed, 09/02/2020 - 12:04

432 - Worker's Compensation

432 - Worker's Compensation

STAFF PERSONNEL

 

Series 400

 

Policy Title: Employee Injury on the Job

Code No.: 432

 

When an employee becomes seriously injured on the job, the employee's supervisor will attempt to notify a member of the employee's family or an individual of close relationship, as soon as the supervisor becomes aware of the injury.

 

If possible, an employee may administer emergency or minor first aid.  An injured employee will be turned over to the care of the employee's family or qualified medical personnel as quickly as possible.  The school district is not responsible for the medical treatment of an injured employee.

 

It is the responsibility of the employee injured on the job to inform the superintendent or designee within twenty-four (24) hours of the occurrence.  It is the responsibility of the employee's immediate supervisor to file an accident report within twenty-four (24) hours after the employee reports the injury.

 

It is the responsibility of the board secretary to file worker compensation claims.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

August 8, 1988

September 10, 1990

August 1992

August 1995

August 1998

June 2001

June 2004

July 2007

August 2013

October 2016

August 2020

April 2021

dawn@iowaschoo… Mon, 02/10/2020 - 08:51

434 - Service Recognition

434 - Service Recognition

STAFF PERSONNEL

 

Series 400

Policy Title: Service Recognition Code No.: 434

 

Eligibility for service recognition:

 

  1. Service pins will be presented to those employees who have completed five years of service to the school district. Additional pins will be presented at five-year intervals (10, 15, 20, etc.). The superintendent and/or designee shall set the presentation of this recognition -- preferably in the spring of the year.

 

  1. Service plaques will be presented to those employees who have completed a minimum of fifteen years of service to the school district, upon leaving the school district or retirement. The superintendent and/or designee shall set the presentation of this recognition—preferably in the spring of the year.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

August 8, 1988

August 1992

August 1995

June 1998

June 2001

June 2004

July 2006

July 2007

August 2013

October 2016

April 2021

dawn@iowaschoo… Mon, 02/10/2020 - 08:53

435 - Alcohol and Drug Testing

435 - Alcohol and Drug Testing

STAFF PERSONNEL

Series 400

 

 

Policy Title: Drug and Alcohol Testing Program

Code No.: 435

 

Employees who operate school vehicles are subject to drug and alcohol testing if a commercial driver's license is required to operate the school vehicle and the school vehicle transports sixteen or more persons including the driver or the school vehicle weighs twenty-six thousand one pounds or more.  For purposes of the drug and alcohol testing program, the term "employees" includes applicants who have been offered a position to operate a school vehicle. The employees operating a school vehicle as described above are subject to pre-employment drug testing and random, reasonable suspicion and post-accident drug and alcohol testing.  Employees operating school vehicles will not perform a safety-sensitive function within four hours of using alcohol.  Employees governed by this policy are subject to the drug and alcohol testing program beginning the first day they operate or are offered a position to operate school vehicles and continue to be subject to the drug and alcohol testing program as long as they may be required to perform a safety-sensitive function as it is defined in the administrative regulations.  Employees with questions about the drug and alcohol testing program may contact the school district contact person, Jeff Cullen, at 1026 N Adams Street, Carroll, Iowa, 51401.

 

Employees who violate the terms of this policy are subject to discipline, up to and, including termination.  The district is required to keep a record of all drug or alcohol violations by employees for a minimum of five years.  Employees are put on notice that the information related to drug or alcohol violations will be reported to the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) Clearinghouse.  Additionally, the district will conduct FMCSA Clearinghouse queries for employees annually.  Employees must provide written consent for the district to conduct FMCSA Clearinghouse queries; however, employees who choose to withhold consent will be prohibited from performing any safety sensitive functions.

 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations to implement this policy in compliance with the law.  The superintendent will inform applicants of the requirement for drug and alcohol testing in notices or advertisements for employment.

 

The superintendent will also be responsible for publication and dissemination of this policy and supporting administrative regulations and forms to employees operating school vehicles.  The superintendent will also oversee a substance-free awareness program to educate employees about the dangers of substance abuse and notify them of available substance abuse treatment resources and programs.

IASB Drug and Alcohol Testing Program (IDATP) Web site:

 

https://www.iasb.org/Main/Affiliated_Programs/Iowa_Drug_Alcohol_Testing_Program.aspx.

Date of Adoption/Revision:

August 1995

June 1998

June 2001

June 2004

July 2007

August 2013

October 2016

March 2020

dawn@iowaschoo… Mon, 02/10/2020 - 08:59

435.E1 - Drug & Alcohol Program and Pre-Employment Testing Acknowledgment Form

435.E1 - Drug & Alcohol Program and Pre-Employment Testing Acknowledgment Form

STAFF PERSONNEL

               Series 400

 

Policy Title: Drug and Alcohol Testing Program and

Pre-Employment Testing Acknowledgment Form

Code No. 435.E1

 

I,           , have received a copy, read and understand the Drug and Alcohol Testing Program policy of the Carroll Community School District and its supporting documents.

I understand that if I violate the Drug and Alcohol Testing Program policy, its supporting documents or the law, I may be subject to discipline up to and including termination or I may be required to successfully participate in a substance abuse evaluation and a substance abuse treatment program, if recommended by a substance abuse treatment professional.  If I am required to and fail to or refuse to successfully participate in a substance abuse evaluation or recommended substance abuse treatment program, I understand I may be subject to discipline up to and including termination.

I also understand that I must inform my supervisor of any prescription medication I use.

In addition, I have received a copy of the U.S. DOT publication, “What Employees Need to Know about DOT Drug & Alcohol Testing,” and have read and understand its contents.

Furthermore, I know and understand that I am required to submit to a controlled substance (drug) test, the results of which must be received by the school district before being employed by the school district and before being allowed to perform a safety-sensitive function. I also understand that if the results of the pre- employment test are positive, that I will not be considered further for employment with the school district.

I further understand that drug and alcohol testing records and information about me are confidential, and may be released at my request or in accordance with the school district’s drug and alcohol testing program policy, its supporting documents or the law.

 
   



(Signature of Employee)          (Date)

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision

August 2013                         October 2016                 March 2020

dawn@iowaschoo… Mon, 02/10/2020 - 09:00

435E2 Drug and Alcohol Testing Program Notice to Employees

435E2 Drug and Alcohol Testing Program Notice to Employees

STAFF PERSONNEL

Series 400

 

Policy Title: Drug and Alcohol Testing Program Notice to Employees

Code No.: 435E2

 

EMPLOYEES GOVERNED BY THE DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING POLICY ARE HEREBY NOTIFIED they are subject to the school district's drug and alcohol testing program for pre-employment drug testing and random, reasonable suspicion and post-accident drug and alcohol testing as outlined in the Drug and Alcohol Testing Program policy, its supporting documents and the law.

 

Employees who operate school vehicles are subject to drug and alcohol testing if a commercial driver's license is required to operate the school vehicle and the school vehicle transports sixteen or more persons including the driver or the school vehicle weighs twenty-six thousand, one pounds or more.  For purposes of the drug and alcohol testing program, "employees" also includes applicants who have been offered a position to operate a school vehicle.  The employees operating a school vehicle are subject to the drug and alcohol testing program beginning the first day they operate or are offered a position to operate a school vehicle and continue to be subject to the drug and alcohol testing program.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to inform employees of the drug and alcohol testing program requirements.  Employees with questions regarding the drug and alcohol testing requirements will contact the school district contact person.

 

EMPLOYEES GOVERNED BY THE DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING POLICY ARE FURTHER NOTIFIED that employees violating this policy, its supporting documents or the law may be subject to discipline up to and including termination.

 

EMPLOYEES GOVERNED BY THE DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING POLICY ARE FURTHER NOTIFIED that information related to drug or alcohol violations will be reported to the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) Clearinghouse.

 

EMPLOYEES GOVERNED BY THE DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING POLICY ARE FURTHER NOTIFIED it is a condition of their continued employment to comply with the Drug and Alcohol Testing Program policy, its supporting documents and the law.  It is a condition of continued employment for employees operating a school vehicle to notify their supervisor of any prescription medication they are using.  Drug and alcohol testing records about a driver are confidential and are released in accordance with this policy, its supporting documents or the law.

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

March 2020

mkohorst@carro… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 13:18

435E3Drug and Alcohol Program and Pre-Employment Testing Written Consent to Share Information

435E3Drug and Alcohol Program and Pre-Employment Testing Written Consent to Share Information

STAFF PERSONNEL

Series 400

Policy Title: Drug and Alcohol Program and Pre-Employment Testing Written Consent to Share Information

Code No.: 435E3

 

 

I,   _________________________________, understand that as part of my employment in a position that requires a commercial driver’s license in the Carroll Community School District, I grant consent for the district to conduct queries of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (“FMCSA”) Commercial Driver’s License Drug and Alcohol Clearinghouse to determine whether drug or alcohol violation information about me exists in the Clearinghouse.  I further consent to the district sharing information related to my drug and alcohol testing results with prior, current and future employers, as well as the FMCSA Clearinghouse in accordance with state and federal laws. 

 

I understand that the district will check and perform queries of my drug and alcohol testing results prior to my employment in any position which requires the use of a commercial driver’s license.  I further understand the district will check and perform queries of my testing results annually and is required to report any drug and alcohol violations of this policy to the FMCSA Clearinghouse. 

 

I understand that I am not required to consent to the query of the FMCSA Clearinghouse or the district sharing of drug and alcohol testing information with past, present or future employers or the FMCSA Clearinghouse; but that without my consent I understand I will be prohibited from performing safety sensitive functions, including driving a commercial motor vehicle, as required by FMCSA’s drug and alcohol program regulations. 

 

I hereby give my consent to the district to perform queries of the FMCSA Clearinghouse and share my drug and alcohol testing results with past, present and future employers, as well as the FMCSA Clearinghouse.

 

__________________________________________________              

(Signature of Employee)                                                    (Date)            

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

March 2020

                                                   

mkohorst@carro… Tue, 09/28/2021 - 13:19

435R1 - Alcohol & Drug Testing Regulations

435R1 - Alcohol & Drug Testing Regulations

STAFF PERSONNEL

Series 400

 

 

Policy Title: Drug and Alcohol Testing Regulations

Code No.: 435R1

 

These procedures support the Drug and Alcohol Testing policy required for employees operating school district vehicles and establish and explain the requirements of the school district's drug and alcohol testing policy required for employees operating school vehicles. Note the definition of terms are included at the end of this policy.

  1. Questions regarding the policy, its supporting procedures or the drug and alcohol testing program may be directed to the school district contact person, the transportation director, with the superintendent serving as an alternate.
  2. Covered Drivers:
    1. The following requirements apply for a driver to be covered by the drug and alcohol testing program a driver must:
      • Drive a vehicle transporting sixteen (16) or more persons including the driver or drive a vehicle weighing over twenty-six thousand pounds.
      • Require a commercial driver's license to hold the driver position.

 

    1. Covered drivers include, but are not limited to, the following:
      • Applicants seeking a position as a driver.
      • Full-time, regularly employed drivers.
      • Casual, intermittent or occasional drivers.
      • Leased drivers and independent, owner-operator contractors who are either directly employed by or under lease to a school district or who operate a school district vehicle at the direction of or with the consent of the school district.

 

  1. Prohibited Driver Conduct:
    1. Drivers shall not report to duty or remain on duty with a 0.04 or greater breath alcohol concentration.
    2. Drivers shall not use alcohol at least eight (8) hours prior to the performance of a safety sensitive function.
    3. Drivers shall not possess alcohol while on duty unless the alcohol is manifested and transported as part of a shipment. This includes possessing prescriptions and over-the-counter medicines containing alcohol, unless the packaging seal is unbroken. Drivers required to take a post-accident alcohol test shall not use alcohol within eight (8) hours following the accident or prior to undergoing a post-accident alcohol test, whichever comes first.
    4. Drivers shall not refuse to submit to an alcohol or drug test. A refusal to test is considered a positive test result requiring the driver to undergo evaluation by a substance abuse professional (SAP) and subjecting the driver to discipline up to and including termination.
    5. Drivers shall not report for duty or remain on duty when using any drug except when instructed by a physician who has advised the driver that the drug does not adversely affect the driver's ability to safely operate a school vehicle.
    6. Drivers shall not report for duty when under the influence of drugs or remain on duty performing a safety sensitive function if the driver has a positive drug test result.

 

D.  Alcohol Testing Procedures.

1.  An employee- driver's breath is tested for alcohol.

2.   Evidentiary breath testing devices (EBTs) are used to conduct the initial and, if necessary, the confirmation alcohol tests.

  • The initial alcohol breath test determines whether the driver's breath alcohol concentration (BAC) is less than 0.02.
        • An initial alcohol test result of less than 0.02 BAC allows the driver to continue to drive.
        • An initial alcohol test result of 0.02 BAC or greater requires a confirmation test.
  • The confirmation alcohol breath test determines whether the driver can continue to drive.
        • A confirmation alcohol test result of less than 0.02 BAC allows the driver to continue to drive.
        • A confirmation alcohol test result of 0.02 BAC or more, but less than 0.04 BAC, requires the driver to cease performing a safety sensitivity function for twenty-four (24) hours.
        • A confirmation alcohol test result of 0.04 BAC or greater requires the driver to be evaluated by a SAP.

3.  Alcohol testing is conducted at collection sites which provide privacy to the driver and contain the necessary equipment, personnel and materials.

      • Alcohol testing is conducted at a designated non-school district facility unless a mobile unit or a school district facility better serves the situation.
      • In the event privacy cannot be assured, privacy will be provided to the extent practical.
  1. Initial alcohol testing steps.
      • Once the driver is informed of the need to submit to an alcohol test, the driver must proceed immediately to the collection site. Collection site personnel must immediately contact the transportation director, with the superintendent serving as an alternate, if a driver does not arrive at the specified time.
      • Upon arrival, the driver must provide photo identification.
      • The testing procedure is explained to the driver by the collection site person.
      • The breath alcohol technician (BAT) or the screening test technician (STT) and the driver complete and sign the appropriate sections of the alcohol testing form.
  • Refusal of the driver to sign the form prior to the initial alcohol test is considered a refusal to test.
  • The school district is notified immediately of the driver's refusal to sign.

 

Evidentiary breath device procedures.

  • The driver forcefully blows into the mouthpiece for at least six (6) seconds or until an adequate amount of breath has been obtained.
  • The breath alcohol test is stopped when the driver fails twice to provide an adequate amount of breath. In that case a physician analyzes the driver's inability to provide adequate breath.
  • Failure to provide adequate breath is considered a refusal to test unless the physician determines a medical condition caused the failure to provide adequate breath.
  • A refusal of the driver to try a second time to provide adequate breath is considered a refusal to test.
  • The results of the screening alcohol test are shared with the driver.

 

Saliva alcohol testing device procedures.

  • The driver and the collection site person review the expiration date of the saliva alcohol testing device, and if the date is valid, the packaging is opened.
  • The driver or collection site person places the swab in the driver's mouth until the swab is completely saturated. If the alcohol test is started again, only the collection site person may place the swab in the driver's mouth.
  • The saliva alcohol testing device is activated with the saturated swab in place.
  • The saliva alcohol test is stopped when the driver fails twice to provide an adequate amount of saliva. In that case: The school district is informed and the driver must submit to a breath alcohol test immediately.
  • The saliva testing device results are read two (2) minutes, and no later than fifteen (15) minutes, after the saliva testing device was activated.
  • The results are shared with the driver.

5.          Confirmation alcohol testing steps.

  • The confirmation test is done between fifteen (15) and twenty (20) minutes of the initial test whether or not the driver followed the requirements to not eat, drink, put any object or substance in their mouth and, to the extent possible, not to belch during the fifteen (15) minute waiting period. Not belching will help avoid accumulation of mouth alcohol leading to an artificially high reading.
  • If a different collection site or a different collection site person is used for the confirmation alcohol test, the driver must provide photo identification.
  • The testing procedure is explained to the driver by the collection site person.
  • The BAT and the driver complete and sign the appropriate sections of the alcohol testing form.
  • Refusal of the driver to sign the form prior to the confirmation alcohol test is considered a refusal to test.
  • The school district is notified immediately of the refusal to sign.
  • The driver forcefully blows into the EBT mouthpiece for at least six (6) seconds or until an adequate amount of breath has been obtained.
  • The confirmation test results, which are the final and official test result, are shared with the driver.
  • The driver and BAT must sign the alcohol testing form following completion of the test. Failure to sign the form after the test is not considered a refusal to test. However, BAT notes the driver's refusal to sign in the remarks section of the form.
  • The BAT informs the transportation director, with the superintendent serving as an alternate, of the results of the test in a confidential manner.
  • The BAT notifies the transportation director, with the superintendent serving as an alternate, immediately either in writing, in person, by telephone or by electronic means, of confirmation alcohol test results of 0.02 BAC or more.
  • If the BAT informs the transportation director, with the superintendent serving as an alternate, by telephone the school district verifies that the BAT is the person on the telephone.
  • The BAT provides the transportation director, with the superintendent serving as an alternate, with a copy of the breath alcohol testing form if written communication was not used to report the test results.
  • Potentially incomplete tests or invalid alcohol tests are repeated with corrected procedures.

 

  1. Drug Testing Procedures
  1. Driver's urine is tested for marijuana, cocaine, opiates, amphetamines, and phencyclidine.
  2. A split sample urine test is used to conduct the drug test.
  • A negative drug test result allows the driver to continue to perform a safety sensitive function.
  • A positive drug test result on the primary sample requires the driver to be removed from performing a safety sensitive function.
  • A positive drug test result on the primary sample allows the driver an opportunity to request the split sample be tested by another laboratory at the driver's expense for the specific drug found in the primary sample. A negative drug test result on the split sample results in a negative drug test result.
  • A driver's refusal to test is considered a positive drug test result.
  • A positive drug test result requires the driver to be evaluated by a SAP.

 

  1. Drivers taking medication at a doctor's direction may perform a safety sensitive function if the doctor determines there is not an adverse affect on performing a safety sensitive function and the school district is informed in writing of the medication and doctor's opinion.

 

  1. Drug testing is conducted to provide privacy to the driver and where the necessary equipment, personnel and materials are located.
  • Drug testing is conducted at a designated non-school district facility.
  • In the event privacy cannot be assured, privacy is provided to the extent possible. However, direct observation is allowed if:
  • Reasons exist to believe the driver may alter or substitute the specimen.
  • The driver presents a specimen with a temperature outside the allowed range and does not provide an oral body temperature or the oral body temperature varies from the specimen provided.
  • The last specimen provided by the driver was determined by the laboratory to not meet gravity and creatinine concentration criteria.
  • The collection site person observes conduct to substitute or adulterate the specimen.
  • The driver has previously been determined to have used a drug without medical authorization and the particular test is for follow-up testing upon or after return to duty.
  • Direct observation must be approved in advance by the supervisor of the collection site. Non-medical personnel performing direct observation must be of the same gender as the driver.

 

5.  Drug testing steps

      • Once the driver is required to submit to a drug test, the driver must proceed immediately to the collection site. The collection site person contacts the transportation director, with the superintendent serving as an alternate, immediately when a driver does not arrive at the specified time.
      • Upon arrival, the driver must provide a photo identification. The driver may require the collection site person to provide proof of identification.
      • The driver may keep their wallet, but must remove any unnecessary outer garments, purses, briefcases, and similar items at the request of the collection site person.
      • Immediately prior to providing a urine sample, the driver must wash their hands.
      • The driver must then provide forty-five (45) milliliters of urine and deliver it immediately to the collection site person.
        • Drivers who cannot provide an adequate amount of urine receive instructions for drinking water and repeating the test.
        • The drug test is stopped when the driver fails twice to provide an adequate amount of urine.
        • A physician analyzes the driver's inability to provide adequate urine.
        • Failure to provide adequate urine is considered a refusal to test unless the physician determines a medical condition caused the failure to provide adequate urine.
      • The specimen must be kept in view of the driver and the collection site person.
      • Upon receipt of the specimen, the collection site person must immediately, and in no event later than four (4) minutes from the time of urination, measure the temperature of the specimen.
      • The driver may volunteer to have their oral temperature taken to provide evidence against alteration or substitution if there is some question about the temperature of the specimen.
      • The collection site person also inspects the specimen for color and other signs of contaminant and notes any unusual findings.
      • Another specimen is required as soon as possible under direct observation if adulteration or substitution is suspected by the collection site person.
      • The specimen is divided into the primary and split specimen, sealed, and labeled. The label is initialed by the driver.
  • The driver is required to read and sign the statement on the chain of custody form certifying the specimens are the driver's.
  • The collection site person is required to note on the chain of custody form any unusual behavior or appearance of the driver and any failure to cooperate.
  • The collection site person completes the chain of custody form and the driver signs the form indicating the collection is complete.
  • The specimens are packaged for shipping to the laboratory and shipped immediately or placed in secure storage until they can be shipped.
  •  

6.  Laboratory

        • The laboratory used by the school district's drug and alcohol testing program is certified by the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAHSA), a division of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS). Laboratories certified by SAMHSA meet the testing procedures, personnel and record keeping requirements of the law.
        • Upon arrival of the specimen at the laboratory, the split specimen is stored and the primary specimen is tested.
        • A positive test result on the initial test of the primary specimen requires a confirmation test, which is a different and more accurate type of test.
        • The split specimen is discarded if the primary specimen has a negative test result.

 

7.  Medical Review Officer (MRO) reviews drug test results.

        • The MRO may release drug testing records of a driver to unauthorized individuals only with the written consent of the driver.
        • The MRO keeps a record of the negative test result and reports the negative test result to the school district.
        • The primary role of the MRO is to review and interpret positive test results to determine whether a legitimate explanation exists for the positive test result.
        • After reviewing the chain of custody form and laboratory test results, the MRO contacts the driver to discuss the positive test result with the driver prior to notifying the school district and to ask whether the driver requests a test of the split sample at the driver's expense. The driver's request for a test of the split sample must be made within seventy-two (72) hours of talking with the MRO.
        • Upon request of the driver, the split specimen is sent to a second SAMHSA certified laboratory for testing at the driver’s expense.
        • The MRO contacts the transportation director, with the superintendent serving as an alternate, for assistance if the driver cannot be reached through reasonable efforts.
        • The transportation director, with the superintendent serving as an alternate, must confidentially inform the driver to contact the MRO.
        • Upon contacting the driver the transportation director, with the superintendent serving as an alternate, must inform the MRO that the driver was contacted.
        •   Drivers who cannot be contacted are placed on temporary leave without pay.
        • The MRO may verify a positive test without talking to the driver if:
        • The driver declines the opportunity to discuss the drug test.
        • The driver fails to contact the MRO within five (5) days after the transportation director, with the superintendent serving as an alternate, has contacted the driver.
        • MRO verification of positive test results under these circumstances can be challenged by the driver if the driver presents the MRO with information documenting a serious illness, injury or other circumstances unavoidably preventing the driver from timely contacting the MRO. The MRO, based on this additional information, may find a legitimate explanation for the positive test result and declare the test negative.
        • The driver is notified of the drugs found in a positive test result by the MRO, the transportation director, with the superintendent serving as an alternate, or by certified mail to the driver's last known address.
        • The school district receives a written report of the negative and positive test results from the MRO.

 

F.  Substance Abuse Professional

  • A Substance Abuse Professional (SAP) evaluation and following his/her recommendations, is required when a driver:
  • Has a positive drug test.
  • Has a positive alcohol test of 0.04 breath alcohol concentration or greater; or
  • Otherwise violated this policy or its supporting procedures or the law.
  • The evaluation determines what assistance, if any, the driver needs in resolving problems with alcohol misuse and/or drug use.
  • A local SAP will provide assistance to the drivers.

 

G.  Pre-employment Testing

 

  • Drivers shall submit to an alcohol and drug test if a job offer is made. The job offer is contingent upon:
  • A negative alcohol and drug test result and a signed written statement authorizing former employers to release all information on the driver related to alcohol.
  • Prior to allowing a driver to perform a safety sensitive function, the following information must be obtained about the driver for the preceding two years from the date of the application:
        • Alcohol test results of 0.04 or greater.
        • Positive drug test results.
        • Refusals to be tested.

 

H.  Random Testing.

  1. Annually, ten percent (10%) of the average number of drivers are selected for random alcohol tests and fifty percent (50%) of the average number of drivers are selected for random drug tests.
  2. The drivers' identification numbers are selected by a scientific method giving drivers an equal chance to be selected.
  3. Random tests are unannounced and performed throughout the year.
  4. Drivers selected for random alcohol testing are informed of a random alcohol test just before, during or just after performing a safety sensitive function.
  5. Drivers selected for random drug testing are informed as soon as possible after the transportation director, with the superintendent serving as an alternate, receives the driver identification numbers. The school district must document why some, if any, drivers were selected, but not informed.
  6. The selected driver must proceed immediately to the collection site. However, drivers performing a safety sensitive function must safely stop and proceed to the collection site as soon as possible.

 

I.  Reasonable Suspicion Testing

      • Drivers who exhibit observable specific, contemporaneous, articulable characteristics concerning the appearance, behavior, speech or body odors as well as indications of the chronic and withdrawal effects of drugs may be required to submit to a reasonable suspicion drug test at any time.
      • Drivers who exhibit specific, observable, contemporaneous, articulable characteristics concerning the appearance, behavior, speech or body odors of the driver if the reasonable suspicion was determined just before, during or just after the time in which the driver must be in compliance with this policy, its supporting procedures or the law may be required to submit to a reasonable suspicion alcohol test just before, during or just after performing a safety sensitive function.
      • A reasonable suspicion alcohol test is performed within two (2) hours and no later than eight (8) hours after determining reasonable suspicion. To meet the two (2) hour requirement, transportation director, with the superintendent serving as an alternate, or his/her designee (not a CDL holder) will transport the employee to the collection site.
      • If the alcohol test is not given within two (2) hours, the reasons for the delay must be documented.
      • If the alcohol test is not given within eight (8) hours, attempts to test are stopped and the reason for not testing must be documented.
      • A reasonable suspicion test request is made by an employee who has received the training to determine reasonable suspicion. The reasons for the reasonable suspicion must be documented within twenty-four (24) hours or prior to the release of the test results. If more than one employee trained to determine reasonable suspicion observes the driver, that employee must also document their reasons. The transportation director has received the required Reasonable Suspicion Training.

 

J.  Post-accident Testing

 

  • Drivers are subject to both post-accident alcohol and drug tests as soon as possible after an accident.
  • Drivers must remain readily available for post-accident testing.
  • Drivers who leave the scene or who do not remain readily available are assumed to have refused to test.
  • Drivers subject to post-accident testing will be taken to the collection site by the, transportation director, superintendent or his/her designee.
  • Necessary medical treatment cannot and should not be denied to a driver waiting to complete post-accident alcohol and drug tests.
  • Alcohol testing requirements.
  • Administered within two (2) hours and no later than eight (8) hours of the accident.
  • Reasons for administering the test later than two (2) hours after the accident must be documented.
  • Reasons for not administering the test within eight (8) hours of the accident must be documented.
  • Drivers are prohibited from consuming alcohol for eight (8) hours after the accident or until the alcohol test is completed.
  • Drug testing requirements.
  • Administered as soon as possible and not later than thirty-two (32) hours after the accident.
  • Reasons for not administering the test must be documented.
  • Results of drug or alcohol testing conducted by law enforcement officers or other officials on the scene with independent authority to conduct such tests are presumed valid if the testing conforms with the law. The school district must receive a copy of the results to use them.

 

 

 

 

 

K.  Return-to-duty/Follow-up Testing

 

1.  Prior to returning to duty after a positive test or otherwise violating this policy, its supporting regulations or the law:

  • The driver must be re-evaluated by a SAP to determine that the driver has properly followed any treatment program prescribed in the original evaluation by the SAP.
  • The driver must submit to the tests required by the SAP. The SAP may require a return-to-duty test for drugs, alcohol or both; and the return-to-duty test must be a negative drug test result and/or an alcohol test result of less than 0.02 BAC before the driver can return to duty and perform a safety sensitive function.

2.  For individuals changing jobs after a positive drug or alcohol tests, a pre-employment test can serve as a return-to-duty test if one is needed, based on information from a prior employer.

        • After returning to duty, the driver is subject to six (6) unannounced follow-up tests within twelve (12) months for alcohol, drugs or both, if the SAP determines both are necessary.
        • The SAP can terminate the follow-up testing requirement after the first six (6) tests have been completed or continue the follow-up testing for up to sixty (60) months from the date of the driver's return to duty.
        • Alcohol follow-up testing is done just before, during or just after performing a safety sensitive function.

 

L.  School District Responsibilities

 

      • Information on the alcohol and drug testing requirements of this policy, its supporting procedures and the law, including the driver's obligations, must be provided to drivers. A summary of the requirements must be included in the employee handbook.
      • Supervisors of drivers or personnel designated to determine reasonable suspicion shall receive sixty (60) minutes of training on alcohol misuse and sixty (60) minutes of training on drug use.  The training must address the physical, behavioral, speech, and performance indicators of probable alcohol misuse and drug use.
      • Prior to operating a school district vehicle, drivers must be provided with instructions enabling them to comply with alcohol and drug testing requirements.
      • School districts with actual knowledge of a driver's drug use cannot allow the driver to report to or perform a safety sensitive function regardless of whether or not a drug test was conducted.
      • School districts with actual knowledge of a driver with a breath alcohol concentration of 0.02 BAC or greater cannot allow the driver to report to or perform a safety sensitive function regardless of whether or not an alcohol test was conducted.
      • The school district is responsible for ensuring that the quality assurance plan, developed by the manufacturer and approved by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) for the evidentiary breath testing device used for alcohol testing of its drivers describes the inspection, maintenance and calibration requirements and intervals for it.
      • The school district is responsible for ensuring that the collection site person using an evidentiary breath testing device is a certified BAT.

 

M.  Consequences of Violating this Policy, its Supporting Procedures or the Law

 

1.  The school district may discipline drivers who violate this policy, its supporting procedures or the law relating to alcohol and drug testing. Each incident is dealt with based on the circumstances surrounding the incident. The following consequences may result from a violation.

  • Drivers may be disciplined up to and including termination.
  • Drivers may not be permitted to perform safety sensitive functions.
  • Drivers may be advised of the resources available to them in evaluating and resolving problems associated with the misuse of alcohol or use of drugs.
  • Drivers may be required to be evaluated by a SAP who shall determine what assistance, if any, the driver needs in resolving problems associated with the misuse of alcohol or use of drugs and be required to follow any treatment program.
  • Prior to the returning to duty, the driver is required to have a negative drug and/or alcohol test result and be subject to the follow-up drug and/or drug testing determined necessary based on the circumstances surrounding the incident.
  • Drivers refusing to submit to drug and/or alcohol testing are considered insubordinate and are subject to discipline up to and including termination.
  • Applicants for the position of driver who refuse to submit to or cooperate with the drug and/or alcohol testing process and requirements shall be disqualified from further consideration.

 

2.  Nothing in this policy, its procedures or the law relating to alcohol and drug testing limits or restricts the right of the superintendent to discipline, up to and including termination, a driver for conduct which violates the school district's policies and procedures.

 

N.  Alcohol and Drug Testing Records

 

1.  Alcohol and drug testing records are stored in limited access locations separate and apart from the driver's general personnel documents.

2.  The records may only be released with the written consent of the driver. Only those records specifically authorized for release may be released. However:

  • Records may be released to appropriate government agencies without a written consent.
  • Records may be released to appropriate school district employees without written consent.
  • The school district may, without written consent, make a driver's drug and alcohol test records available to a decision maker in a lawsuit, grievance or other proceedings initiated by or on behalf of the individual, and arising from the results of a drug or alcohol test under this policy, its supporting procedures or the law or from the school district's determination that the driver violated this policy, its supporting regulation or the law.

3.  Drivers are entitled with a written request to prompt access to and copies of their drug and alcohol test records without requiring payment of amounts owed for the copying of records other than drug and alcohol testing records. The school district may charge for copying these records in accordance with board policy.

4.  The school district must maintain the following records of its drug and alcohol misuse prevention and testing programs for the time period.

  • One year:
  • Records of negative and canceled drug test results and alcohol test results of less than 0.02 BAC.
  • Records related to the collection process.
  • Records related to a driver's test results.
  • Records related to other violations of the law.
  • Records related to evaluations.
  • Records related to education and training.
  • Records related to drug testing.
  • Two years -- records related to the alcohol and drug collection process, except calibration of evidential breath testing devices, and training.
  • Five years:
  • Alcohol test results of 0.02 BAC and greater;
  • Verified positive drug test results;
  • Documentation of refusal to take required alcohol and/or drug tests;
  • EBT calibration documentation;
  • Driver evaluation and referrals; and
  • Annual calendar year summary.

 

O.  Pay for Time Spent Testing.

  • For random testing, the time spent traveling to the collection site, at the collection site, and back to the bus yard after the completion of the testing will be paid.
  • For reasonable suspicion testing, time will be paid pursuant to (1) above;
  • For post-accident testing, time will be paid pursuant to (1) above;
  • For pre-employment testing, time will be paid.
  • For time spent in follow- up testing required by the SAP, no time will be paid; and; 
  • Drivers will be paid for time spent testing at the pay rate for activity and field trip drivers.

 

P.  Leaves

1.  If the employee comes forward and admits to a drug and/or alcohol problem and receives help from and follows the requirements of the SAP, the employee is granted "unpaid leave" under the Family and Medical Leave, board policy 427. The employee will not be penalized for exercising this option. If no immediate [within five (5) working days] help is obtained from a SAP, the employee is subject to termination.

2.   If the employee tests positive under the provisions of this policy, he/she cannot perform a safety sensitive function and goes on paid sick leave, subject to the following conditions:

  • The employee immediately [within five (5) working days] enrolls in the program provided by the SAP.
  • Paid days are limited to what the employee has accumulated in sick leave.
  • When sick leave is exhausted, the employee goes on unpaid leave, subject to the SAP's verification that he/she can return to work.

 

Q.  Payment for Services

 

1.  The school district pays for all testing services.

2.  The school district pays for the initial services, not covered by insurance, of the SAP. This applies if the employee comes forward or tests positive. The school district also pays for treatment not covered by insurance. The treatment program will be decided upon by the school district subject to consultation with the SAP and employee.

3.  The employee who makes a request for another lab to test the split sample when the initial drug test is positive, will pay for the split sample.

The above payments and leave allowances apply to those who come forward as well as first time offenders. Any driver who becomes a second time offender under this policy, will be subject to immediate termination.

 

DEFINITIONS:

Accident - an occurrence involving a school district vehicle operating on a public road which results in: (a) a fatality, (b) bodily injury to a person who, as a result of the injury, immediately receives medical treatment away from the scene of the accident or (c) one or more motor vehicles incurring disabling damage as a result of the accident, requiring the vehicle to be transported away from the scene by a tow truck or other vehicle.

Air blank - a reading by an evidentiary breath testing device (EBT) of ambient air containing non-alcohol.

Alcohol - the intoxicating agent in beverage alcohol, ethyl alcohol or other low molecular weight alcohols including methyl and isopropyl alcohol.

Alcohol concentration (or content) - the alcohol in a volume of breath expressed in terms of grams of alcohol per two hundred ten liters of breath as indicated by an evidential breath test under the law.

Alcohol use - the consumption of any beverage, mixture or preparation, including any medication, containing alcohol.

BAC - breath alcohol concentration.

Breath Alcohol Technician (BAT) - an individual who instructs and assists individuals in the alcohol testing process and operates an EBT.

Canceled or invalid test - in drug testing it is a drug test that has been declared invalid by a Medical Review Officer or a specimen that has been rejected for testing by a laboratory. A canceled test is neither a positive nor a negative test. In alcohol testing, it is a test that is deemed to be invalid under the law. It is neither a positive nor a negative test.

Chain of Custody - procedures to account for the integrity of each urine or blood specimen by tracking its handling and storage from point of specimen collection to final disposition of the specimen. With respect to drug testing, these procedures require that an appropriate drug testing custody form be used from time of collection to receipt by the laboratory and that upon receipt by the laboratory an appropriate laboratory chain of custody account(s) for the sample or samples within the laboratory.

Collection Site - a place where drivers present themselves for the purpose of providing body fluid or a tissue sample to be analyzed for specific drugs or breath alcohol concentration.

Confirmation test - for alcohol testing, it is a second test following an initial test with a result of 0.02 BAC or greater, that provides quantitative data of alcohol concentration. For drug testing, it is a second analytical procedure (GC/MS) to identify the presence of a specific drug or metabolite which is independent of the initial test and which uses a different technique and chemical principle from that of the initial test in order to ensure reliability and accuracy.

Controlled Substances/Drugs - marijuana, cocaine, opiates, amphetamines, and phencyclidine.

Driver - any person who operates a school district vehicle. This includes, but is not limited to: full-time, regularly employed drivers; casual, intermittent or occasional drivers; leased drivers and independent, owner-operator contractors who are either directly employed by or under lease to the school district or who operate a school district vehicle at the direction of or with the consent of the school district. For the purposes of pre-employment/pre-duty testing only, the term "driver" includes applicants for driver of school vehicle positions.

Initial test (or screening test) - in drug testing, it is an immunoassay screen to eliminate "negative" urine specimens from further consideration. In alcohol testing it is an analytic procedure to determine whether a driver may have a prohibited concentration of alcohol in a breath or saliva specimen.

Medical Review Officer (MRO) - a licensed physician (medical doctor or doctor of osteopathy) responsible for receiving laboratory results generated by an employer's drug testing program who has knowledge of substance abuse disorders and has appropriate medical training to interpret and evaluate an individual's confirmed positive test result together with the individual's medical history and any other relevant biomedical information.

Non-suspicion-based post-accident testing - testing a driver after a reportable accident if the driver receives a citation for a moving traffic violation arising from the accident and without regard to whether there is any reasonable suspicion of drug usage, reasonable cause to believe the driver has been

operating the school vehicle while under the influence of drugs, or reasonable cause to believe the driver was at fault in the accident and drug usage may have been a factor.

Performing a safety sensitive function- a driver is considered to be performing a safety sensitive function during any period in which the driver is actually performing, ready to perform or immediately available to perform any sensitive functions.

Random Selection Process - when drug tests are unannounced and that every driver has an equal chance of being selected for testing.

Refuse to submit (to an alcohol or drug test) - when a driver (1) fails to provide adequate breath for alcohol testing without a valid medical explanation after he/she has received notice of the requirement for breath testing in accordance with the provisions of this part, (2) fails to provide adequate urine for drug testing without a valid medical explanation after he/she has received notice of the requirement for urine testing in accordance with the provisions of this part or (3) engages in conduct that clearly obstructs the testing process.

Safety Sensitive Function (SSF) - the period of time commencing when a driver begins to work or is required to be in readiness to work until the time the driver is relieved from work and all responsibility for performing work.

School District Vehicle - a vehicle owned, leased, and/or operated at the direction or with the consent of the school district which transports sixteen or more persons, including the driver or weighs over twenty-six thousand pounds and requires the driver to have/possess a commercial driver's license in order to operate the vehicle.

Screening Test Technician (STT) - an individual who instructs and assists drivers in the initial alcohol testing process and operates a non-evidentiary breath testing or saliva testing device.

Split Specimen - the division of the urine specimen into thirty milliliters in a specimen bottle (the primary sample) and into at least fifteen milliliters in a second specimen bottle (the split sample).

Substance Abuse Professional (SAP) - a licensed physician (medical doctor or doctor of osteopathy), or a licensed or certified psychologist, social worker, employee assistance professional, or addiction counselor (certified by the Iowa Board of Substance Abuse Certification) with knowledge of and clinical experience in the diagnosis and treatment of alcohol and controlled substances-related disorders.

Date of Adoption/Revision:

November 20, 1995

August 1996

June 1998

June 2001

June 2004

July 2007

August 2013

October 2016

March 2020

dawn@iowaschoo… Mon, 02/10/2020 - 09:02

436 - Universal Precautions

436 - Universal Precautions

STAFF PERSONNEL

 

Series 400

 

Policy Title: Universal Precautions Code No.: 436

 

Universal precautions (UP) are intended to prevent transmission of infection, as well as decrease the risk of exposure for employees and students. It is not currently possible to identify all infected individuals, thus precautions must be used with every individual. UP pertains to blood and other potentially infectious materials (OPIM) containing blood.

These precautions do not apply to other body fluids and wastes (OBFW) such as saliva, sputum, feces, tears, nasal secretions, vomitus and urine unless blood is visible in the material. However, these OBFW can be sources of other infections and should be handled as if they are infectious.

 

The single most important step in preventing exposure to and transmission of any infection is anticipating potential contact with infectious materials in routine as well as emergency situations. Based on the type of possible contact, employees and students should be prepared to use the appropriate precautions prior to the contact. Diligent and proper hand washing, the use of barriers, appropriate disposal of waste products and needles, and proper decontamination of spills are essential techniques of infection control. All individuals should respond to situations practicing UP followed by the activation of the school response team plan. Using common sense in the application of these measures will enhance protection of employees and students.

 

Barriers

 

Barriers anticipated to be used at school include disposable gloves, absorbent materials and resuscitation devices. Their use is intended to reduce the risk of contact with blood and body fluids as well as to control the spread of infectious agents from individual to individual. Gloves should be worn when in contact with blood, OPIM or OBFW. Gloves should be removed without touching the outside and disposed of after each use.

 

Hand Washing

 

Proper hand washing is crucial to preventing the spread of infection. Textured jewelry on the hands or wrists should be removed prior to washing and kept off until completion of the procedure and the hands are rewashed. Using running water, lathering with soap, and applying friction to clean all hand surfaces is key. Rinse well with running water and dry hands with paper towels.

 

The following are general guidelines regarding hand washing:

  • Hands should be washed before physical contact with individuals and after contact is completed.
  • Hands should be washed after contact with any used equipment.
  • If hands (or other skin) comes into contact with blood or body fluids, hands should be washed immediately before touching anything else.
  • Hands should be washed whether gloves are worn or not and if gloves are worn after gloves are removed.

 

 

UNIVERSAL PRECAUTIONS

 

Disposal of Waste

 

Blood, OPIM, OBFW, used gloves, barriers and absorbent materials should be placed in a plastic bag and disposed of in the usual procedure. When the blood or OPIM is liquid, semi-liquid or caked with dried blood, it is not absorbed in materials, and is capable of releasing the substance if compressed, special disposal as regulated waste is required. A band-aid, towel, sanitary napkin or other absorbed waste that does not have the potential of releasing the waste if compressed would not be considered regulated waste. It is anticipated schools would only have regulated waste in the case of a severe incident.

Needles, syringes and other sharp disposable objects should be placed in special puncture-proof containers and disposed of as regulated waste. Bodily wastes such as urine, vomitus or feces should be disposed of in the sanitary sewer system.

 

Clean up

 

Spills of blood and OPIM should be cleaned up immediately. The employee should:

 

  • Wear rubber or latex gloves.
  • Clean up the spill with paper towels or other absorbent material.
  • Use a solution of one part household bleach to one hundred parts of water (1:100) or other EPA-approved disinfectant and use it to wash the area well.
  • Dispose of gloves, soiled towels and other waste in a plastic bag.
  • Clean and disinfect reusable supplies and equipment.

 

 

Policy Title: Universal Precautions          Code No.: 436          Pg. 2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Laundry

 

Laundry with blood or OPIM should be handled as little as possible with a minimum of agitation. It should be bagged at the location. If it has the potential of releasing the substance when compacted, regulated waste guidelines should be followed. Employees who have contact with this laundry should wear protective barriers.

 

Exposure

 

An exposure to blood or OPIM through contact with broken skin, mucous membrane or by needle or sharp stick requires immediate washing, reporting and follow-up.  An employee should:

 

  • Always wash the exposed area immediately with soap and water.
  • If a mucous membrane splash (eye or mouth) or exposure of broken skin occurs, irrigate or wash the area thoroughly.
  • If a cut or needle stick injury occurs, wash the area thoroughly with soap and water.

 

The exposure should be reported immediately, the parent or guardian is notified, and the person exposed contacts a physician for further health care.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

July 2007

August 2013

October 2016

April 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Policy Title: Universal Precautions          Code No.: 436          Pg. 3

 

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Mon, 02/10/2020 - 11:37

437 - Hazardous Chemical Disclosure

437 - Hazardous Chemical Disclosure

STAFF PERSONNEL

 

Series 400

 

Policy Title: Hazardous Chemical Disclosure Code No. 437

The board authorizes the development of a comprehensive hazardous chemical communication program for the school district to disseminate information about hazardous chemicals in the workplace.

 

Each employee will annually review information about hazardous substances in the workplace. When a new employee is hired or transferred to a new position or work site, the information and training, if necessary, is included in the employee's orientation.

When an additional hazardous substance enters the workplace, information about it is distributed to all employees, and training is conducted for the appropriate employees. The superintendent/designee will maintain a file indicating which hazardous substances are present in the workplace and when training and information sessions take place

 

Employees who will be instructing or otherwise working with students will disseminate information about the hazardous chemicals with which they will be working as part of the instructional program.

 

The Carroll Community School District Right to Know information is located in the Director of Buildings and Grounds office at Adams Elementary School.

 

 

Adopted/Revised:

August 2013

October 2016

April 2021

dawn@iowaschoo… Mon, 02/10/2020 - 11:39

460 - Classified Employee Defined

460 - Classified Employee Defined

STAFF PERSONNEL

 

Series 400

 

Policy Title: Classified Employee Defined Code No.: 460

 

Classified employees are those school district employees who are not administrators or personnel in positions which require teaching certification. Classified employees shall include, but not be limited to, bus drivers, custodians, education associates, maintenance staff, clerical personnel, and food service workers. Classified employees may be hired on a full-time or part-time basis.

 

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent and/or designee to establish job specifications and job descriptions for classified employee positions. Job descriptions shall be approved by the board.

 

Classified employees required to hold a license for their position must present evidence of a current license to the board secretary prior to payment of wages each year.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

July 9 1981

August 10, 1987

August 1992

June 1998

August 1995

June 2001

June 2004

July 2007

August 2013

October 2016

April 2021

dawn@iowaschoo… Mon, 02/10/2020 - 11:40

461 - Classified Employee – Qualifications, Recruitment, and Selection

461 - Classified Employee – Qualifications, Recruitment, and Selection

STAFF PERSONNEL

 

Series 400

 

Policy Title: Classified Employee – Qualifications, Recruitment, and Selection Code No.: 461

 

Recruitment and selection of classified personnel shall be the responsibility of the administration. Persons interested in a classified employee position will have an opportunity to apply and qualify for classified employee positions in the school district without regard to age, race, creed, color, gender, sexual orientation, gender identity, national origin, religion, disability, or genetic information. Job applicants for classified employee positions will be considered on the basis of the following:

 

  • Training, experience, and skill;
  • Demonstrated ability to maintain effective working relationships with peers, students, and supervisors/subordinates;
  • High degree of self-motivation, innovation, and persistence;
  • Demonstrated ability to solve problems and remove roadblocks by working with all levels in the organization;
  • Nature of the occupation;
  • Demonstrated competence; and;
  • Possession of or ability to obtain licensure or certification if required for the position.

 

Announcement of the position will be through means the superintendent believes will inform potential applicants about the position. Applications for employment may be obtained from and completed applications will be returned to the central administration office. Whenever possible, the preliminary screening of applicants will be conducted by the administrator who directly supervises and oversees the position. Names and salaries to be paid shall be presented at the next meeting of the board for approval by the board (temporary summer and vacation help excluded.)

 

Employees are required to sign release and authorization forms allowing the school district to perform background checks/re-checks and/or fingerprint checks/re-checks on employees.

 

Approved /Revised:

July 2007                                                                                                September 2014

September 2012                                                                                                July 2013

October 2016                                                                                                April 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 02/07/2020 - 14:48

462 - Licensed Employee Professional Development for Employees

462 - Licensed Employee Professional Development for Employees

 

 

STAFF PERSONNEL

 

Series 400

 

Policy Title: Licensed Employee Professional Development for Employees

Code No. 462

 

The board encourages licensed employees to attend and participate in professional development activities to maintain, develop, and extend their skills.  The board will maintain and support an in-service program for licensed employees.  Professional development activities will include activities that promote and/or teach about compliance with applicable Iowa laws.

 

For all professional development programs the district requires employees to take, the district will provide to the employee notice indicating the section of the law, or rules adopted by the state board of education or board of educational examiners that the district determines requires the employee to participate in the professional development program.

 

Requests for attendance or participation in a development program, other than those development programs sponsored by the school district, are made to the superintendent.  Approval by the superintendent must be obtained prior to attendance by a licensed employee in a professional development program when the attendance would result in the licensed employee being excused from their duties or when the school district pays the expenses for the program.

 

The superintendent will have sole discretion to allow or disallow licensed employees to attend or participate in the requested event.  When making this determination, the superintendent will consider the value of the program for the licensed employee and the school district, the effect of the licensed employees absence on the education program and school district operations and the school districts financial situation as well as other factors deemed relevant in the judgment of the superintendent.  Requests that involve unusual expenses or overnight travel must also be approved by the board.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

August 2023

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Mon, 02/10/2020 - 12:08

463 - Required Professional Development For Employees

463 - Required Professional Development For Employees

 

 

STAFF PERSONNEL

 

Series 400

 

Policy Title: Required Professional Development For Employees

Code No. 463

 

Appropriate training and professional development of all employees is crucial to the success of all students.  The district will provide professional development opportunities appropriate to the duties of school employees. 

 

For all professional development programs the district requires employees to take, the district will provide to the employee notice indicating the section of the law, or rules adopted by the state board of education or board of educational examiners that the district determines requires the employee to participate in the professional development program.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

August 2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Mon, 02/10/2020 - 12:09

464 - Salary Schedule (Non Bargaining Personnel)

464 - Salary Schedule (Non Bargaining Personnel)

The board establishes the salary for several professional positions in the district that will, in the opinion of the board:

  1. Attract to this district the best candidates available;
  2. Give stability to the professional staff; and
  3. Stimulate professional growth while in service.

These salaries shall be subject to annual review and modification as deemed necessary for the continued improvement of the educational program of this district.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision
July 1979
August 10, 1987
August 1992
August 1995
June 1998
June 2001
June 2004
July 2007
August 2013
October 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Mon, 02/10/2020 - 12:11

465 - Insurance (Non Bargaining Personnel)

465 - Insurance (Non Bargaining Personnel)

STAFF PERSONNEL

 

Series 400

 

Policy Title: Insurance (Non Bargaining Personnel) Code No.: 465

 

The board agrees to provide all qualified employees with the following insurance protection.

 

  1. Health and Major Medical

 

Each full-time employee shall be provided with a health and major medical program with the single employee premium paid by the district during the period of the employee contract. A full-time employee is defined as an employee who works 30 or more hours in a week.

 

The board, at its discretion, may direct the payment of a portion of the family insurance premium for specified classified employees.

 

Continuation of insurance, subject to approval by the insurance carrier, shall be available to employees at their own expense under the following circumstances:

 

    1. Full-time employees on unpaid leave of one month or longer and not covered by FMLA.
    2. Retirees who meet the requirements of the insurer.  See policy 410, Group Medical, Dental, and Vision Coverage for retiree's policy for eligibility requirements.

 

  1. Liability

 

All employees shall be covered by liability insurance covering job-related performance of duties. The premium for such coverage will be paid by the district.

 

  1. Worker's Compensation

 

Each employee shall be covered by worker's compensation insurance paid for by the district.

 

 

Adoption/Review/Revision:

August 1983

August 10, 1987

August 1992

August 1995

June 1998

June 2001

June 2004

June 2005

May 2006

July 2007

August 2013

October 2016

November 2022

dawn@iowaschoo… Tue, 02/11/2020 - 11:25

466 - Vacations (Non Bargaining Personnel)

466 - Vacations (Non Bargaining Personnel)

STAFF PERSONNEL

Series 400

 

Policy Title: Vacations (Non Bargaining Personnel) Code No.: 466

 

This policy applies to non-bargaining personnel who accrue vacations, which are full time classified personnel who work 260 days per year.

 

The board will determine the amount of vacation allowed on an annual basis as outlined below, unless the employee’s individual contract indicates otherwise.

 

Full-time annual employees will receive vacation after completing three (3) months of service in the full-time position and the amount of vacation earned will be five (5) days pro-rated based on the number of months left in the fiscal year at the time of the employee’s 3 month anniversary date.

 

Each July 1st, full-time annual (260 day) employees will receive the following days of vacation:

                    3 - 23 months in full-time position = 5 days

                    2 – 9 years (24 - 119 months) in full-time position = 10 days

                    10 – 14 years (120 – 179 months) in full-time position = 15 days

                    15+ years (180+ months) in full-time position = 20 days

 

The supervisory administrator/designee shall establish a vacation schedule for all full time annual classified employees of the district under his/her jurisdiction.

 

For the purpose of this policy the term “day” shall equate to the number of hours the employee is contracted for or assigned to work. All leaves will be recorded in hours to align properly with the time clock system and vacation can be used in hourly increments.

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

 

August 23, 1982

August 12, 1985

August 10, 1987

August 1992

August 1995

August 1998

June 2001

June 2004

July 2007

April 2011

August 2013

December 2016

September 2017

July 2022

dawn@iowaschoo… Tue, 02/11/2020 - 11:28

468 - Employee Wage and Overtime Compensation

468 - Employee Wage and Overtime Compensation

STAFF PERSONNEL

 

Series 400

 

Policy Title:  Employee Minimum Wage and Overtime Compensation

Code No.: 468

 

Each non-exempt employee compensated on an hourly basis, whether full-or part-time, permanent or temporary, will be paid no less than the prevailing minimum wage. Whenever a non-exempt employee must work more than forty (40) hours in a given workweek, the employee will be compensated at one and one-half times their regular hourly wage rate for all hours worked over forty (40) hours in a given workweek. This compensation is in the form of overtime pay. Overtime will not be permitted without prior authorization of the superintendent/designee.

 

Each non-exempt employee paid on an hour-by-hour basis must clock in and out on a system designated by the school district which will record a daily time record showing the actual number of hours worked. Failure of the employee to maintain, or falsification of, a daily time record will be grounds for disciplinary action which may include termination.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

July 2005

August 2013

October 2016

June 2019

June 2021

dawn@iowaschoo… Tue, 02/11/2020 - 11:29

469 - Resignation- Classified Personnel

469 - Resignation- Classified Personnel

Resignations shall be in writing signed by the resigning party and directed to the superintendent/designee.

The board recognizes that there are some circumstances, which force an employee to request a release from a contract before the expiration date of the contract; therefore, personnel will be released from their contracts at any time that suitable replacements can be secured.

Employees are required to provide at least 14 days advance notice of their resignation.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 1979
August 1992
August 1995
June 1998
June 2001
June 2004
July 2007
August 2013
October 2016
June 2019

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Tue, 02/11/2020 - 11:30

470 - Classified Employee Termination of Employment

470 - Classified Employee Termination of Employment

STAFF PERSONNEL

 

Series 400

 

 

Policy Title: Classified Employee Termination of Employment Code No.: 470

 

The board believes classified employees should perform their jobs, respect and follow board policy, and obey the law. A classified employee may be dismissed upon thirty days notice or immediately for proper cause.

 

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent and/or designee to make a recommendation for termination of the employee’s employment with the district to the board. A classified employee’s employment with the district may be terminated for any reason, including, but not limited to, incompetence, neglect of duty, reduction in force, violation of board policy or administrative regulations or a violation of the law.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

August 23, 1982

August 1992

August 1995

June 1998

June 2001

June 2004

July 2007

August 2013

October 2016

June 2021

dawn@iowaschoo… Tue, 02/11/2020 - 11:31

471 - Employee Reduction Through Termination (Non Bargaining Personnel)

471 - Employee Reduction Through Termination (Non Bargaining Personnel)

STAFF PERSONNEL

 

Series 400

 

Policy Title: Staff Reduction Through Termination (Non Bargaining Personnel)

Code No.: 471

 

The number of employees and the full-time equivalency of employees may be reduced due to a change in program, a change in the size or nature of the student population or budgetary considerations. Such reductions shall be accomplished through normal staff attrition unless the best interests of the school district dictate otherwise. When reductions beyond normal staff attrition are to be made, a notice of termination shall be provided to affected employees.

 

The administration shall determine which employee(s) will be subject to reduction on the basis of relative training and skill and demonstrated competency. If this requires a choice between two or more employees with equal training, skill and demonstrated competency the reduction will be accomplished by inverse order of employment.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

August 23, 1982

August 10, 1987

August 1992

August 1995

June 1998

June 2001

June 2004

July 2007

August 2013

October 2016

June 2021

dawn@iowaschoo… Tue, 02/11/2020 - 11:32

472 - Sick Leave (Non Bargaining Personnel)

472 - Sick Leave (Non Bargaining Personnel)

STAFF PERSONNEL

 

Series 400

 

Policy Title: Sick Leave (Non Bargaining Personnel) Code No.: 472

Sick leave will be allowed for the personal illness or medically related disability of the employee.  Employees will be granted sick leave days pursuant to the following schedule:

            1st year of employment          -          13 days

2nd year of employment          -          14 days

3rd year of employment          -          15 days 4th year of employment          -          16 days

5th year of employment and subsequent years - 17 days

 

Access for paid sick leave begins after 20 full business days of employment.  Request for amendment to this access may be made to the superintendent or designee.

 

The unused days of sick leave in any one-year shall be credited for use in subsequent years, with the maximum accumulation of 120 days. The board may require such reasonable evidence, as it may desire, confirming the necessity of such leave.

 

Sick leave may be taken in hourly increments.

 

Upon termination from employment any unused accumulated sick leave shall be forfeited without recompense.

 

Any recovery for worker's compensation or other insurance paid for in full or in part by the board shall be offset against said sick leave pay.

 

Upon request, employees shall be shown a copy of a written accounting of the employee's accumulated sick leave days at the end of each fiscal year. If written objection is not filed within fifteen (15) days, the accounting is assumed to be correct.

 

For the purpose of this policy the term “day” shall equate to the number of hours the employee is contracted for or assigned to work. All sick leaves will be recorded in hours to align properly with the time clock system.

 

 

 

An employee may use up to eight (8) days of accumulated sick leave for illness of a spouse, child(ren), parent, or parent-in-law.   These eight (8) days shall be deducted from the employee's sick leave accumulation.

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision: August 23, 1982

August 1986

August 10, 1987

August 1992

August 1995

June 1998

June 2001

June 2002

June 2004

July 2007

April 2011

July 2012

August 2013

October 2016

September 2018

June 2021

January 2022

October 2022

September 2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Tue, 02/11/2020 - 11:33

473 - Personal Leave (Non Bargaining Personnel)

473 - Personal Leave (Non Bargaining Personnel)

STAFF PERSONNEL

 

Series 400

 

Policy Title: Personal Leave (Non Bargaining Personnel) Code No.: 473

 

Each employee shall be permitted three (3) days leave per school year for personal reasons, providing electronic application to the superintendent and/or designee is made seven (7) calendar days prior to the day when the leave is to be taken. One (1) day may be carried over to the following year with a maximum accumulation of four (4) days.   The advanced notice may be waived if the occasion for the leave arises from an emergency situation. The general purpose of the leave or the word "Personal" must be stated in the notes. The purpose of the leave must be one that cannot be accomplished during non-school days or hours and shall not be taken the day before or after a school holiday or vacation period/and/or during the first five days or last five days of the school year.  The leave must be in units of not less than one half day.  Leaves are specifically prohibited during any form of work stoppage.

 

For the purpose of this policy the term “day” shall equate to the number of hours the employee is contracted for or assigned to work. All leaves will be recorded in hours to align properly with the time clock system.

 

Personal leave days not used during the year will be paid at the employees per diem rate unless the employee chooses to carry over up to one (1) day to the following year so long as the carry over does not take them over the maximum balance of four (4) days.   If the employee chooses to carry over up to one (1) day, the request must be made in writing to the Employee Benefits Coordinator by May 31st.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 9, 1981

August 12, 1985

August 21, 1990

August 1992

August 1995

June 1998

June 2001

June 2004

July 2007

April 2011

August 2013

October 2016

June 2021

October 2021

October 2022

September 2023

dawn@iowaschoo… Tue, 02/11/2020 - 11:36

474 - Bereavement Leave (Non Bargaining Personnel)

474 - Bereavement Leave (Non Bargaining Personnel)

Staff Personnel Series 400

Policy Title: Bereavement Leave (Non Bargaining Personnel) Code No.: 474

 

 

Each employee shall be granted up to five (5) days of paid leave in the event of the death of an employee’s spouse, employee’s child, employee’s step-child, employee’s son-in-law, employee’s daughter-in-law, employee’s parent, employee’s step-parent, employee’s grandparent, employee’s father-in-law, employee’s mother-in-law, employee’s brother, employee’s sister, or employee’s grandchild. Up to three (3) days of paid leave shall be granted at any one time in the event of the death of an employee’s brother-in-law, employee’s sister-in-law, employee’s aunt, employee’s uncle, employee’s niece, employee’s nephew, employee’s cousin, spouses' grandparent, employees' step-sister, or employees' step-brother. In the event of the death of an employee or a student in the district, the superintendent and/or designee of said employee or student shall grant to an appropriate number of employees sufficient time to attend the funeral.

 

For the purpose of this policy the term “day” shall equate to the number of hours the employee is contracted for or assigned to work. All leaves will be recorded in hours to align properly with the time management system.

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 1979

August 21, 1990

August 1992

August 1995

June 1998

June 2001

July 2003

June 2004

July 2007

April 2011

August 2013

October 2016

June 2021

October 2022

dawn@iowaschoo… Tue, 02/11/2020 - 11:37

475 -

475 -

 

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Tue, 02/11/2020 - 11:39

477 - Substitutes

477 - Substitutes

Effort shall be made to fill temporary positions with substitutes who have preparation equal to that of the regular contract personnel. A substitute shall be paid at the rate established by the board for each position.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 1979
August 1992
August 1995
June 1998
June 2001
June 2004
July 2007
August  2013
October 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Tue, 02/11/2020 - 11:40

482 - Licensed Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, and Selection

482 - Licensed Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, and Selection

STAFF PERSONNEL

 

Series 400

 

Policy Title: Licensed Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, and Selection Code No.: 482

 

Persons interested in a licensed position, other than administrative positions which will be employed in accordance with board policies in Series 300 Administration will have an opportunity to apply and qualify for licensed positions in the school district without regard to age, race, creed or color in accordance with applicable laws and school district policies regarding equal employment. Job applicants for licensed positions will be considered on the basis of the following:

  • Training, experience, and skill;
  • Nature of the occupation;
  • Demonstrated competence; and
  • Possession of, or ability to obtain, licensure and certification required for the position.

 

Announcement of the position is in a manner which the superintendent and/or designee believes will inform potential applicants about the position. Applications for employment may be obtained from and completed applications are returned to the school district administrative office. Whenever possible, the preliminary screening of applicants will be conducted by the administrator who will be directly supervising and overseeing the person being hired.

 

The board will employ licensed employees after receiving a recommendation from the superintendent. However, the superintendent and/or designee will have the authority to employ a licensed employee on a temporary basis until a recommendation can be made and action can be taken by the board on the position.

 

Employees are required to sign release and authorization forms allowing the school district to perform background checks/rechecks and/or fingerprint checks/rechecks on employees. Employees signatures on release and authorization forms for background checks/rechecks required by law is a condition of continued employment. Refusal to sign the release and authorization forms may be grounds for termination.

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision

July 2007

July 2010

September 2012

August 2013

October 2016

September 2018

August 2021

dawn@iowaschoo… Tue, 02/11/2020 - 11:41

483 - Licensed Employee Defined

483 - Licensed Employee Defined

STAFF PERSONNEL

Series 400

 

Policy Title: Licensed Employee Defined Code No. 483

 

Licensed employees, including administrators, are those employees required to hold an appropriate license from the Iowa Department of Education for their position as required by the Board of Educational Examiners or others with professional licenses. Licenses required for a position will be considered met if the employee meets the requirements established by the Iowa Department of Education.

 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent and/or designee to establish job specifications and job descriptions for licensed employees' positions, other than the position of the superintendent. Job descriptions may be approved by the board.

 

Licensed employees must present evidence of current license to the board secretary prior to payment of salary each time licensed is renewed.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adopted/Revised:

August 2013

October 2016

July 2021

dawn@iowaschoo… Tue, 02/11/2020 - 11:42

484 - Assignment - Licensed Employee

484 - Assignment - Licensed Employee

Assignment shall be based upon the qualifications of the candidate and the philosophy and needs of the district.

Changes in assignment may be made at the initiative of the superintendent and/or designee, other administration staff members, or at the request of the employee as set forth in the negotiated agreement.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 1979
August 1992
August 1995
June 1998
June 2001
June 2004
July 2007
August 2013
October 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Tue, 02/11/2020 - 11:43

486 - Placement on Salary Schedule - Licensed Employee

486 - Placement on Salary Schedule - Licensed Employee

Each certified educator shall be placed on his/her respective step at such time as their contract begins. Any certified educator hired prior to November 30 of any school year and employed continuously for the remaining part of the school year shall be given credit for one year of service. Credit on the salary schedule may be given for previous outside experience as a certified educator at a duly accredited school upon initial employment up to but not exceeding the actual number of years of said teaching experience. The amount of credit, if any, shall be within the sole discretion of the board.

Course work which is intended to apply toward movement from one educational lane to another must be approved in writing by the superintendent/designee. Distance learning and correspondence courses must be approved in advance. Courses from an accredited college or university in the teacher's major field of study shall be acceptable. To receive master's degree credit on the salary schedule, said degree must have prior approval from the superintendent/designee, if it is in a field not recognized by the Iowa Board of Educational Examiners as a licensed, approved, or endorsement area. Only graduate credit from an accredited college or staff development program courses from the Area Education Agency shall be considered for horizontal movement on the salary schedule. If the district pays for the time to take the course work, either as part of the regular workday or extra pay, credit will not be granted for salary schedule movement. If the district pays for part or all of the expenses for the course work, e.g., transportation, registration, meals, lodging, etc., said courses will be eligible for salary schedule movement only if the teacher takes the course for graduate credit and pays the extra cost for the graduate credit. A committee shall be formed consisting of five members (two appointed by the board, two appointed by the teachers, and one agreed to by both parties). In the event of differing opinions by a teacher and the superintendent/designee, this committee will meet, discuss the course(s) in question, and make the final decision on acceptability for movement.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
August 1983
December 1986
August 10, 1987
August 1992
August 1995
August 1997
June 1998
June 1999
June 2001
June 2004
July 2007
August 2013
October 2016
September 2018

 

 

 

CARROLL COMMUNITY SCHOOL DISTRICT

REQUEST FOR COURSE APPROVAL FOR MOVEMENT FROM ONE EDUCATION LANE TO ANOTHER

 

I.  COURSE APPROVAL

TITLE OF COURSE (LIST UP TO 4 COURSES)                                            NO. OF SEMESTER HOURS

_______________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________

Teacher’s Signature                                                              Date                                  

 

II.  SUPERINTENDENT’S TENTATIVE APPROVAL:

 

The above coursework is tentatively approved, contingent upon #4 below.

Superintendent’s Signature                                                                                  Date                               

 

III.  SUPERINTENDENT’S FINAL APPROVAL:

I have received “Proof of Completion” and hereby give final approval to the above coursework as partial credit toward movement to the next education lane on the salary schedule.                          

Superintendent’s Signature                                                        

Date                            

 

PROCEDURE NOTES:

  1. Sections I and II of the above form must be completed before starting a course.
     
  2. Complete Section III after the course has been completed. Attach a grade slip or transcript and return to the superintendent. If transcript does not indicate “GRADUATE” hours, please provide documentation that the course was taken for graduate credit.
     
  3. When enough hours have been accumulated to qualify for a salary adjustment, send a letter to the superintendent requesting the appropriate contract modification. This must be done by September 1 to qualify for a salary adjustment for the current contract year.
  1. Only graduate credit courses from an accredited college or Staff Development Program courses from Heartland AEA will be considered for an Education Lane change on the salary schedule.

 

 

Approval/Revision:
August 2013
October 2016
September 2018

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Tue, 02/11/2020 - 11:44

489 - Employee Conduct and Appearance

489 - Employee Conduct and Appearance

STAFF PERSONNEL

 

Series 400

 

Policy Title: Employee Conduct and Appearance Code No.: 489

 

Employees are role models for the students who come in contact with them during and after school hours. The board recognizes the positive effect employees can have on students in this capacity. To this end, the board strongly suggests and encourages employees to dress themselves, groom themselves and conduct themselves in a manner appropriate to the educational environment.

 

Employees will conduct themselves in a professional manner. Employees will dress in attire appropriate for their position. Clothing should be neat, clean and in good taste. Discretion and common sense call for an avoidance of extremes, which would interfere with or have an effect on the educational process.

 

Licensed employees of the school district, including administrators, will follow the code of ethics for their profession as established by the Iowa Board of Educational Examiners.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adopted/Revised:

July 2006

July 2007

August 2013

October 2016

  July 2021

dawn@iowaschoo… Tue, 02/11/2020 - 11:49

489R1 - Code of Professional Conduct and Ethics Regulation (Licensed)

489R1 - Code of Professional Conduct and Ethics Regulation (Licensed)

Chapter 25

282—25.1(272) Scope of standards.

This code of professional conduct and ethics constitutes mandatory minimum standards of practice for all licensed practitioners as defined in Iowa Code chapter 272. The adherence to certain professional and ethical standards is essential to maintaining the integrity of the education profession.

 

282—25.2(272) Definitions.

Except where otherwise specifically defined by law:

“Administrative and supervisory personnel” means any licensed employee such as superintendent, associate superintendent, assistant superintendent, principal, associate principal, assistant principal, or other person who does not have as a primary duty the instruction of pupils in the schools.

“Board” means the Iowa Board of educational examiners.

“Discipline” means the process of sanctioning a license, certificate or authorization issued by the board.

“Ethics” means a set of principles governing the conduct of all persons governed by these rules. “Fraud” means knowingly providing false information or representations on an application for licensure or employment, or knowingly providing false information or representations made in connection with the discharge of duties.

“License” means any license, certificate, or authorization granted by the board. “Licensee” means any person holding a license, certificate, or authorization granted by the board.

 “Practitioner” means an administrator, teacher, or other licensed professional, including an individual who holds a statement of professional recognition, who provides educational assistance to students.

 “Responsibility” means a duty for which a person is accountable by virtue of licensure.

“Right” means a power, privilege, or immunity secured to a person by law.

“Student” means a person, regardless of age, enrolled in a prekindergarten through grade 12 school, who is receiving direct or indirect assistance from a person licensed by the board. “Teacher” means any person engaged in the instructional program for prekindergarten through grade 12 children, including a person engaged in teaching, administration, and supervision, and who is required by law to be licensed for the position held.

[ARC 7979B, IAB 7/29/09, effective 9/2/09]

 

282—25.3(272) Standards of professional conduct and ethics.

Licensees are required to abide by all federal, state, and local laws applicable to the fulfillment of professional obligations. Violation of federal, state, or local laws in the fulfillment of professional obligations constitutes unprofessional and unethical conduct, which can result in disciplinary action by the board. In addition, it is hereby deemed unprofessional and unethical for any licensee to violate any of the following standards of professional conduct and ethics:

 

25.3(1) Standard I—conviction of crimes, sexual or other immoral conduct with or toward a student, and child and dependent adult abuse. Violation of this standard includes:

  • Fraud. Fraud means the same as defined in rule 282-25.2(272)
  • Criminal convictions. The commission of or conviction for a criminal offense as defined by Iowa law provided that the offense is relevant to or affects teaching or administrative performance.

(1)  Disqualifying criminal convictions.  The board shall deny an application for licensure and shall revoke a previously issued license if the applicant or licensee has, on or after July 1, 2002, been convicted of, has pled guilty to, or has been found guilty of the following criminal offenses, regardless of whether the judgment of conviction or sentence was deferred:

  1. Any of the following forcible felonies included in Iowa Code § 702.11: child endangerment, assault, murder, sexual abuse, or kidnapping;
  2. Any of the following criminal sexual offenses, as provided in Iowa Code Ch. 709, involving a child:
    • First–  second– or third–degree sexual abuse committed on or with a person who is under the age of 18
    • Lascivious acts with a child;
    • Assault with intent to commit sexual abuse;
    • Indecent contact with a child;
    • Sexual exploitation by a counselor;
    • Lascivious conduct with a minor
    • Sexual exploitation by a school employee;
      • Enticing a minor under Iowa Code section 710.10; or
      • Human trafficking under Iowa Code section 710A.2;
  3. Incest involving a child as prohibited by Iowa Code section 726.2;
  4. Dissemination and exhibition of obscene material to minors as prohibited by Iowa Code section 728.2;
  5. Telephone dissemination of obscene material to minors as prohibited by Iowa Code section 728.15;
  6. Any offense specified in the laws of another jurisdiction, or any offense that may be prosecuted in a federal, military, or foreign court, that is comparable to an offense listed in subparagraph 25.3(1)“b”(1); or
  7. Any offense under prior laws of this state or another jurisdiction, or any offense under prior law that was prosecuted in a federal, military, or foreign court, that is comparable to an offense listed in subparagraph 25.3(1)“b”(1).

(2)  Other criminal convictions and founded child abuse. In determining whether a person should be denied a license or whether a licensee should be disciplined based upon any other criminal conviction, including a conviction for an offense listed in 25.3(1)“b”(1), which occurred before July 1, 2002, or a founded report of abuse of a child, the board shall consider:

  1. The nature and seriousness of the crime or founded abuse in relation to the position sought;
  2. The time elapsed since the crime or founded abuse was committed;
  3. The degree of rehabilitation which has taken place since the crime or founded abuse was committed;
  4. The likelihood that the person will commit the same crime or abuse again;
  5. The number of criminal convictions or founded abuses committed; and
  6. Such additional factors as may in a particular case demonstrate mitigating circumstances or heightened risk to public safety.
  7. Sexual involvement or indecent contact with a student. Sexual involvement includes, but is not limited to, the following acts, whether consensual or nonconsensual: fondling or touching the inner thigh, groin, buttocks, anus or breasts of a student; permitting or causing to fondle or touch the practitioner’s inner thigh, groin, buttocks, anus, or breasts; or the commission of any sex act as defined in Iowa Code section 702.17.
  8. Sexual exploitation of a minor. The commission of or any conviction for an offense prohibited by Iowa Code section 728.12, Iowa Code Ch. 709 or 18 U.S.C. section 2252A(a)(5)(B).
  9. Student abuse. Licensees shall maintain professional relationships with all students, both inside and outside the classroom. The following acts or behavior constitutes unethical conduct without regard to the existence of a criminal charge or conviction:
    1. Committing any act of physical abuse of a student;
    2. Committing any act of dependent adult abuse on a dependent adult student;
    3. Committing or soliciting any sexual or otherwise indecent act with a student or any minor;
    4. Soliciting, encouraging, or consummating a romantic or otherwise inappropriate relationship with a student;
    5. Furnishing alcohol or illegal or unauthorized drugs or drug paraphernalia to any student or knowingly allowing a student to consume alcohol or illegal or unauthorized drugs in the presence of the licensee;
    6. Failing to report any suspected act of child or dependent adult abuse as required by state law; or
    7. Committing or soliciting any sexual conduct as defined in Iowa Code section 709.15(3) “b” or soliciting, encouraging, or consummating a romantic relationship with any person who was a student within 90 days prior to any conduct alleged in the complaint, if that person was taught by the practitioner or was supervised by the practitioner in any school activity when that person was a student.

 

25.3(2) Standard II—alcohol or drug abuse. Violation of this standard includes:

  • Being on school premises or at a school–sponsored activity involving students while under the influence of, possessing, using, or consuming illegal or unauthorized drugs or abusing legal drugs.
  • Being on school premises or at a school–sponsored activity involving students while under the influence of, possessing, using, or consuming alcohol.

 

25.3(3) Standard III—misrepresentation, falsification of information. Violation of this standard includes:

  • Falsifying or deliberately misrepresenting or omitting material information regarding professional qualifications, criminal history, college credit, staff development credit, degrees, academic award, or employment history when applying for employment or licensure.
  • Falsifying or deliberately misrepresenting or omitting material information regarding compliance reports submitted to federal, state, and other governmental agencies.
  • Falsifying or deliberately misrepresenting or omitting material information submitted in the course of an official inquiry or investigation.
  • Falsifying any records or information submitted to the board in compliance with the license renewal requirements imposed under 282—Chapter 20.
  • Falsifying or deliberately misrepresenting or omitting material information regarding the evaluation of students or personnel, including improper administration of any standardized tests, including, but not limited to, changing test answers, providing test answers, copying or teaching identified test items, or using inappropriate accommodations or modifications for such tests.

 

25.3(4) Standard IV—misuse of public funds and property. Violation of this standard includes:

  • Failing to account properly for funds collected that were entrusted to the practitioner in an educational context.
  • Converting public property or funds to the personal use of the practitioner.
  • Submitting fraudulent requests for reimbursement of expenses or for pay.
  • Combining public or school–related funds with personal funds.
  • Failing to use time or funds granted for the purpose for which they were intended.

 

25.3(5) Standard V—violations of contractual obligations.

  1. Violation of this standard includes:
    1. Asking a practitioner to sign a written professional employment contract before the practitioner has been unconditionally released from a current contract, unless the practitioner provided notice to the practitioner’s employing board as set forth in subparagraph 25.3(5) “b”(2).
    2. Abandoning a written professional employment contract without prior unconditional release by the employer.
    3. As an employer, executing a written professional employment contract with a practitioner, which requires the performance of duties that the practitioner is not legally qualified to perform.
    4. As a practitioner, executing a written professional employment contract, which requires the performance of duties that the practitioner is not legally qualified to perform.
  2. In addressing complaints based upon contractual obligations, the board shall consider factors beyond the practitioner’s control. For purposes of enforcement of this standard, a practitioner will not be found to have abandoned an existing contract if:
    1. The practitioner obtained a release from the employing board before discontinuing services under the contract; or
    2. The practitioner provided notice to the employing board no later than the latest of the following dates:
      1. The practitioner’s last work day of the school year;
      2. The date set for return of the contract as specified in statute or June 30.

 

25.3(6) Standard VI—unethical practice toward other members of the profession, parents, students, and the community.

Violation of this standard includes:

  1. Denying the student, without just cause, access to varying points of view.
  2. Deliberately suppressing or distorting subject matter for which the educator bears responsibility.
  3. Failing to make reasonable effort to protect the health and safety of the student or creating conditions harmful to student learning.
  4. Conducting professional business in such a way that the practitioner repeatedly exposes students or other practitioners to unnecessary embarrassment or disparagement.
  5. Engaging in any act of illegal discrimination, or otherwise denying a student or practitioner participation in the benefits of any program on the grounds of race, creed, color, religion, age, sex, disability, marital status, national origin, sexual orientation, or gender identity
  6. Soliciting students or parents of students to purchase equipment, supplies, or services from the practitioner for the practitioner’s personal advantage.
  7. Accepting gifts from vendors or potential vendors where there may be the appearance of or an actual conflict of interest.
  8. Intentionally disclosing confidential information including, but not limited to, unauthorized sharing of information concerning student academic or disciplinary records, health and medical information, assessment or testing results, or family income. Licensees shall comply with state and federal laws and local school board policies relating to the confidentiality of student records, unless disclosure is required or permitted by law.
  9. Refusing to participate in a professional inquiry when requested by the board.
  10. Aiding, assisting, or abetting an unlicensed person in the completion of acts for which licensure is required.
  11. Failing to self–report to the board within 60 days any founded child abuse report, or any conviction for a criminal offense listed in 25.3(1)“b”(1) which requires revocation of the practitioner’s license.
  12. Delegating tasks to unqualified personnel.
  13. Failing to comply with federal, state, and local laws applicable to the fulfillment of professional obligations.
  14. Allowing another person to use one’s practitioner license for any purpose.
  15. Performing services beyond the authorized scope of practice for which the individual is licensed or prepared or performing services without holding a valid license.
  16. Falsifying, forging, or altering a license issued by the board.
  17. Failure of the practitioner holding a contract under Iowa Code section 279.13 to disclose to the school official responsible for determining assignments a teaching assignment for which the practitioner is not properly licensed.
  18. Failure of a school official responsible for assigning licensed practitioners holding contracts under Iowa Code section 279.13 to adjust an assignment if the practitioner discloses to the official that the practitioner is not properly licensed for an assignment.

 

25.3(7) Standard VII—compliance with state law governing obligations to state or local governments, child support obligations and board orders.

Violation of this standard includes:

  1. Failing to comply with 282—Chapter 8 concerning payment of debts to state or local governments.
  2. Failing to comply with 282—Chapter 10 concerning child support obligations.
  3. Failing to comply with a board order.

 

25.3(8) Standard VIII—incompetence.

Violation of this standard includes, but is not limited to:

  1. Willfully or repeatedly departing from or failing to conform to the minimum standards of acceptable and prevailing educational practice in the state of Iowa.
  1. Willfully or repeatedly failing to practice with reasonable skill and safety.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 2006
July 2007
August 2013
October 2016
December 2019

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Tue, 02/11/2020 - 11:54

489R2 - Code of Rights and Responsibilities Regulation

489R2 - Code of Rights and Responsibilities Regulation

Chapter 26

282—26.1(272) Purpose.  The code of professional conduct and ethics in 282—Chapter 25 Iowa Code defines unprofessional and unethical conduct justifying disciplinary sanction. The board acknowledges that the discharge of professional obligations should occur in recognition of certain fundamental rights and responsibilities. Accordingly, the Board recognizes the following rights and responsibilities of all educators licensed under Iowa Code Ch. 272 and agrees that the exercise of these rights and responsibilities may present mitigating facts and circumstances in the Board’s evaluation of allegations of unprofessional or unethical conduct.

282—26.2(272) Rights. Educators licensed under Iowa Code Ch. 272 have the following rights:

  1. The educator has a right to be licensed and endorsed under professional standards established and enforced by the board.
  2. The educator has a right to refuse assignments for which the educator is not legally authorized, in terms of holding a valid Iowa license with the appropriate endorsement(s) or approval(s).
  3. The educator has a right, subject to board and administrator authority, to exercise professional judgment in the evaluation, selection, and use of teaching methods and instructional materials appropriate to the needs, abilities, and background of each student.

282—26.3(272) Responsibilities. Educators licensed under Iowa Code Ch. 272 have the following responsibilities:

  1. The educator has a responsibility to maintain and improve the educator’s professional competence.
  2. The educator has a responsibility to accept only those assignments for which the educator is legally authorized.
  3. The educator has a responsibility to provide conditions that are conducive to teaching and student learning.
  4. The educator shall protect students from conditions harmful to learning or to health or safety.
  5. The educator shall not, without just cause, restrain a student from independent action in the pursuit of learning and shall not, without just cause, deny a student access to varying points of view.
  6. The educator shall not use professional relationships with students for personal advantage.
  7. The educator shall not discriminate against any student on the grounds of national or ethnic origin, religion, age, sex, disability, membership in a definable minority, sexual orientation, gender identity, or marital status, nor grant any discriminatory consideration or advantage.
  8. The educator shall accord just and equitable treatment to all members of the profession.
  9. The educator shall keep in confidence personally identifiable information regarding a student or the student’s family members that has been obtained in the course of professional service, unless disclosure is required by law or is necessary for the personal safety of the student or others.
  10. The educator who has reasonable basis to believe that a student has been abused, as defined by law, shall make all reports required by law and the Iowa Administrative Code and which are necessary to ensure the safety and well–being of the student.
  11. In the administration of discipline, the educator shall treat all students with respect and in compliance with all policies of the school district served by the educator.
  12. The educator shall provide accurate, truthful, and complete information to the Board and to the local education system concerning all licensure transactions.
  13. The educator shall not refuse to participate in a professional inquiry, when requested by the Board.
  14. The educator shall not require or direct another educator to violate any provisions of the code of professional conduct and ethics or any rights of a student, parent, educator or citizen.
  15. The educator shall not delegate assigned tasks to unqualified personnel.

 

These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code § 272.2(1)“a.”

 

 

Adopted/Revised:
July 2006
July 2007
August 2013
October 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Tue, 02/11/2020 - 11:50

490 - Resignation -Licensed Personnel

490 - Resignation -Licensed Personnel

STAFF PERSONNEL

 

Series 400

 

Policy Title: Resignation -Licensed Personnel Code No.: 490

 

A licensed employee who wishes to resign must notify the superintendent in writing within the time period set by the Board for return of a contract and pursuant to Iowa law.  This applies to regular contracts for the licensed employee's regular duties and for an extracurricular contract for extra duty.  Resignations of this nature may be accepted by the board.  The board expects that all signed, fully executed contracts will be performed as stated.

 

Release from an executed contract following a resignation request from a licensed employee is at the sole discretion of the board.  Licensed employees who wish to be released from an executed contract must give thirty (30) days written days notice to the board secretary.  Only in unusual and extreme circumstances will the board release a licensed employee from an executed contract.  The Board shall have sole discretion to determine what constitutes unusual and extreme circumstances.  Release from an executed contract shall be contingent upon finding a suitable replacement.  Licensed employees requesting release from a contract after it has been executed will be required to pay the board the cost of advertising for a suitable replacement.  Upon written mutual agreement between the employee and the superintendent or, in the case of the superintendent, a designee of the Board, the costs may be deducted from the employee’s salary.  Payment of these costs shall be a condition for release from the contract at the discretion of the Board.  Failure of the licensed employee to pay these expenses will result in the employee not being released from the employee’s contract.

 

The superintendent is authorized to file a complaint with the Iowa Board of Educational Examiners against any licensed employee who leaves their employment with the district without proper release from their contract from the Board.  Should such an instance arise, the resignation of the licensed employee may be accepted under protest so that replacement staff may be hired without jeopardizing the legal rights of the district.

 

The Board may require a licensed employee who has resigned from an extracurricular contract to accept the resigned position for only the subsequent school year when the Board has made a good faith effort to find a replacement and the licensed employee is continuing to be employed by the district.

 

 

 

Adoption/Revision:

July 1979

August 1986

August 1992

August 1994

August 1995

June 1998

June 2001

June 2004

July 2007

August 2013

September 2018

August 2021

 

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Tue, 02/11/2020 - 12:05

491 - Licensed Employee Suspension

491 - Licensed Employee Suspension

STAFF PERSONNEL

Series 400 Policy Title: Licensed Employee Suspension

Code No.: 491

 

Employees will perform their assigned job, respect and follow board policy and obey the law. The superintendent is authorized to suspend an employee pending board action on a discharge, for investigation of charges against the employee, and for disciplinary purposes. It is within the discretion of the superintendent to suspend an employee with or without pay.

 

In the event of a suspension, appropriate due process will be followed.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adopted/Revised:

July 2007

August 2013

October 2016

August 2021

dawn@iowaschoo… Tue, 02/11/2020 - 12:07

492 - Licensed Employee Contract Release

492 - Licensed Employee Contract Release

 

STAFF PERSONNEL

Series 400

 

Policy Title: Licensed Employee Contract Release

 Content Code No.: 492

 

 

Licensed employees who wish to be released from an executed contract must give at least twenty-one days notice to the superintendent.  Licensed employees may be released at the discretion of the board.  Only in unusual and extreme circumstances will the board release a licensed employee from a contract.  The board will have sole discretion to determine what constitutes unusual and extreme circumstances.

 

Release from a contract will be contingent upon finding a suitable replacement.  Licensed employees requesting release from a contract after it has been signed and before it expires may be required to pay the board the cost of advertising or other reasonable administrative costs incurred to locate and hire a suitable replacement.  Upon written mutual agreement between the employee and the superintendent and to the extent allowed by law, the costs may be deducted from the employee's salary.  Payment of these costs is a condition for release from the contract at the discretion of the board.  Failure of the licensed employee to pay these expenses may result in a cause of action being filed in small claims court.

 

The superintendent is required to file a complaint with the Iowa Board of Educational Examiners against a licensed employee who leaves without proper release from the board.  

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

June 2023

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Tue, 02/11/2020 - 12:07

493 - Licensed Employee Publication or Creation of Materials

493 - Licensed Employee Publication or Creation of Materials

STAFF PERSONNEL

 

Series 400

 

Policy Title: Licensed Employee Publication or Creation of Materials Code No.: 493

 

Materials created by licensed employees and the financial gain there from are the property of the school district if school materials and/or time were used in their creation and/or such materials were created in the scope of the licensed employee’s employment. The licensed employee must seek prior written approval of the superintendent concerning such activities.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adoption/Revision:

June 2004

July 2007

August 2013

October 2016

July 2021

dawn@iowaschoo… Tue, 02/11/2020 - 12:09

494 - Licensed Employees Tutoring

494 - Licensed Employees Tutoring

STAFF PERSONNEL

Series 400 Policy Title: Licensed Employees Tutoring

Code No.: 494

 

Every effort will be made by the licensed employees to help students with learning problems before recommending that the parents engage a tutor. Since there are exceptional cases when tutoring will help students overcome learning deficiencies, tutoring by licensed employees may be approved by the superintendent and/or designee.

 

Licensed employees may only tutor students other than those for whom the teacher is currently exercising teaching, administrative or supervisory responsibility unless approved by the superintendent and/or designee.

 

Tutoring for a fee may not take place within school facilities or during regular school hours unless approved by the superintendent and/or designee.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

June 2004

August 2013

October 2016

July 2021

dawn@iowaschoo… Tue, 02/11/2020 - 12:11

495 - Substitutes

495 - Substitutes

Qualifications:
Personnel services on a substitute or temporary basis in the district shall be licensed for the position which they are to fill. Every effort shall be made to fill temporary positions with substitutes who have preparation equal to that of regular contract personnel. In the event such persons are not available, the employment of personnel who are properly licensed is authorized on a purely substitute or temporary basis.

Reimbursement:
Properly licensed substitutes shall be paid on a daily rate for their teaching services. Such rate shall be set annually by the board at the time salary schedules are considered and established.

Rates:

  1. Daily substitute pay will be the rate established by the board.
  1. The long-term substitute rate will be established by the board.  A maximum of three years experience will be recognized for placement on the teacher’s salary schedule after the tenth consecutive day of substituting for the same regular classroom teacher.  This experience credit applies only to three years of regular classroom teaching experience.

 

 

Adoption/Revision:
August 11, 1980
May 14, 1984
August 10, 1987
September 10, 1990
August 1992
August 1994
August 1995
June 1998
June 2001
June 2004
October 2004
July 2007
August 2013
October 2016
June 2019

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Tue, 02/11/2020 - 12:12

496 - Summer School Licensed Employees

496 - Summer School Licensed Employees

      STAFF PERSONNEL

Series 400

 

Policy Title: Summer School Licensed Employees Code No.: 496

 

It is within the discretion of the board to offer an education program during the summer recess. Licensed employees who apply for or who are appointed to deliver the summer education program are compensated in addition to their regular duties during the school academic year, unless such arrangements are made prior to determining the employee's compensation for the year.

 

Should the board dete1mine a summer education program is necessary, licensed employees will be given the opportunity to apply for the positions available. If the board determines a course must be offered and no licensed employee applies for the position, the board will make the necessary arrangements to fill the position. The board will consider applications from current licensed employees in conjunction with other applications.

 

           It is the responsibility of the superintendent and/or designee to make a recommendation to the board regarding the need for and the delivery of the summer education program.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adoption/Revision:

June 2004

July 2007

August 2013

October 2016

July 2021

dawn@iowaschoo… Tue, 02/11/2020 - 12:14

497 - Student Teachers

497 - Student Teachers

STAFF PERSONNEL

 

Series 400

 

Policy Title: Student Teachers

Code No.: 497

 

It is the policy of the district to cooperate with the higher educational institutions in the practical preparation of future teachers.  Contracts shall be confirmed annually by the superintendent and/or designee for each institution placing student teachers in the district.

 

The superintendent and/or designee shall annually provide the board with a list of the institutions so contracted.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision

 

August 10, 1982

August 1992

August 1995

June 1998

June 2001

June 2004

July 2007

August 2013

October 2016

July 2021

dawn@iowaschoo… Tue, 02/11/2020 - 12:15

498 - Staff Technology Use and Social Media Networking

498 - Staff Technology Use and Social Media Networking

STAFF PERSONNEL

Series 400

 

 

Policy Title: Staff Technology Use Social Networking

Code No.: 498

 

Computers, electronic devices and other Technology, are powerful and valuable education and research tools and, as such, are an important part of the instructional program. In addition, the school district depends upon technology as an integral part of administering and managing the schools’ resources, including the compilation of data and recordkeeping for personnel, students, finances, supplies and materials. This policy outlines the boards expectations in regard to these different aspects of the school districts computer resources. Employees must conduct themselves in a manner that does not detract from or disrupt the educational process. Failure to do so will result in discipline, up to and including discharge.

The superintendent is responsible for designating a Director of Technology and the Technology Instructional Coach who will oversee the use of school district technology resources. They will prepare in-service programs for the training and development of school district staff in technology skills, appropriate use of district technology, and the incorporation of technology use in the instructional setting.

)

The superintendent, working with appropriate staff, shall establish regulations governing

the use and security of the school district’s technology resources. The school district will make every reasonable effort to maintain the security of the district networks and devices.  All users of the school district's technology resources, including students, staff and volunteers, shall comply with this policy and regulation, as well as others impacting the use of school equipment and facilities. Failure to comply may result in disciplinary action, up to and including discharge, as well as suspension and/or revocation of technology access privileges.

The purpose of the Internet is to support research and education in and among academic institutions in the U.S. and around the world. It provides access to unique resources and will give staff an opportunity for collaborative learning. The use of any school-sponsored account on the Internet must be in support of education and research and must be consistent with the educational objectives of the Carroll Community School District.  Transmission of any material in violation of school policy, local, state or U.S. regulation is prohibited. This includes, but is not limited to: copyrighted material, threatening or obscene material, or material protected by trade secret. Use for commercial activities is generally not acceptable.

 

Usage of the district’s technology resources is a privilege, not a right, and inappropriate use will result in cancellation of those privileges.  All information on the school district’s computer system is considered a public record. Whether there is an exception to keep some narrow, specific content within the information confidential is determined on a case-by-case basis.  District-owned technology; and district maintained social media and e-mail accounts are the property of the school district. 

Therefore, users of the school districts network must not expect, nor does the

 

school district guarantee, privacy for e-mail or use of the school district's network including websites visited.  The school district reserves the right to access and view any material stored on school district equipment or any material used in conjunction with the school district’s network.

Because information appears, disappears and changes constantly, it is not possible to predict or control what staff may locate. Staff must be mindful that not all information on the Internet is fact and that not everything on the Internet is appropriate for school. It is not possible to monitor all of the information that staff might access. Therefore, staff will be responsible for controlling what they access on their Carroll Community Schools account. Exemplary behavior is expected. When visiting sites on the Internet, Carroll Community School users must conduct themselves as representatives of the school and community as a whole.

CELL PHONES/TEXT/ELECTRONIC MESSAGING: Cell phones should not be used if disrupting instruction, school-sponsored programs, meetings, in-services, or other events where there exists a reasonable expectation of quiet attentiveness unless there is a reason of important school communication, personal health, or safety involved. CCSD employees sending text messages, or other forms of electronic messaging via a cell phone to individual students is prohibited.

 

SOCIAL MEDIA/TEXT/ELECTRONIC MESSAGING: CCSD employees who engage in professional social media activities should maintain separate professional and personal pages. Professional social media sites that are school-based should be designed to address reasonable instructional, educational, or extra-curricular program matters. As such, CCSD employees should not use their personal social media pages for professional social media activities; rather, employees should use a professional social media that is completely separate from any personal social media they maintain. If a particular type of behavior is inappropriate in the classroom, a professional workplace, or addressed as inappropriate in the CCSD policies, then that behavior is also inappropriate on the professional social media site and will be responded to as such. CCSD employees sending text messages, or other forms of electronic messaging via a cell phone to individual students is prohibited.

While it is appropriate to communicate with students and parents through professional social media, in order to maintain a professional and appropriate relationship with students, CCSD employees should not communicate with students who are currently enrolled in CCSD schools on personal social media sites (relatives exempt). Additionally, confidentiality of school records must always be held as confidential whether on personal or professional social media outlets.

Personal social media use, including off-hours use, has the potential to result in disruption at school and/or the workplace, and can be in violation of CCSD policies and Iowa law.

 

The posting or disclosure of personally identifiable student information or confidential information via personal social media sites is a violation of CCSD policy. Inappropriate or disruptive social media conduct will be addressed by the administration and disciplinary action can be taken.

This policy provides regulations intended to supplement, not supersede, existing CCSD policies and Iowa laws. Users of professional social media sites must comply with all applicable federal, state and local laws, including, but not limited to the Children's Online Privacy Protection Act (COPPA) (http://business.ftc.gov/privacy-and-security/children), Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA)     (http://www2.ed.gov/policy/gen/guid/fpco/index.html),and intellectual property laws.

 

All existing CCSD policies, regulations and Iowa law that covers employee conduct may be applicable in the social media and technology environment)

 

 

Adoption/Revision:

 

August 2017

August 2021

 

 

 

 

 

)

 

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Tue, 02/11/2020 - 12:16

499 - Suicide Prevention and ACES Training Requirements

499 - Suicide Prevention and ACES Training Requirements

 

STUDENT PERSONNEL

 

Series 500

 

 

Policy title: Suicide Prevention and ACES Training Requirements           

Code No. 499

 

The   district considers child  exposure  to adverse  childhood  experience, child  mental  health, and suicide as serious matters which impact learning opportunities for students, classroom, and instructional challenges for staff and ultimately, if not addressed, can lead to lifelong struggles, attempted suicide and loss of life.  The district will follow all laws and regulations regarding the training required to inform staff of identification and referral to services for students with mental health challenges.

 

The district shall provide suicide prevention and postvention training and training on the identification of adverse childhood experiences and strategies to mitigate toxic stress response for all school personnel who hold a license, certificate, authorization or statement of recognition issued by the board of educational examiners and who have regular contact with students in kindergarten through grade twelve. The training shall begin July 1, 2019, and occur annually between July 1 and June 30, thereafter. The content of the training shall be based on nationally recognized best practices.

 

"Adverse childhood experience" means a potentially traumatic event occurring in childhood that can have negative, lasting effects on an individual' s health and wellbeing.

 

"Postvention" means the provision of crisis intervention, support, and assistance for those affected by a suicide or suicide attempt to prevent further risk of suicide.

 

The suicide prevention and postvention training shall be evidence-based, evidence-supported and be at least one hour in length. The content of the training shall be based on nationally recognized best practices.

 

The identification of adverse childhood experiences (ACES) and strategies to mitigate toxic stress response training shall be evidence-based, evidence-supported, and be at least one hour in length or as determined by the Superintendent. The content of the training shall be based on nationally recognized best practices.

 

Date of Adoption/Revision

June 2019

July 2021

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Tue, 02/11/2020 - 12:18

500 - STUDENT PERSONNEL

500 - STUDENT PERSONNEL

Objectives for Equal Educational Opportunities for Students

This series of the board policy manual is devoted to the board's goals and objectives for assisting the students of the school district in obtaining an education. Each student will have an opportunity to obtain an education in compliance with the policies in this series.

It is the goal of the board to develop a healthy social, intellectual, emotional, and physical self-concept in the students enrolled in the school district. Each student attending school will have the opportunity to use it and its education program and services as a means for self-improvement and individual growth. In so doing, the students are expected to conduct themselves in a manner that assures each student the same opportunity.

The board supports the delivery of the education program and services to students free of discrimination on the basis of race, color, creed, sex, marital status, national origin, religion, sexual orientation, gender, gender identity, age (except for permitting/prohibiting students to engage in certain activities), marital status, socioeconomic status, or disability. This concept of equal educational opportunity serves as a guide for the board and employees in making decisions relating to school district facilities, employment, and selection of educational materials, equipment, curriculum, and regulations affecting students.

In the delivery of the education program, students will treat the employees with respect and students will receive the same in return. Employees have the best interests of the students in mind and may assist them in school-related or personal matters if they are able to do so.

Students should feel free to discuss problems, whether school-related or personal, with the guidance counselor or other employees.

Board policies, rules and regulations affect students while they are on school district property or on property within the jurisdiction of the school district; while on school owned and/or operated, school or chartered vehicles; while attending or engaged in school activities; and while away from school grounds if misconduct will directly affect the good order, efficient management and welfare of the school district.

This section of the board policy refers to the term "parents" in many of the policies. The term parents for purposes of this policy manual will mean the legal parents, the legal guardian or custodian of a student and students who have reached the age of majority or are otherwise considered an adult by law.

Inquiries by students regarding compliance with equal educational opportunity and affirmative action laws and policies, including but not limited to complaints of discrimination, are directed to the Affirmative Action Coordinator by writing to the Affirmative Action Coordinator,

Tammie McKenzie, 2809 N Grant Road, Carroll, Iowa, 51401, Phone: 712-792-8010 or Gary Bengtson, 1026 N Adams St., Carroll, Iowa, 51401, Phone: 712-792-8001.

Inquiries by students regarding compliance with equal educational opportunity and affirmative action laws and policies, including but not limited to complaints of discrimination, may also be directed in writing to the Director of the Region VII office of Civil Rights, Kansas City Office,

U.S. Department of Education, 601 East 12th Street, Room 353, Kansas City, Missouri 64106, 816-426-7277 or Iowa Department of Education, Grimes State Office Bldg., Des Moines, Iowa.

(515) 281-5294. This inquiry or complaint to the federal or state office may be done instead of, or in addition to, an inquiry or complaint at the local level.

Further information and copies of the procedures for filing a complaint are available in the school district's central administrative office and the administrative office in each attendance center.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision
July 1, 1979
July 22, 1991
August 1994
August 1997
August 2000
August 2003
July 2006
July 2007
July 2009
July 2010
September 2012
August 2015

 

admin@iowascho… Wed, 11/28/2012 - 16:39

501 - Compulsory Attendance

501 - Compulsory Attendance

Policy Title: Compulsory Attendance Code No.: 501

 

Parent/guardians within the school district who have children over age four (4) and enrolled in the statewide preschool program, over age five (5) and enrolled in the district’s kindergarten program, or over age six (6) and under age sixteen (16) by September 15, in proper physical and mental condition to attend school, will have the children attend the school district at the attendance center designated by the board.

 

Students will attend school the number of days or hours school is in session in accordance with the school calendar. Students of compulsory attendance age will attend school a minimum of 175 days or in the case of Preschool or kindergarten, students will attend school a minimum of 165 days.

Students over age four (4) on September 15 and enrolled in the statewide preschool program and students over age five (5) on September 15 and enrolled in the district’s kindergarten program, may not attend the minimum days only if the student’s parent notifies the district in writing of the parent’s intent to remove the child from the preschool program and/or from enrollment in the district. Students of compulsory attendance age, students over age five (5) and under age sixteen

  1. on September 15, may not attend the minimum days or hours only if the student falls into one of the following exemptions:
    • has completed the requirements for graduation in an accredited school or has obtained a high school equivalency diploma;
    • is attending religious services or receiving religious instruction;
    • is attending an approved or probationally approved private college preparatory school;
    • is attending an accredited nonpublic school;
    • is receiving competent private instruction; or,
    • is subject to the Attendance Cooperation Process

 

It is the responsibility of the parent/guardian of a child to provide evidence of the child's mental and physical inability to attend school or of the child's qualifications for one of the exceptions listed above.

 

The truancy officer, principal or other school official shall investigate the cause for a student's truancy. If the truancy officer, principal or other school official is unable to secure the truant student's attendance, the truancy officer, principal or other school official should discuss the next step with the school board. If after school board action, the student is still truant, the truancy officer, principal or other school official will refer the matter over to the county attorney for students of compulsory attendance age. Truant students who have not yet completed eighth grade will be subject to the Attendance Cooperation Process outlined in the supporting administrative regulation.

 

The school will participate in mediation if requested by the county attorney. The superintendent will represent the school district in mediation. The school district will monitor the student's compliance with the mediation agreement and will report violations of the mediation agreement to the county attorney.

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

July 2003

July 2006

July 2010

September 2012

August 2015

February 2021

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 01/05/2020 - 19:51

501R1 - Attendance Cooperation Process

501R1 - Attendance Cooperation Process

When it is determined that a student in grades K-8 is in violation of the school district attendance policy and procedures, the truancy officer and/or principal/designee will check the Department of Human Services (DHS) records to determine whether the student’s family is receiving Family Investment Program (FIP) benefits. If the student’s family is receiving FIP benefits, the truancy officer or principal/designee will notify DHS. DHS is then responsible for the Attendance Cooperation Process (ACP).

If the student’s family is not receiving FIP benefits, the truancy officer or principal/designee will initiate the ACP. The parent/guardian will be contacted to participate in the ACP. The truancy officer or principal/designee may also invite juvenile court officers, the county attorney, other school officials and others deemed appropriate. If others are invited who do not have access to the student’s records either by law or a Juvenile Justice Agency Information Sharing Agreement, parental/guardian consent is needed for them to participate in the ACP.

The purpose of the ACP is to determine the cause of the student’s nonattendance, get the parties to agree to solutions addressing the nonattendance, initiate referrals to any other services that may be necessary, and to draft an agreement including all terms agreed to and future responsibilities of all parties. All parties must sign the agreement and failure to sign by the parent/guardian is considered a violation of the process and initiates the next level.

If the parents/guardians do not participate in the ACP, if the parties do not enter into an Attendance Cooperation Agreement (ACA) or if the parent/guardians violate a term of the agreement, the student is deemed truant. For FIP students and non-FIP students, the school District notifies the county attorney when students are truant. When a student is deemed truant, for FIP students, DHS is again notified and DHS then initiates the process whereby FIP benefits are reduced.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 2003
July 2006
July 2009
July 2010
September 2012
August 2015

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 01/05/2020 - 19:54

501R2 - Compulsory Attendance Regulation

501R2 - Compulsory Attendance Regulation

Competent Private Instruction

In the event a child of compulsory attendance age, over age six (6) and under age sixteen (16), does not attend public school or an accredited non-public school the child must receive competent private instruction.

Parents choosing competent private instruction for a student must notify the school district prior to the first day of school on forms provided by the school district. The forms are available in the superintendent's office. A test to obtain educational baseline data will be administered by the Department of Education or its designee to a student who is being placed in competent private instruction with the student's parents, guardian or legal custodian for the first time. A child who is being placed in competent private instruction for the first time shall also provide the school district with a certificate of immunizations required by law.

Competent private instruction can be provided by either a certified teacher or the parent, guardian or legal custodian of the student. A certified teacher, other than a parent, guardian or legal custodian providing competent private instruction must be appropriately certified to the age and grade level of the student being taught. The school district shall count the student in the school district's enrollment if the school district provides a certified teacher for the competent private instruction.

Students receiving competent private instruction from a parent, guardian or legal custodian must be evaluated annually by May 1. The parents, guardian or legal custodian of a student who is not a dual enrollment student shall reimburse the school district for the costs of the annual evaluation. The annual evaluation can be a nationally recognized standardized achievement test, another assessment tool developed by or recognized by the Department of Education, or evidence of adequate academic progress reviewed by a certified teacher chosen by the parent, guardian or legal custodian and approved by the superintendent. The parent, guardian or legal custodian may choose the evaluation method. No annual evaluation is required for students receiving competent private instruction from a certified teacher appropriately certified.

Students in competent private instruction must make adequate progress. Adequate progress includes scoring at the thirtieth percentile on a standardized test or a report by the evaluator indicating adequate progress. Students who fail to make adequate progress under competent private instruction provided by the student's parent, guardian or legal custodian shall attend an accredited public or non-public school at the beginning of the next school year. The parents, guardian or legal custodian of a student who fails to make adequate progress may apply to the director of the Department of Education for approval of continued competent private instruction under a remediation plan.

The remediation plan shall be for no more than one year. Before the beginning of the school year, the student may be re-tested and if the student achieves adequate progress the student may remain in competent private instruction.

 

Student Transfers In From Non-Accredited Settings

Students who transfer into the Carroll Community School District must meet the immunization and age requirements for students who initially enroll in the school district.

The district retains the right to determine grade level placement and will not accept credits towards graduation that the transfer student earned in a non-accredited setting. The superintendent or designee may require testing, a review of a student's portfolio, or use other reasonable means to make grade placement, including both subjective and objective academic evaluations.

A student who transfers in from a non-accredited setting will only be eligible for honors and awards for the actual period of time he or she has been enrolled as a regular student in the school district. Students transferring into the high school from a non-accredited setting will not be eligible for class ranking until they have been fully enrolled for (6) or more semesters. Students must meet the graduation requirements of the school district in order to be eligible for a diploma. Students in competent private instruction are not eligible to go through graduation ceremonies.

Credit and grades earned through dual enrollment under Iowa law will be accepted towards graduation and class rank and honors and awards, if all other criteria are met.

The superintendent or designee shall notify the parents or guardians of known district students who are being educated in a non-accredited setting of the existence and substance of this policy prior to the student's ninth grade year.

 

Dual Enrollment

The parent, guardian, or legal custodian of a student receiving competent private instruction may also enroll the student in the school district. The student shall be considered under dual enrollment. The parent, guardian or custodian requesting dual enrollment for the student should notify the board secretary prior to the third Friday of September each year on forms provided by the school district. On the form, they shall indicate the extracurricular and academic activities in which the student is interested in participating. The forms are available at the central administration office.

A dual enrollment student is eligible to participate in the school district's extracurricular and academic activities in the same manner as other students enrolled in the school district. The policies and administrative rules of the school district shall apply to the dual enrollment students

in the same manner as the other students enrolled in the school district. These policies and administrative rules shall include, but not be limited to, eligibility requirements, and payment of the fees required for participation.

A dual enrollment student whose parent, guardian, or legal custodian has chosen standardized testing as the form of the student's annual assessment will not be responsible for the cost of the test or the administration of the test. Students registered for the dual enrollment program will be counted in the basic enrollment.

It is the responsibility of the parent/guardian or legal custodian of the dual enrollment student to inform the school district of the extracurricular and academic activities in which the student wishes to participate.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent or designee to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

Note: A school district has the discretion to determine the form of notification of school district extracurricular and academic activities. The form can be either by letter, bulletin board, school newsletter or other similar means of informing the student.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
September 2012
August 2015

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 01/05/2020 - 19:56

502 - Student Absences – Excused

502 - Student Absences – Excused

Policy Title: Student Absences – Excused Code No.: 502

 

Regular attendance by students is essential for students to obtain the maximum opportunities from the education program. Parents/guardians and students alike are encouraged to ensure an absence from school is a necessary absence. Students shall attend school unless excused by the principal/designee of their attendance center.

 

Student absences approved by the principal/designee shall be excused absences. Excused absences shall count as days in attendance for purposes of the truancy law. These absences include, but are not limited to, illness, family emergencies, recognized religious observances, college visits, funerals, appointments that cannot be scheduled outside the school day and school-sponsored or approved activities.

 

The district believes that traditional, in-person school attendance leads to the greatest learning opportunities for students.  However, there may be rare and unusual circumstances created by public emergencies declared by state or local officials which temporarily prevent students from attending traditional, in-person school.  In these circumstances, the superintendent will have discretion to make reasonable accommodations for students, on a case-by-case basis, to attend school through remote learning opportunities within the available resources of the district and as permitted by law.  During approved remote learning, attendance will be taken, assessments may be administered, and grades will count towards students’ cumulative grade point average as if they were attending in person.  The provision of special education and accommodations for students who have individualized education programs (IEPs) or Section 504 plans will be determined by each respective IEP or Section 504 team.    

 

Students whose absences are approved shall make up the work missed and receive full credit for the missed school work. It shall be the responsibility of the student to initiate a procedure with the student's teacher to complete the work missed.

 

Students who wish to participate in school-sponsored activities must attend the last half of the day of the activity unless permission has been given by the principal/designee for the student to be absent. They must arrive by noon to participate.

 

It shall be the responsibility of the parent/guardian to notify the student's attendance center as soon as the parent knows the student will not be attending school on that day. The principal/designee may request evidence or written verification of the student's reason for absence.

Date of Adoption/Revision:

September 2012

August 2015

September 2020

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 01/05/2020 - 19:59

502R1 - Middle School and High School Attendance

502R1 - Middle School and High School Attendance

Irregular attendance and tardiness by students not only slows their progress, but also interferes with the progress of those who are regular and prompt in attendance. The board and faculty of the Carroll Community School District consider regular attendance highly important and have established the following policy to deal with student absence and tardiness in the middle school and the high school.

ABSENCE (MIDDLE SCHOOL AND HIGH SCHOOL)

  1. The following absences will be excused, providing the excuse has been provided by the parent or guardian in advance of the absence, or at the time of personal illness:
    1. Personal illness
    2. Family death or emergency
    3. Medical appointments which must be made during school time.
    4. Court appearance if validated by the assigned time on the ticket and the appearance is validated by the Clerk of the Magistrate Court and/or District Court.
    5. College visits with recommendation of the counselor and three days prior approval. Parent-teacher conference days and semester break days should be used when possible for these visits.
    6. Family trips and other extended absences which can be justified from an educational standpoint. These must be approved by the principal/designee well in advance and arrangements made with each teacher involved for the make-up of work to be missed.
    7. School initiated absence (no parent excuse required).
  2. Following an excused absence the student will be responsible for contacting teachers to complete all work not previously made up. Make up work timeline is outlined in the Student Handbook. After ten (10) consecutive excused absences, a parent conference will be held to discuss educational planning.
  3. The following absences will be treated as unexcused:
    1. Any absence not properly excused before the occurrence, or at the time in the case of personal illness. It is the responsibility of the parent/guardian to notify the school if a student is to be absent and the absence is to be excused. However, to satisfy a mutual concern of parents/guardians and the school for the welfare of unaccounted-for students, the office will contact the parent/guardian should a student be found absent for whom no parent/guardian excuse has been received. This call will be to confirm the whereabouts of the student.
    2. Work for parent/guardian or an employer.
    3. Haircuts
    4. Oversleeping
    5. Car trouble
    6. Shopping trips
    7. Leaving the building during the day without parental excuse and authorization of the principal's office.
    8. Senior pictures
    9. Absence for tournament games not approved by the school principal/designee or his/her designee.
    10. Obtain drivers’ license or permit.

HIGH SCHOOL

  1. Following the first unexcused absence from a class(es) during a calendar year:
    1. The student will be assigned a 45-minute detention for one period, 90 minutes for two periods and Saturday School for anything beyond two periods. This may be waived if there is a parent/guardian contact for the absence in advance and, though unexcused, it is for something that cannot be done outside of school time.
    2. The student and his/her parent/guardian will be contacted to review school policy and procedure.
    3. Truant students will not be given credit for work in the class during the unexcused absence, but may be required by the teacher to complete it as part of the class requirements.
  2. Following the second unexcused absence from class(es):
    1. The student will be assigned a 90-minute detention for one period, and Saturday school for more than one period missed. This will not be waived.
    2. A conference between the student, the student's parent/guardian, and an administrator or counselor will be held.
    3. Truant students will not be given credit for work missed in the class during the unexcused absence, but may be required to complete it as part of the requirements.
  3. Following the third unexcused absence:
    1. If the absence results in the third unexcused period from any class the student may be removed from the class with loss of credit and assigned to study hall. The parent/guardian shall be given proper notification that all credit for the class(es) has been lost.
  4. Missing a class while being elsewhere in the building without the authorization of a teacher or skipping a study hall will result in the assignment of 90 minutes of detention.
  5. If a student accumulates a total of 10 absences (excused or unexcused) per semester from any class, a conference with parents/guardians, student, teachers, and principal/designee may be requested by the principal/designee to determine if the student is progressing well enough to justify continuation in the class.
  6. Tardiness
    1. The only tardiness that will be excused will be that from being detained by another teacher (in which case the detaining teacher will issue a late pass) or because of a late bus.
    2. To provide for those cases where being late is unavoidable there will be no penalty assessed for the first instance of tardiness each semester.
    3. On the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th tardies, the student will have to make up 45 minutes of detention.
    4. For the 5th, 6th, and 7th tardies, the student will be assigned 90 minutes of detention, and the parents/guardians will be contacted.
    5. For each tardy beyond 7 Saturday school will be assigned for each succeeding tardy.
    6. Parents/guardians will be notified by mail of any detention assigned.
  7. ​​​​​​​Detention
    1. The detention room will be open Tuesday through Friday mornings from 7:25 to 8:10 and Monday through Thursday afternoons from 3:25 to 4:10.
    2. Students must arrive during the first five minutes. After that time, the door will close and there will be no admittance.
    3. All detentions will be assigned and made up in 45 minute segments.
    4. Students will have four scheduled detention sessions to make up assigned detention after it has been issued.
    5. A student who fails to make up an assigned detention will be assigned Saturday School.

MIDDLE SCHOOL

  1. Following an unexcused absence:
    1. All work must be made up the day the student returns to school. Credit will be granted for work made up.
    2. Following the first unexcused absence the student will be assigned a 90 minute detention (45 minutes if only one period is missed).
    3. Following the second unexcused absence greater than 90 minutes, a student will be placed on in-school suspension for 1/2 day.
    4. A third unexcused absence will result in a one-day in-school suspension. Parents/guardians will be required to meet with the principal/designee and truant officer to develop an attendance plan before the student returns to class.
    5. Parents/guardians will be notified by mail or phone of any unexcused absence from school.
  2. Tardiness
    1. The only tardiness that will be excused will be that from being detained by another teacher (in which case the detaining teacher will issue a late pass) or because of a late bus. Being over 30 minutes late will be considered the same as an unexcused absence.
    2. To provide for those cases where being late is unavoidable, there will be no penalty assessed for the first three instances of tardiness each semester. Following the third tardy and each succeeding tardy up to six in a semester, a student will have to make up 45 minutes of detention. Following the sixth tardy in a semester, a parent conference may be held to develop a behavior modification plan that will encourage more prompt attendance.
  3. Detention
  • Detention may be assigned to students by any school employee for conduct, which is inappropriate, disruptive, uncooperative, or for refusal to follow the accepted rules of the school.
    1. All detention assignments will be in multiples of 45 minutes.
    2. The detention slip is completed in triplicate and signed by the student. This signature is to confirm that the student has received the assignment, not an indication that the student agrees or disagrees with the assignment.
    3. Parent communication will be made by either the student or the principal/designee.
    4. Detention is to be completed after school on the school day it is assigned. The principal/designee may excuse a student from serving a detention the same day it is assigned ONLY if parents/guardians have provided an acceptable excuse and have made arrangements for their student to serve the detention the following day.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
August 1984
August 12, 1985
September 15, 1986
August 10, 1987
August 8, 1988
July 26, 1989
August 21, 1990
July 22, 1991
August 1994
August 1997
August 2000
July 2003
July 2006
July 2009
July 2010
September 2012
August 2014
August 2015

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 01/05/2020 - 20:06

502R2 - Elementary Attendance

502R2 - Elementary Attendance

Irregular attendance and tardiness by students not only slows their progress, but also interferes with the progress of those who are regular and prompt in attendance. The district realizes that a student's limited academic success may be the cause of attendance problems. This policy sets the following expectations for student attendance policies and rules.

  1. ABSENCE
    1. The following absences will be excused, providing the excuse has been provided by the parent or guardian in advance of the absence, or at the time of personal illness, or by the next school day:
      1. Personal illness
      2. Family death or emergency
      3. Medical appointments which must be made during school time.
      4. Court appearance if validated by the assigned time on the ticket and the appearance is validated by the Clerk of the Magistrate Court and/or District Court.
      5. Family trips and other extended absences which can be justified from an educational standpoint. These must be approved by the principal/designee well in advance and arrangements made with each teacher involved for the make-up of work to be missed.
      6. School initiated absence (no parent excuse required).​​​​​​​
    2. The following absences will be treated as unexcused:
      1. Any absence not properly excused before the occurrence, or at the time in the case of personal illness. It is the responsibility of the parent/guardian to notify the school if a student is to be absent and the absence is to be excused. However, to satisfy a mutual concern of parents/guardians and the school for the welfare of unaccounted-for students, the office will contact parents/guardians should a student be found absent for whom no parent excuse has been received. This call will be to confirm the whereabouts of the student.
      2. Leaving the building during the day without parental excuse and authorization of the principal's office.
    3. ​​​​​​​UNEXCUSED ABSENCE
      1. Following the first unexcused absence from a class(es) during a calendar year,
        1. The student and his/her parent/guardian will be contacted to review school policy and procedure.
        2. Truant students will not be given credit for work in the class during the unexcused absence, but may be required by the teacher to complete it as part of the class requirements.
      2. Following the second unexcused absence from class(es):
        1. ​​​​​​​A conference between the student, the student's parent/guardian, and an administrator or counselor will be held.
        2. Truant students will not be given credit for work missed in the class during the unexcused absence, but may be required to complete it as part of the requirements.
  2. TARDINESS

Tardies are unexcused absences that are 30 minutes or less in nature. Up to three tardies will be given without penalty per school year. After the third tardy, parents/guardians will be notified and a meeting will be held between the principal/designee and the parent/guardian. An attempt to resolve the tardy issue will be made. Unexcused tardies beyond four will be considered truant. These cases will be referred to the County Attorney for mediation or prosecution.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
August 1997
August 2000
July 2003
July 2006
July 2009
July 2010
September 2012
August 2015

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 01/05/2020 - 20:00

502R3 Request for Remote Learning Form

502R3 Request for Remote Learning Form

STUDENT PERSONNEL

 

 

Series 500

 

Policy Title: Request for Remote Learning Form

No.: 502R3

 

 

Date:  ________________

 

Student Name:  ____________________________________________                   

 

Attendance Center:  ________________________________________

 

Parent/Guardian:  __________________________________________

 

I, _________________________________ (Parent/Guardian) am requesting accommodation for my

 

child,_________________________________ (Student Name) who will be in the _____ grade to participate in remote learning opportunities for the duration of the declared public emergency, or until I have determined my child can safely return to traditional in-person learning at his/her designated attendance center, whichever occurs first. 

 

I understand that the district will do their utmost to accommodate my child’s learning needs, but that some learning opportunities may need to be modified in a remote environment.  The provision of special education and accommodations for students who have individualized education programs (IEPs) or Section 504 plans will be determined by each respective IEP or Section 504 team.  

 

I understand that in order for my child to continue to participate in mandatory learning, his/her remote attendance will be taken, assessments administered, and grades will be counted toward my child’s cumulative grade average.  I understand that any devices, technology, or materials given to my child to facilitate remote learning are the property of the district and must be returned at the end of the remote learning period. 

 

I am requesting that remote learning opportunities begin on ______________ (date) and continue until

 

_____________(date) or the declared public emergency is dismissed.

 

________________________________(Parent/Guardian)           _____________________(Date)

 

Request approved by:

 

________________________________(School official)             ______________________(Date)

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

August 2020

 

mkohorst@carro… Wed, 09/02/2020 - 13:34

503 - Entrance – Admissions

503 - Entrance – Admissions

STUDENT PERSONNEL

 

Series 500

 

Policy Title: Entrance – Admissions Code No.: 503

 

Children in the school district community will be allowed to enroll in the school district's regular education program beginning at age five. The child must be age five on or prior to September 15 to participate in the school district's kindergarten program. The child must be age six on or prior to September 15 to begin the first grade of the education program.

 

Before the student may enroll in the district's education program the board will require evidence of age and residency in the form of a birth certificate or other evidence of age.  It is within the discretion of the superintendent to determine what is satisfactory evidence for proof of age.

 

Prior to enrollment, the child must provide the administration with their health and immunization certificate. Failure to provide this information within the time period set by the superintendent is reason for suspension, expulsion or denying admission to the student. An exception to this would be a homeless student.

 

Students enrolling in the district after the first day of regular classes will have one day for orientation, testing and/or scheduling purposes prior to beginning work in the classroom unless circumstances prohibit such. The classroom teacher will have this one school day to make preparation for the new student(s) prior to admittance to class. The building administrator/designee will be responsible for the orientation, testing and/or scheduling.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

July 2003

July 2006

July 2010

September 2012

August 2015

February 2021

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 01/05/2020 - 20:21

504 - Student Transfers In

504 - Student Transfers In

Students who transfer into the school district must meet the immunization and age requirements set out for students who initially enroll in the school district.

The school district will request the student's cumulative records from the previous school district. If the student cannot offer proof of grade level, the superintendent will make the grade level determination. The superintendent may require testing or other information to determine the grade level. Students expelled or suspended from their previous school district will only be enrolled after approval of the board.

The superintendent will determine the amount of credits to be transferred. If the student has not previously attended an accredited school, it is within the superintendent's discretion to accept or reject credits or grades.

The board may deny admission if the student, parent/guardian, or legal custodian is not willing to provide the board with the necessary information.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 2003
July 2006
July 2010
September 2012
August 2015

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 01/05/2020 - 20:22

505 - Student Transfers Out or Withdrawals

505 - Student Transfers Out or Withdrawals

If the student's parents/guardians wish to withdraw or transfer the student from school prior to completing and graduating from the education program, they shall notify the superintendent or designee in writing as soon as possible of the decision to withdraw or transfer the student from the education program. The student or parent/guardian should present this written notice at the office and receive instructions regarding the return of textbooks, library books, and locker equipment, etc.

The notice shall state the student's final day of attendance. If the student is not enrolling in another school district, the school district shall maintain the student's records in the same manner as the records of students who have graduated from the school district.

If the parents wish to have the student's cumulative record sent to the new school district, the parents shall notify the superintendent or designee in writing. This notice shall include the name of the school district and the person at the new school district to whom the student's cumulative records should be sent. If the new school district requests the student's cumulative records, the school district shall forward the cumulative records and notify the parents the records have been sent. The notice shall inform the parents of their right to review the records sent.

If the student is of compulsory education age and not transferring to another public school district or an accredited nonpublic school, the parents shall notify the superintendent or designee that the student is receiving competent private instruction and file the necessary competent private instruction reports.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 2003
July 2006
July 2010
September 2012
August 2015

 

Jen@iowaschool… Thu, 01/09/2020 - 21:05

506 - Student Attendance Records

506 - Student Attendance Records

As part of the school district's records, the daily attendance of each student is recorded and maintained on file with the permanent records of the board secretary.

It is the responsibility of the principal/designee to ensure that such reports are filed with the board secretary, the custodian of school records.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 2003
July 2006
July 2010
September 2012
August 2015

 

Jen@iowaschool… Thu, 01/09/2020 - 21:06

507 - Truancy - Unexcused Absences

507 - Truancy - Unexcused Absences

Regular attendance by the students at school is essential for students to obtain the maximum opportunities from the education program. Parents/Guardians and students alike are encouraged to ensure an absence from school is a necessary absence. Students shall attend school unless excused by the principal/designee of their attendance center.

Truancy is the failure to attend school for the minimum number of days established in the school calendar by the board. Truancy is the act of being absent without a reasonable excuse. These absences shall include, but not be limited to, tardiness, shopping, hunting, concerts, preparation or participation in parties and other celebrations and employment. Truancy will not be tolerated by the board.

Students are subject to disciplinary action for truancy including suspension and expulsion. It shall be within the discretion of the principal/designee to determine, in light of the circumstances, whether a student may make up work missed because of truancy. Students receiving special education services will not be assigned to in-school suspension unless the goals and objectives of the student's Individualized Education Program are capable of being met.

The truancy officer, principal/designee or other school official will investigate the cause for a student's truancy. If the truancy officer, principal/designee or other school official is unable to secure the truant student's attendance, the truancy officer, principal/designee or other school official should discuss the next step with the superintendent or board. If after board action, the student is still truant, the truancy officer, principal/designee or other school official will refer the matter over to the county attorney for students of compulsory attendance age.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal/designee, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy. The administrative regulations shall indicate the disciplinary action to be taken for truancy.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
December 21, 1998
June 1999
August 2000
July 2003
July 2006
July 2010
September 2012
August 2015

 

Jen@iowaschool… Thu, 01/09/2020 - 21:07

507R1 - Truancy - Unexcused Absences Regulation

507R1 - Truancy - Unexcused Absences Regulation

Students are required to be in attendance, pursuant to board policy, for 1080 hours per school year unless their absences have been excused by the principal/designee for illness, doctor appointments, or dental appointments (absences for three (3) or more consecutive days due to illness may require a doctor's note), family emergencies, recognized religious observances and school sponsored or approved activities. Reasonable excuses may also include family trips or vacations if the student's work is finished prior to the trip or vacation. Absences that do not fall within the categories listed above will be considered unexcused unless approved by the principal/designee. Parents are expected to telephone the school office to report a student's absence prior to 9:00 a.m. on the day of the absence.

If a student accumulates three (3) unexcused absences in a class, he or she may lose credit for the class.

Students shall remain in class until the principal/designee makes a decision regarding loss or restoration of credit. Full credit shall be awarded to all assignments and tests submitted that meet the teacher's specifications until a decision regarding credit has been made.

If a student loses credit, that fact shall be recorded in the student's record as an F.

A student who loses credit due to excessive absences shall be assigned to in-school suspension for the period(s) in which the course(s) meets or the student may be reassigned to another class or location. A student who, after a hearing before the board, loses credit in all courses due to unexcused absences, shall not be allowed to participate in any school activities until the following semester. However, the student is eligible to practice if all other eligibility criteria have been met.

The administration and guidance staff shall make reasonable efforts to advise and counsel and may impose discipline upon any student who has accumulated two (2) unexcused absences.

Such advice, discipline and counseling includes, but is not limited to, oral or written notices to the student and his or her parents, conferences with the student and parents, written contracts, or loss of non-academic privileges such as extracurricular activities, open campus, late arrival, early dismissal, or others as added by individual school districts.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
September 2012
August 2015

 

Jen@iowaschool… Thu, 01/09/2020 - 21:08

508 - Graduation Requirements

508 - Graduation Requirements

STUDENT PERSONNEL

 

Series 500

 

Policy Title: Graduation Requirements Code No.: 508

 

For a Carroll High School Diploma

 

Students must successfully complete the courses required by the board and Iowa Department of Education in order to graduate.  

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to ensure that students complete grades one through twelve and that high school students complete a minimum of 52 credits prior to graduation.  The following credits will be required for graduation:

 

English/Language Arts

8 credits

Science

credits

Mathematics

credits

Social Studies

6 credits

Physical Education

credits

Computer Science

1 credit

Fine Arts

2 credits

Vocational Arts

2 credits

The required courses of study will be reviewed by the board annually.

Graduation requirements for special education students include successful completion of four years of English, three years of math, three years of social studies and three years of science. 

Students who complete a regular session in the Legislative Page Program of the general assembly at the state capitol will be credited ½ credit of social studies.

Students enrolled in a junior officers’ training corp will receive 1/8th physical education credit for each semester the student is enrolled in the program.  

 

A maximum of four (4) elective courses taken at a post-secondary institution may be counted toward meeting the graduation requirements. These courses must be approved in advance by the principal/designee.

 

NOTE:   Any post-secondary courses that are duplicates of courses offered at Carroll Community School District High School will not qualify for funding under the Post Secondary Enrollment Options Act.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For a Carroll High School Career Diploma

Students may graduate with a Carroll Community School District High School Career Diploma if the following requirements have been met. Students must be referred to the Building Assistance Team. The Building Assistance Team must deem the student eligible for participation in the Career Diploma program by examining the student’s social, academic, and behavioral history. Once approved for the program by the Building Assistance Team, the student must have successfully completed each course required for the Career Diploma.

 

Graduation requirements for the Career Diploma include 33 required credits, plus 9 elective credits, for a total of 42 credits. The specific course requirements are outlined in Board Policy 508R2

 

Prior to graduation, the district will advise students on how to successfully complete the free application for federal student aid.

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision

July 1, 1979

August 1985

August 1988

August 1992

August 1995

July 1996

June 1999

August 1999

August 2002

July 2003

January 2004

July 2005

July 2006

January 2007

July 2010

September 2012

August 2015

August 2019

April 2020

December 2021

November 2022

August 2023

 

 

 

Jen@iowaschool… Thu, 01/09/2020 - 21:09

508R1 - Course Requirements – Carroll High School Diploma

508R1 - Course Requirements – Carroll High School Diploma

STUDENT PERSONNEL

 

Series 500

 

Policy Title: Course Requirements – Carroll High School Diploma Code No.: 508R1

 

Following are courses required for all students who plan to graduate from Carroll Community High School:

 

  1. Science: (All freshmen must enroll for a full year laboratory science course). Six science credits will be required for graduation.

 

  1. Mathematics: Six credits of mathematics will be required. All freshmen must enroll for a full year mathematics course.

 

  1. Social Studies: Six credits of social studies are required. Students are required to pass Geography, either Government class, and 2 of the 3 classes involving American History (American History I, American History II, or Topics of American History). All other Social Studies classes are electives and can count towards the 6 total credits.

 

  1. Language Arts: Nine credits are required in language arts. The required sequence of freshman, sophomore, and junior courses will assure that the student completes the necessary balance of grammar, composition, and literature. All freshman are required to take and pass Freshman Reading and all seniors are required to enroll in a writing course for one semester and pass. Any writing course taken off campus that is not a dual enrolled course will not meet the senior writing requirement at CHS. Additional electives are available to juniors and seniors from which students may choose to meet the nine required credits.

 

  1. Vocational: Two credits in Vocational education courses and options include all family and consumer science courses, business education courses, industrial arts courses, or agriculture education courses.

 

  1. Fine Arts: Two credits are required in Fine Arts and the options include, all Art, Music, Foreign Language, and any English course beyond the required 9 credits.

 

  1. Computer Requirement: All students must take U in Real Life (URL) and are encouraged to take this class during their freshman or sophomore year. The course is mandatory beginning with the Class of 2018.

 

  1. Special Education Graduation: See board Policy 603.3.

 

  1. Physical Education: All students must successfully pass one semester of physical education (1 credit) per year.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. DMACC Transfer/Dual Enrolled Courses: Credits transferred from DMACC for a Carroll High School credit will be converted at one (1) credit for each period of class time in the CHS schedule.

 

  1. Elective requirements may be waived by the building principal/designee for those students who have been enrolled in Band and Chorus for four years and have scheduled a full course load for four years.

 

NOTE: Students who have taken a study hall at anytime during their four years at Carroll High School are not eligible for a waiver.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

August 1980

August 1985

August 1988

August 1992

August 1993

August 1996

August 1998

June 1999

January 2004

June 2002

July 2003

July 2005

July 2006

January 2007

June 2008

July 2010

August 2010

September 2012

November 2012

August 2015

August 2019

April 2020

December 2021

 

 

 

 

 

           

 

 

 

 

Jen@iowaschool… Thu, 01/09/2020 - 21:12

508R2 - Course Requirements – Career Diploma

508R2 - Course Requirements – Career Diploma

STUDENT PERSONNEL

 

Series 500

 

Policy Title: Course Requirements – Career Diploma Code No.: 508R2

 

Following are courses required for all students who plan to graduate from Carroll Community High School with a Career Diploma:

 

  1. Science: (All freshmen must enroll for a full year laboratory science course). Six science credits will be required for graduation.

 

  1. Mathematics: Six credits of mathematics will be required. All freshmen must enroll for a full year mathematics course.

 

  1. Social Studies: Six credits of social studies are required. Students are required to pass Geography, either Government class, and 2 of the 3 classes involving American History (American History I, American History II, or Topics of American History). All other Social Studies classes are electives and can count towards the 6 total credits.

 

  1. Language Arts: Nine credits are required in language arts area. The required sequence of freshman, sophomore, and junior courses will assure that the student completes the necessary balance of grammar, composition, and literature. All freshman are required to take and pass Freshman Reading and all seniors are required to enroll in a writing course for one semester and pass. Any writing course taken off campus that is not a dual enrolled course will not meet the senior writing requirement at CHS. Additional electives are available to juniors and seniors from which students may choose to meet the nine required credits.

 

  1. Vocational: Two credits in Vocational education courses and options include all family and consumer science courses, business education courses, industrial arts courses, or agriculture education courses.

 

  1. Fine Arts: Two credits are required in Fine Arts and the options include all Art, Music, Foreign Language, and any English course beyond the required 9 credits.

 

  1. Computer Requirement: All students must take U in Real Life (URL) and are encouraged to take this class during their freshman or sophomore year. The course is mandatory beginning with the Class of 2018.

 

  1. Special Education Graduation: See board Policy 603.3.

 

  1. Physical Education: All students must successfully pass one semester of physical education (1 credit) per year.

 

 

  1. DMACC Transfer/Dual Enrolled Courses: Credits transferred from DMACC for a Carroll High School credit will be converted at one (1) credit for each period of class time in the CHS schedule.

 

  1. Elective requirements may be waived by the building principal/designee for those students who have been enrolled in Band and Chorus for four years and have scheduled a full course load for four years.

 

 

NOTE: Students who have taken a study hall at anytime during their four years at Carroll High School are not eligible for a waiver.

 

All the above is the same as 508R1

 

The final four credits must be taken through the Alternative school program. No student will be allowed to graduate from the Alternative school program with a Career Diploma until that student’s original graduating class has completed the first semester of the senior year at CHS. Students earning the career diploma will be permitted to participate in CHS commencement exercises.

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

August 1980

August 1985

August 1988

August 1992

August 1993

August 1996

August 1998

June 1999

June 2002

July 2003

January 2004

July 2005

July 2006

January 2007

July 2010

August 2010

September 2012

November 2012

August 2015

April 2020

December 2021

Jen@iowaschool… Thu, 01/09/2020 - 21:13

508R3 - Assignment of Courses

508R3 - Assignment of Courses

Students shall take a predetermined number and type of courses to graduate. Where students have a choice in course offerings, the school district will try to allow students to take the course of their choice. Courses with limited space will be allocated to those who first apply for the course or need it for graduation.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop the course offerings for each year for the grade levels. The superintendent shall make a recommendation to the board annually as to which courses shall be offered.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
September 2012
August 2015

 

Jen@iowaschool… Thu, 01/09/2020 - 21:15

509 - Registration Requirements and Course Load

509 - Registration Requirements and Course Load

Following are registration and course load requirements for students of Carroll Community High School:

  1. Students may be given a proficiency and/or achievement test to determine eligibility for any class. A standard of proficiency may also be required for a student to attend a regular program of studies.
  1. Course load – for all students enrolled in a regular high school program of studies:
    1. All students must be registered for a minimum of thirty-five (35) class periods per week. Students programmed in a school approved 504 policy, Post-Secondary Enrollment Option Act provisions, At-Risk model, and/or Vocational Work Experience/Internship will be exempt from this minimum load. These students must take a minimum of two full time classes and a minimum of one semester per year of physical education in the Carroll High School curriculum to be eligible for participation in school activities.
    2. No student may perform in any outside activities unless successfully passing all subjects. Eligibility is determined at the end of each semester. A student may participate in any activity during the school day without having to meet this standard; however, he/she would not be eligible to participate in any performance or activity other than during the school hours, designated as being from 8:00 a.m. until 4:00 p.m., Monday through Friday.
    3. No student may participate in any activity if the student has an unexcused absence on the day of the event. The student must be present the last half of the day in order to be eligible to participate in any activity.
  2. Student classification: A student will be classified by the year he/she is in school rather than by credits earned.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July, 1979
August 12, 1985
September 15, 1986
August 1993
August, 1996
August 1998
June 1999
June 2002
July 2003
July 2006
July 2009
July 2010
September 2012
August 2015

January 2022

 

Jen@iowaschool… Thu, 01/09/2020 - 21:15

510 - Course Weight

510 - Course Weight

A student who successfully completes a semester course, including band and mixed chorus will receive one credit. Music theory earns .5 credit and show choir earns no credit. A student who successfully completes a semester course in physical education will receive one credit. One physical education credit per school year is required for all students.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

August 11, 1980

August 12, 1985

August 8, 1988

August 1993

August 1996

June 1999

June 2002

July 2003

July 2006

July 2010

September 2012

August 2015

 

Jen@iowaschool… Thu, 01/09/2020 - 21:18

511 - Correspondence Credit

511 - Correspondence Credit

A maximum of four semester credits of approved correspondence credit will be accepted towards graduation. (This shall be interpreted to be a total of four semester credits throughout the student's high school career.)

  1. Credits must be validated by an official transcript from the institution issuing the credit.
  1. The issuing institution must be approved by the Department of Education or an equivalent state approved agency from the state in which the sponsoring institution is located.
  1. Grades earned for correspondence credit will not be calculated as part of the student's cumulative grade point average.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

March 10, 1986

August 8, 1988

June 2002

July 2003

July 2006

July 2009

July 2010

September 2012

August 2015

 

Jen@iowaschool… Thu, 01/09/2020 - 21:19

512 - Resident Students

512 - Resident Students

Children who are residents of the school district community will attend the school district without paying tuition.

The residence of a student means the place, abode, or dwelling of the student. Generally, the legal dwelling of minors is the same as their parents/guardians. However, a student may establish a dwelling with someone other than the parents/guardians and attend public school in the school district without paying tuition if the primary purpose for residing in the school District is not for the purpose of obtaining a free public education. Further, students who have reached the age of majority and who are still eligible to attend an Iowa secondary school may declare their residence independent of the residence of the parents/guardians.

Each case involving the bona fide residence of a student will be decided upon its individual merits by the superintendent.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 1979
August 1994
August 1997
August 2000
July 2003
July 2006
July 2010
September 2012
August 2015

 

Jen@iowaschool… Wed, 01/15/2020 - 16:01

513 - Non-Resident Students

513 - Non-Resident Students

STUDENT PERSONNEL

 

Series 500

 

Policy Title: Non-Resident Students Code No.: 513

 

Students who are eligible to attend an Iowa public school but who are not legal residents of the school district may be admitted into the school district at the discretion of the superintendent upon application and payment of tuition. The tuition rate is the current per-pupil cost of the school district as computed by the board secretary and as authorized by the Iowa Department of Education.

 

Resident students whose families move from the school district after the start of a semester and who wish to complete the semester in their former resident school district will be permitted to attend. Students who plan to open enroll to their former resident district for the next school year may do so without approval of the board. 

 

Students in grades eleven or twelve who are no longer residents of the school district, but were residents in the preceding school year, may continue to attend school until they graduate without the payment of tuition. These students may be required to identify an adult, who resides in the school district, identified for purposes of administration.

 

Nonresident students who are eligible to attend an Iowa public school and who have evidence they will become legal residents of the school district prior to the third Friday in September may be allowed to attend without the payment of tuition.

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 1979

July 22, 1991

August 1994

August 1997

August 2000

July 2003

July 2006

July 2010

September 2012

August 2015

March 2023

June 2023

Jen@iowaschool… Wed, 01/15/2020 - 16:02

514 - International Students In Student Foreign Exchange Program

514 - International Students In Student Foreign Exchange Program

Qualified international students may be enrolled and attend school without charge for tuition if they are part of an approved Student Foreign Exchange Program. The principal/designee must give final approval before any such student can enroll.

Upon enrollment, the following items are provided at no cost to the student, natural parent/guardian or host parent/guardian: Class Dues and Student Activity Pass.

The student must pay for his/her own class ring, hot lunch, and cap and gown. Before being able to participate in athletics, the student must have on file an approved physical examination. The examination form provided by the IHSAA and IGHSAU must be used.

Programs or activities for which foreign exchange students are not eligible are: Driver Education and National Honor Society.

For those items not specifically mentioned above, a foreign exchange student has the same rights and responsibilities of all other students.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July, 1979
July 22, 1991
August, 1994
August 1997
August 2000
July 2003
July 2005
July 2006
July 2010
September 2012
August 2015

 

Jen@iowaschool… Wed, 01/15/2020 - 16:03

515 - Homeless Children and Youth

515 - Homeless Children and Youth

The Carroll Community School District believes all students should have access to a free, appropriate public education. The district will ensure that homeless children and youth have equal access to the same free, appropriate public education as other children and youth. 

The term “homeless children and youth” means individuals who lack a fixed, regular, and adequate nighttime residence. The term includes: 

  • Children and youth who are: 
    • Sharing the housing of other persons due to loss of housing, economic hardship, or a similar reason (sometimes referred to as “doubled up”); 
    • Living in motels, hotels, trailer parks, or camping grounds due to lack of alternative adequate accommodations; 
    • Living in emergency or transitional shelters; or
    • Abandoned in hospitals. 
    • Children and youth who have a primary nighttime residence that is a public or private place not designed for, or ordinarily used as, a regular sleeping accommodation for human beings; 
    • Children and youth who are living in cars, parks, public spaces, abandoned buildings, substandard housing, bus or train stations, or similar settings; and
    • Migratory children who qualify as homeless because they are living in circumstances described above. 

To help ensure that homeless children and youth have a full opportunity to enroll, attend, and succeed at school, the board shall:

  • Designate the Director of Business Affairs, 1026 North Adams Street, Carroll, Iowa, 51401 as the local homeless children and youth liaison; 
  • Provide training opportunities for staff so staff may help identify and meet the needs of homeless children and youth; 
  • Remove barriers, including those associated with fees, fines, and absences, to the identification, enrollment, retention, attendance and/or success in school for homeless children and youth; 
  • Ensure collaboration and coordination with other service providers; 
  • Ensure transportation is provided in accordance with legal requirements; 
  • Provide school stability in school assignment according to the child’s best interests; 
  • Ensure the privacy of student records, as provided by applicable law, including information about a homeless child or youth’s living situation; 
  • Engage in the dispute resolution process for decisions relating to the educational placement of homeless children and youth as provided by applicable law; and 
  • Prohibit the segregation of a homeless child or youth from other students enrolled in the district. 

The superintendent may develop an administrative process or procedures to implement this policy. 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision: 
July 2005       
July 2006       
July 2010
September 2012
August 2015
June 2017

 

Jen@iowaschool… Wed, 01/15/2020 - 16:05

516 - Students of Legal Age

516 - Students of Legal Age

Students who have attained legal age may continue the education program without payment of tuition as long as they are eligible to attend an Iowa public school and are residents of the school district.

Parents/Guardians will be allowed to access and view the student's records without written permission from the student if the student is still a dependent for tax purposes. In most cases, with the discretion of the principal/designee or the superintendent, the student will be able to make decisions and sign documents rather than requiring parental/guardian permission or signature.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

July 2003

July 2006

July 2010

September 2012

August 2015

 

Jen@iowaschool… Wed, 01/15/2020 - 16:06

517 - Student Release During School Hours

517 - Student Release During School Hours

Students will be allowed to leave the school district facilities during school hours only with prior authorization from their parents/guardians, unless the parent/guardian appears personally at the student's attendance center to arrange for the release of the student during school hours or with the permission of the principal/designee.

Approved reasons for release of a student during the school day will include, but not be limited to, illness, family emergencies, medical appointments, religious instruction, college visits (with three days prior approval), funerals, classes outside the student's attendance center, employment for which the student has been issued a work permit, and other reasons determined appropriate by the principal/designee.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

July 2003

July 2006

July 2010

September 2012

August 2015

 

Jen@iowaschool… Wed, 01/15/2020 - 16:07

518 - Open Enrollment Transfers - Procedures as a Receiving District

518 - Open Enrollment Transfers - Procedures as a Receiving District

STUDENT PERSONNEL

 

Series 500

 

Policy Title: Open Enrollment Transfers - Procedures as a Receiving District Code No. 518

 

The school district will participate in open enrollment as a receiving district. As a receiving district, the board will allow nonresident students, who meet the legal requirements, to open enroll into the school district. The board will have complete discretion to determine the attendance center of the students attending the school district under open enrollment.

 

The superintendent will approve timely filed applications by June 1 and will take action on incoming kindergarten applications, good cause applications, or continuation of an educational program applications filed by September 1.

 

The superintendent will notify the sending school district and parents within five days of the school district’s action to approve or deny the open enrollment request. The superintendent will also forward a copy of the school district’s action with a copy of the open enrollment request to the Iowa Department of Education.

 

Open enrollment requests into the school district will not be approved if insufficient classroom space exists. Open enrollment requests into the school district will also not be approved for students who have been suspended or expelled by the administration or the board of the school district the student is or was attending until the student has been reinstated into the school district from which the student was suspended or expelled. Once the student is reinstated, the student's open enrollment request will be considered in the same manner as other open enrollment requests provided the required timelines are met.

 

Open enrollment requests into the school district that, if denied, would result in students from the same nuclear family being enrolled in different school districts, will be given highest priority.

The board, in its discretion, may waive the insufficient classroom space reason for denial for students of the same nuclear family to prevent the division of a nuclear family between two school districts. Other open enrollment requests into the school district are considered in the order received by the school district with the first open enrollment request given a higher priority than the second open enrollment request and so forth.

 

Students in grades nine through twelve open enrolling into the school district will be eligible for participation in interscholastic athletics, at the varsity level only in accordance with applicable laws. 

 

Parents/Guardians of students whose open enrollment requests are approved by the board or superintendent are responsible for providing transportation to and from the receiving school district without reimbursement. The board will not approve transportation into the sending district.

 

An open enrollment request into the school district from parents of a special education student is reviewed on a case-by-case basis. The determining factors for approval of such an open enrollment request will be whether the special education program available in the school district is appropriate for the student's needs and whether the enrollment of the special education student will cause the class size to exceed the maximum allowed. The area education agency director of special education serving the school district will determine whether the program is appropriate. The special education student will remain in the sending district until the final determination is made. For children requiring special education, the receiving district will complete and provide to the resident district the documentation needed to seek Medicaid reimbursement for eligible services.

 

The policies of the school district will apply to students attending the school district under open enrollment.

 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop appropriate office procedures and administrative regulations necessary for open enrollment requests.

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

July 2005

July 2006

July 2009

July 2010

September 2012

August 2015

September 2021

STUDENT PERSONNEL

 

Series 500

 

Policy Title: Open Enrollment Transfers - Procedures as a Receiving District Code No. 518

 

The school district will participate in open enrollment as a receiving district. As a receiving district, the board will allow nonresident students, who meet the legal requirements, to open enroll into the school district. The board will have complete discretion to determine the attendance center of the students attending the school district under open enrollment.

 

The superintendent will approve timely filed applications by June 1 and will take action on incoming kindergarten applications, good cause applications, or continuation of an educational program applications filed by September 1.

 

The superintendent will notify the sending school district and parents within five days of the school district’s action to approve or deny the open enrollment request. The superintendent will also forward a copy of the school district’s action with a copy of the open enrollment request to the Iowa Department of Education.

 

Open enrollment requests into the school district will not be approved if insufficient classroom space exists. Open enrollment requests into the school district will also not be approved for students who have been suspended or expelled by the administration or the board of the school district the student is or was attending until the student has been reinstated into the school district from which the student was suspended or expelled. Once the student is reinstated, the student's open enrollment request will be considered in the same manner as other open enrollment requests provided the required timelines are met.

 

Open enrollment requests into the school district that, if denied, would result in students from the same nuclear family being enrolled in different school districts, will be given highest priority.

The board, in its discretion, may waive the insufficient classroom space reason for denial for students of the same nuclear family to prevent the division of a nuclear family between two school districts. Other open enrollment requests into the school district are considered in the order received by the school district with the first open enrollment request given a higher priority than the second open enrollment request and so forth.

 

Students in grades nine through twelve open enrolling into the school district will be eligible for participation in interscholastic athletics, at the varsity level only in accordance with applicable laws. 

 

Parents/Guardians of students whose open enrollment requests are approved by the board or superintendent are responsible for providing transportation to and from the receiving school district without reimbursement. The board will not approve transportation into the sending district.

 

An open enrollment request into the school district from parents of a special education student is reviewed on a case-by-case basis. The determining factors for approval of such an open enrollment request will be whether the special education program available in the school district is appropriate for the student's needs and whether the enrollment of the special education student will cause the class size to exceed the maximum allowed. The area education agency director of special education serving the school district will determine whether the program is appropriate. The special education student will remain in the sending district until the final determination is made. For children requiring special education, the receiving district will complete and provide to the resident district the documentation needed to seek Medicaid reimbursement for eligible services.

 

The policies of the school district will apply to students attending the school district under open enrollment.

 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop appropriate office procedures and administrative regulations necessary for open enrollment requests.

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

July 2005

July 2006

July 2009

July 2010

September 2012

August 2015

September 2021

Jen@iowaschool… Wed, 01/15/2020 - 16:07

519 - Open Enrollment Transfers - Procedures as a Sending District

519 - Open Enrollment Transfers - Procedures as a Sending District

STUDENT PERSONNEL

 

Series 500

 

Policy Title: Open Enrollment Transfers - Procedures as a Sending District Code No. 519

 

The school district will participate in open enrollment as a sending district. As a sending district, the board will allow resident students who meet the requirements to open enroll to another public school district.

 

Parents/ requesting open enrollment out of the school district for their student will notify the sending and receiving school district no later than March 1 in the school year preceding the first year desired for open enrollment. The notice is made on forms provided by the Department of Education. The forms are available at the central administration office.

 

Parents of children who will begin kindergarten in the school district are exempt from the open enrollment March 1 deadline. Parents of children who will begin kindergarten and prekindergarten children enrolled in special education programs and included in the district's basic enrollment will file in the same manner set forth above by September 1. Parents who have good cause as defined by law for failing to meet the March 1 deadline may make an open enrollment request by the third Thursday in September unless another deadline applies.

 

The receiving district will approve open enrollment requests according to the timelines established by law. The parents/guardians may withdraw the open enrollment request prior to the start of the school year. The receiving district’s superintendent will notify the parents and sending school district by mail within five days of the school district’s action to approve or deny the open enrollment request.

 

The board will not approve a student's request to allow the receiving district to enter the school district for the purposes of transportation.

 

An open enrollment request out of the school district from parents of a special education student is reviewed on a case-by-case basis. The determining factor for approval of such an open enrollment request will be whether the special education program available in the receiving school district is appropriate for the student's needs. The area education agency director of special education serving the receiving district will determine whether the program is appropriate. The special education student will remain in the school district until the final determination is made.

 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to maintain open enrollment request applications and notice forms. It will also be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop appropriate office procedures and administrative regulations necessary for open enrollment requests.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

July 2005

July 2006

July 2010

September 2012

August 2015

September 2021

Jen@iowaschool… Wed, 01/15/2020 - 16:10

520 - Discipline of Students Who Make Threats of Violence or Cause Incidents of Violence

520 - Discipline of Students Who Make Threats of Violence or Cause Incidents of Violence

STUDENT PERSONNEL

 

Series 500

 

Policy Title: Discipline of Students Who Make Threats of Violence or Cause Incidents of Violence

Code No.: 520

 

Discipline Policy

Discipline is designed to promote behavior that will enable students to learn and successfully participate in their educational and social environments. The district discipline policy for students who make a threat of violence or commit an act of violence is developed to help students understand their obligations to others in the school setting, secure the safety of all students, staff and the community, and to correct student behavior if a violation occurs (2023 Iowa Acts, chapter 96 (House File 604), sec. 7, new section 279.79, subsection 1).

 

Students will conduct themselves in a manner fitting their age, grade level, and maturity, and with respect and consideration for the rights of others while on school district property or on property within the jurisdiction of the school district; while on school owned and/or operated school or chartered vehicles; while attending or engaged in school activities; and while away from school grounds if misconduct will directly affect the good order, efficient management and welfare of the school district. Consequences for the misconduct will be fair and tailored to the age, grade level and maturity of the student.

 

Discipline and other responses to threats or incidents of violence by a student with a disability, including removal from a class, placement in a therapeutic classroom, suspensions, and expulsions, will comply with the provisions of applicable federal and state laws including, but not limited to, the IDEA, Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act, and the Americans with Disabilities Act (2023 Iowa Acts, chapter 96 (House File 604), sec. 7, new section 279.79, subsection 3).

 

 

 

District Response to a Threat or Incident of Violence by a Student

 

Reporting a Threat of Violence or Incidence of Violence

In the case of any threat of violence or incident of violence that results in injury, property damage or assault by a student, the teacher will report to the school principal or lead administrator within 24 hours of the incident. The principal or lead administrator will notify the parent or guardian of the student(s) who threatened or perpetrated an act of violence and the student(s) who the threatened or perpetrated act of violence was made against within 24 hours after receipt of the teachers report and complete an investigation of the incident as soon as possible. The classroom teacher may also notify the parent or guardian of the student who made the threat or caused the incident, and the parent or guardian of the student against whom the threat or incident was directed (2023 Iowa Acts, chapter 96 (House File 604), sec. 4).

 

An investigation will be initiated by the principal or lead administrator upon learning of an incident of violence or threat of violence through any credible means. If the principal or lead administrator finds that an incident of violence or threat of violence did occur, the administrator will determine the level of threat or incident by considering all aspects of the situation, including the student's

intent and knowledge of the impact of their actions, their developmental level and context of the incident. The resolution will focus on identifying the cause behind the behavior and appropriate corrective action (2023 Iowa Acts, chapter 96 (House File 604), sec. 7, new section 279.79, subsections 1 and 4).

 

 

 

A student who makes a threat of violence, causes an incident of violence that results in injury or property damage, or who commits an assault, will be subject to escalating levels of discipline for each occurrence. When appropriate, referrals will be made to local law enforcement. The district retains the authority to assign the level of disciplinary measures appropriate to the severity of the threat of violence or incident of violence (2023 Iowa Acts, chapter 96 (House File 604), sec. 7, new section 279.79, subsection 5).

 

 

Threat of Violence

Threat of violence means a written, verbal, electronic or behavioral message that either explicitly or implicitly expresses an intention to inflict emotional or physical injury, property damage, or assault.

 

 

Incident of Violence

Incident of violence means the intentional use of physical force or power against oneself, another person, a group or community or property resulting in injury, property damage or assault.

 

 

Injury

Injury means “physical pain, illness or any impairment of physical condition.” State v. McKee, 312 N.W.2d 907, 913 (Iowa 1981).

 

 

Property Damage

Property damage means any destruction, damage, impairment or alteration of property to which the individual does not have a right to take such an action. Property means real property, which includes any real estate, building, or fixture attached to a building or structure, and personal property, which includes intangible property (Iowa Code section 4.1(21)).

 

Assault

Assault means when, without justification, a student does any of the following:

 

an act which is intended to cause pain or injury to, or which is intended to result in physical contact which will be insulting or offensive to another, coupled with the apparent ability to execute the act; or any act which is intended to place another in fear of immediate physical contact which will be painful, injurious, insulting or offensive, coupled with the apparent ability to execute the act; or intentionally points any firearm toward another or displays in a threatening manner any dangerous weapon toward another.

 

The act is not an assault when the person doing any of the above and the other person are voluntary participants in a sport, social or other activity, not in itself criminal, when the act is a reasonably foreseeable incident of such sport or activity, and does not create an unreasonable risk of serious injury or breach of the peace (Following Iowa Code section 708.1).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Escalating Responses by Grade Band

 

Grades PK-2

 

Level            Escalating Response

 

Level 1           

  • Requires parent or guardian notification.
  • Requires individualized educational program (IEP) meeting, if the student has an IEP.
  • Responses may include any of the following:
      1. Parent or guardian conference that includes the student, when appropriate;
      2. When appropriate and with written parent consent, counseling, and/or mental health counseling subject to available resources of the district;
      3. Behavior intervention student agreement coupled with another response(s);     
      4. Restitution or opportunities to repair relationships coupled with another response(s);
      5. Detention; and/or;
      6. Temporary removal from class.
  • Unless the first offense is unusually serious, the administrator will avoid permanent removal from a class.

 

Level 2

 

  • Requires parent or guardian notification.
  • Review of response to prior offense, if applicable, to inform increased level of response.
  • Requires individualized educational program (IEP) meeting, if the student has an IEP.
  • Responses to the incident may include any of the following:
      1. Parent or guardian conference that includes the student, when appropriate;
      2. When appropriate, with written parent/guardian consent, counseling, and/or mental health counseling subject to available resources of the district;
      3. Behavior intervention student agreement coupled with another response(s);     
      4. Restitution or opportunities to repair relationships coupled with another response(s);
      5. Detention;
      6. Temporary or permanent removal from extracurricular activities;
      7. Temporary or permanent removal from class;
      8. In-school suspension;
      9. Suspension of transportation privileges, if misconduct occurred in a school vehicle; and/or
      10. Placement in an alternative learning environment, including a therapeutic classroom, when appropriate.

           

Level 3

 

  • Requires parent or guardian notification.
  • Review of response to prior offense, if applicable, to inform increased level of response.
  • Requires individualized educational program (IEP) meeting, if the student has an IEP.
  • Responses to the incident may include any of the following:
      1. Parent or guardian conference that includes the student, when appropriate;
      2. When appropriate, with written parent/guardian consent, counseling, and/or mental health counseling subject to available resources of the district;
      3. Behavior intervention student agreement coupled with another response(s);     
      4. Restitution or opportunities to repair relationships coupled with another response(s);
      5. Detention;
      6. Temporary or permanent removal from extracurricular activities;
      7. Temporary or permanent removal from class;
      8. In-school suspension;
      9. Out-of-school suspension:
      10. Suspension of transportation privileges, if misconduct occurred in a school vehicle;
      11. Placement in an alternative learning environment, including a therapeutic classroom, when appropriate; and/or
      12. Recommendation for expulsion.

 

 

Grades 3-5

 

Level      Escalating Response

           

Level 1           

  • Requires parent or guardian notification.
  • Requires individualized educational program (IEP) meeting, if the student has an IEP.
  • Responses may include any of the following:
      1. Parent or guardian conference that includes the student, when appropriate;
      2. When appropriate and with written parent consent, counseling, and/or mental health counseling subject to available resources of the district;
      3. Behavior intervention student agreement coupled with another response(s);     
      4. Restitution or opportunities to repair relationships coupled with another response(s);
      5. Detention; and/or;
      6. Temporary removal from class.
  • Unless the first offense is unusually serious, the administrator will avoid permanent removal from a class.

 

Level 2

 

  • Requires parent or guardian notification.
  • Review of response to prior offense, if applicable, to inform increased level of response.
  • Requires individualized educational program (IEP) meeting, if the student has an IEP.
  • Responses to an incident may include but are not limited to the following:
      1. Parent or guardian conference that includes the student, when appropriate;
      2. When appropriate, with written parent/guardian consent, counseling, and/or mental health counseling subject to available resources of the district;
      3. Behavior intervention student agreement coupled with another response(s);     
      4. Restitution or opportunities to repair relationships coupled with another response(s);
      5. Detention;
      6. Temporary or permanent removal from extracurricular activities;
      7. Temporary or permanent removal from class;
      8. In-school suspension;

 

 

 

      1. Suspension of transportation privileges, if misconduct occurred in a school vehicle; and/or
      2. Placement in an alternative learning environment, including a therapeutic classroom, when appropriate.

 

 

Level 3

 

  • Requires parent or guardian notification.
  • Review of response to prior offense, if applicable, to inform increased level of response.
  • Requires individualized educational program (IEP) meeting, if the student has an IEP.
  • Responses to the incident may include the following:
      1. Parent or guardian conference that includes the student, when appropriate;
      2. When appropriate, with written parent/guardian consent, counseling, and/or mental health counseling subject to available resources of the district;
      3. Behavior intervention student agreement coupled with another response(s);     
      4. Restitution or opportunities to repair relationships coupled with another response(s);
      5. Detention;
      6. Temporary or permanent removal from extracurricular activities;
      7. Temporary or permanent removal from class;
      8. In-school suspension;
      9. Out-of-school suspension:
      10. Suspension of transportation privileges, if misconduct occurred in a school vehicle; and/or
      11. Placement in an alternative learning environment, including a therapeutic classroom, when appropriate; and/or
      12. Recommendation for expulsion.

 

 

Grades 6-8

 

Level      Escalating Response

           

Level 1           

  • Requires parent or guardian notification.
  • Requires individualized educational program (IEP) meeting, if the student has an IEP.
  • Responses to an incident may include any of the following:
      1. Parent or guardian conference that may include the student, when appropriate;
      2. When appropriate and with written parent consent, counseling, and/or mental health counseling subject to available resources of the district;
      3. Behavior intervention student agreement coupled with another response(s);     
      4. Restitution or opportunities to repair relationships coupled with another response(s);
      5. Detention; and/or;
      6. Temporary removal from class.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Level 2

 

  • Requires parent or guardian notification.
  • Review of response to prior offense, if applicable, to inform increased level of response.
  • Requires individualized educational program (IEP) meeting, if the student has an IEP.
  • Responses to the incident may include any of the following:
      1. Parent or guardian conference that includes the student, when appropriate;
      2. When appropriate and with written parent/guardian consent, counseling, and/or mental health counseling subject to available resources of the district;
      3. Behavior intervention student agreement coupled with another response(s);     
      4. Restitution or opportunities to repair relationships coupled with another response(s);
      5. Detention;
      6. Temporary or permanent removal from extracurricular activities;
      7. Temporary or permanent removal from class;
      8. In-school suspension;
      9. Out-of-school suspension;
      10. Suspension of transportation privileges, if misconduct occurred in a school vehicle; and/or
      11. Placement in an alternative learning environment, including a therapeutic classroom, when appropriate.

           

Level 3

 

  • Requires parent or guardian notification.
  • Review of response to prior offense, if applicable, to inform increased level of response.
  • Requires individualized educational program (IEP) meeting, if the student has an IEP.
  • Responses to an incident may include the following:
      1. Parent or guardian conference that may include the student, when appropriate;
      2. When appropriate, with written parent/guardian consent, counseling, and/or mental health counseling subject to available resources of the district;
      3. Behavior intervention student agreement coupled with another response(s);     
      4. Restitution or opportunities to repair relationships coupled with another response(s);
      5. Detention;
      6. Temporary or permanent removal from extracurricular activities;
      7. Temporary or permanent removal from class;
      8. In-school suspension;
      9. Out-of-school suspension:
      10. Suspension of transportation privileges, if misconduct occurred in a school vehicle;
      11. Placement in an alternative learning environment, including a therapeutic classroom, when appropriate; and/or
      12. Recommendation for expulsion.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grades 9-12

 

Level      Escalating Response

           

Level 1           

  • Requires parent or guardian notification.
  • Requires individualized educational program (IEP) meeting, if the student has an IEP.
  • Responses to an incident may include, but are not limited to any of the following:
      1. Parent or guardian conference that includes the student, when appropriate;
      2. When appropriate and with written parent/guardian consent, counseling, and/or mental health counseling subject to available resources of the district;
      3. Behavior intervention student agreement coupled with another response(s);     
      4. Restitution or opportunities to repair relationships coupled with another response(s);
      5. Detention;
      6. Temporary removal from extra curricular activities;
      7. Temporary removal from class;
      8. In school suspension; and/or
      9. Suspension of transportation, if misconduct occurred in a school vehicle

 

 

Level 2

 

  • Requires parent or guardian notification.
  • Review of response to prior offense, if applicable, to inform increased level of response.
  • Requires individualized educational program (IEP) meeting, if the student has an IEP.
  • Responses to the incident may include any of the following:
      1. Parent or guardian conference that includes the student, when appropriate;
      2. When appropriate, with written parent/guardian consent, counseling, and/or mental health counseling subject to available resources of the district;
      3. Behavior intervention student agreement coupled with another response(s);     
      4. Restitution or opportunities to repair relationships coupled with another response(s);
      5. Detention;
      6. Temporary or permanent removal from extracurricular activities;
      7. Temporary or permanent removal from class;
      8. In-school suspension;
      9. Out-of-school suspension;
      10. Suspension of transportation privileges, if misconduct occurred in a school vehicle; and/or
      11. Placement in an alternative learning environment, including a therapeutic classroom, when appropriate.

 

           

Level 3

 

  • Requires parent or guardian notification.
  • Review of response to prior offense, if applicable, to inform increased level of response.
  • Requires individualized educational program (IEP) meeting, if the student has an IEP.
  • Responses to the incident may include any of the following:
      1. Parent or guardian conference that includes the student, when appropriate;
      2. When appropriate, with written parent/guardian consent, counseling, and/or mental health counseling subject to available resources of the district;
      3. Behavior intervention student agreement coupled with another response(s);     
      4. Restitution or opportunities to repair relationships coupled with another response(s);
      5. Detention;
      6. Temporary or permanent removal from extracurricular activities;
      7. Temporary or permanent removal from class;
      8. In-school suspension;
      9. Out-of-school suspension:
      10. Suspension of transportation privileges, if misconduct occurred in a school vehicle;
      11. Placement in an alternative learning environment, including a therapeutic classroom, when appropriate; and/or
      12. Recommendation for expulsion.

 

 

Definitions (consistent with the Department’s Data Dictionary 2022-23)

 

Detention means the student's presence is required during non-school hours for disciplinary purposes. The student can be required to appear prior to the beginning of the school day, after school has been dismissed for the day or on a non-school day. Whether a student will serve detention, and the length of the detention, is within the discretion of the licensed employee or the building principal disciplining the student.

 

Expulsion means an action by the board to remove a student from the school environment, which includes, but is not limited to, classes and activities, for a period of time set by the board.

 

In-school suspension means the student will attend school but will be temporarily isolated from one or more classes while under supervision. An in-school suspension will not exceed ten consecutive school days.

 

Out-of-school suspension means the student is removed from the school environment, which includes school classes and activities. An out-of-school suspension will not exceed ten consecutive school days unless due process is provided as required by federal and state law. A restriction from school activities means a student will attend school and classes and practice but will not participate in school activities.

 

Placement in an alternate learning environment means placement of a student in an environment established apart from the regular educational program that includes rules, staff and resources designed to accommodate student needs and to provide a comprehensive education consistent with the student learning goals and content standards established by the school district.

 

Removal from the classroom means a student is sent to the building principal's office. It is within the discretion of the person in charge of the classroom to remove the student.

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

November 2023

Jen@iowaschool… Wed, 01/15/2020 - 16:11

521 - Student Expression and Student Publications

521 - Student Expression and Student Publications

 

STUDENT PERSONNEL

 

Series 500

 

Policy Title: Student Expression and Student Publications

Code No. 521

 

Student Expression Defined: Student Expression is speech, action or other forms of expression, which convey a student’s beliefs, views or opinions.

 

  1. Official school publications defined:

An "official school publication" is material produced by students in the journalism, newspaper, yearbook or writing classes and distributed to students either free or for a fee.

 

  1. Limitations to school expression:
    1. No student will express, publish or distribute in an official school publication material which is:
      1. Obscene;
      2. Libelous;
      3. slanderous; or
      4. encourages students to:
        1. commit unlawful acts;
        2. violate lawful school regulations;
        3. cause the material and substantial disruption of the orderly and efficient operation of the school or school activity;
        4. disrupt or interfere with the education program;
        5. interrupt the maintenance of a disciplined atmosphere; or
        6. infringe on the rights of others.
    2. Official school publications are produced under the supervision of a faculty advisor.

 

  1. Responsibilities of students for official school publications:
    1. Students writing or editing official school publications will assign and edit the news, editorial, and feature contents of the official school publications subject to the limitations of the student publications code and the law.
    2. Students will strive to achieve professional standards of accuracy, fairness, objectivity, and thoroughness in each and every aspect of official school publications.
    3. Students will strive to achieve professional standards of grammar, usage, punctuation, and spelling for clarity and accuracy of official school publications.
  2. Responsibilities of faculty advisors for official school publications

 

Faculty advisors will supervise student writers to maintain professional standards of English and journalism and to comply with the law including, but not limited to, the restrictions against unlawful speech. Official school publications are produced under the supervision of a faculty advisor.  Faculty advisors to students producing official school publications shall supervise the production of the student staff in order to maintain professional standards of English journalism.  District employees acting within the scope of their professional ethics will not suffer adverse employment action or retaliated against for acting to protect a student for engaging in authorized student expression or for refusing to infringe on protected student expression.

 

E.  District employee rights
Any District employee or official, acting within the scope of that person’s professional ethics, if any, shall not be dismissed, suspended, disciplined, reassigned, transferred, subject to termination or nonrenewal of a teaching contract or extracurricular contract, or otherwise retaliated against for acting to protect a student for engaging in expression protected by law, or refusing to infringe upon student expression that is protected by law. 
 

F.   Liability.

 

Student expression in an official school publication will not be deemed to be an expression of the school district. The school district, the board, and the employees or officials are not liable in any civil or criminal action for any student expression made or published by students unless the employees or officials have interfered with or altered the content of the student expression. The liability, if any, is only to the extent of interference or alteration of the speech or expression.

 

G.   Appeal procedure.

 

    1. Students who believe they have been unreasonably restricted in their exercise of expression in an official student publication will seek review of the decision through the student grievance procedure, under board policy 525.
    2. Persons who believe they have been aggrieved by a student-produced official student publication will file their complaint through the citizen grievance procedure, under board policy 241.

 

H.   Time, place and manner of restrictions on official school publications.

 

  1. Student expression may be conveyed and official student publications may be distributed in a reasonable manner on or off school premises.
  2. Student expression and distribution of official school publications in a reasonable manner will not encourage students to:
    1. commit unlawful acts;
    2. violate school rules;
    3. cause the material and substantial disruption of the orderly and efficient operation of the school district or school activity;
    4. disrupt or interfere with the education program;
    5. interrupt the maintenance of a disciplined atmosphere; or
    6. infringe on the rights of others.

 

 

 

       

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

October 2021

April 2023

November 2023

 

 

mkohorst@carro… Tue, 10/26/2021 - 09:28

522 - Student Disclosure of Identity

522 - Student Disclosure of Identity

 

STUDENT PERSONNEL

 

Series 500

 

Policy Title: Student Disclosure of Identity

Code No.: 522

 

It is the goal of the district to provide a safe and supportive educational environment in which all students may learn.  As part of creating that safe educational environment, no employee of the district will provide false or misleading information to the parent/guardian of a student regarding that student’s gender identity or intention to transition to a gender that is different from their birth certificate or certificate issued upon adoption.  

 

If a student makes a request to a licensed employee to accommodate a gender identity, name, or pronoun that is different than what was assigned to the student in the student’s registration forms or records, the licensed employee is required by Iowa law to report the request to an administrator. The school administrator receiving the report is required by Iowa law to report the request to the student’s parent/guardian.  This requirement also applies to all nicknames.

 

To maintain compliance with Iowa law and also provide efficiency in the reporting requirements listed above, the Superintendent will provide the opportunity for parents and guardians to list in the student’s registration paperwork any and all nicknames used for students.

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

August 2023

 

Jen@iowaschool… Wed, 01/15/2020 - 16:12

522E1 - Report of Student Disclosure of Identity

522E1 - Report of Student Disclosure of Identity

 

EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM

Series 600

 

Policy Title:            Report of Student Disclosure of Identity

Code No.              522E1

 

Dear Parent/Guardian _________________________________,

 

 

This letter is to inform you that your student (student's name listed on registration)

 

________________________________ 

 

has made a request of a licensed employee to (check all that apply):

 

 

______  make an accommodation that is intended to affirm the student's gender identity as follows:

 

_____________________________________________________________________________

 

_____________________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

 

_______ use a name, pronoun or gender identity that is different from the name, pronoun and/or gender identity listed on the student's school registration forms.  The name, pronoun, or gender identity requested is _____________________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

If you would like to amend the student's registration paperwork to permit the student's requested accommodation and/or include the use of the above-referenced name/pronoun/gender identity, please complete the attached form and return it to the district administration office.

 

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

____________________________________________________________

 

Administrator

 

 

 

________________________                       

Date                                                                                   

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:           

August 2023

mkohorst@carro… Thu, 08/31/2023 - 15:56

522E2 - Request to Update Student Identity

522E2 - Request to Update Student Identity

 

EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM

Series 600

 

Policy Title:            Request to Update Student Identity

Code No.              522E2

 

 

_________________________________                                          ____________________

(Student's current name on registration)                                                            (Student's ID)

 

 

 

Please update my student's names, pronouns, and/or gender identities on my student's registration paperwork to include all of the following:

 

__________________________________________________________________________ 

(Names)

 

__________________________________________________________________________

(Pronouns)

 

__________________________________________________________________________

(Gender identities)

 

 

 

 

 

 

____________________________________________________________

 

Parent/Guardian

 

 

 

________________________                       

Date                                                                                   

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:           

August 2023

mkohorst@carro… Thu, 08/31/2023 - 15:57

523 - Student Appearance

523 - Student Appearance

The board believes inappropriate student appearance causes material and substantial disruption to the school environment or presents a threat to the health and safety of students, employees and visitors.

Students are expected to adhere to standards of cleanliness and dress that are compatible with the requirements of a good learning environment. The standards will be those generally acceptable to the community as appropriate in a school setting.

The board expects students to come to school looking clean and neat, dressed in a manner which is accepted as being in good taste, and consistent with an attitude and atmosphere that is conducive to study and learning. Extreme hairstyle and dress that is unduly immodest, distracting or inappropriate for a school environment will not be allowed. Clothing or other apparel promoting or referring to products illegal for use by minors, (i.e. alcohol, tobacco, drugs) and/or clothing displaying obscene material or profanity, or referring to inappropriate or prohibited conduct are not allowed. Low riding pants, short shorts, and low cut tops are not acceptable. Bare midriffs will not be acceptable for boys or girls. Clothes with holes or tears in inappropriate places are not acceptable. Hats or any head coverings may not be worn in the building during school time. Any accessories deemed unsafe (such as chains or jewelry/accessories with spikes) will not be allowed.

While the primary responsibility for appearance lies with the students and their parents/guardians, appearance disruptive to the educational program will not be tolerated. When, in the judgment of a principal/designee, a student's appearance or mode of dress disrupts the educational process or constitutes a threat to health or safety, the student may be required to make modifications.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 2003
July 2006
July 2010
September 2012
August 2015

 

Jen@iowaschool… Wed, 01/15/2020 - 16:13

524 - Use of Bicycles

524 - Use of Bicycles

Riding a bicycle to and parking it at the student’s attendance center is a privilege. Students who fail to follow the rules set by the building principal/designee will be subject to withdrawal of the privilege to ride a bicycle to the attendance center and may also be subject to other disciplinary action.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

September 2012

August 2015

 

Jen@iowaschool… Wed, 01/15/2020 - 16:33

525 - Student Complaints and Grievances

525 - Student Complaints and Grievances

Student complaints and grievances regarding board policy or administrative regulations and other matters should be addressed to the student's teacher or another licensed employee, other than the administration, for resolution of the complaint. It is the goal of the board to resolve student complaints at the lowest organizational level.

 

If the complaint cannot be resolved by a licensed employee, the student may discuss the matter with the principal/designee within three days of the employee's decision. If the matter cannot be resolved by the principal/designee, the student may discuss it with the superintendent within five days after speaking with the principal/designee.

 

If the matter is not satisfactorily resolved by the superintendent, the student may ask to have the matter placed on the board agenda of a regularly scheduled board meeting in compliance with board policy.

 

This section does not apply to complaints and grievances regarding sex discrimination. Formal complaints and informal reports of conduct constituting sex discrimination, including sexual harassment, should be referred to the Title IX Coordinator and will be governed by the provisions of the Title IX Grievance Procedures regulations.

Date of Adoption/Revision:

July 2003

July 2006

July 2010

September 2012

August 2015

September 2020

January 2022

Jen@iowaschool… Wed, 01/15/2020 - 16:14

526 - Student Lockers

526 - Student Lockers

Student lockers are the property of the district. Students shall use the lockers assigned to them by the district for storing their school materials and personal belongings necessary for attendance at school. The fact that the district furnishes lockers to students or allows students to use a separate lock on their lockers, does not give rise to an expectation of privacy on the student’s part with respect to their lockers. It shall be the responsibility of students to keep their assigned lockers clean and undamaged.

To ensure students are properly maintaining their assigned lockers, the principal/designee of the building may periodically inspect all or a random selection of lockers. Either students or another individual will be present during the inspection of lockers. Student lockers may also be searched at any time and without advance notice, in compliance with board policy regulating search and seizure. A locker inspection may be accomplished by using such methods including, but not limited to, a visual search of lockers by school officials or the use by school officials or others retained at their discretion, of a drug sniffing animal.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
August 2000
July 2003
July 2006
July 2010
September 2012
August 2015

 

Jen@iowaschool… Wed, 01/15/2020 - 16:15

527 - Weapons

527 - Weapons

The board believes weapons, look-a-likes, other dangerous objects and any instrument used as a weapon in district facilities cause material and substantial disruption to the school environment or present a threat to the health and safety of students, employees and visitors on the district premises or property within the jurisdiction of the district.

District facilities are not an appropriate place for weapons, look-a-likes, dangerous objects, or any instrument used as a weapon.  Weapons, look-a-likes, and other dangerous objects, shall be taken from students and others who bring them onto district property or onto property within the jurisdiction of the district or from students who are within the control of the district.  Students bringing a weapon, look-a-like, other dangerous object or any instrument used as a weapon onto school property or onto property within the jurisdiction of the school may be suspended or expelled from school.

Parents/guardians of students found to possess a weapon, look-a-like, dangerous object, or any instrument used as a weapon on school property shall be notified of the incident.  Confiscation of weapons, look-a-likes, dangerous objects, or any instruments used as a weapon shall be reported to the law enforcement officials, and students shall be subject to disciplinary action including suspension or expulsion.

Students bringing firearms to school or knowingly possessing firearms at school shall be expelled for not less than one year and will be referred to law enforcement authorities.  The superintendent/designee shall have the authority to recommend this expulsion requirement be modified for students on a case-by-case basis.  For purposes of this portion of this policy, the term "firearm" includes, but is not limited to, any weapon which is designed to expel a projectile by the action of an explosive, the frame or receiver of any such weapon, a muffler or silencer for such a weapon, or any explosive, incendiary or poison gas, or otherwise defined by applicable law.

For purposes of this policy, the term “dangerous object” includes any instrument or device designed primarily for use in inflicting death or injury upon a human being or animal, and which is capable of inflicting death upon a human being when used in the manner for which it was designed.  The term “dangerous object” also includes any instrument or device of any sort whatsoever which is actually used in such a manner as to indicate that the individual intends to inflict death or injury upon the other, and which, when so used, is capable of inflicting death upon a human being.  In addition, dangerous objects or any instrument used as a weapon in the school includes any object used to intimidate, coerce, scare or threaten a student, school district employee, or visitor.  Dangerous objects therefore include, but are not limited to, clubs, nunchakus, brass knuckles, knives regardless of blade length, stun guns, BB and pellet guns, toy guns used or displayed as real guns, and unloaded guns.

Weapons, firearms or other dangerous objects under the control of law enforcement officials shall be exempt from this policy. The superintendent may develop an administrative process or procedures to implement this policy.  

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:              
August 1996   
August 1997   
August 2000   
July 2003       
July 2006
July 2010
September 2012
August 2013
August 2015
June 2017

 

Jen@iowaschool… Wed, 01/15/2020 - 16:16

528 - Smoking - Drinking - Drugs

528 - Smoking - Drinking - Drugs

The board prohibits the distribution, dispensing, manufacture, possession, use, or being under the influence of beer, wine, alcohol, tobacco, other controlled substances, or "look alike" substances that appear to be tobacco, including vapor devices, beer, wine, alcohol or controlled substances by students while on school district property or on property within the jurisdiction of the school district; while on school owned and/or operated school or chartered buses; while attending or engaged in school activities; and while away from school grounds if the misconduct will directly affect the good order, efficient management and welfare of the school district.

The board believes such illegal, unauthorized or contraband materials generally cause material and substantial disruption to the school environment or present a threat to the health and safety of students, employees, or visitors.

Violation of this policy by students will result in disciplinary action including suspension or expulsion. Use, purchase or being in possession of cigarettes, tobacco or tobacco products for those under the age of eighteen, may be reported to the local law enforcement authorities.

Possession, use or being under the influence of beer, wine, alcohol and/or of a controlled substance may also be reported to the local law enforcement authorities.

Students who violate the terms of this policy may be required to satisfactorily complete a substance abuse assistance or rehabilitation program approved by the school board. If such student fails to satisfactorily complete such a program, the student may be subject to discipline including suspension or expulsion.

The board believes the substance abuse prevention program shall include:

  • Age-appropriate, developmentally-based drug and alcohol curriculum for students in grades pre-kindergarten through twelve, which address the legal, social, and health consequences of tobacco, drug and alcohol use and which provide information about effective techniques for resisting peer pressure to use tobacco, drugs or alcohol;
  • A statement to students that the use of illicit drugs and the unlawful possession and use of alcohol is wrong and harmful;
  • Standards of conduct for students that clearly prohibit, at a minimum, the unlawful possession, use, being under the influence of or distribution of illicit drugs and alcohol by students on school premises or as part of any of its activities;
  • A clear statement that disciplinary sanctions, up to and including suspension or expulsion and referral for prosecution, will be imposed on students who violate the policy and a description of those sanctions;
  • A statement that students may be required to successfully complete an appropriate rehabilitation program;
  • Information about drug and alcohol counseling and rehabilitation and re-entry programs available to students;
  • A requirement that parents/guardians and students be given a copy of the standards of conduct and the statement of disciplinary sanctions required; and
  • Notification to parents/guardians and students that compliance with the standards of conduct is mandatory.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
February 9, 1981
August 1994
August 1997
August 2000
July 2003
July 2006
July 2010
September 2012
August 2015

 

Jen@iowaschool… Wed, 01/15/2020 - 16:17

528R1 - Smoking, Drinking, Drugs

528R1 - Smoking, Drinking, Drugs

Procedures Relating to Student Referral to New Opportunities or enrollment in 3rd Millennium Classrooms (online courses):

The following steps indicate the appropriate method to be utilized in making a student referral to New Opportunities, Carroll County office. If on a first offense AND when a student self-reports, he/she can enroll in 3rd Millennium Classrooms (online courses) as per approved school policy relating to alcohol/drug usage by students under school supervision. Said referral can best be completed by the following actions:

  1. The school administrator/designee upon deeming a referral appropriate will notify (by phone) New Opportunities of the intended referral or if on a first offense AND when a student self-reports the principal/designee will assist the student in enrollment in the online course through 3rd Millennium Classrooms: Alcohol-Wise Plus and Marijuana 101. The cost of the online course is $35 and is the responsibility of the student or his/her parent(s)/guardian(s).
  2. The same administrator/designee will prepare a student referral to New Opportunities form in triplicate; one copy to be immediately mailed/transported to New Opportunities, one copy to be provided to the student/parents, the third to be retained for school records or will assist the student in enrollment in the online course through 3rd Millennium Classrooms: Alcohol-Wise Plus and Marijuana 101. The cost of the online course is $35 and is the responsibility of the student or his/her parent(s)/guardian(s).
  1. Should the student/parents fail to complete the referral contact within ten (10) days of the initial phone notification, New Opportunities will notify the referring administrator/designee.
  1. The student/parents will be required at initial contact with New Opportunities to sign releases of information to the school authorizing two-way communication between New Opportunities and school parties regarding the referral.
  2. Student referral to New Opportunities shall minimally result in the following counseling/evaluation contact:
    1. At least one (1) student/parents/guardians New Opportunities counseling session discussing the existence of potential student alcohol/drug dysfunction.
    2. Three to four individual counseling sessions designed to assess the depth of substance abuse by the student and appropriate future treatment needs, if any.
    3. The above evaluation process shall require a minimum of thirty (30) days from the point of initial contact with New Opportunities.
    4. Upon completion of the thirty (30) day evaluation process, the student, parents, and New Opportunities personnel shall mutually determine the need for continued/future treatment services for the student.
  3. The referring school personnel will be notified of the final disposition of the student's treatment status within forty-five (45) days of the student's original contact date.
  1. All communications/correspondence regarding student referrals to New Opportunities shall be in compliance with relevant federal, state, and program rules regarding confidentiality.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 9, 1981
August 1994
July 1997
August 2000
July 2003
July 2006
July 2010
September 2012
August 2015

 

Student Referral to New Opportunities

 

Student's Name                                                    

Age

Parent's Name                                             

Address

 

Phone #

Date of Referral

This student is being referred to, New Opportunities Carroll County office, due to: (Check all appropriate items)

  • Using or under the influence of a controlled substance during regular school hours (Monday-Friday, 8:00-4:00).
  • Using or under the influence of a controlled substance at an after school/extra-curricular activity.
  • Possession of alcohol at school.
  • Possession of alcohol at a school sponsored activity.
  • Possession of a controlled substance other than alcohol at school.
  • Possession of a controlled substance other than alcohol at a school sponsored activity.
  • Other:                                                           ​​​​​​​

 

Explain the details of the incident(s) leading to this referral (date, location, and situation):

 

 

 

The student/parents/guardians have agreed to participate in a thirty (30) day evaluation counseling process to determine the existence of substance abuse dysfunction.

The student/parents/ guardians have been informed of the expectation that they will establish contact with New Opportunities within ten (10) days, by                                                            (date).

All communications/correspondence regarding this referral are in compliance with appropriate federal, state, and New Opportunities rules regarding confidentiality.

 

Signature of Administrator                                                                                                 

Date                                                            

Jen@iowaschool… Wed, 01/15/2020 - 16:18

529 - Search and Seizure

529 - Search and Seizure

STUDENT PERSONNEL

 

Series 500

 

Policy Title: Search and Seizure Code No.: 529

 

School district property is held in public trust by the board. School district authorities may, without a search warrant, search students or protected student areas, based on a reasonable and articulable suspicion that a school district policy, rule, regulation or law has been violated. The search is in a manner reasonable in scope to maintain order and discipline in the schools, promote the educational environment, and protect the safety and welfare of students, employees, and visitors to the school district facilities.  The furnishing of a locker, desk or other facility or space owned by the school and provided as a courtesy to a student, even if the student provides the lock for it, shall not create a protected student area and shall not give rise to an expectation of privacy with respect to the locker, desk, or other facility.

 

School authorities may seize any illegal, unauthorized or contraband materials discovered in the search. Items of contraband may include, but are not limited to, nonprescription controlled substances, marijuana, cocaine, amphetamines, barbiturates, apparatus used for controlled substances, alcoholic beverages, tobacco/nicotine, weapons, explosives, poisons and stolen property.

Such items are not to be possessed by a student while they are on school district property or on property within the jurisdiction of the school district; while on school owned and/or operated school or chartered vehicles; while attending or engaged in school activities; and while away from school grounds if misconduct will directly affect the good order, efficient management and welfare of the school district. Possession of such items will be grounds for disciplinary action including suspension or expulsion and may be reported to local law enforcement officials. The board believes that illegal, unauthorized or contraband materials may cause material and substantial disruption to the school environment or presents a threat to the health and safety of students, employees, or visitors on the school district premises or property within the jurisdiction of the school district.

 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principals/designees, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

July 2003

July 2006

July 2010

September 2012

August 2015

February 2021

 

Jen@iowaschool… Wed, 01/15/2020 - 16:24

529R1 - Search and Seizure Regulation

529R1 - Search and Seizure Regulation Jen@iowaschool… Wed, 01/15/2020 - 16:28

530 - Interviews of Students by Outside Agencies

530 - Interviews of Students by Outside Agencies

Generally, students may not be interviewed during the school day by persons other than parents and school district officials and employees. For purposes of this policy, the school juvenile court officer shall be considered a school employee.

Requests from law enforcement officers and from persons other than parents, school district officials, and employees to interview students are made through the principal's office. Upon receiving a request, it is the responsibility of the principal/designee to determine whether the request will be granted. Generally, prior to granting a request, the principal/designee will attempt to contact the parents to inform them of the request and to ask them to be present.

If a child abuse investigator wishes to interview a student, the principal/designee will determine whether the student should be interviewed independently from the student's parents, whether the school is the most appropriate setting for the interview, and who will be present during the interview.

Students will not be taken from school without the consent of the principal/designee.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 2003
July 2006
July 2010
September 2012
August 2015

 

Jen@iowaschool… Wed, 01/15/2020 - 16:29

530R1 - Interviews With Students

530R1 - Interviews With Students Jen@iowaschool… Wed, 01/15/2020 - 16:30

531 - Use of Motor Vehicles

531 - Use of Motor Vehicles

The board recognizes the convenience to families and students of having students drive to and park at their school attendance center. Driving a motor vehicle to and parking it at the student's attendance center is a privilege.

Students who drive to and park at their school attendance center shall only drive to and park at either their attendance center or a shared district’s attendance center for the purpose of attending extracurricular activities. Students may not loiter around or be in their vehicle during the school day without permission from the principal/designee. Students shall leave their attendance center when there is no longer a legitimate reason for them to be at their attendance center. Students who drive shall enter and leave the parking lot by the routes designated by the principal/designee.

Students who live within one mile of school, and would not otherwise be eligible for a student driving permit, may be eligible for a student driving permit, for driving to and from school and school activities and practices, if the student has passed driver’s education and has had a student driving permit for six months. School permits will not be issued to students until the successful completion of eighth grade.

Students who wish to drive to and park at their school attendance center shall comply with the rules and regulations established by the building principal/designee. Failure to comply with this policy or the school district rules shall be reason for revocation of school driving and parking privileges as well as other disciplinary action including suspension and expulsion.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

August 23, 1982

July 22, 1991

August, 1994

August 1997

June 1999

August 2000

July 2003

July 2006

July 2010

September 2012

September 2014

August 2015

 

Jen@iowaschool… Wed, 01/15/2020 - 16:31

532 - Student Due Process Rights

532 - Student Due Process Rights

When violations of statutes, regulations or school rules require the disciplining of a student, the following elements of procedural due process will be present:

  1. The student will be provided with accurate information regarding rules and regulations, either in written form or through verbal instruction by teachers or administrators.
  1. The student will be made aware of the specific behaviors giving rise to any proposed penalty or disciplinary action.
  1. The student will be offered an opportunity to express their views to the decision-making authority regarding the incident.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

July 1979

August 1994

August 1997

August 2000

July 2003

July 2006

July 2009

July 2010

September 2012

August 2015

 

Jen@iowaschool… Wed, 01/15/2020 - 16:32

533 - Care of School Property/Vandalism

533 - Care of School Property/Vandalism

Students shall treat school district property with the care and the respect they would treat their own property. Students found to have destroyed or otherwise harmed school district property may be required to reimburse the school district. They may be subject to discipline under board policy and the school district rules and regulations. They may also be referred to local law enforcement authorities.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

September 2012

August 2015

 

Jen@iowaschool… Wed, 01/15/2020 - 16:32

534 - Use of Bicycles

534 - Use of Bicycles

Riding a bicycle to and parking it at the student’s attendance center is a privilege. Students who fail to follow the rules set by the building principal/designee will be subject to withdrawal of the privilege to ride a bicycle to the attendance center and may also be subject to other disciplinary action.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
September 2012
August 2015

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 01/26/2020 - 14:30

535 - Attendance Center Assignment

535 - Attendance Center Assignment

The board will have complete discretion to determine the boundaries for each attendance center and to assign students to the attendance centers.

Parents or guardians of siblings in the same grade level academically in grades kindergarten through grade five may request the siblings be placed in the same or different classrooms.  In order to be valid, the request must be made in writing and submitted to the school principal at the time of registration for classes, or within fourteen days after the children’s first day of attendance during the school year.  If a valid request is received by the school principal, the request must be honored.  While a parent or guardian may make a placement request that siblings be placed together or apart, the district administration retains complete discretion to select the classroom teacher(s) to which siblings are assigned.  If after the initial grading period following the placement of siblings in the same or different classrooms the school principal determines the placement is disruptive to the class; the principal may assign one or more of the siblings to different classrooms.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board annually regarding the assigned attendance center for each student.  In making the recommendation, the superintendent will consider the geographical layout of the school district, the condition and location of the school district facilities, the location of student population, possible transportation challenges, financial condition of the school district and other factors deemed relevant by the superintendent or the board.

 

 

Date of Approval/Revision:
August 2019

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 02/26/2020 - 19:10

536 - Student Code Of Conduct

536 - Student Code Of Conduct

STUDENT PERSONNEL

 

Series 500

 

Policy Title: Student Code Of Conduct Code No.: 536

 

 

The board believes inappropriate student conduct causes material and substantial disruption to the school environment, interferes with the rights of others, or presents a threat to the health and safety of students, employees, and visitors on school premises.  Appropriate classroom behavior allows teachers to communicate more effectively with students.

 

Students will conduct themselves in a manner fitting to their age level and maturity and with respect and consideration for the rights of others while on school district property or on property within the jurisdiction of the school district; while on school owned and/or operated

school or chartered vehicles; while attending or engaged in school activities; and while away from school grounds if misconduct will directly affect the good order, efficient management and welfare of the school district.  Consequences for the misconduct will be fair and developmentally appropriate in light of the circumstances.

Students who fail to abide by this policy, and the administrative regulations supporting it, may be disciplined for conduct which disrupts or interferes with the education program; conduct which disrupts the orderly and efficient operation of the school district or school activity; conduct which disrupts the rights of other students to participate in or obtain their education; conduct that is violent or destructive; or conduct which interrupts the maintenance of a disciplined atmosphere.  Disciplinary measures include, but are not limited to, removal from the classroom, detention, suspension, probation, and expulsion.
 

Removal from the classroom means a student is sent to the building principal's office.  It is within the discretion of the person in charge of the classroom to remove the student.  This policy is not intended to address the use of therapeutic classrooms or seclusion rooms for students. 

Detention means the student's presence is required during non-school hours for disciplinary purposes.  The student can be required to appear prior to the beginning of the school day, after school has been dismissed for the day, or on a non-school day.  Whether a student will serve detention, and the length of the detention, is within the discretion of the licensed employee or the building principal, disciplining the student.

 

Suspension means; either an in-school suspension, an out-of-school suspension, a restriction from activities or loss of eligibility.  An in-school suspension means the student will attend school but will be temporarily isolated from one or more classes while under supervision.  An in-school suspension will not exceed ten consecutive school days.  An out-of-school suspension means the student is removed from the school environment, which includes school classes and

activities.  An out-of-school suspension will not exceed ten consecutive school days.  A restriction from school activities means a student will attend school and classes and practice but will not participate in school activities.

Probation means a student is given a conditional suspension of a penalty for a definite period of time in addition to being reprimanded.  The conditional suspension will mean the student must meet the conditions and terms for the suspension of the penalty.  Failure of the student to meet these conditions and terms will result in immediate reinstatement of the penalty.

Expulsion means an action by the board to remove a student from the school environment, which includes, but is not limited to, classes and activities, for a period of time set by the board.

Discipline of special education students, including suspensions and expulsions, will comply with the provisions of applicable federal and state laws. 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

Impermissible Conduct

 

Students may be disciplined for conduct that violates commonly held notions of unacceptable, immoral or inappropriate behavior that includes, but is not limited to, the following:

 

  • Open and/or persistent defiance of authority, school rules, and regulations

 

(including extracurricular rules).

 

  • Assault or threatened assault on another person.

 

  • Extortion, intimidation or coercion

 

  • Inciting others to violate the law or school rules

 

  • Vandalism

 

  • Gambling

 

  • Theft or possession of stolen goods/property

 

  • Sale, manufacture or distribution of illegal drugs, controlled substances, imitation controlled substances or drug paraphernalia.

 

  • Possession, use or being under the influence of illegal drugs, controlled substances, imitation controlled substances or drug paraphernalia.

 

  • Vaping

 

  • Possession, use or threatening to use any instrument that is generally considered a weapon, an instrument that is normally not considered a weapon as a weapon, an imitation weapon or an explosive.

 

  • Possession, use or being under the influence of alcoholic beverages.

 

  • Use, possession, and/or transmission of tobacco or imitation substances.

 

  • Profanity

 

  • Possession of pornographic/obscene literature, items or materials

 

  • Student dress which is suggestive, condones illegal activity or in some way disrupts the educational process

 

  • Failure to abide by corrective measures for previous acts of misconduct

 

  • Harassment in any form of another person

 

  • Conduct, which discriminates against others, based upon an individual's gender, race, national origin, religion, creed, age, socio-economic status, color, marital status, sexual orientation, gender identity, or disability.

 

  • Destruction, damage, unauthorized use, inappropriate use, and/or manipulation of hardware, software or any aspect or component of the school's electronic

information system including the internet

 

  • Inappropriate sexual conduct including harassment, indecent exposure, and visible display of affection

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 2010

September 2012

August 2015

November 2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 02/26/2020 - 19:03

536.1 Expulsion

536.1 Expulsion

StUDENT PERSONNEL

 

Series 500

 

Policy Title: Student Expulsion

Code No.: 536.1

 

 

Only the board may remove a student from the school environment.  The removal of a student from the school environment, which includes, but is not limited to, classes and activities, is an expulsion from school.

Students may be expelled for violations of board policy, school rules or the law.  It is within the discretion of the board to discipline a student by using an expulsion for a single offense or for a series of offenses depending on the nature of the offense and the circumstances surrounding the offense.

It is within the discretion of the superintendent to recommend to the board the expulsion of a student for disciplinary purposes. Only the board may take action to expel a student and to readmit the student.  The principal will keep records of expulsions in addition to the board's records.

When a student is recommended for expulsion by the board, the student is provided with:

 

  1. Notice of the reasons for the proposed expulsion;
  2. The names of the witnesses and an oral or written report on the facts to which each witness testifies unless the witnesses are students whose names may be released at the discretion of the superintendent;
  3. An opportunity to present a defense against the charges and provide either oral testimony or written affidavits of witnesses on the student's behalf;
  4. The right to be represented by counsel; and
  5. The results and finding of the board in writing open to the student's inspection.

 

In addition to these procedures, a special education student must be provided with additional procedures.  A determination should be made of whether the student is actually guilty of the misconduct.  A staffing team should determine whether the student's behavior is caused by the student's disability and whether the conduct is the result of inappropriate placement.  Discussions and conclusions of this meeting should be recorded.

If the special education student's conduct is not caused by the disability, the student may be expelled or suspended for a long-term period following written notice to the parent and pursuant to the school district's expulsion hearing procedures.  If the misconduct is caused by the disability and a change in placement is recommended, the change must be made pursuant to the placement procedures used by the school district.
 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

November 2023

 

 

mkohorst@carro… Thu, 11/30/2023 - 07:18

536R1 Student Suspension

536R1 Student Suspension

STUDENT PERSONNEL

 

Series 500

 

Policy Title: Student Suspension

Code No.: 536.R1

 

 

 Administrative Action

 

  1. Probation
     
    1. Probation is conditional suspension of a penalty for a set period of time.  Probation may be imposed by the principal for infractions of school rules which do not warrant the necessity of removal from school.
    2. The principal will conduct an investigation of the allegations against the student prior to imposition of probation.  The investigation will include, but not be limited to, written or oral notice to the student of the allegations against the student and an opportunity to respond.  Written notice and reasons for the probation will be sent to the parents.
       
  2. In-School Suspension
     
    1. In-school suspension is the temporary isolation of a student from one or more classes while under administrative supervision.  In-school suspensions may be imposed by the principal for infractions of school rules, which are serious but which do not warrant the necessity of removal from school.
    2. The principal will conduct an investigation of the allegations against the student prior to imposition of an in-school suspension.  The investigation will include, but not be limited to, written or oral notice to the student of the allegations against the student and an opportunity to respond.  In-school suspension will not be imposed for more than ten school days.  Written notice and reasons for the in-school suspension will be sent to the student's parents.
       

C.  Out-of-School Suspension
 

    1. Out-of-school suspension is the removal of a student from the school environment for periods of short duration.  Out-of-school suspension is to be used when other available school resources are unable to constructively remedy student misconduct.

 

    1. A student may be suspended out of school for up to ten school days by a principal for a commission of gross or repeated infractions of school rules, regulations, policy or the law, or when the presence of the student will cause interference with the maintenance of the educational environment or the operation of the school.  The principal may suspend students after conducting an investigation of the charges against the student, giving the student:

 

      1. Oral or written notice of the allegations against the student, and
      2. The opportunity to respond to those charges.

At the principal's discretion, the student may be allowed to confront witnesses against the student or present witnesses on behalf of the student.

 

 

 

 

    1. Notice of the out-of-school suspension will be mailed no later than the end of the school day following the suspension to the student's parents and the superintendent.  A reasonable effort is made to personally notify the student's parents and such effort is documented by the person making or attempting to make the contact.  Written notice to the parents will include the circumstances which led to the suspension and a copy of the board policy and rules pertaining to the suspension.

 

D.  Suspensions and Special Education Students

1.  Students who have been identified as special education students may be referred for a review of the student's Individual Education Program (IEP).  The IEP may be revised to include a continuum of intervention strategies and programming to change the behavior.

 

2.  Students who have not been identified as special education students may be referred for evaluation after the student's suspension to determine whether the student has a disability and is in need of special education.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

November 2023

 

 

 

 

mkohorst@carro… Thu, 11/30/2023 - 07:20

537 - Student Fees, Fines, and Charges

537 - Student Fees, Fines, and Charges

STUDENT PERSONNEL

 

Series 500

 

Policy Title: Student Fees, Fines, and Charges Code No. : 537

 

The board believes students should respect district property and assist in its preservation for future use by others. Students may be assessed fines, charges or fees for the materials needed in a course, for overdue school materials, for participating in activities or for misuse of school property.

 

The superintendent/designee shall inform the board of the dollar amount to be charged to students or others for charges or fees annually. Parents/guardians of students meeting specific financial eligibility standards will be eligible for a waiver of student fees or a reduction of student fees based upon the request of the parent/guardian. It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal/designee, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

August 1997

August 2000

July 2003

June 2004

April 2005

June 2006

March 2007

April 2008

April 2009

July 2010

September 2012

August 2015

November 2023

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 02/26/2020 - 19:14

537E1 - Standard Fee Waiver Application

537E1 - Standard Fee Waiver Application

Carroll Community School

 

Code No. 537E1

 

STANDARD FEE WAIVER APPLICATION

 

 

Date                     School Year           

 

All information provided in connection with this application will be kept confidential.

 

Name of student:           Grade in School           

 

Name of student:           Grade in school            

 

Name of student:           Grade in school            

 

Name of student:           Grade in school            

 

Attendance Center/School:           

 

Name of parent, guardian, or legal or actual custodian:

 
 

 

 

 

 

Please check type of waiver desired:

Full waiver               Partial waiver (40 %)       Temporary waiver        

 

Please check if the student or the student’s family meets the financial eligibility or is involved in one of the following programs:

 

Full waiver

            Free meals offered under the Children Nutrition Program

            The Family Investment Program (FIP)

            Transportation assistance under open enrollment

            Foster care

 

Partial waiver

            Reduced priced meals offered under the Children Nutrition Program

 

Temporary waiver

If none of the above apply, but you wish to apply for a temporary waiver of school fees because of serious financial problems, please state the reason for the request:

 

 
 

 

 

 

 

Signature of parent, guardian, or legal or actual custodian:           

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 02/26/2020 - 19:17

537R1 - Student Fee Waiver and Reduction Procedures

537R1 - Student Fee Waiver and Reduction Procedures

STUDENT PERSONNEL

 

Series 500

 

Policy Title: Student Fee Waiver and Reduction Procedures Code No.: 537R1

 

The board recognizes that while certain fees charged to students are appropriate and authorized, certain students and their families are not financially able to pay the fees. The school district will grant either full waivers, partial waivers or temporary waivers depending upon the circumstances and the student or student's parents'/guardians’ ability to meet the financial criteria.

 

  1. Waivers -

 

    1. Full Waivers - a student will be granted a full waiver of fees charged by the school district if the student or student's parents/guardians meet the financial eligibility criteria for free meals under the Child Nutrition program, Family Investment Program, Supplemental Security Income guidelines or transportation assistance under open enrollment. Students in foster care are also eligible for full waivers.

 

    1. Partial Waivers - a student will be granted a partial waiver of fees charged by the school district if the student or the student's parents/guardians meet the financial eligibility criteria for reduced price meals offered under the Child Nutrition program. (A partial waiver is based on the same percentage as the reduced price meals).

 

    1. Temporary Waivers - a student may be eligible for a temporary waiver of fees charged by the district in the event the student's parents/guardians are facing financial difficulty. Temporary waivers may be applied for at any time throughout the school year and will not extend beyond the end of the school year.

 

  1. Application – Parents/Guardians or students eligible for a fee waiver will make an application on the form provided by the school district. Applications may be made at any time but must be renewed annually.

 

  1. Confidentiality - The school district will treat the application and application process as any other student record and student confidentiality and access provisions will be followed.

 

  1. Appeals - Denials of a waiver may be appealed to the Superintendent. Appeals should be filed in writing within ten calendars days of receipt of the denial.

 

  1. Fines or charges assessed for damage or loss to school property are not fees and will not be waived.

 

  1. Notice - the school district will annually notify parents and students of the waiver. The following information will be included in registration materials.

 

  • Students whose families meet the income guidelines for free and reduced price lunch, the Family Investment Program (FIP), Supplemental Security Income (SSI), transportation assistance under open enrollment or who are in foster care are eligible to have their student fees waived or partially waived.

 

 

  • Students whose families are experiencing a temporary financial difficulty may be eligible for a temporary waiver of student fees. Parents/Guardians or students who believe they may qualify for temporary financial hardship should contact the Director of Business Affairs at 712-792-8001 for a waiver form. This waiver does not carry over from year to year and must be completed annually.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 2012

August 2010

September 2012

November 2023

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 02/26/2020 - 19:20

538 - Co-Curricular Activities and Competition

538 - Co-Curricular Activities and Competition

STUDENT PERSONNEL

 

Series 500

 

Policy Title: Co-Curricular Activities and Competition Code No.: 538

 

Participation in school activities is a privilege. School activities provide the benefits of promoting additional interests and abilities in the students during their school years and for their lifetimes.

 

Students will have an opportunity to participate in a school activity unless the activity is not offered or the student cannot participate for disciplinary reasons. If the activity is an intramural or interscholastic athletic activity, students of the opposite sex will have a comparable opportunity for participation. Comparable opportunity does not guarantee boys and girls will be allowed to play on each other's teams when there are athletic activities available that will allow both boys and girls to reap the benefits of school activities, which are the promotion of additional interests and abilities in the students.

 

Student activity events must be approved by the superintendent unless they involve unusual travel expense, in which case the board will take action. The events must not disrupt the education program or other school district operations.

 

A high school student who participates in school sponsored athletics may participate in a non-school sponsored sport during the same season with approval of the superintendent or principal/designee. Such outside participation shall not conflict with the school sponsored athletic activity.

 

Students wanting to participate in school activities must meet the requirements set out by the school district for participation in the activity.

 

Students who participate in extracurricular activities serve as ambassadors of the school district throughout the calendar year, whether away from school or at school. Students who wish to have the privilege of participating in extracurricular activities must conduct themselves in accordance with board policy and must refrain from activities, which are illegal, immoral or unhealthy.

 

Students who fail to abide by this policy and the administrative regulations supporting it may be subject to disciplinary measures. The principal will keep records of violations of this policy.

 

Students may participate in interscholastic athletics, music, speech, and other contests or events approved by the administration subject to the rules and regulations which govern participation in general for each event or contest. Any such events must be supervised by licensed school personnel.

 

 

The district is affiliated and pays dues as a member of the Iowa FFA Association, Iowa State Music Association, Iowa State Speech Association, Iowa High School Athletic Association, the

Iowa High School Girls' Athletic Union, and the Iowa Association of Student Councils. Therefore, the school is subject to all the rules and regulations of these associations and the Department of Education.

 

In view of the preceding paragraph, a student may not violate the rules and regulations of the state associations and/or the discipline policy of the district or any rules and regulations pertaining to eligibility for extra-curricular activity, without jeopardizing the student's continued participation as it may apply.

 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop rules and regulations for school activities. Students wanting to participate in school activities must meet the requirements set out by the school district for participation in the activity.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

July 1979

August 1994

August 1997

August 2000

June 2001

July 2003

July 2006

July 2007

July 2010

September 2015

July 2016

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 02/26/2020 - 19:24

538R1 - Co-Curricular Activities and Competitions

538R1 - Co-Curricular Activities and Competitions

STUDENT PERSONNEL

 

Series 500

 

Policy Title: Co-Curricular Activities and Competitions Code No: 538R1

 

The rules and regulations of the district and state associations shall be in effect for all events in which students participate, representing the district, during or after school hours, either on school premises or off school premises for events considered school sponsored or school approved activities. This policy includes athletic activities, speech, drama, music, academic competitions, FFA competitions, FCCLA activities, cheerleading, dance, homecoming royalty and other royalty, speaker at graduation and other school related events, competitive conference activities, or performing or participating in any activity as a representative of the district.

 

The IHSAA and IGHSAU scholarship rules will apply to athletes and non-athletes. For all activities a 30 consecutive calendar day period immediately following the grading period will apply. Athletics are separate from all non-athletic activities competition (example: Student A fails 4th quarter and is out for band and baseball, they would need to sit out 30 days for baseball during the summer and 30 days for band at the start of the next school year). The 30 calendar days begin at 3:40 the afternoon upon the activities director being informed of final grades. This shall be done no later than the 3rd school day following the end of the grading period. NOTE: Summer non-athletic activities are not subject to the 30-day rule.

 

Penalties for violations after school hours or at designated places for events will be the same as during regularly scheduled school hours or on school premises except where a special discipline policy has been specified. This includes particular rules and regulations established by the Department of Education, director of the activity, special temporary restrictions imposed on the students prior to this scheduled event, and any other mandates determined by the administration.

 

The executive boards of the Iowa High School Athletic activities Association (IHSAA) and the Iowa Girls High School Athletic activities Union (IGHSAU) may sanction member and associate member schools that permit or allow participation in any event by a person in violation of the eligibility rules or by a student who has been suspended from school and/or school activities in accordance with local rules.

 

General Co-curricular Activities Policies:

 

  1. Students who participate in the above co-curricular activity programs are subject to the rules and policies governing activity eligibility participation, and the training and conduct rules set down by the coach or sponsor, twenty-four hours per day, year round. Students may be declared ineligible from activity participation by the activities director, principal/designee or the superintendent/designee for violation of any of these rules and policies.

 

  1. The principal/designee shall be responsible for informing coaches/sponsors of which students are not eligible for participation.

 

  1. A student with an unexcused absence during any part of the school day will not be eligible for activity participation on the day of the absence, unless approved by the principal/designee.

 

  1. Beyond the freshman year, a coach may cut a student from an athletic activities activity before the first contest by notifying the activities director/principal and the parents/guardians of the reason why the participant is being cut.

 

  1. A student will not be penalized for non-participation (practice or contests) during regularly scheduled vacation periods, if that student is excused from these by his/her parent or guardian. Communication between the parent/guardian, athletic activities director, and coach is required prior to a participant’s absence that will occur during a scheduled vacation period.

 

  1. A student may not be dropped from practice or competition during the season or during tournament play unless he/she has violated the district’s or coach’s good conduct rules or the Department of Education eligibility rules. In the event that a student is to be removed for this cause, the activities director/principal will be notified and will be a part of the decision and the appropriate action. The parent/guardian shall be notified of the action taken.

 

  1. If a student drops one activity for good cause during the season, he/she will not be penalized for participation in any succeeding activity for which he/she is eligible.

 

  1. Activities directors, coaches, and sponsors have the prerogative to establish reasonable training and conduct rules, when not in conflict with district policy and regulations, for a particular co-curricular activity or competition, all of which must be followed by the participants, including but not limited to, the special rules below. Those rules shall be sent to the students' parents/guardians before the activity commences.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

      Department of Education

Eligibility Rules -- Modified and Adopted by Carroll Community School and Applicable to Carroll Middle and High School Athletes

 

Eligibility May Be Compromised If -

 

  1. You do not have a physician's certificate of fitness issued this school year.

 

  1. You have attended high school for more than eight (8) semesters (twenty days of attendance or playing in one contest constitutes a semester). Middle school students who have completed more than 4 semesters in 7th or 8th grade may not be eligible to participate in middle school activities.

 

  1. You were not enrolled in school last semester or if you entered school this semester later than the second week of school and were not enrolled in school immediately prior to enrolling at Carroll High School. (Not applicable to middle school.)

 

  1. You have changed schools this semester. (Except upon like change of residence of your parents/guardians.) (Not applicable to middle school.)

 

  1. You have been declared ineligible under a prior school District’s Good Conduct Rule, and then, without having completed the full period of ineligibility at that school, transfer to Carroll High School. You may not be eligible for interscholastic competition at Carroll High School until the full period of ineligibility has been completed. Once that time period of ineligibility has been completed, you are then immediately eligible for interscholastic competition at Carroll High School as far as any Good Conduct Rule is concerned.

 

  1. You have competed on an outside school team as a team member or as an individual while out for a sport during that particular sport season without the previous written consent of your current coach, Activities director, and parent/guardian with the exception of dance.

 

  1. You have ever trained with a college squad or have participated in a college event.

 

  1. Your habits and conduct both in and out of school are such as to make you unworthy to represent the ideals, principles and standards of your school.

 

Scholarship Rules – Athletics

 

Scholarship Rules apply to all member and associate member schools who belong to the IHSAA and the IGHSAU. Schools may not allow ineligible or suspended students to participate. The IHSAA and the IGHSAU have the power to impose sanctions upon schools who do not enforce Scholarship rules.

 

 

 

In addition Scholarship Rules apply to all students who are members of a recognized Carroll Community School District Activity as defined in 538R1.

 

1.    All students must be enrolled and in good standing in a school that is a member or associate member in good standing of the organization sponsoring the event. Each student shall be passing all coursework for which credit is given and shall be making adequate progress toward graduation requirements at the end of the first semester, and second semester.

 

  1. All students must be under 20 years of age.

 

  1. All students shall be enrolled students of the school in good standing. The student shall receive credit in at least four subjects, each of one period or hour, or the equivalent thereof. They shall receive credit in all courses for which a letter grade is given. Grades will be checked at the end of each grading period as defined in #1 above. If a student has a failing grade, the ineligibility begins the first school day of the new grading period. For summer activities ineligibility begins with the release of the end of the year report card. The 30 calendar days begin at 3:40 pm the afternoon of the 3rd weekday following the end of the grading period.

 

      1. Coursework taken under the provisions of Iowa Code chapter 261C, postsecondary enrollment options, for which a school district or accredited nonpublic school grants academic credit toward high school graduation shall be used in determining eligibility. No student shall be denied eligibility if the student’s school program deviates from the traditional two-semester school year.

 

      1. Dual credit courses from community colleges will count toward the four-credit class requirement, and failure of such courses will result in violation of eligibility standards.

 

  1. A student who has had four or more successful no “Fs grading periods (quarters) after the grading period in which the student did not pass all coursework is eligible.

 

  1. For block scheduling classes the grading period may be the end of nine weeks if that is when the grade is recorded on the transcript. Each block scheduled course is the equivalent of two traditional courses. Thus, at a minimum, students must receive credit in at least two block courses during any grading period.

 

 

  1. If a student does not meet the Eligibility Standard, then s/he will not be allowed to represent the school for 30 consecutive calendar days in all co-curricular activities and competitions as defined in paragraph #1 of this policy. S/He is ineligible to dress for and compete in the next athletic activities contests and competitions in which the athlete is a contestant for 30 consecutive calendar days. The 30-Day Rule applies to all levels of high school athletics, and not just varsity competition. The 30 consecutive school days of ineligibility begin on the earliest date when the IGHSAU or the IHSAA allows games to begin for each sport. If the sport is in mid-season, then the period of ineligibility begins at 3:40 pm the afternoon. The 30 calendar days begin at 3:40 the afternoon upon the activities director being informed of final grades.  This shall be done no later than the 3rd  school day following the end of the grading period.  A student passing all classes for which credit is given after four consecutive quarters is eligible to participate.

 

  1. For any failing grade, the student is ineligible for 30 consecutive calendar days. The 30 calendar days begin at 3:40 pm the afternoon upon the activities director being informed of final grades. This shall be done no later than the 3rd school day following the end of the grading period. If at the time the student has a failure, and he/she is out for a sport and the season ends before the 30 days are served, the days carryover to the next sport he/she participates in.

 

  1. Subject to the provision below regarding contestants in interscholastic baseball or softball, if at the end of any grading period a contestant is given a failing grade in any course for which credit is awarded, the contestant is ineligible to dress for and compete in the next occurring interscholastic athletic activities contests and competitions in which the participant is a contestant for 30 consecutive calendar days. The 30 calendar days begin at 3:40 pm the afternoon upon the activities director being informed of final grades. This shall be done no later than the 3rd school day following the end of the grading period.

 

  1. At the end of a grading period that is the final grading period in a school year, a contestant in interscholastic baseball or softball who receives a failing grade in any course for which credit is awarded is ineligible to dress for and compete in interscholastic baseball or softball for the 30 consecutive calendar days following the release of the report card. The 30 calendar days begin at 3:40 pm the afternoon upon the activities director being informed of final grades.  This shall be done no later than the 3rd  school day following the end of the grading period. If the season expires prior to 30 consecutive calendar days elapsing, the period of ineligibility will carry over to the beginning of the next school year.

 

  1. A student with a disability who has an individualized education program shall not be denied eligibility on the basis of scholarship if the student is making adequate progress, as determined by school officials, towards the goals and objectives on the student’s individualized educational program.

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. All member schools shall provide appropriate interventions and necessary academic supports for students who fail or who are at risk to fail, and shall report to the department regarding those interventions on the comprehensive school improvement plan (CSIP).

 

  1. An incomplete (I) will be considered a failure. At the time the (I) becomes a passing grade, eligibility will be reinstated.

 

  1. A student is academically eligible upon entering the ninth grade.

 

  1. No student shall be eligible to participate in any given interscholastic athletic activities sport if the student has engaged in that sport professionally.

 

  1. The local superintendent/designee of schools, with the approval of the local board of education, may give permission to a dropout student to participate in athletics upon return to school if the student is otherwise eligible under these rules.

 

 

After Hours

Off-Premises Special Rules

 

Introduction

The following rules cover students in grades 7-12. These after hours, off-premises special rules will be printed in the Student Handbook given to each student in grades 7-12 when school opens in the fall. A Student Handbook will also be issued to each new student who registers after the school year begins.

 

Position Statement

The board, the administration, and other employees of the district, have no control or responsibility for any student when the student is in the custody and control of his/her parents, guardian, or other non-school related agency except as explained below.

 

Exceptions and Penalties

The board and administration have determined the following specific policies as exceptions to the immediately preceding paragraph:

 

Individual Activities Training and Conduct Rules

 

1. The sponsors and coaches must establish reasonable training and conduct rules for the activities for which they have been given responsibility. These rules must be approved by the principal/designee or Activities director. They must be distributed to each participant before the activity commences. A student who registers late will receive the rules when he/she starts. Violation of any of these training and conduct rules may be just cause for eliminating a student from the activity or restricting participation.

 

 

Participation in Criminal or Unlawful Activity

 

  1. Students who represent the district in extra-curricular activities are expected to characterize high standards of conduct. Students who are charged with the commission of felonious acts or misdemeanors other than traffic charges may be suspended from activity participation if an investigation by school officials determines that a preponderance of evidence supports the charge. They may be penalized in the manner described in the following section on alcohol and controlled substances. Upon each offense of a criminal or otherwise unlawful activity, the student shall be referred to the Building Assistance Team.

 

          Alcohol, Tobacco and Controlled Substances

 

  1. Involvement with alcohol, tobacco and/or other illegal substances classified as controlled drugs is deemed a most serious offense. The board and administration will impose severe penalties when it has been determined a participant has been involved in the use, sale, distribution, or possession of the same. Severe penalties will also be imposed on those who inhabit an environment or are in attendance where an illegal act(s) related to alcohol and/or controlled substances occur(s), including, but not limited to: 1) alcohol being possessed, distributed, or consumed by people not of legal age to do so; and 2) possession, sale, distribution, or consumption of illegal substances. Since rules for participation in activities carry over outside of school hours and school-sponsored events, parents and concerned agencies must cooperate with the school in eliminating alcohol, tobacco and controlled substance use and abuse.

 

When it has been determined that a student has broken the rules regarding number 2) or 3) above, the student shall be penalized as follows:

 

Repeat offenses shall be calculated by counting backward from the date of the current violation. Two calendar years shall be used in determining the number of offenses that apply.

 

Upon each offense of alcohol and/or illegal controlled substance the student shall be referred to New Opportunities Substance Abuse Treatment and Prevention Center. This program must be completed in order to be considered for further participation in co-curricular activities. Referral to New Opportunities shall be filed on the standard referral form supplied by New Opportunities.

 

On a first offense AND when a student self-reports, he/she can enroll in an online alcohol and drug intervention course at the student or his/her parent(s)/guardian(s) expense in order to regain eligibility.

 

FIRST OFFENSE: Four-week (28 calendar days) and a minimum of 4 public performances suspension from scheduled co-curricular competition or performance. This four week suspension will be shortened to two weeks (14 calendar days) and a minimum of 2 public performances if the student reports the incident to a coach, sponsor, Activities director, or principal/designee prior to any one of the above's awareness of the incident.

 

Students will not be allowed to begin participating in an activity already in progress in order to serve their Activity Eligibility/Good Conduct.

 

The superintendent of schools or his/her designee reserves the right to institute a more substantial penalty depending on the severity of the underlying violation.

 

In addition, a student found guilty of felonious acts or misdemeanors other than traffic charges may be declared ineligible for participation in activities for an additional period of time determined by the superintendent of schools or his/her designee.

 

 

 

SECOND OFFENSE: Ten weeks (70 calendar days) and a minimum of 10 public performances suspension from all co-curricular competition or performance. A student suspended for a second time under this policy will be eligible to participate in co-curricular activities and competition after five weeks (35 days) and a minimum of 5 public performances if he/she reports the incident to a coach, sponsor, Activities director, or principal/designee prior to any one of the above’s awareness of it.

 

Students will not be allowed to begin participating in an activity already in progress in order to serve their Activity Eligibility/Good Conduct.

 

The superintendent of schools or his/her designee reserves the right to institute a more substantial penalty depending on the severity of the underlying violation.

 

In addition, a student found guilty of felonious acts or misdemeanors other than traffic charges may be declared ineligible for participation in activities for an additional period of time determined by the superintendent of schools or his/her designee.

 

THIRD OFFENSE: A minimum of 18 weeks (126 calendar days) and a minimum of 18 public performances suspension from participation in all co-curricular competition and performance. Re-admittance to participate shall be at the discretion of the board following a hearing conducted by the board with the student and parent(s)/guardians at the family’s request.

 

Students will not be allowed to begin participating in an activity already in progress in order to serve their Activity Eligibility/Good Conduct.

 

The superintendent of schools or his/her designee reserves the right to institute a more substantial penalty depending on the severity of the underlying violation.

 

In addition, a student found guilty of felonious acts or misdemeanors other than traffic charges may be declared ineligible for participation in activities for an additional period of time determined by the superintendent of schools or his/her designee.

 

The suspensions described above will commence at the time the student makes a school coach, sponsor, Activities director, or principal/designee aware of the infraction or at the time an investigation by the athletic activities director or the principal/designee determines by the finding of fact that the student is guilty of violating this policy.  This policy is in effect 12 months of the year.

 

A student will be charged with violation of the above rules against use, sale or purchasing, or possession of alcohol or a controlled substance including inhabiting an environment or being in attendance where an illegal act(s) related to alcohol and/or controlled substances occur(s), including, but not limited to: 1) alcohol being possessed and/or consumed by people not of legal age to do so; and 2) possession and/or consumption of controlled substances when either of the following is true:

 

    1. Any student who, after a hearing at which the student shall be confronted with the allegation, the basis of the allegation, and given an opportunity to tell the student’s side, is found to have violated the school’s Co-curricular Activities and Competition policy will be deemed ineligible. The accused student shall be afforded due process of confrontation, hearing, and appeal as provided by Board Policy No. 525.

 

    1. When an investigation by a school official finds a preponderance of evidence to satisfy the investigator that the student was involved in the use, sale, distribution, purchase, or possession of alcohol, tobacco and/or controlled substances.

 

The charges of violation of the alcohol, tobacco or controlled substance rule shall be reported by the principal/designee to the superintendent.

 

 

 

Scheduling of Events

 

The Board and administration realizes that the amount of participation in co-curricular activities does limit the amount of time a student may spend on academic preparation and progress.

Therefore, the following are considered as appropriate limitations:

 

  1. Scheduled contests will conform at all times to the state association rulings and adhere to recommendations made by these agencies.

 

  1. The Activities director will be responsible for the scheduling of all high school activities and the athletic activities director will be responsible for scheduling athletic activities events at the middle school. All schedules must be approved by the middle or high school principal/designee.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision

October 11, 1982

August 12, 1985

September 19, 1986

August 13, 1989

August 21, 1990

July 22, 1991

February 20, 1995

July 1997

August 2000

June 2001

July 2003

June 2004

July 2006

August 2006

October 2006

July 2007

June 2008

July 2010

September 2012

July 2013

October 2013

August 2015

July 2019

August 2019

 

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 02/26/2020 - 19:29

539 - Corporal Punishment

539 - Corporal Punishment

STUDENT PERSONNEL

 

Series 500

 

Policy Title: Corporal Punishment, Mechanical Restraint and Prone Restraint

Code No. 539

 

The use of corporal punishment, mechanical restraint and/or prone restraint is prohibited in all schools.  Corporal punishment is defined as the intentional physical punishment of a student. It includes the use of unreasonable or unnecessary physical force or physical contact made with the intent to harm or cause pain. No employee is prohibited from any of the following, which are not considered corporal punishment:

 

  • Using reasonable and necessary force, not designed or intended to cause pain, in order to accomplish any of the following:
    • To quell a disturbance or prevent an act that threatens physical harm to any person.
    • To obtain possession of a weapon or other dangerous object(s) within a student's control.
    • For the purposes of self-defense or defense of others as provided for in Iowa Code section 704.3.
    • For the protection of property as provided for in section 704.4 or 704.5.
    • To remove a disruptive student from class or any area of school premises or from school-sponsored activities off school premises.
    • To protect a student from the self-infliction of harm.
    • To protect the safety of others.
  • Using incidental, minor, or reasonable physical contact to maintain order and control.

 

Mechanical restraint means the use of a device as a means of restricting a student's freedom of movement.  Mechanical restraint does not mean a device used by a trained individual for specific approved therapeutic or safety purposes for which the device was designed and, if applicable, prescribed, including restraints for medical immobilization, adaptive devices or mechanical supports used to allow greater freedom of mobility than would be possible without use of such devices or mechanical supports; and vehicle safety restraints when used as intended during the transport of a student in a moving vehicle.

 

Prone restraint means any restraint in which the student is held face down on the floor.

 

Reasonable force should commensurate with the circumstances of the situation. The following factors should be considered in using reasonable physical force for the reasons stated in this policy:

 

 

 

  1. The size and physical, mental, and psychological condition of the student;
  2. The nature of the student's behavior or misconduct provoking the use of physical force;
  3. The instrumentality used in applying the physical force;
  4. The extent and nature of resulting injury to the student, if any, including mental and psychological injury;
  5. The motivation of the school employee using physical force.

 

Upon request, the student's parents are given an explanation of the reasons for physical force.

 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July, 2003

July 2006

July 2010

September 2012

August 2015

February 2021

November 2023

 

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 02/26/2020 - 19:43

539.1 - Physical Restraint and Seclusion of Students

539.1 - Physical Restraint and Seclusion of Students

STUDENT PERSONNEL

 

Series 500

 

Policy Title: Physical Restraint and Seclusion of Students

Code No. 539.1

 

It is the goal of the district that all students can learn and grow in a safe and peaceful environment that nurtures the student and models respect for oneself and others.  On occasion, trained district employees and others may have to use behavior management interventions, physical restraint and/or seclusion of students.  The goal of these interventions is to promote the dignity, care, safety, welfare and security of each child and the school community.  With this objective in mind, the district will prioritize the use of the least restrictive behavioral interventions appropriate for the situation.

 

Physical restraint means a personal restriction that immobilizes or reduces the ability of a student to move the student’s arms, legs, body, or head freely.  Physical restraint does not mean a technique used by trained school personnel, or used by a student, for the specific and approved therapeutic or safety purposes for which the technique was designed and, if applicable, prescribed.  Physical restraint does not include instructional strategies, such as physically guiding a student during an educational task, hand shaking, hugging, or other non-disciplinary physical contact. 

 

Seclusion means the involuntary confinement of a child in a seclusion room or area from which the child is prevented or prohibited from leaving; however, preventing a child from leaving a classroom or school building are not considered seclusion.  Seclusion does not include instances when a school employee is present within the room and providing services to the child, such as crisis intervention or instruction. 

 

Physical restraint or seclusion is reasonable or necessary only:

  • To prevent or terminate an imminent threat of bodily injury to the student or others; or
  • To prevent serious damage to property of significant monetary value or significant nonmonetary value or importance; or
  • When the student’s actions seriously disrupt the learning environment or when physical restraint or seclusion is necessary to ensure the safety of the student or others; and
  • When less restrictive alternatives to seclusion or physical restraint would not be effective, would not be feasible under the circumstances, or have failed in preventing or terminating the imminent threat or behavior; and
  • When the physical restraint or seclusion complies with all applicable laws.

 

Prior to using physical restraint or seclusion, employees must receive training in accordance with the law.  Any individual who is not employed by the district but whose duties could require the individual to use or be present during the use of physical restraint or seclusion on a student will be invited to participate in the same training offered to employees on this topic. 

 

When required by law, the superintendent or the superintendent’s designee will ensure a post-occurrence debriefing meeting is held, maintain documentation and fulfill all reporting requirements for each occurrence of physical restraint or seclusion as required by law. 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

February 2021

November 2023

 

 

mkohorst@carro… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 12:53

539R1 - Use of Physical Restraint and Seclusion with Students Regulation

539R1 - Use of Physical Restraint and Seclusion with Students Regulation

STUDENT PERSONNEL

 

Series 500

 

Policy Title: Use of Physical Restraint and Seclusion with Students Regulation

Code No. 539.R1

 

The district will comply with 281 Iowa Administrative Code Ch. 103 for the use of physical restraint and seclusion with students, including, but not limited to:

 

  • Physical restraint and seclusion will be used only by employees who have been trained in accordance with applicable law unless a trained employee is not immediately available due to the unforeseeable nature of the occurrence.
  • As soon as practical after the situation is under control, but within one hour after either the occurrence or the end of the school day, whichever occurs first, the school will attempt to contact the student’s parent or guardian using the school’s emergency contact system.
  • The seclusion or physical restraint is used only for as long as necessary based on research and evidence to allow the student to regain control of their behavior to the point that the threat or behavior necessitating the use of the seclusion or physical restraint has ended, or when a medical condition occurs that puts the student at risk of harm.  Unless otherwise provided for in the student’s written approved IEP, BIP, IHP or safety plan, if the seclusion or physical restraint continues for more than 15 minutes:
    • The student will be provided with any necessary breaks to attend to personal and bodily needs, unless doing so would endanger the child or others.
    • An employee will obtain approval from an administrator or administrator’s designee to continue seclusion or physical restraint beyond 15 minutes.  After the initial approval, an employee must obtain additional approval every 30 minutes thereafter for the continuation of the seclusion or physical restraint.
    • The student’s parent or guardian and the school may agree to more frequent notifications than is required by law.
    • Schools and district employees must document and explain in writing the reasons why it was not possible for the employees to obtain approval, notify parents, or take action within prescribed time limits.
    • Schools and district employees who begin and then end use of non-approved restraints will document and explain in writing the reasons why they had no other option but to use this type of behavioral intervention.
  • The area of seclusion will be a designated seclusion room that complies with the seclusion room requirements in accordance with law, unless the nature of the occurrence makes the use of the designated seclusion room impossible, clearly impractical, or clearly contrary to the safety of the student, others, or both; in that event, the school must document and explain in writing the reasons why a designated seclusion room was not used.
  • An employee must continually visually monitor the student for the duration of the seclusion or physical restraint.
  • If an employee restrains a student who uses sign language or an augmentive mode of communication as the student’s primary mode of communication, the student shall be permitted to have the student’s hands free of physical restraint, unless doing so is not feasible in view of the threat posed.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Code No. 539.R1

Page 2 of 2

 

 

  • Seclusion or physical restraint shall not be used:  as punishment or discipline; to force compliance or to retaliate; as a substitute for appropriate educational or behavioral support; to prevent property damage except as provided in law; as a routine school safety measure; or as a convenience to staff.

 

 

  • The Superintendent or the Superintendent’s designee will investigate any complaint or allegation that one or more employees violated any provisions of 281 Iowa Administrative Code Ch. 103.  If the district determines a violation has occurred, corrective action will be taken up to and including termination of the employees involved.  If the allegation or complaint involves a specific student the district will notify the parents or guardian of the involved student about the results of the investigation.  If any allegation or complaint is also defined as abuse in 281 Iowa Administrative Code 102.2, the procedures listed in chapter 102 will apply.

 

    • The district must comply with and implement Chapter 103 whether or not a parent consents to the use of physical restraint or seclusion.

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

February 2021

November 2023

 

mkohorst@carro… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 12:54

539E1 - Use of Physical REstraint and/or Seclusion Documentation Form

539E1 - Use of Physical REstraint and/or Seclusion Documentation Form

STUDENT PERSONNEL

Series 500

Policy Title: Use of Physical Restraint and/or Seclusion Documentation Form

Code No: 539.E1

Page 1 of 3

USE OF PHYSICAL RESTRAINT AND/OR SECLUSION DOCUMENTATION FORM

 

Student Name:

Date of occurrence:

Start time of occurrence:

End time of occurrence:

Duration of restraint:

Duration of seclusion:

 

 

Check all that apply:

 

 

Employee Name:

Employee Title:

Observed

Restraint

Involved

Restraint

Imple- mented

Restraint

Observed

Seclusion

Involved Seclusion

Imple- mented

Seclusion

Date of last Chapter 103 training:

Date of last CPI training:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Administrator Signature:

 

 

15 min

time:

initials:

30 min

time:

initials:

    30 min

time:

initials:

 

30 min

time:

initials:

30 min

time:

initials:

30 min

time:

initials:

30 min

time:

initials:

If Administrator approval was not obtained at 15 minutes or every 30 minutes thereafter, or a student was not provided with breaks for bodily needs in incidents lasting longer than 15 minutes, explain why:

 

 

 

 

 

Describe the incident; must include the antecedent (what happened before the behavior) and the behavior (what the student did).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Describe any less restrictive means attempted as an alternative to physical restraint and seclusion or why those means would not be effective or feasible, or have failed:

 

 

 

 

 

Parent/Guardian notification: Parents/Guardians will be notified as soon as practicable once the  occurrence is under control, but no more than one hour after, or the end of the school day, whichever  occurs first. Space below for documenting multiple attempts to notify guardians is listed in case the  guardian cannot be reached in the first attempt.

Employee attempting  notification:

Parent/Guardian 

contacted:

Time and manner of  attempted notification:

 

Was notification 

successful?

Employee attempting  notification:

Parent/Guardian 

contacted:

Time and manner of  attempted notification:

Was notification 

successful?

If Parent/Guardian notification requirements were not complied with, explain why:

 

 

 

 

Describe employee actions before, during and after occurrence, including the reason for any of the  following, if applicable: use of non-approved restraint, use of non-designated seclusion rooms, any restraint or seclusion that lasted longer than necessary:

 

 

Describe injuries sustained or property damaged by students or employees:

 

 

 

Describe future approaches to address student behavior including any consequences or disciplinary actions that may be imposed on the student:

 

 

 

 

 

This form has been reviewed and completed by the undersigned employee. A written copy of this form  has been sent to the student’s parent or guardian within three school days of the occurrence. Unless the  parent or guardian agrees to receive the report by email, fax, or hand delivery, the report must be sent by  mail and postmarked by the third day following the occurrence. Enclosed with a copy of this form is an invitation for the parents or guardians to participate in the debriefing meeting scheduled in accordance  with the law. 

________________________________________________ Employee

________________________________________________Date of form delivered to Parent/Guardian

________________________________________________Method of Transmittal

mkohorst@carro… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 12:55

539E2 - Debriefing Letter To Guardian Of Student Involved In An Occurrence

539E2 - Debriefing Letter To Guardian Of Student Involved In An Occurrence

 

 

Series 500

STUDENT PERSONNEL

 

Policy Title:  Debriefing Letter To Guardian Of Student Involved In An Occurrence         

Code No. 539.E2

 

WHERE PHYSICAL RESTRAINT AND/OR SECLUSION WAS USED 

[This letter and the enclosed report may be transmitted electronically via email or fax, picked up in person, or mailed. If the district and the guardian do not agree on how to transmit this letter, it must be mailed via postage prepaid, first class mail to the guardian within 3 school days of the occurrence.

 

Dear [Guardian], 

 

Recently, your student [name] was involved in an occurrence at school that required the physical restraint  and/or seclusion of your student as defined by 281 Iowa Administrative Code Ch. 103. A report related to this occurrence is enclosed with this letter.  

 

The law requires debriefing meetings be held for such occurrences in the following circumstances:

 

Following the first instance of seclusion or physical restraint during a school             year;

When any personal injury occurs as a part of the use of seclusion or physical             restraint;

When a reasonable educator would determine a debriefing session is necessary; 

When suggested by a student’s IEP team; 

When agreed to by the guardian and school officials; and 

After seven instances of seclusion or physical restraint of the student. 

            This letter is intended to inform you that a debriefing meeting will be held on [date             within 5 days of  transmission of letter, time, place] because of [reason from bulleted             list above].

 

The following employees will be in attendance at this meeting: [list names and titles of employees]. We are inviting you to attend this debriefing meeting to engage with us on topics related to this occurrence.  

 

If you would like to reschedule the debriefing meeting, please contact me as soon as possible via email  [email address] or telephone [telephone number], and at least one school day prior to the date and time listed for this debriefing meeting. Your student is allowed to attend this meeting with your consent, and you are welcome to bring a representative of your choosing if you wish. If you plan to bring a representative to this meeting, please let us know at least one school day prior to the meeting so that we  have an opportunity to make arrangements. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Code No. 539.E2

Pg. 2 of 2

 

 

We look forward to working with you to foster the continued health, safety and educational growth of your student. 

 

 

___________________________________                        

 [Administrator name], title                                                

 

___________________________

Date

 

 

 

This form has been reviewed and completed by the undersigned employee. A written copy of this form has been sent to the student’s guardian within three school days of the debriefing meeting.  

 

 

__________________________________                         

Employee

 

 

______________________________                                                           

Date delivered to Parent/Guardian 

 

 

______________________________ 

Method of Transmittal

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

February 2021

November 2023

 

 

mkohorst@carro… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 12:55

539E3 Debriefing Meeting Document

539E3 Debriefing Meeting Document

 

 

Series 500

STUDENT PERSONNEL

 

Policy Title:  Debriefing Letter To Guardian Of Student Involved In An Occurrence         

Code No. 539.E2

 

WHERE PHYSICAL RESTRAINT AND/OR SECLUSION WAS USED 

[This letter and the enclosed report may be transmitted electronically via email or fax, picked up in person, or mailed. If the district and the guardian do not agree on how to transmit this letter, it must be mailed via postage prepaid, first class mail to the guardian within 3 school days of the occurrence.

 

Dear [Guardian], 

 

Recently, your student [name] was involved in an occurrence at school that required the physical restraint  and/or seclusion of your student as defined by 281 Iowa Administrative Code Ch. 103. A report related to this occurrence is enclosed with this letter.  

 

The law requires debriefing meetings be held for such occurrences in the following circumstances:

 

Following the first instance of seclusion or physical restraint during a school             year;

When any personal injury occurs as a part of the use of seclusion or physical             restraint;

When a reasonable educator would determine a debriefing session is necessary; 

When suggested by a student’s IEP team; 

When agreed to by the guardian and school officials; and 

After seven instances of seclusion or physical restraint of the student. 

            This letter is intended to inform you that a debriefing meeting will be held on [date             within 5 days of  transmission of letter, time, place] because of [reason from bulleted             list above].

 

The following employees will be in attendance at this meeting: [list names and titles of employees]. We are inviting you to attend this debriefing meeting to engage with us on topics related to this occurrence.  

 

If you would like to reschedule the debriefing meeting, please contact me as soon as possible via email  [email address] or telephone [telephone number], and at least one school day prior to the date and time listed for this debriefing meeting. Your student is allowed to attend this meeting with your consent, and you are welcome to bring a representative of your choosing if you wish. If you plan to bring a representative to this meeting, please let us know at least one school day prior to the meeting so that we  have an opportunity to make arrangements. 

 

We look forward to working with you to foster the continued health, safety and educational growth of your student. 

 

 

___________________________________                        

 [Administrator name], title                                                

 

___________________________

Date

This form has been reviewed and completed by the undersigned employee. A written copy of this form has been sent to the student’s guardian within three school days of the debriefing meeting.  

 

 

__________________________________                         

Employee

 

 

______________________________                                                           

Date delivered to Parent/Guardian 

 

 

______________________________ 

Method of Transmittal

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

February 2021

November 2023

 

 

mkohorst@carro… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 12:56

540

540 dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 02/26/2020 - 19:46

540E1

540E1 dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 02/26/2020 - 19:52

540E2

540E2 dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 02/26/2020 - 19:57

540R1

540R1 dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 02/26/2020 - 20:04

542 - Student Government

542 - Student Government

STUDENT PERSONNEL

 

Series 500

 

Policy Title: Student Government Code No.: 542

 

The student council provides for student activities, serves as a training experience for student leaders, promotes the common good, gives students a share in the management of the school, develops high ideals of personal conduct, acts as a clearinghouse for student activities, seeks to interest students in school district affairs and helps solve problems that may arise. Members of the council are student representatives who have direct access to the administration.

 

The principal/designee, in conjunction with the students and licensed employees, will set forth the guidelines for the student government elections, operations, and other elements of the government.

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July, 2003

July 2006

July 2010

September 2012

August 2015

September 2023

November 2023

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 02/26/2020 - 20:08

543 - Student Organizations

543 - Student Organizations

STUDENT PERSONNEL

 

Series 500

 

Policy Title: Student Organizations

Code No.: 543

 

Secondary school student-initiated, non-curriculum-related groups and student

curriculum-related groups, upon receiving permission from the principal/designee, may use school facilities for group meetings during non-instructional time.

 

Non-instructional time will mean any time before the first period of the day and after the last period of the day in which any student attends class. Meetings will not interfere with the orderly conduct of the education program or other school district operations. It is within the discretion of the principal/designee to determine whether the meetings will interfere with the orderly conduct of the education program or other school district operations. Activities relating to and part of the education program will have priority over the activities of another organization.

 

Curriculum-Related Organizations

 

It will also be the responsibility of the principal/designee to determine whether a student group is curriculum-related. One or more of the following questions will be answered affirmatively if the group is curriculum-related:

 

  • Is the subject matter of the group actually taught in a regularly offered course?
  • Will the subject matter of the group soon be taught in a regularly offered course?
  • Does the subject matter of the group concern the body of courses as a whole?
  • Is participation in the group required for a particular course?
  • Does participation in the group result in academic credit?

 

Secondary school curriculum-related student organizations may use the school district facilities for meetings and other purposes before and after the instructional school day. Employees are assigned to monitor approved meetings and may interact with curriculum-related organizations.

 

Non-curriculum-Related Organizations

 

Student-initiated, non-curriculum-related organizations are provided access to meeting space and school district facilities.

 

Only students may attend and participate in meetings of non-curriculum-related groups. Such attendance is strictly voluntary and student-initiated. As a means of determining whether a student's attendance is voluntary, the principal/designee may require parental consent for the student to attend the meetings.

 

Employees will be assigned to monitor approved meetings. Employees will not participate in the meeting or assist in planning, criticizing, or encouraging attendance. Only students may be involved in and attend the non-curriculum group's meetings.

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 2003

July 2006

July 2010

September 2012

August 2015

September 2023

November 2023

 

 

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 02/26/2020 - 20:09

544 - Student Publications

544 - Student Publications

Students may produce official school publications as part of the curriculum under the supervision of a faculty advisor and the principal/designee. Official school publications include material produced in the journalism, newspaper, yearbook or writing classes and distributed to the student body either free or for a fee.

Any expressions made by students in the exercise of free speech, including student expression in official school publications, is not an expression of official school policy. The district, the board, and the district employees or officials are not liable in any civil or criminal action for any student expression made or published by students, unless the district employees or officials have interfered with or altered the content of the student speech or expression. The liability, if any, is only to the extent of the interference or alteration of the speech or expression.

Official school publications are free from prior restraint by district employees or officials except as provided by law. A faculty advisor shall supervise student writers to maintain professional standards of English and journalism and to comply with the law including, but not limited to, the restrictions against unlawful speech. The production of official school publications shall be guided by the law and by the ethical standards adopted by professional associations or societies of journalism.

Persons, other than students, who believe they have been aggrieved by student expression in a student-produced official school publication, will follow the grievance procedure outlined in board policy 241. Students who believe their freedom of expression in a student-produced official school publication has been restricted will follow the grievance procedure outlined in board policy 525.

The superintendent is responsible for developing a student publications code. This code will include, but not be limited to, reasonable rules including time, place, and manner of restrictions. The superintendent will also be responsible for distributing this policy and the student publications code to the students and their parents/guardians.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 1979
August 1994
August 1997
August 2000
July 2003
July 2010
September 2012
August 2015

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 02/26/2020 - 20:12

544R1 - Student Publications Code

544R1 - Student Publications Code

A.  Official school publications defined.

An "official school publication" is material produced by students in the journalism, newspaper, yearbook or writing classes and distributed to students either free or for a fee.

 

B.  Expression in an official school publication.

  1. No student will express, publish or distribute in an official school publication material which is:
    a.  
    Obscene;
    b.  
    Libelous;
    c.  
    slanderous; or
    d.  
    encourages students to:
    1. commit unlawful acts;
    2. violate school rules;
    3. cause the material and substantial disruption of the orderly and efficient operation of the school or school activity;
    4. disrupt or interfere with the education program;
    5. interrupt the maintenance of a disciplined atmosphere; or
    6. infringe on the rights of others.
       
  2. Official school publications are produced under the supervision of a faculty advisor.

C.  Responsibilities of students.

  1. Students writing or editing official school publications will assign and edit the news, editorial, and feature contents of the official school publications subject to the limitations of the student publications code and the law.
     
  2. Students will strive to achieve professional standards of accuracy, fairness, objectivity, and thoroughness in each and every aspect of official school publications.
     
  3. Students will strive to achieve professional standards of grammar, usage, punctuation, and spelling for clarity and accuracy of official school publications.

D.  Responsibilities of faculty advisors.

Faculty advisors will supervise student writers to maintain professional standards of English and journalism and to comply with the law including, but not limited to, the restrictions against unlawful speech.

 

E.  Liability.

Student expression in an official school publication will not be deemed to be an expression of the school district. The school district, the board, and the employees or officials are not liable in any civil or criminal action for any student expression made or published by students unless the employees or officials have interfered with or altered the content of the student expression. The liability, if any, is only to the extent of interference or alteration of the speech or expression.

 

F.  Appeal procedure.

 

  1. Students who believe they have been unreasonably restricted in their exercise of expression in an official student publication will seek review of the decision through the student grievance procedure, under board policy 525.
     
  2. Persons who believe they have been aggrieved by a student-produced official student publication will file their complaint through the citizen grievance procedure, under board policy 241.

 

G.  Time, place and manner of restrictions on official school publications.

  1. Official student publications may be distributed in a reasonable manner on or off school premises.
     
  2. Distribution in a reasonable manner will not encourage students to:
    a.  
    commit unlawful acts;
    b.  
    violate school rules;
    c.  
    cause the material and substantial disruption of the orderly and efficient operation of the school district or school activity;
    d.  
    disrupt or interfere with the education program;
    e.  
    interrupt the maintenance of a disciplined atmosphere; or
    f.  
    infringe on the rights of others.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 2006
July 2010
September 2012
August 2015

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 02/26/2020 - 20:14

545 - Social Events

545 - Social Events

All social events shall be under the control and supervision of licensed school personnel. Approval for an event shall be secured from the principal/athletic director or designee of the building involved and placed on the school calendar before any public announcement is made. Hours, behavior, and activities related to social events shall be reasonable and proper.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 1979
August 1994
August 1997
August 2000
July 2003
July 2006
July 2010
September 2012
August 2015

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 02/26/2020 - 20:18

546 - Attendance at Events Outside of School

546 - Attendance at Events Outside of School

Events in which students participate during school hours or as representatives of the district but at places outside of the school must be sponsored and supervised by licensed school personnel. Rules of behavior shall be the same as at any in-school activity or event.

The district has no control or responsibility for any school child when the child is in the custody and control of his parents/guardians or other agencies.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 1979

August 1994
August 1997
August 2000
July 2003
July 2006
July 2010
September 2012
August 2015

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 02/26/2020 - 20:20

547 - Student Work/Intern Program

547 - Student Work/Intern Program

STUDENT PERSONNEL

Series 500 Policy Title: Student Work/Intern Program

Code No.: 547

 

Coordination of education programs with local businesses can benefit the school district community. When mutually acceptable arrangements can be made between a local business and the board, secondary students may work for a local business to obtain school credit.

 

Such programs must be compatible with the education program and have the approval of the board.

 

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent and/or designee to pursue such arrangements with local businesses.

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

September 2012

August 2015

November 2023

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 02/26/2020 - 20:22

548 - Student Performances

548 - Student Performances

STUDENT PERSONNEL

 

Series 500

 

Policy Title: Student Performances Code No.: 548

 

Students, as part of the education program, may participate in contests or other public and private events approved by the superintendent that will be of benefit to the student and the education program.  Performance at such events is a privilege.

Students, who perform at such events, serve as ambassadors of the school district and must conduct themselves in the same manner as required in the regular school day.  Students who fail to abide by this policy and the administrative regulations supporting it may be subject to disciplinary measures.  

Students will be allowed to perform in these events only with proper permission and supervision and when the events do not disrupt the education program or other school district operations.  The events must be approved by the superintendent, unless it involves unusual travel and expense, in which case the board must approve of the performance.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy. In developing the administrative regulations, these guidelines should be followed:

  • Performances by student groups below the high school level should be allowed on a very limited basis;
  • All groups of students should have an opportunity to participate; and
  • Extensive travel by one group of students should be discouraged.

     

It is within the discretion of the superintendent to determine whether the event will benefit the education program and the participating students. Contests or other performances by students unapproved by the superintendent are the responsibility of the parent and the student.

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision: September 2012

August 2015

November 2023

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 02/26/2020 - 20:25

550 - Parent-Teacher Conferences and Student Progress Reports

550 - Parent-Teacher Conferences and Student Progress Reports

STUDENT PERSONNEL

Series 500

Policy Title: Parent-Teacher Conferences and Student Progress Reports

Code No.: 550

 All Grades

The board recognizes the following objectives or purposes of a system of reporting practices:

 

  1. To inform parents of the progress made by their students.
  2. To bring parents into closer understanding of the expectations of the school.
  3. To record for students their growth or achievement.
  4. To assist students in evaluating their growth or achievement.
  5. To assist the student, parent, and the school in working cooperatively for the welfare of the student.

Grades K-4

Parent-Teacher conferences shall be scheduled in grades kindergarten through 4th grade a minimum of twice a school year.  Parents of students doing unsatisfactory work will receive a progress report at the mid-point of each twelve-week period.

Reporting shall be done at twelve-week intervals. Conferences between parent and teachers will be held at the request of parent or as the teacher or principal/designee deem advisable.

Grades 5-12

Parent-Teacher conferences shall be scheduled in grades five through twelve at a minimum of twice a school year. Grades are available for parents to view through Infinite Campus. Parents of students doing unsatisfactory work will receive a progress report at the mid-point of each nine-week period.

All parent (s) of students who have received an unsatisfactory mid-term must be informed of the possibility of failure in a course not later than two weeks before the close of the semester. The teacher shall notify the student and the parent.

Reporting shall be done at nine-week intervals. At the end of each nine weeks the parent may view grades on Infinite Campus. Conferences between parents and teachers will be held at the request of parent or as the teacher or principal/designee deem advisable.

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 1979

August 12, 1981

August 8, 1988

August 1996

July 1993

June 1999

June 2002

July 2003

July 2006

July 2010

September 2012

August 2015

January 2024

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 02/26/2020 - 20:27

551 - Retention, Promotion and Acceleration

551 - Retention, Promotion and Acceleration

STUDENT PERSONNEL

 

Series 500

 

Policy Title: Retention, Promotion and Acceleration           

Code No.: 551

Students will be promoted to the next grade level at the end of each school year based on the student's achievement, age, maturity, emotional stability, and social adjustment.

The district shall adhere to the following:

  • Retention/Promotion in kindergarten – eighth grade: The retention of a student will be determined based upon the judgment of the district’s professional staff. When it becomes evident a student in grades kindergarten through eight may be retained in a grade level for an additional year, the parents will be informed prior to making the retention decision. It is within the discretion of the district and parent to retain students in their current grade level and to deny promotion to a student.
  • Retention/Promotion in ninth – twelfth grade: Students in grades nine through twelve will be informed of the required coursework necessary to be promoted each year. When it becomes evident a student in these grades will be unable to meet the minimum credit requirements for the year, the student and parents will be informed. It is within the discretion of the district and parent to retain students in their current grade level and to deny promotion to a student.
  • Acceleration in kindergarten – twelfth grade: Students in grades kindergarten through twelve with exceptional talents may, with the permission of the principal and parents, take classes beyond their current grade level. Enrichment opportunities outside the school district may be allowed when they do not conflict with the school district's graduation requirements.
  • Retention or Acceleration in kindergarten – twelfth grade may also occur in additional instances as provided by law.

Any student or parent who is not satisfied with the decision of the district’s professional staff my seek recourse through policy 525 – Student Complaints and Grievances.
 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:           

July 1983           

August 1988

July 1993

June 1999

August 1996

June 1999

June 2002

July 2003

July 2006

July 2010

September 2012

August 2015

December 2023

 

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 02/26/2020 - 20:31

551R1 - Retention and Promotion K-4

551R1 - Retention and Promotion K-4

 

STUDENT PERSONNEL

 

Series 500

 

Policy Title: Retention and Promotion K-4           

Code No.: 551R1

 

Following are rules and regulations, which shall govern the procedures under which staff personnel concerned with retention and acceleration shall operate:

 

  1. Criteria to be Considered:
        1. Academic Achievement
        2. Intellectual Ability
        3. Social Maturity
        4. Emotional Maturity
        5. Physical Development
        6. Chronological Age
        7. Language Development
        8. Attendance

 

  1. Procedures
        1. The classroom teacher will inform the principal/designee of his/her intent to discuss retention or acceleration with parents before the parents are approached.
        2. The classroom teacher will hold a face-to-face conference with the parents to initiate the possibility of retention or acceleration.
        3. If possible, initial discussions with parents regarding retention or acceleration should take place during the first semester.
        4. The parents and teacher should consider the student’s attitude regarding retention or acceleration before the final decision is made.
        5. Parents and staff should strive to make a final decision by the end of the third quarter, but in no case later than the last school day of the year.
        6. The classroom teacher, parents, and principal/designee shall reach a joint decision regarding retention or acceleration of the student.  However, in the event of a disagreement, the parents shall have the final decision regarding retention or acceleration since they have ultimate responsibility for their student’s education.
        7. Students shall not be retained more than one time during their school experience.
        8. The classroom teacher’s recommendation to retain a student shall be placed in writing in the student’s cumulative record regardless of the final decision.  This written record shall list the reasons for the recommendation.  This written recommendation will remain a part of the cumulative record but will not be a part of the permanent record.  The parent's signature to indicate they have seen the written recommendation shall be incorporated into the record.

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:           

August 1983           

August 1993           

August 1996           

June 1999           

June 2002           

June 2003

July 2006

July 2010

September 2012

August 2015

December 2023

 

 

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 02/26/2020 - 20:34

551R2 - Retention and Promotion 5-8

551R2 - Retention and Promotion 5-8

The following are rules and regulations which shall govern the procedures under which Carroll Middle School personnel concerned with retention and promotion shall operate:

 

A.  Criteria to be Considered:

  1. Academic Achievement
  2. Intellectual Ability
  3. Social Maturity
  4. Emotional Maturity
  5. Physical Development
  6. Chronological Age
  7. Language Development
  8. Attendance
  9. Failure to successfully complete the Summer Success Program.

          

B.  Procedures

 

  1. The Summer Success Program will be the first step in the retention procedure.  Students who fail to complete the Summer Success Program will be required to take the courses failed during the next school year.
  2. If more than 2 courses are failed after completing the Summer Success Program, a meeting to discuss full-grade retention will be held between the parent/guardians and the building principal/designee.
  3. The parent/guardians and the building principal/designee will reach a joint decision regarding retention of the student.  However, in the event of a disagreement, the parent/guardians shall have the final decision regarding the grade level placement of the students.  Students will be required to repeat coursework failed in the previous school year prior to being promoted to course work at the next grade level.  
  4. All 8th grade course work must be completed at a passing level before students can enroll in that subject area at Carroll High School.
  5. An outline of the Summer Success Program is attached.

 

Carroll Middle School
Summer Success Program

The Carroll Middle School Success Program is designed to provide academic success for all students.  This program has been designed to provide students additional opportunities to be successful in the academic arena.  It also provides an additional student accountability piece.  The program guidelines are outlined below.

  1. Any student who fails an academic course at the end of a quarter will be required to attend the Summer Success Program.
  2. The Summer Success Program will be held during the month of June.  The length of time students are assigned to this program will be determined by the number of courses failed, and the amount of work necessary to pass the class(es).
  3. If a student fails to attend or performs at an unsatisfactory level, he/she will be retained or required to retake the course(s) failed.
  4. If a student is required to retake a course, he/she would be permitted to return to grade level course work at the start of second semester if they are receiving a C- or above.

Date of Adoption/Revision:   
August 1999   
June 2002
July 2003
July 2006
July 2010
September 2012
August 2015

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 02/26/2020 - 20:37

552 - Honors and Awards

552 - Honors and Awards

Any regularly enrolled student may be considered for honors or awards awarded by the school. Qualifications for such awards shall be established by licensed school personnel who have been delegated the responsibility by the superintendent or the building principal/designee.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 1979

August 1994
August 1997
August 2000
July 2003
July 2006
July 2010
September 2012
August 2015

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 02/26/2020 - 20:40

553 - Testing Program

553 - Testing Program

STUDENT PERSONNEL

 

Series 500

 

Policy Title: Testing Program           

Code No.: 553

 

A comprehensive testing program is established and maintained to evaluate the education program of the school district and to assist in providing guidance or counseling services to students and their families.

 

No student is required, as part of any applicable program, funded by the United States Department of Education, to submit to a survey, analysis or evaluation that reveals information concerning:

  • political affiliations or beliefs of the student or student’s parent
  • mental or psychological problems of the student or the student's family;
  • sex behavior or attitudes;
  • illegal, antisocial, self-incriminating or demeaning behavior;
  • critical appraisals of other individuals with whom respondents have close family relationships;
  • legally recognized, privileged and analogous relationships, such as those of lawyers, physicians, and ministers;
  • religious practices, affiliations or beliefs of the student or student’s parent; or
  • income, (other than that required by law to determine eligibility for participation in a program or for receiving financial assistance under such program),

 

without prior consent of the student (if the student is an adult or emancipated minor), or in the case of an unemancipated minor, without the prior written consent of the parent.

 

Prior to an employee or contractor of the district providing information on a student enrolled in the district on any survey related to the social or emotional abilities, competencies or characteristics of the student; the district will provide the parent of the student detailed information related to the survey and obtain written consent of the parent of the student.  This includes the person who created the survey, the person who sponsors the survey, how the information generated by the survey is used and how information generated by the survey is stored.  This requirement will not prohibit a district employee from answering questions related to a student enrolled in the district as part of developing or implementing an individualized education program for the student.

 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

It is the responsibility of the board to review and approve the evaluation and testing program.

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:           

July 2003                                    June 2017

July 2006                                    August 2023

September 2012                        December 2023

August 2015

           

 

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 02/26/2020 - 20:42

554 - Early Graduation

554 - Early Graduation

STUDENT PERSONNEL

 

Series 500

 

Policy Title: Early Graduation Code No.: 554

 

Students will be required to complete the necessary coursework and graduate from high school at the end of grade twelve. Students may graduate prior to this time if they meet the minimum graduation requirements stated in the board policy.

 

Students are required to give notice verbally of their intent to graduate early at spring registration. Written notice of intent must be given by December 1 for mid-term graduation and by April 1 for graduation at the end of the junior year to a CHS administrator or counselor. Students must have the approval of the board and a recommendation by the superintendent and principal/designee to graduate early.

 

A student who graduates early will no longer be considered a student and will become an alumnus of the school district. However, the student who graduates early may participate in commencement exercises.

 

Students who graduate early may attend the next graduation. It will be the responsibility of the early graduates to check with the school, in advance, regarding:

 

  1. Picking up announcement package (ordered in the fall).
  2. Distribution of cap and gown.
  3. Graduation practice—(NOTE: All students must take part in the graduation practice in order to participate in the graduation ceremony unless excused by the principal/designee.)

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

August 1998

July 2003

July 2006

July 2010

September 2012

August 2015

December 2023

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 02/26/2020 - 20:44

555 - Commencement

555 - Commencement

STUDENT PERSONNEL

 

Series 500

 

 

 

Policy Title: Commencement Code No. 555

 

Students who have met the requirements for graduation will be allowed to participate in the commencement activities provided they abide by the proceedings organized by the school district. It is the responsibility of the principal/designee to solicit input from each graduating class regarding the proceedings for their commencement.

 

Failure of a student to participate in commencement will not be a reason for withholding the student's final progress report or diploma certifying the student's completion of high school.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 2003

July 2006

July 2010

September 2012

August 2015

April 2020

January 2022

December 2023

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 02/26/2020 - 20:45

556 - Parental and Family Engagement

556 - Parental and Family Engagement

STUDENT PERSONNEL

 

Series 500

 

Policy Title: Parental and Family Engagement           

Code No.: 556

 

Parent and family engagement is an important component in a student’s success in school.  The board encourages parents and families to become involved in their child’s education to ensure the child’s academic success. The board will:

 

  1. Involve parents and families in the development of the Title I plan, the process for school review of the plan and the process for improvement;
  2. Provide the coordination, technical assistance and other support necessary to assist and build the capacity of all participating schools in planning and implementing effective parent and family involvement activities to improve student academic achievement and school performance;
  3. To the extent feasible, coordinate and integrate parent and family engagement strategies under Title I with parent and family engagement strategies outlined in other relevant Federal, State, and local laws and programs.
  4. Conduct with the involvement of parents and family members, an annual evaluation of the content and effectiveness of the parent and family engagement policy in improving the academic quality of the school served including identifying barriers to greater participation by parents in Title I activities (with particular attention to low-income parents, Limited English Proficient (LEP) parents, parents of any racial or ethnic minority, parents with disabilities and parents with limited literacy);  
  5. Use the findings of the annual evaluation to design strategies for more effective parental and family involvement and to revise, as necessary, the parental and family involvement policies; and
  6. Involve parents and families in Title I activities. 

 

The board will review this policy annually. The superintendent is responsible for notifying parents and families of this policy annually or within a reasonable time after it has been amended during the school year. The superintendent may develop an administrative process or procedures to implement this policy. 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:           

July 2003           

July 2006

July 2006

September 2012

August 2015

June 2017

December 2023

           

 

 

Jen@iowaschool… Mon, 02/24/2020 - 12:14

556R1 - Parental and Family Engagement Building-Level Regulation

556R1 - Parental and Family Engagement Building-Level Regulation

STUDENT PERSONNEL

 

Series 500

 

Policy Title: Parental and Family Engagement Building-Level Regulation

Code No.: 556R1

 

 

To further the interests of student achievement, the superintendent will create necessary rules to engage parents and family members within the district in the following ways on a building-level basis:

 

  1. Policy Involvement:  The district will host an annual meeting and invite all parents to attend; and inform parents of their rights and the district’s requirements under Title I.  This meeting will also invite parents to become involved in the planning, review and improvement of a building policy and in developing the district plan.  The district will inform parents of: 
    • programs under this policy,
    • curriculum and assessment used for students,
    • the opportunity to meet with administration to participate in decisions related to their children’s education,
    • a description and explanation of curriculum used in the school forms of academic assessment used to measure student progress, and
    • achievement levels of the challenging state academic standards. 

 

  1. Accessibility:  Provide opportunities for informed participation of parents and family members in understandable formats and languages.  This includes participation by parents and family members who may have disabilities, limited English proficiency, and migratory children. Offer a flexible number of meetings during the day, evening and weekends to facilitate parent involvement.  The superintendent has discretion to allow schools to provide childcare for families of students during these meetings through Title I funds.

 

  1. High Student Academic Achievement:  Each school in the district will jointly develop with parents and family members a school-parent compact that outlines how parents, staff and students share responsibility for improving student academic achievement; and how a partnership will be built to achieve this.  The compact will describe the responsibility of the school to provide high quality curriculum and instruction, and the parents’ responsibility to support their children’s learning.  This will also address the importance of communication between schools and parents through parent teacher conferences, regular reports to parents on their children’s progress, and ensuring regular meaningful communication between family and school staff. 

 

  1. Building Capacity for Involvement: Each school within the district will include in their plan ways to achieve the following:
    • Assist parents and families to understand topics including academic standards and assessments and how to monitor student progress;
    • Provide materials and training to help parents work with students to improve achievement;
    • Educate teachers and staff in how to communicate with parents and build ties to foster academic success;
    • Coordinate and integrate other federal, state and local programs to support parents in more fully participating in students’ education;
    • Ensure information related to programs is sent to parents and families in understandable formats; and
    • Provide other reasonable support to encourage parental involvement

 

  1. Schools Operating a School wide Program:  Each school operating a school wide program under this policy shall:
    • Involve parents on a timely and ongoing basis in the planning, review and improvement of programs, including the parent and family engagement school policy drafting and review, and the joint development of the school wide program. 
    • If the school wide program plan is not satisfactory to the parents of the participating children, parent comments will be requested and submitted with the plan to the district.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision

December 2019

December 2023

 

 

Jen@iowaschool… Mon, 02/24/2020 - 12:14

558 - Education Records Access

558 - Education Records Access

STUDENT PERSONNEL

 

Series 500

 

Policy Title:             Education Records Access           

Code No.:             558

 

The board recognizes the importance of maintaining education records and preserving their confidentiality as provided by law.  Education records are kept confidential at collection, storage, disclosure, and destruction stages.  The board secretary is the custodian of education records.  Education records may be maintained in the central administration office or administrative office of the student's attendance center.  

 

For the purposes of this policy, the defined words have the following meaning: 

  • “Education Record” means those records that contain information directly related to a student and which are maintained by an education agency or institution or by a party acting for the agency or institution. 
  • “Eligible Student” means a student who has reached eighteen years or attends a postsecondary institution. Parents of an eligible student are provided access to education records only with the written permission of the eligible student unless the eligible student is defined as a dependent by the Internal Revenue Code. In that case, the parents may be provided access without the written permission of the student.  

 

An education record may contain information on more than one student. Parents will have the right to access the information relating to their student or to be informed of the information.  Eligible students will also have the right to access the information relating to themselves, or be informed of the information.

 

Parents, eligible students, and other individuals authorized in accordance with law will have access to the student’s education records upon request without unnecessary delay and in no instance more than forty-five calendar days after the request is made.  Parents, other than parents of an eligible student, may be denied access to the student’s records if the school district has a court order stating such or when the district has been advised under the appropriate laws that the parents may not access the student records.   Parents, an eligible student or an authorized representative of the parents will have the right to access the student's education records prior to an Individualized Education Program (IEP) meeting or hearing.

 

Copies of education records will be provided if failure to do so would effectively prevent the parents or student from exercising the right to access the education records.  Fees for copies of the records are waived if it would prevent the parents or student from accessing the records.  A fee may not be charged to search or retrieve information from education records.

 

Upon the request of parents or an eligible student, the school district will provide an explanation and interpretation of the education records and a list of the types and locations of education records collected, maintained or used by the school district.

 

If the parents or an eligible student believes the information in the education record is inaccurate, misleading or violates the privacy of the student, the parents or an eligible student may request that the school district amend the education records.  

 

 

 

 

Education records may be disclosed in limited circumstances without parental or eligible student's written permission. This disclosure is made on the condition that the education record will not be disclosed to a third party without the written permission of the parents or the eligible student.  This disclosure may be: 

 

  • To school officials within the school district and AEA personnel whom the superintendent has determined to have a legitimate educational interest, including, but not limited to, board members, employees, school attorney, auditor, health professionals, and individuals serving official school committees; 

 

  • To officials of another school district in which the student wishes to enroll, provided the other school district notifies the parents the education records are being sent and the parents have an opportunity to receive a copy of the records and challenge the contents of the records unless the annual notification includes a provision that records will automatically be transferred to new school districts; 

 

  • To the U.S. Comptroller General, the U.S. Attorney General, the U.S. Secretary of Education or state and local educational authorities; 

 

  • In connection with a student’s application for or receipt of financial aid

 

  • To organizations conducting educational studies for, or on behalf of, educational agencies or institutions for the purpose of developing, validating, or administering predictive tests, administering student aid programs, and improving instruction, if such studies are conducted in such a manner as will not permit the personal identification of students and their parents by persons other than representatives of such organizations and such information will be destroyed when no longer needed for the purpose for which it was conducted 

 

  • To accrediting organizations;

 

  • To parents of a dependent student as defined in the Internal Revenue Code; 

 

  • To comply with a court order or judicially issued subpoena consistent with an interagency agreement between the district and juvenile justice agencies;

 

  • In connection with a health or safety emergency; or

 

  • As directory information; or

 

  • In additional instances as provided by law.

 

The superintendent will keep a list of the individuals and their positions who are authorized to view a special education student's education records without the permission of the parents or the eligible student.  Individuals not listed are not allowed access without parental or an eligible student's written permission.  This list must be current and available for public inspection and updated as changes occur.

 

The superintendent will also keep a list of individuals, agencies, and organizations which have requested or obtained access to a student's education records, the date access was given and their legitimate educational interest or purpose for which they were authorized to view the records.  The superintendent, however, does not need to keep a list of the parents, authorized educational employees, officers and agencies of the district who have accessed the student's education records.  This list for an education record may be accessed by the parents, the eligible student, and the custodian of education records.

 

Permanent education records, including a student's name, address, phone number, grades, attendance record, classes attended, grade level completed and year completed may be maintained without time limitation.  Permanent education records will be kept in a fire-safe vault or they may be maintained electronically with a secure backup file.

 

When personally identifiable information, other than permanent education records, is no longer needed to provide educational services to a special education student, the parents or eligible student are notified.  This notice is normally given after a student graduates or otherwise leaves the school district.  If the parents or eligible student request that the personally identifiable information be destroyed, the district will destroy the records, except for permanent records.  Prior to the destruction of the records, the school district must inform the parents or eligible student the records may be needed by the parents or eligible student for social security benefits or other purposes.  For purposes of policy, “no longer needed to provide educational services,” means that a record is no longer relevant to the provision of instruction, support, or related services and it is no longer needed for accountability and audit purposes. At a minimum, a record needed for accountability and audit purposes must be retained for five years after completion of the activity for which funds were used. 

 

The school district will cooperate with the juvenile justice system in sharing information contained in permanent student records regarding students who have become involved with the juvenile justice system.  The school district will enter into an interagency agreement with the juvenile justice agencies involved.

 

The purpose of the agreement is to allow for the sharing of information prior to a student's adjudication in order to promote and collaborate between the school district and the agencies to improve school safety, reduce alcohol and illegal drug use, reduce truancy, reduce in-school and out-of-school suspensions, and to support alternatives to in-school and out-of-school suspensions and expulsions which provide structured and well supervised educational programs 

supplemented by coordinated and appropriate services designed to correct behaviors that lead to truancy, suspension, and expulsions and to support students in successfully completing their education.

 

The school district may share any information with the agencies contained in a student's permanent record, which is directly related to the juvenile justice system's ability to effectively serve the student.  Prior to adjudication information contained in the permanent record may be disclosed by the school district to the parties without parental consent or court order.  Information contained in a student's permanent record may be disclosed by the school district to the agencies after adjudication only with parental consent or a court order.  Information shared pursuant to the agreement is used solely for determining the programs and services appropriate to the needs of the student or student's family or coordinating the delivery of programs and services to the student or student's family. 

 

Information shared under the agreement is not admissible in any court proceedings, which take place prior to a disposition hearing, unless written consent is obtained from a student's parent, or legal or actual custodian.

 

Confidential information shared between the school district and the agencies will remain confidential and will not be shared with any other person, unless otherwise provided by law. The school district may discontinue information sharing with an agency if the school district determines that the agency has violated the intent or letter of the agreement.

 

Agencies will contact the principal of the attendance center where the student is currently or was enrolled.  The principal will then forward copies of the records within a reasonable time following receipt of the request.

 

The school district will provide training or instruction to employees about parents' and eligible students' rights under this policy.  Employees will also be informed about the procedures for carrying out this policy. It is the responsibility of the superintendent to annually notify parents and eligible students that they have the right to:

  • Inspect and review the student's education records;  
  • Seek amendment of the student’s education records that the parent or eligible student believes to be inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation of the student’s privacy rights;
  • Consent to disclosures of personally identifiable information contained in the student’s education records, except to the extent that the law authorizes disclosure without consent; and
  • File a complaint with the U.S. Department of Education concerning alleged failures by the district to comply with the law. 

 

The notice is given in a parents' or eligible student's native language.  Should the district collect personal information from students for the purposes of marketing or selling that information, the school district will annually notify parents of such activity.

 

The notice will include a statement that the parents have a right to file a complaint alleging the school district failed to comply with this policy.  Complaints are forwarded to Student Privacy Policy Office, U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Avenue SW, Washington, D.C. 20202-8520.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:           

July 1979           

January 1988

July 1993

August 1996           

August 1997           

June 1999             

June 2002           

July 2003             

July 2006           

July 2010

September 2012

August 2015

June 2017

December 2023           

 

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 02/26/2020 - 20:48

558E1 - Request of Non-parent for Examination or Copies of Education Records

558E1 - Request of Non-parent for Examination or Copies of Education Records

STUDENT PERSONNEL

 

Series 500

 

Policy Title:             Request of Nonparent for Examination or Copies of Education Records           

Code No.:             558E1

 

The undersigned hereby requests permission to examine the Carroll Community School District's official education records of:

 

_______________________________________________________________________  (Legal Name of Student)                                     (Date of Birth)

 

 

The undersigned requests copies of the following official education records of the above student:

 

The undersigned certifies that they are (check one):

 

____            An official of another school system in which the student intends to enroll.

 

____            An authorized representative of the Comptroller General of the United States.

 

____            An authorized representative of the Secretary of the U.S. Department of                                                 Education or U.S. Attorney General.

 

____            A state or local official to whom such is specifically allowed to be reported

                        or disclosed.

 

____            A person connected with the student's application for, or receipt of, financial

                        aid (SPECIFY DETAILS ABOVE).

 

____            Otherwise authorized by law.  (SPECIFY DETAILS_____________________)

 

____            A representative of a juvenile justice agency with which the school district

                        has an interagency agreement.

 

 

The undersigned agrees that the information obtained will only be disclosed consistent with state or federal law without the written permission of the parents of the student, or the student if the student is of majority age.

 

__________________________            ___________            _____________________________

Signature                                                Title                                    Agency

 

Date: __________________    Address:  ______________________________________       

 

City:_______________________________

 

State: _____________  Zip:  ________________  Phone Number:  _________________

 

 

 

APPROVED:

 

Signature:  ______________________________________

 

Title: ___________________________________________

 

Dated:  _________________________________________

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision

June 2017

December 2023

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 02/26/2020 - 20:51

558E2 - Authorization For Release of Education Records

558E2 - Authorization For Release of Education Records

STUDENT PERSONNEL

 

Series 500

 

Policy Title:             Authorization For Release of Education Records           

Code No.:             558E2

 

 

The undersigned hereby authorizes the Carroll Community School District to release copies of the following official education records

 

________________________________________________________________________

 

________________________________________________________________________

 

concerning: ______________________________________________________________

                      (Full Legal Name of Student)                                            (Date of Birth)

 

 

________________________________________________________________________(Name of Last School Attended)

 

 

From 20___ to 20___       (Year(s) of Attendance)_______

 

 

The reason for this request is:  _______________________________________________

 

My relationship to the child is:  ______________________________________________

 

Copies of the records to be released are to be furnished to:

 

(  )  the undersigned

(  )  the student

(  )  other (please specify)___________________________________________________

 

 

 

____________________________________________

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:__________________________

 

Address: _______________________

 

City: __________________________          State: _________________________

 

Zip: ___________________________          Phone Number: _________________

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

June 2017

December 2023

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 02/26/2020 - 20:53

558E3 - Request for Hearing on Correction of Education Records

558E3 - Request for Hearing on Correction of Education Records

STUDENT PERSONNEL

 

Series 500

 

Policy Title:             Request for Hearing on Correction of Education Records           

Code No.:             558E3

 

 

To:  ____________________________________________________________________

            Board Secretary (Custodian)                                                Address

 

 

I believe certain official education records of my child,

 

______________________________________________________________________,

(Full legal name of student)                                                                                   

 

 

Carroll Community School District, are inaccurate, misleading or in violation of privacy rights of my child.

 

The official education records which I believe are inaccurate, misleading or in violation of privacy or other rights of my child are:

 

_______________________________________________________________________

 

_______________________________________________________________________

 

_______________________________________________________________________

 

The reason I believe such records are inaccurate, misleading or in violation of the privacy or other rights of my child is:

 

_______________________________________________________________________

 

_______________________________________________________________________

 

_______________________________________________________________________

 

My relation to the child is:  _________________________________________________

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

I understand that I will be notified in writing of the time and place of the hearing; that I will be notified in writing of the decision; and I have the right to appeal the decision by so notifying the hearing officer in writing within ten days after my receipt of the decision or a right to place a statement in my child's record stating I disagree with the decision and why.

 

 

____________________________________________

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

Date:__________________________

 

Address: _______________________

 

City: __________________________          State: _________________________

 

Zip: ___________________________          Phone Number: _________________

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

June 2017

December 2023

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 02/26/2020 - 21:11

558E4 - Request for Examination of Education Records

558E4 - Request for Examination of Education Records

STUDENT PERSONNEL

 

Series 500

 

Policy Title:             Request for Examination of Education Records           

Code No.:             558E4

 

 

To:  _______________________________________________________________________  Board Secretary (Custodian)                                     Address

 

 

The undersigned desires to examine the following official education records:

 

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

of ______________________________,      __________________          _______

        Full Legal Name of Student                           Date of Birth                  Grade

 

 

Carroll Community School District,

 

My relationship to the student if (applicable) is:

 

_______________________________________________________________________

 

(check one)

 

____ I do

____ I do not

 

desire a copy of such records.  I understand that a reasonable charge may be made for the copies.

 

Parent's/Eligible Student's Signature: 

 

_______________________________________________________

 

Date:  __________________________________________________________________

 

Address:  ________________________        City:_______________________________

 

State: _____________  Zip:  ________________  Phone Number:  _________________

 

 

 

 

 

APPROVED:

 

Signature:  _________________________________

 

Title:   ____________________________________

 

Dated:  ____________________________________

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

June 2017

December 2023

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 02/26/2020 - 21:14

558E5 - Notification of Transfer of Education Records

558E5 - Notification of Transfer of Education Records

STUDENT PERSONNEL

 

Series 500

 

Policy Title: Notification of Transfer of Education Records

Code No.: 558E5

 

To:  _______________________________________________________

          Parent

 

Date:  ______________________________________________________

 

______________________________________________________________________________

Street Address                                            City                               State                         Zip

 

 

 

Please be notified that copies of the Carroll Community School District's official education records concerning

 

______________________________________________________________________________

(Full legal name of student)

 

have been transferred to:

 

________________________________________          _________________________________

School District Name                                                                        Address

 

upon the written statement that the student intends to enroll in said school system.

 

If you desire a copy of such records furnished, please check here _____ and return this form to the undersigned.  A reasonable charge will be made for the copies.

 

If you believe such records transferred are inaccurate, misleading or otherwise in violation of the privacy or other rights of the student, you have the right to a hearing to challenge the contents of such records.

 

 

______________________________________________

(Name)

 

______________________________________________

(Title)

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:      June 2017                        December 2023

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 02/26/2020 - 21:15

558E6 - Letter to Parent Regarding Receipt of A Subpoena

558E6 - Letter to Parent Regarding Receipt of A Subpoena

STUDENT PERSONNEL

 

Series 500

 

Policy Title: Letter to Parent Regarding Receipt of A Subpoena

Code No.: 558E6

 

Date:  ______________________________________________________

 

 

Dear:  ______________________________________________________

          (Parent)

 

 

This letter is to notify you that the Carroll Community School District has received a

 

______________________ requesting copies of your child's education records.  The (subpoena or court order)

 

 

specific records requested are

 

_____________________________________________________________________.

 

 

The school district has until ______________________________________________

                                                (date on subpoena or court order)

 

to deliver the documents to _______________________________________________

                                                (requesting party on subpoena or court order). 

 

If you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact me at

 

______________________________________________

 (Principal or Superintendent's phone number)

 

 

Sincerely,

 

______________________________________________

(Principal or Superintendent)

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:     June 2017                        December 2023

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 02/26/2020 - 21:27

558E7 - Juvenile Justice Agency Information Sharing Agreement

558E7 - Juvenile Justice Agency Information Sharing Agreement

STUDENT PERSONNEL

 

Series 500

 

Policy Title: Juvenile Justice Agency Information Sharing Agreement

Code No.: 558E7

 

Statement of Purpose: The purpose of this Agreement is to allow for the sharing of information among the School District and the Agencies prior to a student's adjudication in order to promote and collaborate to improve school safety, reduce alcohol and illegal drug use, reduce truancy, reduce in-school and out-of-school suspensions, and to support alternatives to in-school and out-of-school suspensions and expulsions which provide structured and well supervised educational programs supplemented by coordinated and appropriate services designed to correct behaviors that lead to truancy, suspension, and expulsions and to support students in successfully completing their education.

 

Identification of Agencies: This agreement is between Carroll Community School District (hereinafter "School District") and Juvenile Court Services (hereinafter "Agencies").

 

Statutory Authority: This agreement implements Iowa Code § 280.25 and is consistent with 34 C.F.R. 99.38.

 

Parameters of Information Exchange:

 

  1. The School District may share any information with the Agencies contained in a student's permanent record which is directly related to the juvenile justice system's ability to effectively serve the student.
  2. Prior to adjudication information contained in the permanent record may be disclosed by the school district to the Agencies without parental consent or court order.
  3. Information contained in a student's permanent record may be disclosed by the School District to the Agencies after adjudication only with parental consent or a court order.
  4. Information shared pursuant to the agreement is used solely for determining the programs and services appropriate to the needs of the student or student's family or coordinating the delivery of programs and services to the student or student's family.
  5. Information shared under the agreement is not admissible in any court proceedings, which take place prior to a disposition hearing, unless written consent is obtained from a student's parent, guardian, or legal or actual custodian.
  6. Information obtained by the school from other juvenile justice agencies may not be used as the basis for disciplinary action of the student.
  7. This agreement only governs a school district's ability to share information and the purposes for which that information can be used.  Other agencies are bound by their own respective confidentiality policies.

 

Records' Transmission: The individual requesting the information should contact the principal of the building in which the student is currently enrolled or was enrolled. The principal will forward the records within a reasonable time following receipt of the request.

 

 

 

Confidentiality: Confidential information shared between the Agencies and the school district will remain confidential and will not be shared with any other person, unless otherwise provided by law. Information shared under the agreement is not admissible in any court proceedings, which take place prior to a disposition hearing, unless written consent is obtained from a student's parent. Agencies or individuals violating the terms of this agreement subject their entity represented and themselves personally to legal action pursuant to federal and state law.  

 

Amendments: This agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the agencies with respect to information sharing. Agencies may be added to this agreement at the discretion of the school district.

 

Term: This agreement is effective from September 1, 2012.

 

Termination: The School District may discontinue information sharing with an Agency if the School District determines that the Agency has violated the intent or letter of this Agreement. 

 

 

APPROVED:

 

 

Signature:  ___________________________            Address: ___________________________________

 

Title:  _______________________________            City:  ______________________________________

 

Agency:  _____________________________            State:  ___________________   Zip: _____________

 

Dated:  _______________________________            Phone Number:  _____________________________

 

 

Signature:  ___________________________            Address: ___________________________________

 

Title:  _______________________________            City:  ______________________________________

 

Agency:  _____________________________            State:  ___________________   Zip: _____________

 

Dated:  _______________________________            Phone Number:  _____________________________

 

 

Signature:  ___________________________            Address: ___________________________________

 

Title:  _______________________________            City:  ______________________________________

 

Agency:  _____________________________            State:  ___________________   Zip: _____________

 

Dated:  _______________________________            Phone Number:  _____________________________

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:   

September 2012

June 2017

December 2023

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 02/26/2020 - 21:30

558E8 - Annual Notice

558E8 - Annual Notice

STUDENT PERSONNEL

 

Series 500

 

Policy Title: Annual Notice           

Code No.: 558 E8

 

The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) affords parents and students over 18 years of age ("eligible students") certain rights with respect to the student's education records.  They are:

 

(1)            The right to inspect and review the student's education records within 45 days of the day the district receives a request for access.

Parents or eligible students should submit to the school principal/designee (or appropriate school official) a written request that identifies the record(s) they wish to inspect.  The principal will make arrangements for access and notify the parent or eligible student of the time and place where the records may be inspected.

 

(2)            The right to request the amendment of the student's education records that the parent or eligible student believes are inaccurate or misleading or in violation of the student's privacy rights.  Parents or eligible students who wish to ask the school district to amend a record that they believe is inaccurate or misleading.  They should write the school principal, clearly identify the part of the record they want changed, and specify why it should be changed.

 

If the district decides not to amend the record as requested by the parent/guardian or eligible student, the district will notify the parent or eligible student of the decision and advise them of their right to a hearing regarding the request for amendment.  Additional information regarding the hearing procedures will be provided to the parent or eligible student when notified of the right to a hearing.

 

(3)            The right to consent to disclosures of personally identifiable information contained in the student's education records, except to the extent that FERPA authorizes disclosure without consent.

 

One exception which permits disclosure without consent is disclosure to school officials with legitimate educational interests.  A school official is a person employed by the district as an administrator, supervisor, instructor or support staff member (including health or medical staff and law enforcement unit personnel) a person serving on the school board. A school official also may include a volunteer or contractor outside of the school who performs an institutional service of function for which the school would otherwise use its own employees and who is under the direct control of the school with respect to the use and maintenance of personally identifiable information from education records, such as an attorney, auditor, medical consultant, or therapist; a parent or student serving on an official committee, such as a disciplinary or grievance committee or student assistance team or assisting another school official in performing his or her tasks.

A school official has a legitimate educational interest if the official needs to review an education record in order to fulfill his or her professional responsibility.

 

Upon request, the district discloses education records without consent to officials of another school district in which a student seeks or intends to enroll or is already enrolled if the disclosure is for the purposes of the student's enrollment or transfer.  (Note: FERPA requires a school district to make a reasonable attempt to notify the parent/guardian or eligible student of the records request unless it states in its annual notification that it intends to forward records on request).

 

(4)            The right to file a complaint with the U.S. Department of Education concerning alleged failures by the district to comply with the requirements of FERPA.  The name and address of the office that administers FERPA is:

Family Policy Compliance Office, U.S. Department of Education, 

400 Maryland Ave. SW, Washington, DC, 20202-8520.

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 2003

July 2006

July 2010

September 2012

August 2015

June 2017

December 2023

 

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 02/26/2020 - 21:33

558E9

558E9

 

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 02/26/2020 - 21:39

558R1 -Education Records Regulation

558R1 -Education Records Regulation

STUDENT PERSONNEL

 

Series 500

 

Policy Title: Education Records Regulation           

Code No.: 558 R1

 

Parents and eligible students will have a right to access a student's education records upon request without unnecessary delay and in no instance more than forty-five calendar days after the request is made. The intent of this regulation is to establish procedures for granting requests from eligible students and parents to access a student’s education records.  

 

Education records mean those records that contain information directly related to a student and which are maintained by an education agency or institution or by a party acting for the agency or institution. These may include, but are not necessarily limited to: dates of attendance; academic work completed; level of achievement (grades, standardized test scores); attendance data; scores on standardized intelligence, aptitude, and psychological tests; interest inventory results; health data; family background information; teacher or counselor ratings and observations; and verified reports of serious or recurrent behavior patterns.

 

A.            Access to Records

 

1.            Parents, eligible students, and other individuals authorized in accordance with law will have access to the student's education records during the regular business hours of the school district.  Parents and eligible students will have a right to access the student's education records upon request without unnecessary delay and in no instance more than forty-five calendar days after the request is made.  An eligible student or parent, upon written request to the board secretary, shall receive an explanation and interpretation of the education records.  A student, eighteen years or older, has the right to determine who, outside the school system, has access to the records.  Parents of students who are 18 years or older but still dependents for income tax purposes may access the student's records without prior permission of the student.

 

                        2.            School officials having access to student records are defined as having a legitimate educational interest.  A school official is a person employed by the district as an administrator, supervisor, instructor or support staff member (including health or medical staff and law enforcement unit personnel); a person serving on the school board; a person or company with whom the district has contracted to perform a special task (such as an attorney, auditor, AEA employee, medical consultant, or therapist); or a parent.

 

B.            Release of Information Outside the School - Information from education records may             be disclosed to outside parties as outlined in board policy and otherwise provided by             law.

 

C.            Procedures for Requesting a Record Amendment

 

  1. If the eligible student, parent, or legal guardian believe the information in the education records is inaccurate, misleading, or violates the privacy of the student, the parents or an eligible student may request that the school district amend the education student records.  
  2. The school district will decide whether to amend the education student records within a reasonable time after receipt of the request.
  3. If the school district determines an amendment is made to the education student record, the school district will make the amendment and inform the parents or the eligible student of the decision in writing.
  4. If the school district determines that amendment of the student's education record is not appropriate, it will inform the parents or the eligible student of their right to a hearing before the hearing officer provided by the school district. The hearing officer may be an employee of the school district, so long as the employee does not have a direct interest in the outcome of the hearing.
  5. Upon parental request, the school district will hold a hearing regarding the content of a student’s education records, which the parent believes to be inaccurate, misleading, or in violation of the privacy rights of students.
  6. The hearing will be held within a reasonable time after receipt of the parent or eligible student’s request. The parent or eligible student will receive reasonable advance notice of date, time and place of the hearing.
  7. The parents or eligible student will be given a full and fair opportunity to present evidence relevant to the issues. The parent or eligible student may be represented by an individual at their choice at their own expense.
  8. The hearing officer will render a written decision within a reasonable period after the hearing.  The decision will be based upon evidence presented at the hearing and must include a summary of the evidence and the reasons for the decision.
  9. The parents may appeal the hearing officer’s decision to the superintendent within 10 days if the superintendent does not have a direct interest in the outcome of the hearing.
  10. The parents may appeal the superintendent’s decision or the hearing officer’s decision if the superintendent was unable to hear the appeal, to the board within 10 days.  It is within the discretion of the board to hear the appeal.
  11. If the parents' and the eligible student's request to amend the education student record is further denied following the hearing, the parents or the eligible student are informed that they have a right to place an explanatory letter in the education student record commenting on the school district's decision or setting forth the reasoning for disagreeing with the school district. Additions to the student's education records will become a part of the education student record and be maintained like other education student records. If the school district discloses the education student records, the explanation by the parents will also be disclosed or the eligible student of the decision in writing.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:                                   

July, 1979

August 1994

August 1997

August 2000

June 2002

July, 2003

July 2006

July 2010

September 2012

August 2015

June 2017

December 2023

 

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 02/26/2020 - 21:44

559 - Student Directory Information

559 - Student Directory Information

Directory information is information contained in the education records of a student that would not generally be considered harmful or an invasion of privacy if disclosed. The district may disclose "directory information" to third parties without consent if it has given public notice of the types of information which it has designated as "directory information," the parent's or eligible student's right to restrict the disclosure of such information, and the period of time within which a parent or eligible student has to notify the school in writing that he or she does not want any or all of those types of information designated as "directory information." defined in the annual notice. The district has designated the following as “directory information”: 

  • Student’s name
  • Address 
  • Telephone listing 
  • Electronic mail address
  • Photograph
  • Date and place of birth
  • Major field of study
  • Dates of attendance 
  • Grade level 
  • Participation in officially recognized activities and sports
  • Weight and height of members of athletic teams
  • Degrees, honors, and awards received
  • The most recent educational agency or institution attended
  • Student ID number, user ID, or other unique personal identifier used to communicate in electronic systems that cannot be used to access education records without a PIN, password, etc.  (A student’s SSN, in whole or in part, cannot be used for this purpose.)   

Student is defined as an enrolled individual, PK-12 including children in school district sponsored child-care programs.  

Prior to developing a student directory or to giving general information to the public, parents (including parents of students open enrolled out of the school district and parents of children home schooled in the school district) will be given notice annually of the intent to develop a directory or to give out general information and have the opportunity to deny the inclusion of their child's information in the directory or in the general information about the students.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to provide notice and to determine the method of notice that will inform parents.

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:     
July 2003       
July 2006       
July 2010
September 2012
August 2015
June 2017

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 02/26/2020 - 21:45

559E1 - Authorization For Releasing Student Directory Information

559E1 - Authorization For Releasing Student Directory Information

The Carroll Community School District has adopted a policy designed to assure parents/guardians and students the full implementation, protection, and enjoyment of their rights under the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974.  A copy of the school district's policy is available for review in the administrative offices at 1026 North Adams Street. 

This law requires the school district to designate as "directory information" any personally identifiable information taken from a student's educational records prior to making such information available to the public.

The school district has designated the following information as directory information: 

  • Student’s name
  • Address 
  • Telephone listing 
  • Electronic mail address
  • Photograph
  • Date and place of birth
  • Major field of study
  • Dates of attendance 
  • Grade level 
  • Participation in officially recognized activities and sports
  • Weight and height of members of athletic teams
  • Degrees, honors, and awards received
  • The most recent educational agency or institution attended
  • Student ID number, user ID, or other unique personal identifier used to communicate in electronic systems that cannot be used to access education records without a PIN, password, etc.  (A student’s SSN, in whole or in part, cannot be used for this purpose.)   

You have the right to refuse the designation of any or all of the categories of personally identifiable information as directory information with respect to your student provided that you notify the school district in writing not later than no later than September 15th, of each school year. If you desire to make such a refusal, please complete and return the slip attached to this notice.

If you have no objection to the use of student information, you do not need to take any action.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision
July 2010
September 2012
August 2015
June 2017

 

 

Carroll Community School District Parental/Guardian Directions to Withhold Student/Directory Information for education purposes, for the 20__ - 20__ school year.

RETURN THIS FORM

School:  Carroll Community School District

Withhold Student/Directory Information for Education Purposes for the 20  - 20  school year.  

Student Name:                                                                                             Date of Birth

School:                                                                                                         Grade

Signature of Parent/Legal Guardian/Custodian of Child:                             Date

 

 

This form must be returned to your child's school no later than September 15th of this school year.

Additional forms are available at your child's school.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 02/26/2020 - 21:47

559R1 - Use of Directory Information

559R1 - Use of Directory Information

The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA), a Federal law, requires that Carroll Community School District, with certain exceptions, obtain your written consent prior to the disclosure of personally identifiable information from your child’s education records.  However, Carroll Community School District may disclose appropriately designated “directory information” without written consent, unless you have advised the District to the contrary in accordance with District procedures.  The primary purpose of directory information is to allow the Carroll Community School District to include this type of information from your child’s education records in certain school publications.  Examples include:

  • A playbill, showing your student’s role in a drama production;
  • The annual yearbook;
  • Honor roll or other recognition lists;
  • Graduation programs; and,
  • Sports activity sheets, such as for wrestling, showing weight and height of team members.

Directory information, which is information that is generally not considered harmful or an invasion of privacy if released, can also be disclosed to outside organizations without a parent’s prior written consent.  Outside organizations include, but are not limited to, companies that manufacture class rings or publish yearbooks.  In addition, two federal laws require local educational agencies (LEAs) receiving assistance under the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (ESEA) to provide military recruiters, upon request, with the following information – names, addresses and telephone listings – unless parents have advised the LEA that they do not want their student’s information disclosed without their prior written consent.   

If you do not want the Carroll Community School District to disclose directory information from your child’s education records without your prior written consent, you must notify the District in writing by September 15th of each school year. Carroll Community School District has designated the following information as directory information:  

  • Student’s name
  • Address 
  • Telephone listing 
  • Electronic mail address
  • Photograph
  • Date and place of birth
  • Major field of study
  • Dates of attendance 
  • Grade level 
  • Participation in officially recognized activities and sports
  • Weight and height of members of athletic teams
  • Degrees, honors, and awards received
  • The most recent educational agency or institution attended
  • Student ID number, user ID, or other unique personal identifier used to communicate in electronic systems that cannot be used to access education records without a PIN, password, etc.  (A student’s SSN, in whole or in part, cannot be used for this purpose.)   

DATED:_________________________, 20_____.
 

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 02/26/2020 - 21:51

560 - Student Photographs

560 - Student Photographs

STUDENT PERSONNEL

Series 500

Policy Title: Student Photographs Code No.: 560

The board will permit student "portrait" photographs to be taken on school premises by a commercial photographer as a service to the students and their families.

Parents/guardians will be notified prior to the taking of pictures by a commercial photographer for student "portraits." In no case will students be required to have their picture taken or be pressured to purchase pictures.

Students or commercial photographers may take pictures of students upon consent for such things as the yearbook or student newspaper.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative rules regarding student photographs.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative rules regarding student photographs.

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 2003

July 2006

July 2010

September 2012

August 2015

January 2024

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 02/26/2020 - 21:53

561 - Student Library Circulation Records

561 - Student Library Circulation Records

STUDENT PERSONNEL

Series 500

Policy Title: Student Library Circulation Records Code No.: 561

Student library circulation records are designed to be used internally to assist in the orderly administration of the school district libraries. As a general rule, student library circulation records are considered confidential records and will not be released without parental/guardian consent. Individuals who may access such records include a student's parents/guardians, the student, authorized licensed employees, authorized government officials from the U.S. Comptroller General, the Secretary of Education, the Commissioner and Director of the National Institute of Education, and the Assistant Secretary for Education and State Education Department. Appropriate authorities in a health or safety emergency may access the student's library circulation records without the approval or the notification of the student's parents/guardians. Parents/Guardians may not access records, without the student's permission, of a student who has reached the age of majority or who is attending a post-secondary educational institution unless the student is considered a dependent for tax purposes.

 

It is the media specialist's responsibility, as the person maintaining the student library circulation records, to approve requests for access to student library circulation records. Students' library circulation records may be accessed during the regular business hours of the school district. If copies of documents are requested, a fee for such copying is charged.

 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the media specialist, to develop administrative rules regarding this policy.

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 2003

July 2006

July 2010

September 2012

August 2015

Janaury 2024

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 02/26/2020 - 21:54

562 - Student Work Permits

562 - Student Work Permits

The superintendent may, when requested, issue age and work permits to students in accordance with provisions of the state and federal child labor laws.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
September 2012
August 2015

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 02/26/2020 - 21:55

564 - Student Health Services

564 - Student Health Services

Health services are an integral part of comprehensive school improvement, assisting all students to increase learning, achievement, and performance. Health services coordinate and support existing programs to assist each student in achievement of an optimal state of physical, mental, and social well-being. Student health services ensure continuity and create linkages between school, home, and community service providers. The district’s comprehensive school improvement plan, needs, and resources determine the linkages.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
June 2002
July 2003
July 2006
July 2010
September 2012
August 2015

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 02/26/2020 - 21:56

565 - Student Health and Immunization Certificates

565 - Student Health and Immunization Certificates

Students desiring to participate in athletic activities or enrolling in pre-kindergarten, kindergarten, or first grade in the school district will have a physical examination by a licensed physician and provide proof of such an examination to the school district. A physical examination and proof of such an examination may be required by the administration for students in other grades enrolling for the first time in the school district.

A certificate of health stating the results of a physical examination and signed by the physician is on file at the attendance center. Each student will submit an up-to-date certificate of health upon the request of the superintendent. Failure to provide this information may be grounds for disciplinary action and will cause the student to become ineligible to participate in extracurricular athletics until a physical examination is submitted.

Students enrolling for the first time in the school district will also submit a certificate of immunization against diphtheria, pertussis, tetanus, poliomyelitis, rubeola, rubella, and other immunizations required by law. The student may be admitted conditionally to the attendance center if the student has not yet completed the immunization process but is in the process of doing so. Failure to meet the immunization requirement will be grounds for suspension, expulsion or denial of admission. Upon recommendation of the Iowa Department of Education and Iowa Department of Public Health, students entering the district for the first time may be required to pass a TB test prior to admission. The district may conduct TB tests of current students.

Exemptions from the immunization requirement in this policy will be allowed only for medical or religious reasons recognized under the law. The student must provide a valid Iowa State Department of Health Certificate of Immunization Exemption to be exempt from this policy.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July, 2003
July 2006
July 2010
September 2012
August 2015

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 02/26/2020 - 21:57

566 - Administration of Medication to Students

566 - Administration of Medication to Students

STUDENT PERSONNEL

Series 500

Policy Title: Administration of Medication to Students Code No.: 566

The board is committed to the inclusion of all students in the education program and recognizes that some students may need prescription and nonprescription medication to participate in their educational program. 

Medication shall be administered when the student's parent or guardian (hereafter "parent") provides a signed and dated written statement requesting medication administration and the medication is in the original, labeled container, either as dispensed or in the manufacturer's container.

When administration of the medication requires ongoing professional health judgment, an individual health plan shall be developed by an authorized practitioner with the student and the student's parent.  Students who have demonstrated competence in administering their own medications may self-administer their medication. A written statement by the student's parent shall be on file requesting co-administration of medication, when competence has been demonstrated.   By law, students with asthma, airway constricting diseases, respiratory distress or students at risk of anaphylaxis who use epinephrine auto-injectors may self-administer their medication upon the written approval of the student’s parents and prescribing licensed health care professional regardless of competency.   

Persons administering medication shall include authorized practitioners, such as licensed registered nurses and physician, and persons to who authorized practitioners have delegated the administration of medication (who have successfully completed a medication administration course).  A medication administration course and periodic update shall be conducted by a registered nurse or licensed pharmacist, and a record of course completion shall be maintained by the school. 

A written medication administration record shall be on file including: 

            date;

            student's name;

            prescriber or person authorizing administration;

            medication;

            medication dosage;

            administration time;

            administration method;

            signature and title of the person administering medication; and

            any unusual circumstances, actions, or omissions

Medication shall be stored in a secured area unless an alternate provision is documented.  Emergency protocols for medication-related reactions shall be posted.  Medication information shall be confidential information as provided by law

Disposal of unused, discontinued/recalled, or expired medication shall be in compliance with federal and state law. Prior to disposal school personnel shall make a reasonable attempt to return medication by providing written notification that expired, discontinued, or unused medications needs to be picked up. If medication is not picked up by the date specified, disposal shall be in accordance with the disposal procedures for the specific category of medication. 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

September 1990

July 1991

August 1994

August 1997

August 2000

July 2003

July 2006

July 2010

September 2012

August 2015

September 2022

January 2024

 

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 02/26/2020 - 21:58

566E1 - Controlled Substance Log

566E1 - Controlled Substance Log

STUDENT PERSONNEL

 

Series 500

 

Policy Title: Controlled Substance Log

 Code No.: 566E1

 

CONTROLLED SUBSTANCE LOG

 

Parent/Guardian is responsible for picking up remaining medication. Medication not picked up by parent/guardian will be turned over to local law enforcement for disposal.

Medication 

(name and amount)

RN Initials

Witness signature

Date

RN Signature

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Medication turned over to Law Enforcement (Name and amount)

RN initials

Law Enforcement Signature

Date

RN signature

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

October 2022

 

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 02/26/2020 - 22:02

566E2 - Administering Medication in School

566E2 - Administering Medication in School

STUDENT PERSONNEL

 

Series 500

 

Policy Title: Administering Medication in School

Code No.: 566E2

 

Dear Parents,

The Department of Education has asked all school districts to have a policy regarding the administration of medicines in school. If your child needs to bring medication to school, please follow these instructions to insure that the medication will be safely given.

 

A. No over-the-counter medication will be administered at school, unless we have the parent’s

      written permission, and prescription medication will be dispensed to students during a school

      day only if the following requirements are met:

            1) Medication must be in the original container from the pharmacy with the directions

                 clearly stated. (This serves two purposes: Permission from the doctor and direction

                 from the pharmacist.) If you ask your pharmacist, he will give you another labeled

                 container for school. NO BAGGIES OR ENVELOPES WILL BE ACCEPTED AT

                 SCHOOL.

            2) Parents must give written authorization for the administration of the medication.

 

B. Students are to bring all medications to the school office immediately upon their arrival at

school. Students are not to carry medications with them during the class day.

 

C. Parents are responsible for picking up any unused medication (that is a controlled substance) at the end of the school year or when the student is no longer taking medication at CCSD. Failure to do so will result in medication being picked up by local law enforcement personnel.

 

THANK YOU FOR YOUR HELP IN MAKING CERTAIN YOUR CHILD RECEIVES

NEEDED MEDICATION IN A SAFE MANNER

 

REQUEST FOR GIVING MEDICINE AT SCHOOL

   (MUST BE FILLED OUT COMPLETELY)

 

Student’s Name:___________________________  Grade:___________

Teacher:_________________________________            School:___________

Medication:_______________________________             Time Given:________

Date (From):______________________________             (To):______________

This medicine is furnished by the parent or guardian with the regular label, the name of the pharmacist, and the name and strength of the medicine. This request must be signed by the parent or guardian to authorize giving medication during school hours. The parent signature below gives Carroll Community Schools Health Staff permission to contact the prescribing physician as deemed

necessary with regard to the above listed student.

Parent Signature ____________________________________________________

Significant Information ________________________________________________

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 02/26/2020 - 22:04

566E3 - Parental Authorization and Release Form for the Administration of Medications to Students

566E3 - Parental Authorization and Release Form for the Administration of Medications to Students

STUDENT PERSONNEL

 

Series 500

PARENTAL AUTHORIZATION AND RELEASE FORM FOR THE ADMINISTRATION OF MEDICATION TO STUDENTS

Code No.: 566E3

 ______________________________________     ___/___/___      _______________________          ___/___/___

Student's Name (Last), (First), (Middle)                     Birthday                    School                                         Date

School medications and health services are administered following these guidelines:

• Parent has provided a signed, dated authorization to administer medication and/or provide the health service.

• The medication is in the original, labeled container as dispensed or the manufacturer's labeled container.

• The medication label contains the student’s name, name of the medication, directions for use, and date.

• Authorization is renewed annually and as soon as practical when the parent notifies the school that changes are necessary.

_________________________     _____________      ___________      _____________________

Medication/Health Care                        Dosage                  Route                      Time at School

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

Administration instructions

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

Special Directives, Signs to Observe and Side Effects

______ /_____ /______

 Discontinue/Re-Evaluate/Follow-up Date

____________________________________       __________/________/__________

Prescriber’s Signature                                                                         Date

 

_____________________________________     _______________________________________

Prescriber's Address                                                             Emergency Phone

 

I request the above named student carry medication at school and school activities, according to the prescription, or other medication administration instructions, and a written record kept. Special considerations are noted above. The information is confidential except as provided by the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) and any other applicable law. I agree to coordinate and work with school personnel and prescriber (if any) when questions arise. I agree to provide safe delivery of medication and equipment to and from school and to pick up remaining medication and equipment. Procedures for medication disposal shall be in accordance with federal and state law.

(Parent's signature) ____

Parent's address          _________________________________________________________

Date _______________Home Phone __________________ Work Phone ________________

Additional information

Authorized Form _____________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 02/26/2020 - 22:06

566E4 - Authorization-Asthma, Airway Constricting, or Respiratory Distress Medication Self-Administration Consent Form

566E4 - Authorization-Asthma, Airway Constricting, or Respiratory Distress Medication Self-Administration Consent Form

STUDENT PERSONNEL

Series 500

Policy Title: Authorization-Asthma, Airway Constricting, or Respiratory Distress Medication Self-Administration Consent Form

No.: 566E4

___________________________________     ____________   ______________________     _________________

Student's Name (Last), (First)  (Middle)     Date of Birth                   School                                Date

The following must occur for a student to self-administer asthma medication, bronchodilator canisters or spacers, or other airway constricting disease medication or for a student with a risk of anaphylaxis to self-administer an epinephrine auto-injector:

      Parent/guardian provides signed, dated authorization for student medication self-administration.

            Parent/guardian provides a written statement from the student’s licensed health care professional (A person licensed under chapter 148 to practice medicine and surgery or osteopathic medicine and surgery, an advanced registered nurse practitioner licensed under chapter 152 or 152E and registered with the board of nursing, or a physician assistant licensed to practice under the supervision of a physician as authorized in chapters 147 and 148C) containing the following:

o Name and purpose of the medication, o Prescribed dosage, and

o Times or special circumstances under which the medication or epinephrine auto-injector is to be administered.

            The medication is in the original, labeled container as dispensed or the manufacturer's labeled container containing the student name, name of the medication, directions for use, and date.

            Authorization shall be renewed annually. In addition, if any changes occur in the medication, dosage or time of administration, the parent is to notify school officials immediately. The authorization shall be reviewed as soon as practical.

Provided the above requirements are fulfilled, the school shall permit the self-administration of medication by a student with asthma, respiratory distress, or other airway constricting disease or the use of an epinephrine auto-injector by a student with a risk of anaphylaxis while in school, at school-sponsored activities, under the supervision of school personnel, and before or after normal school activities, such as while in before-school or after-school care on school-operated property. If the student abuses the self-administration policy, the ability to self-administer may be withdrawn by the school or discipline may be imposed, after notification is provided to the student’s parent.

Pursuant to state law, the school district or and its employees are to incur no liability, except for gross negligence, as a result of any injury arising from self-administration of medication or use of an epinephrine auto-injector by the student. The parent or guardian of the student shall sign a statement acknowledging that the school district is to incur no liability, except for gross negligence, as a result of self-administration of medication or an epinephrine auto-injector by the student as provided by law.

Authorization-Asthma, Airway Constricting, or Respiratory Distress Medication Self-Administration Consent Form

 

__________________________    __________________________   _____________   __________________

Medication                        Dosage                                   Route                         Time

_________________________________________________________________________________

Purpose of Medication & Administration /Instructions

____________________________________

Special Circumstances

___________________________________

Prescribers Signature

___________________________________

Prescribers Address

            /            /            ________________

Discontinue/Re-Evaluate/ Follow-up Date

            /            /            _______________________

Date

_________________________________

Emergency Phone

            I request the above-named student possess and self-administer asthma medication, bronchodilators canisters or spacers, or other airway constricting disease medication(s) and/or an epinephrine auto-injector at school and in school activities according to the authorization and instructions.

            I understand the school district and its employees acting reasonably and in good faith shall incur no liability for any improper use of medication or an epinephrine auto-injector or for supervising, monitoring, or interfering with a student's self-administration of medication or use of an epinephrine auto-injector. I acknowledge that the school district is to incur no liability, except for gross negligence, as a result of self-administration of medication or use of an epinephrine auto-injector by the student.

            I agree to coordinate and work with school personnel and notify them when questions arise or relevant conditions change.

            I agree to provide safe delivery of medication and equipment to and from school and to pick up remaining medication and equipment.

            I agree the information is shared with school personnel in accordance with the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) and any other applicable laws.

      I agree to provide the school with back-up medication approved in this form.

______________________________________

Parent/Guardian Signature (agreed to above statement)

______________________________________

Parent/Guardian Address

Date                /            /           

Home Phone_______________________  _____________

Business Phone _______________________

Self-Administration Authorization Additional Information:________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 02/26/2020 - 22:07

566R1 - Administration of Medication to Students Regulation

566R1 - Administration of Medication to Students Regulation

STUDENT PERSONNEL

 

Series 500

 

Policy Title: Administration of Medication to Students Regulation Code No.: 566R1

No over-the-counter medication shall be administered at school, unless the school has the parent’s/guardian’s written permission. Prescription medication will be dispersed to students during a school day only if the following requirements are met:

  1. Medication must be in the original container, from the pharmacy with the directions clearly stated. This serves two purposes: signifies permission from the doctor and includes directions from the pharmacist. Pharmacists will supply another labeled container for school upon request when the prescription is filled. NO BAGGIES OR ENVELOPES WILL BE ACCEPTED AT SCHOOL.
  2. Parent/guardian must give written authorization for the administration of the medication.

Students are to bring all medications to the school office immediately upon their arrival at school. Students are not to carry over-the-counter medications with them during the school day unless approved by the school nurse. Students are not to carry prescription medication with them during the school day unless ordered by the physician and cleared by the school nurse.

A written (stored digitally on the district’s Student Information System) medication administration record shall be on file, including:

  • date;
  • student's name;
  • prescriber or person authorizing administration;
  • medication;
  • medication dosage;
  • administration time;
  • administration method;
  • signature and title of the person administering medication; and
  • any unusual circumstances, actions, or omissions.

Medication on school premises shall be kept in a locked container in a limited access storage space. Only appropriate personnel shall have access to the locked container. Each school or facility shall designate in writing the specific locked and limited access space within each building to store pupil medication.

  1. In each building in which a full-time registered nurse is assigned, access to medication locked in a designated space shall be under the authority of the nurse.
  1. In each building in which a less than full-time registered nurse is assigned, access to the medication shall be under the authority of the principal/designee.
  2. All controlled substances will be counted and recorded by two CCSD employees when brought to school by a parent.
  3. Any controlled substance left at the school at the end of the school year will be picked up by local law enforcement for disposal.

Emergency protocols for medication-related reactions shall be posted.

Medication information shall be confidential information and shall be available to school personnel with parental/guardian authorization.

The superintendent/designee shall be responsible, in conjunction with the school nurse, to develop rules and regulations governing the administration of medication, prescription and non-prescription, to students. Students and parents/guardians shall be provided with the requirements for medication procedures by the school annually.

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

September 17, 1990

July 22, 1991

August 1994 August 1997

August 2000

July 2003

July 2006

July 2010

September 2012

August 2015

August 2022

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 02/26/2020 - 22:00

567 - Communicable Diseases – Students

567 - Communicable Diseases – Students

STUDENT PERSONNEL

Series 500

Policy Title: Communicable Diseases – Students Code No.: 567

Students with a communicable disease will be allowed to attend school provided their presence does not create a substantial risk of illness or transmission to other students or employees. The term "communicable disease" will mean an infectious or contagious disease spread from person to person, or animal to person, or as defined by law.

Prevention and control of communicable diseases is included in the school district's blood borne pathogens exposure control plan. The procedures will include scope and application, definitions, exposure control, methods of compliance, universal precautions, vaccination, post-exposure evaluation, follow-up, communication of hazards to employees and record keeping. This plan is reviewed annually by the superintendent and school nurse.

A student will be excluded from school when the student’s condition has been determined to be injurious to the health of others or when the student is too ill to attend school. The health risk to immunosupressed students is determined by their personal physician. The health risk to others in the school district environment from the presence of a student with a communicable disease is determined on a case-by-case basis by the student's personal physician, a physician chosen by the school district or public health officials.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the school nurse, to develop administrative regulations stating the procedures for dealing with students with a communicable disease.

For more information on communicable disease charts, and reporting forms, go to the Iowa Department of Public Health Web site:

https://hhs.iowa.gov/public-health/center-acute-disease-epidemiology/re…

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 2003

July 2006

July 2010

September 2012

August 2015

January 2024

 

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 02/26/2020 - 22:10

567E1 -

567E1 - dawn@iowaschoo… Sat, 02/29/2020 - 16:44

567E2 -

567E2 -

 

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Sat, 02/29/2020 - 16:40

567E3

567E3

 

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Sat, 02/29/2020 - 16:39

568 - Student Illness or Injury at School

568 - Student Illness or Injury at School

When a student becomes ill or is injured at school, the school district will attempt to notify the student's parents/guardians as soon as possible.

The school district, while not responsible for medical treatment of an ill or injured student, will have employees present administer emergency or minor first aid if possible. An ill or injured child will be turned over to the care of the parents/guardians or qualified medical employees as quickly as possible.

It is the responsibility of the principal/designee to file an accident report with the superintendent within twenty-four hours after the student is injured.

Annually, parents/guardians are required to complete a medical emergency authorization form indicating the procedures to be followed, if possible, in an emergency involving their child.

The authorization form will also include the phone numbers of the parents/guardians and alternative numbers to call in case of an injury or illness.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 2003
July 2006
July 2010
September 2012
August 2015

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Sat, 02/29/2020 - 16:46

568E1 - Student Illness or Injury at School Accident Report Form

568E1 - Student Illness or Injury at School Accident Report Form

Date and Time of Incident:

 

Location of Incident:

 

Parent’s/Guardian’s Phone Number:

 

Alternate Parent’s/Guardian’s Phone Number:

 

Name of Student:

 

Address of Student:

 

Please write a brief description of what occurred:

 

 

 

 

 

Please list any eyewitnesses to what occurred (attach statements, if any, to this report):

 

 

 

 

 

Please indicate what procedure was taken to resolve the incident:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Sat, 02/29/2020 - 16:47

569 - Emergency Plans and Drills

569 - Emergency Plans and Drills

STUDENT PERSONNEL

 

Series 500

 

Policy Title: Emergency Plans and Drills Code No. 569

 

Students will be informed of the appropriate action to take in an emergency. Emergency drills for fire, weather, and other disasters are conducted each school year. Fire and tornado drills are each conducted regularly during the academic school year with a minimum of two before December 31 and two after January 1. A crisis drill is conducted a minimum of once per year.

The emergency plan shall include:

  • assignment of employees to specific tasks and responsibilities;
  • instructions relating to the use of alarm systems and signals. If combination visual and auditory warning devices do not exist, the plan shall include specific provisions for warning individuals with hearing impairments;
  • information concerning methods of fire containment;
  • systems for notification of appropriate persons and agencies;
  • information concerning the location and use of fire fighting equipment;
  • specification of evacuation routes and procedures;
  • posting of plans and procedures at suitable locations throughout the facility;
  • evacuation drills which include the actual evacuation of individuals to safe areas;
  • an evaluation for each evacuation drill.

 

Each attendance center will develop and maintain a written plan containing emergency and disaster procedures. The plan will be communicated to and reviewed with employees.

Employees will participate in emergency drills. Licensed employees are responsible for instructing the proper techniques to be followed in the drill.

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 2003

July 2006

July 2010

September 2012

August 2015

March 2024

dawn@iowaschoo… Sat, 02/29/2020 - 16:53

571 - Custody and Parental/Guardian Rights

571 - Custody and Parental/Guardian Rights

STUDENT PERSONNEL

 

Series 500

Policy Title: Custody and Parental/Guardian Rights Code No.: 571

 

Disagreements between family members are not the responsibility of the school district. The school district will not take the "side" of one family member over another in a disagreement about custody or parental/guardian rights. Court orders that have been issued are followed by the school district. It is the responsibility of the person requesting an action by the school district to inform and provide the school district the court order allowing such action.

This policy does not prohibit an employee from listening to a student's problems and concerns.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to ensure employees remain neutral in a disagreement about custody and parental/guardian rights.

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 2003

July 2006

July 2010

September 2012

August 2015

March 2024

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Sat, 02/29/2020 - 16:48

572 - Student Special Health Services

572 - Student Special Health Services

STUDENT PERSONNEL

Series 500

Policy Title: Student Special Health Services Code No.: 572

The board recognizes that some special education students need special health services during the school day. These students will receive special health services in conjunction with their individualized health plan.

The superintendent/or designee, in conjunction with licensed health personnel, will establish administrative regulations for the implementation of this policy.

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 2003

July 2006

July 2010

September 2012

August 2015

February 2021

March 2024

dawn@iowaschoo… Sat, 02/29/2020 - 16:45

572R1 - Special Health Services Regulation

572R1 - Special Health Services Regulation

STUDENT PERSONNEL

Series 500

Policy Title: Special Health Services Regulation Code No.: 572R1

Some students who require special education need special health services in order to participate in the educational program. These students will receive special health services in accordance with their individualized health plan.

  1. Definitions

 

    • "Assignment and delegation" - occurs when licensed health personnel, in collaboration with the education team, determine the special health services to be provided and the qualifications of individuals performing the health services. Primary consideration is given to the recommendation of the licensed health personnel. Each designation considers the student's special health service. The rationale for the designation is documented. If the designation decision of the team differs from the licensed health professional, team members may file a dissenting opinion.

 

    • "Co-administration" - the eligible student's participation in the planning, management and implementation of the student's special health service and demonstration of proficiency to licensed health personnel.

 

    • "Educational program" - includes all school curricular programs and activities both on and off school grounds.

 

    • "Education team" - may include the eligible student, the student's parent/guardian, administrator, teacher, licensed health personnel, and others involved in the student's educational program.

 

    • "Health assessment" - health data collection, observation, analysis, and interpretation relating to the eligible student's educational program.

 

    • "Health instruction" - education by licensed health personnel to prepare qualified designated personnel to deliver and perform special health services contained in the eligible student's health plan. Documentation of education and periodic updates are on file at school.

 

    • "Individual health plan" - the confidential, written, preplanned, and ongoing special health service in the educational program. It includes assessment, planning, implementation, documentation, evaluation, and a plan for emergencies. The plan is

 

updated as needed and at least annually. Licensed health personnel develop this written plan with the education team.

 

 

    • "Licensed health personnel" - includes licensed registered nurse, licensed physician, and other licensed health personnel legally authorized to provide special health services and medications.

 

    • "Prescriber" - licensed health personnel legally authorized to prescribe special health services and medications.

 

    • "Qualified designated personnel" - persons instructed, supervised, and competent in implementing the eligible student's health plan.

 

    • "Special health services" - includes, but is not limited to, services for eligible students whose health status (stable or unstable) requires:
      • Interpretation or intervention,
      • Administration of health procedures and health care, or
      • Use of a health device to compensate for the reduction or loss of a body function.

 

    • "Supervision" - the assessment, delegation, evaluation, and documentation of special health services by licensed health personnel. Levels of supervision include situations in which licensed health personnel are:
      • physically present.
      • available at the same site.
      • available on call.
  1. Licensed health personnel will provide special health services under the auspices of the school. Duties of the licensed personnel include the duty to:
  • Participate as a member of the education team.
  • Provide the health assessment.
  • Plan, implement, and evaluate the written individual health plan.
  • Plan, implement, and evaluate special emergency health services.
  • Serve as liaison and encourage participation and communication with health service agencies and individuals providing health care.
  • Provide health consultation, counseling, and instruction with the eligible student, the student's parent/guardian, and the staff in cooperation and conjunction with the prescriber.
  • Maintain a record of special health services. The documentation includes the eligible student's name, special health service, prescriber or person authorizing, date and time, signature and title of the person providing the special health service, and any unusual circumstances in the provision of such services.
  • Report unusual circumstances to the parent/guardian, school administration, and prescriber.
  • Assign and delegate to, instruct, provide technical assistance, and supervise qualified designated personnel.
  • Update knowledge and skills to meet special health service needs.
  1. Prior to the provision of special health services the following will be on file:
  • Written statement by the prescriber detailing the specific method and schedule of the special health service, when indicated.
  • Written statement by the student's parent/guardian requesting the provision of the special health service.
  • Written report of the preplanning staffing or meeting of the education team.
  • Written individual health plan available in the health record and integrated into the IEP or IFSP.
  1. Licensed health personnel, in collaboration with the education team, will determine the special health services to be provided and the qualifications of individuals performing the special health services. The documented rationale will include the following:
  • Analysis and interpretation of the special health service needs, health status stability, complexity of the service, predictability of the service outcome and risk of improperly performed service.
  • Determination that the special health service, task, procedure or function is part of the person's job description.
  • Determination of the assignment and delegation based on the student's needs.
  • Review of the designated person's competency.
  • Determination of initial and ongoing level of supervision required to ensure quality services.
  1. Licensed health personnel will supervise the special health services, define the level of supervision, and document the supervision.
  1. Licensed health personnel will instruct qualified designated personnel to deliver and perform special health services contained in the eligible individual health plan. Documentation of instruction and periodic updates are on file at school.
  1. Parents/Guardians will provide the usual equipment, supplies, and necessary maintenance for such. The equipment is stored in a secure area. The personnel responsible for the equipment are designated in the individual health plan. The individual health plan will designate the role of the school, parents/guardians, and others in the provision, supply, storage, and maintenance of necessary equipment.

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 2003

July 2006

July 2010

September 2012

August 2015

March 2024

dawn@iowaschoo… Sat, 02/29/2020 - 16:50

574 - Class or Group Gifts to School

574 - Class or Group Gifts to School

STUDENT PERSONNEL

 

Series 500

 

Policy Title: Class or Student Group Gifts to School

Code No.: 574

The board welcomes gifts to the school district from a class or student group.  While class gifts to the school district do not require the approval of the superintendent, the board encourages students to consult with the superintendent or other licensed employees prior to selecting a gift for the school district.

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 1979

July 1994

August 1994

August 1997

August 2000

July 2003

July 2006

July 2010

September 2012

August 2015

March 2024

dawn@iowaschoo… Sat, 02/29/2020 - 16:49

575 - Emergency School Closings

575 - Emergency School Closings

STUDENT PERSONNEL

 

Series 500

 

Policy Title: Emergency School Closings Code No. 575

 

The superintendent/designee shall have the authority to close schools because of extreme weather or other emergency conditions for the length of time the emergency exists. The superintendent/designee shall make provisions to publicly announce such closings via local media as soon as possible after the decision to close.

 

School shall be in session in accordance with Iowa law.

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

July 1979

July 22, 1991

August 1994

August 1997

August 2000

July 2003

July 2006

July 2010

September 2012

August 2015

March 2024

dawn@iowaschoo… Sat, 02/29/2020 - 16:36

576 -

576 -

 

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Sat, 02/29/2020 - 16:36

577 -

577 - dawn@iowaschoo… Sat, 02/29/2020 - 16:32

578 - Wellness

578 - Wellness

STUDENT PERSONNEL SERIES 500

Policy Title: Wellness

Code No. 578

 

The Carroll Community School District Board of Education is committed to the optimal development of every student. The board believes for students to have the opportunity to achieve personal, academic, developmental, and social success, there needs to be a positive, safe, and health-promoting learning environment at every level, in every setting.

 

The school district provides a comprehensive learning environment for developing and practicing lifelong wellness behaviors. The entire school environment, not just the classroom, shall be aligned with healthy school district goals to positively influence a student's understanding, beliefs and habits as they relate to good nutrition and regular physical activity. In accordance with law and this belief, the board commits to the following:

 

The school district will identify at least one goal in each of the following areas:

  • Nutrition Education and Promotion: Schools will provide nutrition education and engage in nutrition promotion that helps students develop lifelong healthy eating behaviors.
  • Physical Activity: Schools will provide students with age and grade appropriate opportunities to engage in physical activity that meet the Iowa Healthy Kids Act.
  • Other School Based Activities that Promote Wellness: As appropriate, schools will support students, staff, and parents’ efforts to maintain a healthy lifestyle.

 

The following nutritional guidelines for food available on school campuses will be adhered to:

  • Meals served through the National School Lunch and School Breakfast Program will be appealing and meet, at a minimum, nutrition requirements established by state and federal law;
  • Schools providing access to healthy foods outside the reimbursable meal programs before school, during school and thirty minutes after school shall meet the United States Department of Agriculture (“USDA”) Smart Snacks in Schools nutrition standards, at a minimum. This includes such items as those sold through a la carte lines, vending machines, student run stores, and fundraising activities;
  • Snacks provided to students during the school day without charge (e.g., class parties) will meet standards set by the district in accordance with the law. The district will provide parents a list of foods and beverages that meet nutrition standards for classroom snacks and celebrations; and
  • Schools will only allow marketing and advertising of foods and beverages that meet the Smart Snacks in school nutritional standards on campus during the school day.

 

The superintendent or superintendent’s designee shall implement and ensure compliance with the policy by:

  • Reviewing the policy at least every three years and recommending updates as appropriate for board approval;
  • Implementing a process for permitting parents, students, representatives of the school food authority, teachers of physical education, school health professionals, the school board, administrators and the public to participate in the development, implementation, and periodic review and update of the policy;
  • Making the policy and updated assessment of the implementation available to the public (e.g., posting on the website, newsletters, etc). This information shall include the extent to which the schools are in compliance with policy and a description of the progress being made in attaining the goals of the policy; and
  • Developing administrative regulations, which shall include specific wellness goals and indicators for measurement of progress consistent with law and district policy.

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

April 2006

July 2006

July 2010

October 2012

September 2015

August 2017

October 2021

March 2024

 

STUDENT PERSONNEL SERIES 500

Policy Title: Wellness Regulation

Code No. 578R1

 

To implement the Wellness Policy, the following district specific goals have been established:

 

Goal 1 – Nutrition Education and Promotion: Schools will provide nutrition education and engage in nutrition promotion that helps students develop lifelong healthy eating behaviors. The goal(s) for addressing nutrition education and nutrition promotion include the following:

 

  • Promote fruits, vegetables, whole-grain products, low-fat and fat-free dairy products, and healthy foods;

 

Goal 2 – Physical Activity: Schools will provide students and staff with age and grade appropriate opportunities to engage in physical activity that meets federal and state guidelines, including the Iowa Healthy Kids Act. The goal(s) for addressing physical activity include the following:

  • Promote the benefits of a physically active lifestyle and help students develop skills to engage in lifelong healthy habits;
  • Engage students in moderate to vigorous activity during at least 50 percent of physical education class time;
  • Afford elementary students with recess according to the following:
  • At least 20 minutes per day;
  • Outdoors as weather and time permits;
  • Encourages moderate to vigorous physical activity

 

Goal 3 – Other School-Based Activities that Promote Student Wellness: Schools will support student, staff, and parents’ efforts to maintain a healthy lifestyle, as appropriate. The goal(s) for addressing other school-based activities that promote student wellness include the following:

 

  • Provide parents a list of foods and beverages that meet nutrition standards for classroom snacks and celebrations;
  • Provide school staff a list of alternative ways to reward children. Foods and beverages will not be used as a reward, or withheld as punishment;
  • Make drinking water available where school meals are served during meal times;

 

Public Involvement: There is a process for permitting parents, students, representatives of the school food authority, teachers of physical education, school health professionals, the school board, administrators and the public to participate in the development, implementation, and periodic review and update of the policy.

 

  • The district has a local wellness policy committee to advise the district on the development, implementation, and improvement of the school wellness policy.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

August 2017

October 2021

March 2024

 

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Sat, 02/29/2020 - 16:29

578R1 - Wellness Regulation

578R1 - Wellness Regulation

STUDENT PERSONNEL SERIES 500

Policy Title: Wellness Regulation

Code No. 578R1

 

To implement the Wellness Policy, the following district specific goals have been established:

 

Goal 1 – Nutrition Education and Promotion: Schools will provide nutrition education and engage in nutrition promotion that helps students develop lifelong healthy eating behaviors. The goal(s) for addressing nutrition education and nutrition promotion include the following:

 

  • Promote fruits, vegetables, whole-grain products, low-fat and fat-free dairy products, and healthy foods;

 

Goal 2 – Physical Activity: Schools will provide students and staff with age and grade appropriate opportunities to engage in physical activity that meets federal and state guidelines, including the Iowa Healthy Kids Act. The goal(s) for addressing physical activity include the following:

  • Promote the benefits of a physically active lifestyle and help students develop skills to engage in lifelong healthy habits;
  • Engage students in moderate to vigorous activity during at least 50 percent of physical education class time;
  • Afford elementary students with recess according to the following:
  • At least 20 minutes per day;
  • Outdoors as weather and time permits;
  • Encourages moderate to vigorous physical activity

 

Goal 3 – Other School-Based Activities that Promote Student Wellness: Schools will support student, staff, and parents’ efforts to maintain a healthy lifestyle, as appropriate. The goal(s) for addressing other school-based activities that promote student wellness include the following:

 

  • Provide parents a list of foods and beverages that meet nutrition standards for classroom snacks and celebrations;
  • Provide school staff a list of alternative ways to reward children. Foods and beverages will not be used as a reward, or withheld as punishment;
  • Make drinking water available where school meals are served during meal times;

 

Public Involvement: There is a process for permitting parents, students, representatives of the school food authority, teachers of physical education, school health professionals, the school board, administrators and the public to participate in the development, implementation, and periodic review and update of the policy.

 

  • The district has a local wellness policy committee to advise the district on the development, implementation, and improvement of the school wellness policy.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

August 2017

October 2021 

March 2024

dawn@iowaschoo… Sat, 02/29/2020 - 16:31

600 - EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM

600 - EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM

Statement of Guiding Principles

The goals and objectives of the school district are designed to achieve the philosophy statement of the school district. An advisory committee of representatives of the school district community and the school district is appointed to make recommendations for the goals and objectives of the education program.

Short-term and long-term objectives for the education program are established annually by the board. These objectives will reflect the results of the needs assessment, recommendations of the advisory committee, recommendations from the superintendent, and changes in law.

Annually, the board will report to the committee regarding progress toward the achievement of the goals and objectives of the education program.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 1979
July 1993
August 1996
June 1999
June 2002
June 2005
June 2008
July 2011
September 2017

 

admin@iowascho… Wed, 11/28/2012 - 16:40

600 Statement of Guiding Principles

600 Statement of Guiding Principles

EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM

 

Series 600

 

Policy Title: Statement of Guiding Principles Code No.:          600

 

The goals and objectives of the school district are designed to achieve the philosophy statement of the school district. An advisory committee (School Improvement Advisory Committee) of representatives of the school district community and the school district is appointed to make recommendations for the goals and objectives of the education program.

 

Short-term and long-term objectives for the education program are established annually by the board. These objectives will reflect the results of the needs assessment, recommendations of the advisory committee (SIAC), recommendations from the superintendent, and changes in law.

 

Annually, the board will report to the committee regarding progress toward the achievement of the goals and objectives of the education program.

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 1979

July 1993

August 1996

June 1999

June 2002

June 2005

June 2008

July 2011

September 2017

September 2022

mkohorst@carro… Mon, 09/26/2022 - 07:26

601 - School Calendar

601 - School Calendar

EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM

 

Series 600

 

Policy Title: School Calendar Code No.:          601

 

The school calendar will accommodate the education program of the school district. The school calendar is for a minimum of 1,080 hours and includes, but is not limited to, the days for student instruction, staff development, in-service days and teacher conferences. The academic school year for students shall begin no sooner than August 23. Each year the minimum school calendar may include up to 5 days or 30 hours of instruction delivered primarily over the internet.  Employees may be required to report to work at the school district prior to this date.

 

Special education students may attend school on a school calendar different from that of the regular education program consistent with their Individualized Education Program.

 

The board, in its discretion, may excuse graduating seniors from up to five days or 30 hours of instruction after the school district requirements for graduation have been met. The board may also excuse graduating seniors from making up days missed due to inclement weather if the student has met the school district's graduation requirements.

 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop the school calendar, with input from the calendar committee, annually for recommendation, approval, and adoption by the board.

 

The board may amend the official school calendar when the board considers the change to be in the best interests of the school district's education program. The board shall hold a public hearing on any proposed school calendar prior to adopting the school calendar.

 

 

 

 

Date of Approval/Review/Revision

July 2005

June 2008

July 2011

August 2015

September 2017

September 2022

August 2023

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 10:51

602 - School Day

602 - School Day

EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM

 

Series 600

 

Policy Title: School Day Code No.:          602

 

The student school day for grades one through twelve will consist of a minimum of six hours, not including the lunch period. The school day consists of the schedule of class instruction and class activities as established and sponsored by the school district. Time during which students are released from school for parent/teacher conferences may be counted as part of students’ instructional time. The minimum school day will meet the requirements as established for the operation of accredited schools.

 

The board may define the number of days kindergarten will be held and the length of each school day for the students attending kindergarten. The school day will consist of a schedule as recommended by the superintendent and approved by the board.

 

The school district may also record a day of school with less than the minimum instructional hours if the total hours of instructional time for grades one through twelve in any five consecutive school days equals a minimum of thirty hours, even though any one day of school is less than the minimum instructional hours because of a staff development opportunity provided for the instructional staff or parent-teacher conferences have been scheduled beyond the regular school day. If the total hours of instructional time for the first four consecutive days equal at least thirty hours because parent-teacher conferences have been scheduled beyond the regular school day, the school district may record zero hours of instructional time on the fifth consecutive school day as a school day.  Schedule revisions and changes in time allotments will be made by the superintendent.

 

When the school is forced to close due to weather or other emergencies, the part of the day during which school was in session (total hours of instructional time) will constitute a school day.

 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to inform the board annually of the length of the school day.

 

Date of Approval/Review/Revision:

July 2005

June 2008

July 2011

August 2015

September 2017

August 2020

September 2022

 

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 10:51

603 - Curriculum Development

603 - Curriculum Development

EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM

 

Series 600

 

Policy Title: Curriculum Development Code No.          603

 

Curriculum development is an ongoing process in the district and consists of both research and design. Research is the studious inquiry and critical investigation of the various content areas for the purpose of revising and improving curriculum and instruction based on relevant information pertaining to the discipline. This study is conducted both internally (what and how we are currently doing at the local level) and externally (what national standards, professional organizations, recognized experts, current research, etc. tell us relative to the content

area). Design is the deliberate process of planning and selecting the standards and instructional strategies that will improve the learning experiences for all students.

 

A systematic approach to curriculum development (careful research, design, and articulation of the curriculum) serves several purposes:

 

  • Focuses attention on the content standards of each discipline and ensures the identified learnings are rigorous, challenging, and represent the most important learning for our students
  • Increases the probability that students will acquire the desired knowledge, skills, and dispositions and that our schools will be successful in providing appropriate learning experiences
  • Facilitates communication and coordination
  • Improves classroom instruction

 

The superintendent and/or designee is responsible for curriculum development and for determining the most effective method of conducting research and design activities. A curriculum framework will describe the processes and procedures that will be followed in researching, designing, and articulating each curriculum area. This framework will, at a minimum, describe the processes and procedures for the following curriculum development activities:

 

  • Study the latest thinking, trends, research, and expert advice regarding the content/discipline
  • Study the current status of the content/discipline (what and how well students are currently learning)
  • Identify content and grade level expectations for the content/discipline
  • Describe the desired learning behaviors, teaching, and learning environment related to the content/discipline
  • Identify differences in the desired and present programs and develop a plan for addressing the differences
  • Communicate with internal and external publics regarding the content area;

 

  • Involve staff, parents, students, and community members in curriculum development decisions
  • Verify integration of local, state, and/or federal mandates, Multi-Culture-Gender Fair, Career and Technical Education, etc)
  • Verify how the content/discipline support each of the broader student learning goals and provide a Pre-Kindergarten through twelfth grade continuum that builds on the prior learning of each level

 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent and/or designee to keep the board apprised of necessary curriculum revisions and progress on each content area related to curriculum development activities, and to develop administrative regulations for curriculum development including recommendations to the board.

 

ate of Adoption/Review/Revision:

June 2002

July 2005

June 2008

July 2011

September 2017

September 2022

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 10:52

604 - Curriculum Implementation

604 - Curriculum Implementation

EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM

 

Series 600

 

Policy Title: Curriculum Implementation Code No.:          604

 

Without careful and continuing attention to implementation, planned changes in curriculum and instruction rarely succeed as intended. How change is put into practice, to a large extent, determines how well it fares.

 

Implementation refers to what actually happens in practice as compared to what was supposed to happen. Curriculum implementation includes the provision of organized assistance to staff in order to ensure that the newly developed curriculum and the most powerful instructional strategies are actually delivered at the classroom level. There are two components of any implementation effort that must be present to guarantee the planned changes in curriculum and instruction succeed as intended:

 

  • Understanding the conceptual framework of the content/discipline being implemented
  • Organized assistance to understand the theory, observe exemplary demonstrations, have opportunities to practice, and receive coaching and feedback focused on the most powerful instructional strategies to deliver the content at the classroom level

 

The superintendent and/or designee is responsible for curriculum implementation and for determining the most effective way of providing organized assistance and monitoring the level of implementation.  A curriculum framework will describe the processes and procedures that will be followed to assist all staff in developing the knowledge and skills necessary to successfully implement the developed curriculum in each content area. This framework will, at a minimum, describe the processes and procedures for the following curriculum implementation activities:

 

  • Study and identify the best instructional practices and materials to deliver the content
  • Describe procedures for the purchase of instructional materials and resources
  • Identify/develop exemplars that demonstrate the learning behaviors, teaching, and learning environment to deliver the content
  • Study the current status of instruction in the content area (how teachers are teaching)
  • Compare the desired and present delivery system, identify differences, and develop a plan for addressing the differences
  • Organize staff into collaborative study teams to support their learning and implementation efforts
  • Provide ongoing professional development related to instructional strategies and materials that focuses on theory, demonstration, practice, and feedback
  • Monitor and assess the level of implementation
  • Communicate with internal and external publics regarding curriculum implementation
  • Involve staff, parents, students, and community members in curriculum implementation decisions

 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent and/or designee to keep the board informed of curriculum implementation activities, the progress of each content area related to curriculum implementation activities, and to develop administrative regulations for curriculum implementation including recommendations to the board.

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 1993

August 1996

June 1999

June 2002

July 2005

June 2008

July 2011

September 2017

September 2022

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 10:53

605 - Curriculum Evaluation

605 - Curriculum Evaluation

EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM

 

Series 600

 

Policy Title: Curriculum Evaluation Code No.:          605

 

Regular evaluation of the total curriculum is necessary to ensure that the written and delivered curriculum is having the desired effect for students.

 

Curriculum evaluation refers to an ongoing process of collecting, analyzing, synthesizing, and interpreting information to aid in understanding what students know and can do. It refers to the full range of information gathered in the district to evaluate (make judgments about) student learning and program effectiveness in each content area.

 

Curriculum evaluation must be based on information gathered from a comprehensive assessment system that is designed for accountability and committed to the concept that all students will achieve at high levels, is standards-based, and guides decisions which impact significant and sustainable improvements in teaching and student learning.

 

The superintendent and/or designee is responsible for curriculum evaluation and for determining the most effective way of ensuring that assessment activities are integrated into instructional practices as part of school improvement with a particular focus on improving teaching and learning. A curriculum framework will describe the procedures that will be followed to establish an evaluation process that can efficiently and effectively evaluate the total curriculum. This framework will, at a minimum, describe the procedures for the following curriculum evaluation activities:

 

  • Identify specific purposes for assessing student learning
  • Develop a comprehensive assessment plan
  • Select/develop assessment tools and scoring procedures that are valid and reliable
  • Identify procedures for collecting assessment data
  • Identify procedures for analyzing and interpreting information and drawing conclusions based on the data (including analysis of the performance of various sub-groups of students)
  • Identify procedures for establishing at least three levels of performance (specific to the content standard and the assessment tool when appropriate) to assist in determining whether students have achieved at a satisfactory level (at least two levels describe performance that is proficient or advanced and at least one level describes students who are not yet performing at the proficient level)
  • Identify procedures for using assessment information to determine long-range and annual improvement goals
  • Identify procedures for using assessment information in making decisions focused on improving teaching and learning
  • Provide support to staff in using data to make instructional decisions

 

  • Define procedures for regular and clear communication about assessment results to the various internal and external publics
  • Define data reporting procedures
  • Verify that assessment tools are fair for all students and are consistent with all state and federal mandates
  • Verify that assessment tools measure the curriculum that is written and delivered
  • Identify procedures for deciding when multiple assessment measures are necessary for making good decisions and drawing appropriate conclusions about student learning
  • Identify roles and responsibilities of key groups
  • Involve staff, parents, students, and community members in curriculum evaluation
  • Ensure participation of eligible students receiving special education services in district-wide assessments.

 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent and/or designee to keep the board informed of curriculum evaluation activities, the progress of each content area related to curriculum evaluation activities, and to develop administrative regulations for curriculum evaluation including recommendations to the board.

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 1993

August 1996

June 1999

June 2002

July 2005

June 2008

July 2011

September 2017

September 2022

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 10:55

606 - Pilot-Experimental-Innovative-Projects

606 - Pilot-Experimental-Innovative-Projects

EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM

 

Series 600

 

Policy Title: Pilot-Experimental-Innovative Projects Code No.:          606

 

 

The board welcomes new ideas in curriculum. Proposals for pilot or experimental projects shall first be reviewed and analyzed by the superintendent and/or designee. Projects recommended by the superintendent and/or designee will be considered by the board. Pilot and experimental projects approved by the board, the Iowa Department of Education, or the U. S. Department of Education may be utilized in the education program.

 

Students, who may be or are asked to participate in a research or experimental project or program, must have their parents' written consent on file prior to participating in the project or program. A research or experimental program or project requiring parents' prior written consent is a program or project designed to explore or develop new or unproven teaching methods or techniques. These programs or projects shall be designated as research or experimental projects or programs. The educational materials of a program or project designated as a research or experimental program or project may be inspected and reviewed by the parents of the students participating or being considered for participation in the program or project. The inspection and review by the parents shall be in accordance with board policy 629, "Instructional Materials Inspection."

Date of Approval/Review/Revision

July 2011

September 2017

September 2022

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 10:56

607 -

607 - Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 10:57

608 - Summer School Instruction

608 - Summer School Instruction

EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM

 

Series 600

 

Policy Title: Summer School Instruction Code No.:          608

 

The Carroll Community School District recognizes the importance of ongoing learning opportunities for students. As such, the district shall offer summer school instruction in accordance with the following:  

 

The board, in its discretion, may offer summer school for one or more courses and student activities for any students who need additional help and instruction or for enrichment in those areas. Upon receiving a request for summer school, the board will weigh the benefit to the students and the school district as well as the school district’s budget and availability of licensed employees to conduct summer school. Summer school shall be conducted in such buildings, on such grade levels, for such length of time as the board, upon the recommendation of the superintendent and/or designee, may determine.

 

 

  • If a child who is eligible for special education has been determined to need extended school year services as necessary to receive a free appropriate public education, as determined according to state and federal law, such services shall be provided as described in the child’s individualized education program.
     
  • In additional instances as provided by law.  The superintendent may develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 1979

July 1993

August 1996

June 1999

June 2002

June 2005

June 2008

July 2011

September 2017

September 2022

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 10:58

609 - Special Education

609 - Special Education

EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM

 

Series 600

 

Policy Title:   Special Education Code No.:          609

 

The board recognizes some students have different educational needs than other students. The school district will provide a free appropriate public education program and related services to students identified in need of special education. Special education services will be provided from birth until the appropriate education is completed, age twenty-one or the maximum age allowable in accordance with the law.

 

Students requiring special education will attend general education classes, participate in non-academic and extracurricular services and activities and receive services in a regular general education setting to the maximum extent possible appropriate to the needs of each individual student.

 

The appropriate education for each student shall be written in the student’s Individualized Education Program (IEP).  Special education students shall be required to meet the requirements listed for special education students in board policy 508 and in their Individualized Education Programs (IEP), for graduation.  However, beginning with the graduating class of 2022, students receiving special education services shall meet the state requirement of completing four years of English-language arts and three years each of mathematics, science and social studies, known as 4-3-3-3, aligned to state required standards, with support and accommodations as described in their IEP for graduation with a regular diploma.  A student’s IEP Team may determine how a particular student meets 4-3-3-3.

 

The superintendent may provide a certificate of completion/attendance to those students receiving special education services who do not complete requirements for graduation with a regular diploma, including 4-3-3-3.  Students who receive a certificate of completion/attendance remain eligible for special education services until they reach maximum age of twenty-one.

 

 

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent and/or designee and the area education agency director of special education to provide or make provisions for appropriate special education and related services.

 

Children from birth through age 2 and children age 3 through age 5 are provided comprehensive special education services within the public education system. The school district shall work in conjunction with the area education agency to provide services at the earliest appropriate time to children with disabilities from birth through age 2. This is done to ensure a smooth transition of children entitled to early childhood special education services.

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 1979

January 1988

July 1993

August 1996

August 1997

June 1999

June 2002

June 2008

July 2011

September 2017

August 2019

February 2021

September 2022

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 10:59

610 - Multicultural/Gender Fair Education

610 - Multicultural/Gender Fair Education

EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM

 

Series 600

Policy Title: Multicultural /Gender Fair Education Code No.          610

 

Students will have an equal opportunity for a quality education without discrimination, regardless of their race, religion, socioeconomic status, color, creed, gender, marital status, national origin, age, sexual orientation, gender identity or disability.

 

The education program will be free of discrimination and provide equal opportunity for students. The education program will foster knowledge of, respect, and appreciation for the historical and contemporary contributions of diverse cultural groups, as well as men and women, to society. Special emphasis is placed on Asian Americans, African Americans, Hispanic Americans,  and persons with disabilities. It will also reflect the wide variety of roles open to both men and women and provide equal opportunity to both genders.

Date of Approval/Revision:

July 2006

July 2007

June 2008

July 2011

September 2017

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 11:00

611

611 Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 11:01

611R1

611R1 Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 11:02

612 - Citizenship

612 - Citizenship

EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM

Series 600

Policy Title:              Citizenship           

Code No.:              612

Being a citizen of the United States, of Iowa and of the school district community entitles students to special privileges and protections as well as requiring the students to assume civic, economic, and social responsibilities and to participate in their country, state, and school district community in a manner that entitles them to keep these rights and privileges.

As part of the education program, students will have an opportunity to learn about their rights, privileges, and responsibilities as citizens of this country, state, and school district community.  As part of this learning opportunity, students are instructed in the elements of good citizenship and the role quality citizens play in their country, state, and school district community.

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:           

January 2003           

June 2005           

June 2008

July 2011

September 2017

October 2022

 

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 11:03

613 - Health Education

613 - Health Education

EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM

 

Series 600

 

Policy Title:             Health Education           

Code No.:              613

 

Students in grade levels one through twelve will receive, as part of their health education, instruction about personal health; food and nutrition; environmental health; safety and survival skills; consumer health; family life; human growth and development; substance abuse and non-use, including the effects of alcohol, tobacco, drugs and poisons on the human body; human sexuality; self-esteem; stress management; interpersonal relationships; emotional and social health; health resources; prevention and control of disease; and communicable diseases.  The purpose of the health education program is to help each student protect, improve, and maintain physical, emotional, and social well-being.

 

The areas stated above are included in health education and the instruction is adapted at each grade level to aid understanding by the students.

 

Parents who object to health education instruction in human growth and development may file a written request that the student be excused from the instruction.  The principal shall determine an alternative activity or study for the student.  The superintendent and/or designee will have the final authority to determine the alternate activity or study.

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 2005           

June 2008           

July 2011

September 2017

October 2022

September 2023

 

 

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 11:03

613E1 - Health Education -Human Growth and Development Student Excuse Form

613E1 - Health Education -Human Growth and Development Student Excuse Form

Human Growth And Development Student Excuse Form

 

Policy Title:             Health Education           

Code No.:              613 E1

 

 

Student Name:                                                                                                                                           

 

Grade:                                                                                                                                                               

 

Parent/Guardian: ______________________________ Phone#:                                                                 

 

Please list the curricular objective(s) from which you wish to have your child excused and the class or grade in which each is taught.  An example is provided for you to follow.

 

                                                            Objective                                        Class/Grade

 

Ex.     To understand the consequences of Health Education/6 responsible and irresponsible sexual behavior.

 

1.                                                                                                                                                                                     

 

2.                                                                                                                                                                                     

 

3.                                                                                                                                                                                     

 

4.                                                                                                                                                                                     

 

5.                                                                                                                                                                                      

 

6.                                                                                                                                                                                      

 

7.                                                                                                                                                                                      

 

8.                                                                                                                                                                                      

 

 

I have reviewed the Human Growth and Development program goals, objectives, and materials and wish my child to be excused from class when these objectives are taught.  I understand my child will incur no penalty but may/will be required to complete an alternative assignment that relates to the class and is consistent with assignments required of all students in the class.

 

 


        

Signed: (Parent or Guardian)

 


Date:                                                                                                                                                                

 


Signed: (School Administrator)

 


Date:                                                                                                                                                         

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

October 2022

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 11:04

614 - Career Education

614 - Career Education

EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM

 

Series 600

Policy Title:              Career Education           

Code No.:              614

Preparing students for careers is one goal of the education program.  CTE (Career and Technical Education) will be written into the education program for grades kindergarten through twelve.  This education will include, but not be limited to, awareness of self in relation to others and the needs of society, exploration of employment opportunities, experiences in personal decision-making, and experiences of integrating work values and work skills into their lives.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent and/or designee to assist licensed employees in finding ways to provide CTE in the education program.  Special attention should be given to courses of vocational education nature.  The board, in its review of the curriculum, will review the means in which CTE is combined with other instructional programs.

 

Date of Approval/Review/Revision:

July 2005                  

June 2008                 

July 2011

September 2017

September 2022

 

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 11:07

615 - Physical Education

615 - Physical Education

EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM

 

Series 600

Policy Title:              Physical Education           

Code No.:              615

Students in grades one through twelve are required to participate in physical education courses unless they are excused by the principal of their attendance center.

Students may be excused from physical education courses if the student presents a written statement from a doctor stating that such activities could be injurious to the health of the student or the student has been exempted because of a conflict with the student's religious beliefs.

Students in grades 9-12 may also be excused from physical education courses if:

    • the student is enrolled in academic courses not otherwise available, or
    • the student has obtained a physical education waiver for a [semester or trimester] because the student is actively involved in an athletic program.
    • the student is participating in the Legislative Page Program at the state capitol for a regular session of the general assembly; or
    • the student is enrolled in a junior reserve officer training corps.

Twelfth grade students may also be excused from physical education courses if the student is enrolled in a cooperative, work-study or other educational program authorized by the school, which requires the student's absence from school.

Students who will not participate in physical education must have a written request or statement from their parents.

 

Date of Approval/Review/Revision

July 2005

June 2008            

July 2011

September 2017

October 2021

October 2022

 

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 11:08

616 - Global Education

616 - Global Education

EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM

 

Series 600

Policy Title:              Global Education           

Code No.:              616

Because of our growing interdependence with other nations in the world, global education is incorporated into the education program for grades kindergarten through twelve so that students have the opportunity to acquire a perspective on world issues, problems, and prospects for an awareness of the relationship between an individual's self-interest and the concerns of people elsewhere in the world.  

Date of Approval/Review/Revision:

July 2005

June 2008

July 2011

September 2017

October 2022

 

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 11:09

617 - Basic Instructional Program

617 - Basic Instructional Program

EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM

 

Series 600

 

Policy Title: Basic Instructional Program

Code No.:  617

 

 

The basic instructional program will include the courses required for each grade level by the Iowa Department of Education.  The instructional approach will be gender fair and multicultural.

 

The basic instructional program of students enrolled in kindergarten is designed to develop healthy emotional and social habits, language arts and communication skills, the capacity to complete individual tasks, character education, and the ability to protect and increase physical well being with attention given to experiences relating to the development of life skills and human growth and development.

 

The basic instructional program of students enrolled in grades one through six will include English-language arts, social studies, mathematics, science, health, human growth and development, physical education, traffic safety, music, and visual art.

 

The basic instructional program of students enrolled in grades seven and eight will include English-language arts, social studies, mathematics, science, health, human growth and development, family and consumer, career, technology education, physical education, music, and visual arts.

 

The basic instructional program of students enrolled in grades nine through twelve will include English‑language arts (6 units), social studies (5 units), mathematics (6 units), science (5 units), health (1 unit), physical education (1 unit), fine arts (3 units), foreign language (4 units), financial literary (1/2 unit) vocational education (12 units), and computer science (1/2 unit), and students enrolled in grades one through eight will include (1/2 unit) computer science.

 

The board may, in its discretion, offer additional courses in the instructional program for any grade level.

 

Each instructional program is carefully planned for optimal benefit taking into consideration the financial condition of the school district and other factors deemed relevant by the board or superintendent and/or designee.  Each instructional program's plan should describe the program, its goals, the effective materials, the activities, and the method for student evaluation.

 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations stating the required courses and optional courses for kindergarten, grades one through six, grades seven and eight, and grades nine through twelve.

Date of Approval/Review/Revision

July 2005           

June 2008

July 2011

August 2019

October 2022

 

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 11:10

618 - Academic Freedom

618 - Academic Freedom

EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM

 

Series 600

 

Policy Title:              Academic Freedom           

Code No.:              618

 

The board believes students should have an opportunity to reach their own decisions and beliefs about conflicting points of view.  Academic freedom is the opportunity of licensed employees and students to study, investigate, present, interpret, and discuss facts and ideas relevant to the subject matter of the classroom and appropriate to and in good taste with the maturity and intellectual and emotional capacities of the students.

It is the responsibility of the teacher to refrain from advocating partisan causes, sectarian religious views, or biased positions in the classroom or through teaching methods.  Teachers are not discouraged from expressing personal opinions as long as students are aware it is a personal opinion and students are allowed to reach their own conclusions independently.

It shall be the responsibility of the principal to ensure academic freedom is allowed but not abused in the classroom.

Date of Approval/Review/Revision

July 2011

September 2017

October 2022

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 11:11

618R1 - Academic Freedom - Teaching Controversial Issues

618R1 - Academic Freedom - Teaching Controversial Issues

 

EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM

Series 600

Policy Title: Academic Freedom -Teaching Controversial Issues

Code No. 618R1

A "controversial issue" is a topic of significant academic inquiry about which substantial groups of citizens of this community, this state or this nation hold sincere, conflicting points of view.

It is the belief of the board that controversial issues should be fairly presented in a spirit of honest academic freedom so that students may recognize the validity of other points of view but can also learn to formulate their own opinions based upon dispassionate, objective, unbiased study and discussion of the facts related to the controversy.

It is the responsibility of the instructor to present full and fair opportunity and means for students to study, consider and discuss all sides of controversial issues including, but not limited to, political philosophies.

It is the responsibility of the instructor to protect the right of the student to study pertinent controversial issues within the limits of good taste and to allow the student to express personal opinions without jeopardizing the student's relationship with the teacher.

It is the responsibility of the teacher to refrain from advocating partisan causes, sectarian religious views, or selfish propaganda of any kind through any classroom or school device; however, an instructor will not be prohibited from expressing a personal opinion as long as students are encouraged to reach their own decisions independently.

The board encourages full discussion of controversial issues in a spirit of academic freedom that shows students that they have the right to disagree with the opinions of others but that they also have the responsibility to base the disagreement on facts and to respect the right of others to hold conflicting opinions.

 

Occasionally, parents/guardians, students, and/or teachers may be in disagreement with the meaning in which this policy is being implemented.  When this occurs, the building principal/designee shall serve as arbitrator, attempting to clarify the dimensions of disagreement and help the parties concerned reach a consensus.  Should he/she be unsuccessful, he/she will bring the matter to the superintendent and/or designee for a decision.

 

In all cases the intent of the policy to encourage open discussion of controversial issues shall be upheld.

Date of Approval/Revision:

October 2022

mkohorst@carro… Thu, 10/27/2022 - 13:41

619 - Teaching About Religion

619 - Teaching About Religion

EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM

Series 600

Policy Title:             Teaching About Religion           

Code No.:              619

Since the contribution of religions to civilization is one of the crucial keys to understanding human history and development, the study of religious history and traditions should be part of the school curriculum, and can play a vital role in enhancing an understanding among people of different religious backgrounds and beliefs.  Such study should give neither preferential nor derogatory treatment to any single religion or to religion in general, and should not be introduced or utilized for devotional purposes.  Furthermore, no religious belief or nonbelief should be promoted by the school district or its employees.

 

Criteria used to guide academic inquiry in the study of religion should seek the same objectivity and educational effectiveness expected in other areas of the curriculum.  In addition, materials and activities should be sensitive to America's pluralistic society and should educate rather than indoctrinate.  All instructional and other school-sponsored activities should meet the three-part test established by the Supreme Court to determine constitutionality; (1) the activity must have a secular purpose; (2) the activity's principal or primary effect must be one that neither advances nor inhibits religion; and (3) the activity must not foster an excessive governmental entanglement with religion.

 

Parents who wish to have their child excluded from a school program because of religious beliefs must inform the principal.  The principal shall determine an alternative activity or study for the students.  The superintendent and/or designee shall have the final authority to determine an alternative activity or study for the student.

Date of Approval/Review/Revision

July 2011

September 2017

October 2022

 

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 11:12

619R1 Teaching About Religion Regulation

619R1 Teaching About Religion Regulation

EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM

Series 600

Policy Title:              Teaching About Religion Regulation           

Code No.:              619 R1

 

The historical and contemporary significance of religious holidays may be included in the education program provided that the instruction is presented in an unbiased and objective manner.  The selection of holidays to be studied shall take into account major celebrations of several world religions, not just those of a single religion.  Holiday-related activities shall be educationally sound and sensitive to religious differences and shall be selected carefully to avoid the excessive or unproductive use of school time.  Teachers shall be especially careful in planning activities that are to take place immediately preceding or on a religious holiday.

 

Music, art, literature and drama having religious themes (including traditional carols, seasonal songs and classical music) shall be permitted if presented in an objective manner without sectarian indoctrination.  The emphasis on religious themes shall be only as extensive as necessary for a balanced and comprehensive study or presentation.  Religious content included in student performances shall be selected on the basis of its independent educational merit and shall seek to give exposure to a variety of religious customs, beliefs and forms of expression.  Holiday programs, parties or performances shall not become religious celebrations or be used as a forum for religious worship, such as the devotional reading of sacred writings or the recitations of prayers.

 

The use of religious symbols (e.g. a cross, menorah, crescent, Star of David, lotus blossom, nativity scene or other symbol that is part of a religious ceremony) shall be permitted as a teaching aid, but only when such symbols are used temporarily and objectively to give information about a heritage associated with a particular religion.  The Christmas tree, Santa Claus, Easter eggs, Easter bunnies and Halloween decorations are secular, seasonal symbols and as such can be displayed in a seasonal context.

 

Expressions of belief or nonbelief initiated by individual students shall be permitted in composition, art forms, music, speech and debate.  However, teachers may not require projects or activities which indoctrinate or force students to contradict their personal religious beliefs or non-beliefs.

 

Date of Approval/Review/Revision  

July 2011

September 2017

October 2022

 

 

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 11:13

620 - Program for Gifted and Talented Students

620 - Program for Gifted and Talented Students

EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM

Series 600

Policy Title:             Program for Gifted and Talented Students           

Code No.:              620

                      

The board recognizes some students require programming beyond the regular education program.   Students with special abilities will be identified and provided an appropriate educational program.

 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent and/or designee to develop a gifted and talented program which provides for identifying students, program evaluation, and training of employees.

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:                       

June 2002

June 2005           

June 2008

October 2011

September 2017

October 2022

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 11:14

621 - Program for Students At Risk

621 - Program for Students At Risk

EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM

 

Series 600

 Policy Title:            Program For Students At Risk                   

Code No.:              621

 

The board recognizes some students require additional assistance in order to graduate from the regular education program.  The district shall provide a program to encourage and provide an opportunity for students at risk to achieve their potential and obtain their high school diploma.

 

The board shall have a plan to identify and provide special assistance to students who have difficulty mastering the language, academic, cultural, and social skills necessary to reach the educational levels of which they are capable.  The plan shall accommodate students whose aspirations and achievement may be negatively affected by stereotypes linked to race, national origin, language background, gender, income, family status, parental status, and disability. 

 

The plan shall include strategies for identifying at-risk students and objectives for providing support services to at-risk students.  These objectives shall be translated into performance objectives for all school personnel.  The plan shall also include provisions for in-service training for school personnel; strategies and activities for involving and working with parents; provisions for monitoring the behavioral, social, and academic improvements of at-risk students; provisions for appropriate counseling services; strategies for coordinating school programs and community based support services; and maintenance of integrated educational environments in compliance with federal and state nondiscrimination legislation.

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:                                     

August 14, 1989

July 1993                         

August 1996

June 1999

June 2002

June 2005

June 2008

October 2011

September 2017

October 2022

 

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 11:15

621.1 Individualized Instruction

621.1 Individualized Instruction

EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM

 

SERIES 600

 

Policy Title:            Individualized Instruction                   

Code No. :               621.1

 

 

The board's primary responsibility in the management of the school district is the operation and delivery of the regular education program.  Generally, students attending the school district shall receive the regular education program offered by the district.  Only in exceptional circumstances will the board approve students receiving individualized instruction at the expense of the school district.

 

Recommendations from the superintendent and/or designee for individualized instruction shall state the need for the instruction, the objectives and goals sought for the instruction, the employee requirements for the instruction, the implementation procedures for the instruction and the evaluation procedures and processes that will be used to assess the value of the instruction.

 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations for individualized instruction.

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision: 

October 2011

September 2017

October 2022

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 11:16

622 - Competent Private Instruction

622 - Competent Private Instruction

EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM

 

Series 600

 

Policy Title:              Competent Private Instruction                 

Code No.:              622

 

The Carroll Community School District recognizes that families with students of compulsory attendance age may select alternative forms of education outside the traditional school setting, including private instruction.  The applicable legal requirements for private instruction, including, but not limited to those relating to reporting and evaluations for progress, shall be followed.

 

Except as otherwise exempted, in the event a child of compulsory attendance age as defined by law does not attend public school or an accredited nonpublic school, the child must receive private instruction.  Private instruction means instruction using a plan and a course of study in a setting other than a public or organized accredited nonpublic school.

 

Private instruction can take the form of competent private instruction and independent private instruction.  The Iowa Department of Education recognizes three options for delivery of this form of instruction:  two options for delivery of competent private instruction and one option for independent private instruction.

 

Competent private instruction means either private instruction provided on a daily basis for at least one hundred forty-eight days during a school year, to be met by attendance for at least thirty-seven days each school quarter by or under supervision of a licensed practitioner, which results in the student making adequate progress, or private instruction provided by a parent, guardian or legal custodian. 

 

Independent private instruction means private instruction that meets the following criteria: (i) is not accredited, (ii) enrolls not more than four unrelated students, (iii) does not charge tuition, fees, or other remuneration for instruction, (iv) provides private or religious-based instruction as its primary purpose, (v) provides enrolled students with instruction in mathematics, reading and language arts, science, and social studies, (vi) provides, upon written request from the superintendent of the school district in which the independent private instruction is provided, or from the director of the department of education, a report identifying the primary instructor, location, name of the authority responsible for the independent private instruction, and the names of the students enrolled, (vii) is not a nonpublic school and does not provide competent private instruction as defined herein, and (viii) is exempt from all state statutes and administrative rules applicable to a school, a school board, or a school district, except as otherwise provided by law.

 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision: 

July 2005           

June 2008                 

October 2011

December 2013

January 2014 

July 2015

September 2017

October 2021

October 2002

 

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 11:16

622

622

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 11:17

623 - Dual Enrollment

623 - Dual Enrollment

EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM

 

Series 600

 

Policy Title:              Dual Enrollment           

Code No.:              623 

 

The parent, guardian, or custodian of a student receiving competent private instruction may also enroll the student in the school district in accordance with state law and policy.  The student is considered under dual enrollment.  The parent, guardian, or custodian requesting dual enrollment for the student should notify the board secretary no later than September 15 of the school year in which dual enrollment is sought on forms provided by the school district.  On the form, they will indicate the extracurricular and academic activities in which the student is interested in participating.  The forms are available at the central administration office.

 

A dual enrollment student is eligible to participate in the districts’ extracurricular and academic activities in the same manner as other students enrolled in the school district.  The policies and administrative rules of the school district will apply to the dual enrollment students in the same manner as the other students enrolled in the school district.  These policies and administrative rules will include, but not be limited to, athletic eligibility requirements, the good conduct rule, academic eligibility requirements, and payment of the applicable fees.

 

A dual enrollment student whose parent, guardian, or custodian has chosen standardized testing as the form of the students’ annual assessment will not be responsible for the cost of the test or the administration of the test.

 

After the student/parent notifies the school district which activities in which she/he wish to participate, the school district will provide information regarding the specific programs.

 

The applicable legal requirements for dual enrollment including, but not limited to, those related to reporting and eligibility shall be followed.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:     

August 1992         

July 1993

August 1996

June 1999         

June 2002         

June 2005

June 2008

October 2011

January 2014

July 2015

September 2017

October 2022

November 2022

 

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 11:21

624 - International Study

624 - International Study

EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM

 

SERIES 600

 

Policy Title:            International Study           

Code No. :               624

 

The board recognizes some students may wish to take courses outside the country.  Generally, students must obtain board approval prior to participating in the international student exchange program if the student wants to receive credit for the program.  If it is a continuing program which has received a favorable evaluation by the administration and the program will be carried out in the future as it has in the past, prior board approval is not required.

 

The board's approval is not an assumption of liability, but rather an approval of the credits from the program toward graduation requirements.  The students, employees or others traveling with the students shall assume all costs and maintain personal and liability insurance protection.  The school district assumes no cost or liability for the participants.

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision: 

October 2011

September 2017

November 2022

 

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 11:22

625 - Instruction at a Post-Secondary Educational Institution

625 - Instruction at a Post-Secondary Educational Institution

EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM

 

SERIES 600

 

Policy Title:            Instruction at a Post-Secondary Educational Institution           

Code No. :               625

 

In accordance with this policy, students in grades nine through twelve may receive academic or career and technical education credits that count toward the graduation requirements set out by the board for courses successfully completed in post-secondary educational institutions.  Students and parents or guardians shall be made aware of the post-secondary instructional opportunities as part of the development of each student’s individual career and academic plan as required by law.  The Superintendent or designee is responsible for developing the appropriate forms and procedures for implementing this policy and the following post-secondary educational opportunities:   

 

Concurrent Enrollment

The board may, in its discretion, enter into a contractual agreement with a community college to provide courses for eligible students in grades nine through twelve when comparable courses are not offered by the school district.  Notice of the availability of the concurrent enrollment program shall be included in the school district’s registration handbook, and the handbook shall identify which courses, if successfully completed, generate post-secondary credit.  Students shall not be charged tuition for concurrent enrollment courses and shall not be required to reimburse the school district for tuition if they do not successfully complete a course. Students or their parents or guardians may be required to pay a fee consistent with the school district’s established textbook policy and other materials for the concurrent enrollment course to the extent permitted by law.  Students or their parents or guardians may also be required to provide their own transportation to and from concurrent enrollment courses to the extent permitted by law.  However, transportation shall be the responsibility of the school district for any contracted course that is used to meet school district accreditation requirements.

 

Students who successfully complete a concurrent enrollment course, as determined by the postsecondary institution, shall receive postsecondary credit in accordance with the institution’s policies and high school credit that will be reflected on their high school transcript.  The Superintendent or designee shall grant to a student who successfully completes a concurrent enrollment course a unit of high school graduation credit for every unit of high school level instruction successfully completed.  

 

Post-Secondary Enrollment Option

Ninth and tenth grade students who have been identified by the school district as gifted and talented, and eligible eleventh and twelfth grade students, may utilize the Post-Secondary Enrollment Option (“PSEO”) program.  To qualify, a course must be a nonsectarian, credit-bearing course that leads to a degree, and in the areas of:  mathematics, science, social sciences, humanities, career and technical education.  A course is not eligible for PSEO if a comparable course is offered by the school district.  In addition, courses at a community college with which the district has a concurrent enrollment agreement are not eligible for PSEO.  Students shall not be charged for tuition, textbooks, materials, or fees related to a PSEO course with the exception of equipment that becomes the property of the student. 

 

 

 

The school district shall reimburse the post-secondary institution for tuition and other expenses for each PSEO course up to $250.  Students who successfully complete a PSEO course, as determined by the postsecondary institution, shall receive postsecondary credit and high school credit.  The Superintendent or designee shall grant to a student who successfully completes a PSEO course a unit of high school graduation credit for every unit of high school level instruction successfully completed. 

Transportation to and from the postsecondary institution is the responsibility of the student or parent or legal guardian of the student enrolled in a PSEO course.  Eligible students may take up to seven hours of post-secondary credit during the summer months and receive high school credit upon successful completion of a post-secondary course.  However, the student or student’s parent or legal guardian is responsible for all costs associated with courses taken during the summer.   

 

Students who fail a PSEO course and fail to receive credit are required to reimburse the school district for all costs directly related to the course up to the $250.00 reimbursement maximum.  Prior to registering, students under the age of eighteen are required to have a parent or guardian sign a form indicating that the parent is responsible for the costs of the course should the student fail the course and fail to receive credit.  Reimbursement waivers may be granted by the board if sufficient verification is provided to show that the student was unable to complete the course for reasons outside the student’s control, including but not limited to physical incapacity, a death in the student’s immediate family, or a move out of the school district.   

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision: 

October 2011

September 2017

May 2018

February 2021

November 2022

June 2023

 

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 11:22

626 - Foreign Students

626 - Foreign Students

EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM

 

SERIES 600

 

Policy Title:            Foreign Students           

Code No. :               626

 

Foreign students must meet all district entrance requirements including age, place of residence and immunization.  Foreign students must be approved by the board.  The board reserves the right to limit the number of foreign students accepted.  Students who are citizens of a foreign country will be considered residents if they meet one of the following requirements:

 

  1. The student resides with his/her parents(s) or legal guardian;
  2. The student is in the United States with appropriate documentation (Form I-20) from the United States Department of Justice-Immigration and Naturalization Services; or
  3. The student is a participant in a recognized foreign exchange program; and
  4. The student is physically able to attend school and has provided the school district with such proof, including a current TB test.

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision: 

October 2011

September 2017

November 2022

 

 

 

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 11:23

627 - On-Line Courses

627 - On-Line Courses

EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM

 

SERIES 600

 

Policy Title:            On-Line Courses           

Code No. :               627

 

The board recognizes that online coursework may be a good alternative for students to not only meet graduation requirements, but also have the opportunity to take advanced or other courses not offered by the school district.

 

High school students may earn an unlimited amount of credits to be applied toward graduation requirements by completing online courses offered through agencies approved by the board and the Iowa Department of Education. Credit from an online course may be earned only in the following circumstances:  

 

  • The course is not offered at the high school. 
  • Although the course is offered at the high school, the online educational setting will be more conducive to the student's individual learning needs;
  • Although the course is offered at the high school, the student will not be able to take it due to an unavoidable scheduling conflict that would keep the student from meeting graduation requirements;
  • The course will serve as a supplement to extend homebound instruction;
  • The student has been expelled from the regular school setting, but educational services are to be continued; or
  • The principal, with agreement from the student's teachers and parents, determines the student requires a differentiated or accelerated learning environment.

 

Students applying for permission to take an online course shall complete prerequisites and provide teacher/counselor recommendations to confirm the student possesses the maturity level needed to function effectively in an online learning environment.  In addition, the express approval of the principal shall be obtained before a student enrolls in an online course. The school must receive an official record of the final grade before credit toward graduation will be recognized.

 

Provided courses are part of the student’s regular school day coursework and within budgetary parameters, the costs for an online course, such as textbooks or school supplies, shall be borne by the school district, up to $250 per course, for students enrolled full-time.

 

Any additional costs such as textbooks, rentals or school supplies, shall be borne by the parents for students enrolled full-time.  

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision: 

October 2011

September 2017

February 2021

November 2022

 

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 11:24

628 - Instructional Materials Selection

628 - Instructional Materials Selection

EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM

 

Series 600

 

Policy Title:            Instructional Materials Selection           

Code No.              628

 

The board has sole discretion to approve instructional materials for the school district.  The board delegates this authority to licensed employees to determine which instructional materials will be utilized and purchased by the school district to licensed employees.  The licensed employees will work closely together to ensure vertical and horizontal articulation of textbooks in the education program.

The board may appoint an ad hoc committee to assist the licensed employees in  selecting instructional materials.  The committee may be composed of any of the following groups of stakeholders: school district employees, parents, community members or representatives of community groups.

In reviewing current instructional materials for continued use and in selecting additional instructional materials, the licensed employees will consider the current and future needs of the school district as well as the changes and the trends in education and society.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to report to the board the action taken by the selection committee.

In making its recommendations to the superintendent, the licensed employees will select materials which:

  • support the educational philosophy, goals and objectives of the school district;
  • consider the needs, age, and maturity of students;
  • are within the school district's budget;
  • foster respect and appreciation for cultural diversity and difference of opinion;
  • stimulate growth in factual knowledge and literary appreciation;
  • encourage students to become decision-makers, to exercise freedom of thought and to make independent judgment through the examination and evaluation of relevant information, evidence and differing viewpoints;
  • portray the variety of careers, roles, and lifestyles open to all people, and,
  • increase an awareness of the rights, duties, and responsibilities of each member of a multicultural society.

 

In the case of textbooks, the board will make the final decision after a recommendation from the superintendent. The criteria stated above for selection of instructional materials will also apply to the selection of textbooks.  The superintendent may appoint licensed employees to assist in the selection of textbooks.

Gifts of instructional materials must meet these criteria stated above for the selection of instructional materials.  The gift must be received in compliance with board policy 913, "Gifts - Grants - Bequests."

The superintendent will establish additional criteria to guide the selection of instructional materials through administrative regulation, ensuring alignment with educational goals and compliance with laws.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision: 

June 2008                 

July 2011                   

October 2011 

September 2017

November 2022

September 2023

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 11:25

628R1 - Selection of Instructional Materials

628R1 - Selection of Instructional Materials

EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM

Series 600

 

Policy Title:             Selection of Instructional Materials

Code No.:                 628 R1   

 

I. Responsibility for Selection of Instructional Materials

  1. The board is responsible for matters relating to the operation of the district.
     
  2. The responsibility for the selection of instructional materials is delegated to the professionally trained and licensed employees of the school system.
     
  3. While selection of materials may involve many people including principals, teacher-librarian, students, parents and community members, the responsibility for coordinating the selection of most instructional materials and making the recommendation for the purchase rests with licensed employees.  
     
  4. Responsibility for coordinating the selection of the instructional materials for distribution to classes will rest with the licensed employees, principal and superintendent.  
     
  5. If the board appoints an ad hoc committee to make recommendations on the selection of instructional materials, the ad hoc committee is formed and appointed in compliance with the board policy on Ad Hoc Committees.
     
    1. The superintendent will inform the committee as to their role and responsibility in the process.
       
    2. The following statement is given to the ad hoc committee members:

      Bear in mind the principles of the freedom to learn and to read and base your decision on these broad principles rather than on defense of individual materials.  Freedom of inquiry is vital to education in a democracy.

      Study thoroughly all materials referred to you and read available reviews.  The general acceptance of the materials should be checked by consulting standard evaluation aids and local holdings in other schools.

Passages or parts should not be pulled out of context.  The values and faults should be weighed against each other and the opinions based on the material as a whole.

In the event material is challenged, your report, presenting both majority and minority opinions, will be presented by the principal to the complainant at the conclusion of our discussion of the questioned material.

 

 

 

 

 

 

II. Material selected for use in media centers and classrooms will meet the following guidelines:

 

  1. Religion - Material will represent any religions in a factual, unbiased manner.  The primary source material of religions is considered appropriate, but material which advocates rather than informs, or is designed to sway reader judgment regarding religion, will not be included in the school media centers or classrooms.
     
  2. Racism - Material will present a diversity of race, custom, culture, and belief as a positive aspect of the nation's heritage and give candid treatment to unresolved intercultural problems, including those which involve prejudice, discrimination, and the undesirable consequences of withholding rights, freedom, or respect of an individual. Required material will comply with all applicable laws. 
     
  3. Sexism - Material will reflect sensitivity to the needs, rights, traits and aspirations of individuals without preference or bias. Required materials will comply with all applicable laws. 
     
  4. Age - Material will recognize the diverse contributions of various age groups and portray the continuing contributions of maturing members of society.
     
  5. Ideology - Material will present basic primary and factual information on an ideology or philosophy of government which exerts or has exerted a strong force, either favorably or unfavorably, over civilization or society, past or present.  This material will not be selected with the intention to sway reader judgment and is related to the maturity level of the intended audience.
     
  6. Profanity and Sex - Material complies with all applicable laws and is subjected to a test of literary merit and reality by the teacher-librarians and licensed staff who will take into consideration their reading of public and community standards of morality.
     
  7. Controversial issues materials will be directed toward maintaining a balanced collection representing various views.

 

The selection decision should be made on the basis of whether the material presents an accurate representation of society and culture, whether the circumstances depicted are realistically portrayed, or whether the material has literary or social value when the material is viewed as a whole.

These guidelines will not be construed in such a manner as to preclude materials which accurately represent the customs, morals, manners, culture, or society of a different time or a different place.

III. Procedure for Selection

 

  1. Material purchased for libraries and classrooms is recommended for purchase by licensed employees, in consultation with administrative staff, school media center staff, students or an ad hoc committee as appointed by the board.  The material recommended for purchase is approved by the appropriate building administrator.
    1. The materials selected will support stated objectives and goals of the school district.  Specifically, the goals are:
      1. To acquire materials and provide service consistent with the demands of the curriculum;
      2. To develop students' skills and resourcefulness in the use of libraries and learning resources;
      3. To effectively guide and counsel students in the selection and use of materials and libraries;
      4. To foster in students a wide range of significant interests;
      5. To provide opportunities for aesthetic experiences and development of an appreciation of the fine arts;
      6. To provide materials to motivate students to examine their own attitudes and behaviors and to comprehend their own duties and responsibilities as citizens in a pluralistic democracy;
      7. To encourage life-long education through the use of the media center; and,
      8. To work cooperatively and constructively with the instructional and administrative staff in the school.
    2. Materials selected are consistent with stated principles of selection.  These principles are:
      1. To select material, within established standards, which will meet the goals and objectives of the school district;
      2. To consider the educational characteristics of the community in the selection of materials within a given category;
      3. To present the racial, religious and ethnic groups in the community by:

                  1.  Portraying people, adults and children, whatever their ethnic, religious or social class identity, as human and recognizable, displaying a familiar range of emotions, both negative and positive.

            2.  Placing no constraints on individual aspirations and opportunity.

                  3.  Giving comprehensive, accurate, and balanced representation to minority groups and women - in art and science, history and literature, and in all other fields of life and culture.

                  4.  Providing abundant recognition of minority groups and women by showing them frequently in positions of leadership and authority.

      1. To intelligently, quickly, and effectively anticipate and meet needs through awareness of subjects of local, national and international interest and significance; and,
      2. To strive for impartiality in the selection process.
    1. The materials selected will meet stated selection criteria.  These criteria are:
      1. Authority-Author's qualifications - education, experience, and previously published works;
      2. Reliability:
        1. Accuracy-meaningful organization and emphasis on content, meets the material's goals and objectives, and presents authoritative and realistic factual material.
        2. Current-presentation of content which is consistent with the finding of recent and authoritative research.
      3. Treatment of subject-shows an objective reflection for the multi-ethnic character and cultural diversity of society.
      4. Language:

            1.  Vocabulary

a.  Does not include bias by the use of words which may result in negative value judgments about groups of people;

b.  Does not use "man" or similar limiting word usage in generalizaion or ambiguities which may cause others to feel excluded or dehumanized.

e.  Format:

        1. Book
          1. Adequate and accurate index;
          2. Paper of good quality and color;
          3. Print adequate and well spaced;
          4. Adequate margins;
          5. Firmly bound; and,
          6. Cost.
        2. Non-book
          1. Flexibility, adaptability;
          2. Curricular orientation of significant interest to students;
          3. Appropriate for audience;
          4. Accurate authoritative presentation;
          5. Good production qualities (fidelity, aesthetically adequate);
          6. Durability; and,
          7. Cost.
        3. Illustrations of book and non-book materials should:
          1. Depict instances of fully integrated grouping and settings to indicate equal status and non-segregated social relationships.
          2. Make clearly apparent the identity of minorities;
          3. Contain pertinent and effective illustrations;
          4. Flexible to enable the teacher to use parts at a time and not follow a comprehensive instructional program on a rigid frame of reference.

f.  Special Features:

1.            Bibliographies.

2.            Glossary.

3.            Current charts, maps, etc.

4.            Visual aids.

5.            Index.

6.            Special activities to stimulate and challenge students.

7.            Provide a variety of learning skills.

g.  Potential use:

1.            Will it meet the requirement of reference work?

2.            Will it help students with personal problems and adjustments?

3.            Will it serve as a source of information for teachers and librarians?

4.         Does it offer an understanding of cultures other than the student's own and is it free of racial, religious, age, disability, ethnic, gender identity and sexual stereotypes?

5.         Will it expand students' sphere of understanding and help them to understand the ideas and beliefs of others?

6.         Will it help students and teachers keep abreast of and understand current events?

7.            Will it foster and develop hobbies and special interest?

8.            Will it help develop aesthetic tastes and appreciation?

9.            Will it serve the needs of students with special needs?

10.            Does it inspire learning?

11.            Is it relevant to the subject?

12.            Will it stimulate a student's interest?

    1. Gifts of media center or instructional materials may be accepted if the gift meets existing criteria for media center and instructional materials.  The acceptance and placement of such gifts is within the discretion of the board.
       
    2. In order to provide a current, highly usable collection of materials, teacher-librarians will ensure constant and continuing renewal of the collection, not only the addition of up-to-date materials, but by the judicious elimination of materials which no longer meet school district needs or find use.  The process of weeding instructional materials will be done according to established and accepted standards for determining the relevance and value of materials in a given context.

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:                                      

August 23, 1982 

August, 1993  

August, 1996 

June, 1999 

June, 2002

July 2005

June 2008

October  2011

September 2017

November 2022

September 2023

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 11:27

629 - Instructional and Media Center Materials Inspection and Display

629 - Instructional and Media Center Materials Inspection and Display

EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM

 

Series 600

 

Policy Title:            Instructional and Media Center Materials Inspection and Display        

Code No.:              629           

Parents and other members of the school district community may view the instructional and media center materials used by the students.  All instructional materials, including teacher's manuals, films, tapes or other supplementary material which will be used in connection with any survey, analysis, or evaluation as part of any federally funded programs must be available for inspection by parents.  

Instructional and media center materials may be viewed on school district premises.  

The district will publish on the district's website a comprehensive list of all books available to students in media centers operated by the school district.

 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding the inspection of instructional materials.
 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:            

July 2008

October 2011

September 2017

November 2022

September 2023

 

 

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 11:29

630 - Objection to Instructional and Media Center Materials

630 - Objection to Instructional and Media Center Materials

EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM

 

Series 600

 

Policy Title:            Objection To Instructional and Media Center Materials           

Code No.:              630

 

 

Members of the school district community may object to the instructional and library materials utilized in the school district and ask for their use to be reconsidered.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principals, to develop administrative regulations for reconsideration of instructional materials.  Information related to the process for reconsideration of instructional and media center materials will be made available on the district's website.

Parents or guardians of students enrolled in the district have the ability to request that their student not be able to access certain instructional materials or check out certain media center materials.  For the purposes of prohibiting access to instructional materials, Iowa law has defined instructional materials to mean either printed or electronic textbooks and related core materials that are written and published primarily for use in elementary school and secondary school instruction and are required by a state educational agency or district for use by students in the student's classes by the teacher of record.  Instructional materials does not include lesson plans.
 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:           

July 1979           

August 1993

August 1996

June 1999

June 2002

June 2005

June 2008

October 2011

September 2017

November 2022

August 2023

 

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 13:43

630E1 - Instructions to the Reconsideration Committee

630E1 - Instructions to the Reconsideration Committee

EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM

 

Series 600

 

Policy Title:            Instructions To The Reconsideration Committee                  

Code No.:              630E1

 

The policy of this school district related to selection of learning materials states that any member of the school district community may formally challenge instructional and media center materials used in the district's education program.  This policy allows those persons in the school and the community who are not directly involved in the selection of materials to make their opinions known.  The task of the reconsideration committee is to make an informed recommendation on the challenge.  The meetings of the committee may be subject to the open meetings law.

 

The most critical component of the reconsideration process is the establishment and maintenance of the committee's credibility in the community.  For this purpose, the committee is composed of a combination of community members and licensed employees as detailed in 630R1.  The community should not, therefore, infer that the committee is biased or is obligated to uphold prior professional decisions. 

 

The reconsideration process, the task of this committee, is just one part of the selection continuum.  Material is purchased to meet a need.  It is reviewed and examined, if possible, prior to purchase.  It is periodically re-evaluated through updating, discarding, or re-examination.  The committee must be ready to acknowledge that an error in selection may have been made despite this process.  Librarians and school employees regularly read great numbers of reviews in the selection process, and occasional errors are possible.

 

In reconsidering challenged materials, the role of the committee, and particularly the chairperson, is to produce a climate for meaningful discussion of disparate views. The committee should begin by finding items of agreement, keeping in mind that the larger the group participating, the greater the amount of information available and, therefore, the greater the number of possible approaches to the problem.

 

The committee may, at its discretion, hear an oral presentation from the complainant to the committee to expand and elaborate on the complaint.  The committee may listen to the complainant, to those with special knowledge, and any other interested persons.  In these discussions, the committee should be aware of relevant social pressures, which are affecting the situation.  Individuals who may try to dominate or impose a decision must not be allowed to do so.  Minority viewpoints expressed by groups or individuals must be heard, and observers must be made to feel welcome.  It is important that the committee create a calm, nonvolatile environment in which to deal with a potentially volatile situation.  To this end, the complainant will be kept informed of the progress of the complaint.

 

The committee will listen to the views of all interested persons before making recommendations.  In deliberating its recommendation, the committee should remember that the school system must be responsive to the needs, tastes, and opinions of the community it serves.  Therefore, the committee must distinguish between broad community sentiment and attempts to impose personal standards.  The deliberations should concentrate on the appropriateness of the material. The question to be answered by the committee is, "Is the material appropriate for its designated audience at this time?"

 

The committee's final recommendation will be (1) to remove the challenged material from the total school environment, (2) to take no removal action, or (3) to agree on a limitation of the educational use of the materials.

 

The committee chairperson will instruct the secretary to convey the committee's recommendation to the office of the superintendent.  The recommendation should detail the rationale on which it was based.  A letter will be sent to the complainant outlining the outcome.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 2005           

June 2008

October 2011

September 2017

November 2022

 

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 13:44

630E2 - Reconsideration of Instructional Materials

630E2 - Reconsideration of Instructional Materials

 

EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM

Series 600

Policy Title:           Reconsideration of Instructional Materials                            Code No.:  630E2 

 

RECONSIDERATION OF INSTRUCTIONAL AND MEDIA CENTER MATERIALS REQUEST FORM

 

Request for re-evaluation of printed or multimedia material to be submitted to the superintendent.

 

REVIEW INITIATED BY: DATE: __________________

 

Name _________________________________________________________________________

 

Address _______________________________________________________________________

 

City/State ________________________________ Zip Code _______ Telephone _____________

 

School(s) in which item is used _____________________________________________________

 

Relationship to school (parent, student, citizen, etc.) _____________________________________

 

BOOK OR OTHER PRINTED MATERIAL IF APPLICABLE:

 

Author _________________________ Hardcover_______Paperback______Other______________

 

Title ____________________________________________________________________________

 

Publisher (if known) ________________________________________________________________

 

Date of Publication _________________________________________________________________

 

MULTIMEDIA MATERIAL IF APPLICABLE:

 

Title _____________________________________________________________________________

 

Producer (if known) _________________________________________________________________

 

Type of material (website, online resource, filmstrip, motion picture, etc.) __________________________________________________________________________________

 

PERSON MAKING THE REQUEST REPRESENTS(circle one)

 

Self Group or Organization

 

Name of group _____________________________________________________________________

 

Address of Group___________________________________________________________________

 

 

RECONSIDERATION OF INSTRUCTIONAL AND MEDIA CENTER MATERIALS REQUEST FORM

 

 

1. What brought this item to your attention?

 

_________________________________________________________________________________

 

_________________________________________________________________________________

 

2. To what in the item do you object? (please be specific; cite pages, or frames, etc.)

 

_________________________________________________________________________________

 

_________________________________________________________________________________

 

3. In your opinion, what harmful effects upon students might result from use of this item?

_________________________________________________________________________________

 

_________________________________________________________________________________

 

4. Do you perceive any instructional value in the use of this item?

 

_________________________________________________________________________________

 

_________________________________________________________________________________

 

5. Did you review the entire item? If not, what sections did you review?

 

_________________________________________________________________________________

 

_________________________________________________________________________________

 

6. Should the opinion of any additional experts in the field be considered?

 

______yes ______no

 

If yes, please list specific suggestions:

_________________________________________________________________________________

 

_________________________________________________________________________________

 

7. To replace this item, do you recommend other material which you consider to be of equal or superior quality for the purpose intended?

 

 

_________________________________________________________________________________

 

_________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

RECONSIDERATION OF INSTRUCTIONAL AND MEDIA CENTER MATERIALS REQUEST FORM

 

 

 

8. Do you wish to make an oral presentation to the Review Committee?

 

______Yes (a) Please contact the Superintendent

 

(b) Please be prepared at this time to indicate the approximate length of time your presentation will require. Although this is no guarantee that you'll be allowed to present to the committee, or that you will get your requested amount of time.

 

_________Minutes.

 

______No

 

 

Dated_____________________ Signature ____________________________________

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adoption/Review/Revision

November 2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 17:49

630E3 - Reconsideration of Instructional Materials

630E3 - Reconsideration of Instructional Materials

EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM

 

Series 600

 

Policy Title:            Reconsideration Of Instructional Materials 

Code No.              630E3

 

SAMPLE LETTER TO INDIVIDUAL CHALLENGING INSTRUCTIONAL

or MEDIA CENTER MATERIALS

 

Dear:

 

We recognize your concern about the use of  _______________________________ in our school district.  The school district has developed procedures for selection of instructional materials but realizes that not everyone will agree with every selection made.

 

To help you understand the selection process, we are sending copies of the school district's:

 

                  1.         Instructional goals and objectives,

                  2.         Instructional and Media Center Materials Selection policy statement, and

                  3.         Procedure for reconsideration of instructional materials and media center materials.

 

If you are still concerned after you review this material, please complete the Reconsideration Request Form and return it to me.  You may be assured of prompt attention to your request.  If I have not heard from you within one week, we will assume you no longer wish to file a formal complaint.

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:           

July 2005           

June 2008

October 2011

September 2017

November 2022

 

 

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 17:51

630E4 Request to Prohibit A Student From Accessing Specific Media Center Materials

630E4 Request to Prohibit A Student From Accessing Specific Media Center Materials

EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM

Series 600

 

Policy Title:            Request to Prohibit A Student From Accessing Specific Instructional and Media Center Materials

Code No.              630E4

 

REQUEST TO PROHIBIT A STUDENT FROM ACCESSING

SPECIFIC INSTRUCTIONAL AND MEDIA CENTER MATERIALS

 

Request to prohibit a student from accessing certain instructional and media center materials to be submitted to the superintendent.  Please complete one form per student.

 

 

REQUEST INITIATED BY  ________________________________  DATE _____________

 

Name  ______________________________________________________________________

 

Address  ____________________________________________________________________

 

City/State  _____________________________ Zip Code________ Telephone_____________

 

Name of Affected Student ____________________________________________________________________________

 

Requester’s Relationship to Student (must be parent/legal guardian)______________________

 

 

BOOK OR OTHER PRINTED MATERIAL TO PROHIBIT STUDENT FROM ACCESSING:

 

Author _____________________ Hardcover __________ Paperback _____ Other___________

 

Title _________________________________________________________________________

 

Publisher (if known) ____________________________________________________________

 

Date of Publication _____________________________________________________________

 

 

MULTIMEDIA MATERIAL TO PROHIBIT STUDENT FROM ACCESSING:

 

Title ________________________________________________________________________

 

Producer (if known) ____________________________________________________________

 

Type of material (filmstrip, motion picture, etc.) ______________________________________

 

 

________________________                        _________________________________________

Dated                                                                                     Signature

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:           

November 2022

August 2023

mkohorst@carro… Tue, 11/29/2022 - 09:55

630R1 - Objection to Instructional and Media Center Materials Regulation

630R1 - Objection to Instructional and Media Center Materials Regulation

EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM

 

Series 600

 

Policy Title:            Objection To Instructional and Media Center Materials Regulation           

Code No.:              630R1

            

A.    A member of the school district community may raise an objection to instructional materials used in the school district's education program. While the individuals recommending the selection of such material were duly qualified to make the selection and followed the proper procedure and observed the criteria for selecting such material; the district must be ready to acknowledge that an error in selection may have been made despite this process.  School employees regularly read great numbers of reviews in the selection process, and occasional errors are possible.
 

1.  The complainant will address the complaint at the lowest organizational level of licensed staff.  Often this will be the classroom teacher. 

 

2.  The school official or employee receiving a complaint regarding instructional materials or media center material will try to resolve the issue at the lowest organizational level.  The materials generally will remain in use pending the outcome of the reconsideration procedure.

 

a.            The school official or employee initially receiving a complaint will explain to the individual the district's selection procedure, criteria to be met by the instructional materials, and qualifications of those persons selecting the material.

 

b.            The school official or employee initially receiving a complaint will explain to the individual the role of the objected material in the education program, its intended educational purpose, and additional information regarding its use.  In the alternative, the employee may refer the individual to the teacher-librarian who can identify and explain the use of the material.

 

c.               In the event the matter is not satisfactorily resolved with the teacher or school librarian, the complainant shall contact the building principal requesting an informal reconsideration of instructional material or library material.  The building principal will meet with the complainant to review the objection to the instructional materials or library material within five days of being contacted by the complainant.  After meeting with the complainant, the principal may convene an informal reconsideration committee that consists of three licensed staff members from the building.  The informal committee will review the complaint and attempt to resolve the matter.

 

d.              If the complainant is not satisfied with the decision of the principal, the next step is to contact the superintendent within five days of receiving the decision from the building principal.

 

e.  The building principal will direct the complainant to complete the Request for Reconsideration of Instructional and Media Center Materials Form, and notify the building level principal of receipt of the complaint within two school days after the reconsideration form is received.  Schools officials will offer to assist the complainant in completing the form, but if a complainant refuses to complete the form, the complaint will be deemed invalid and no further action taken.
 

B.    Request for Reconsideration

 

1.            A member of the school district community may formally challenge instructional and media center materials on the basis of appropriateness used in the school district's education program.  This procedure is for the purpose of considering the opinions of those persons in the school district and the community who are not directly involved in the selection process.

           

2.            Each attendance center and the school district's central administrative office will keep on hand and make available Request for Reconsideration of Instructional and Media Center Materials Forms. 

 

3.            The individual will state the specific reason the instructional or media center material is being challenged.  The Request for Reconsideration Form is signed by the individual and filed with the building-level principal.  

 

4.            The building-level principal will promptly file the objection with the superintendent for re-evaluation.

 

5.            The superintendent will convene a reconsideration committee within two weeks of receipt of the Reconsideration Form.

 

6.            The committee will make their recommendation to the superintendent within five school days of meeting.

 

7.            The superintendent will issue a decision related to the Reconsideration Request Form within 5 school days of receipt of the committee’s recommendation.  A copy of the superintendent’s decision will be provided to the complainant.

 

8.            An appeal of the superintendent’s decision may be filed with the board secretary within five days of the superintendent’s decision.  The board will determine whether to hear the appeal at the next regular meeting or within 30 days of the superintendent’s decision, whichever is later.  If the board elects to hear the appeal, the board will act to affirm, modify or reverse the decision of the superintendent.  The board’s decision will be communicated to the complainant. The board’s decision will be deemed final.

 

9.            Generally, access to challenged instructional material will not be restricted during the reconsideration process.  However, in unusual circumstances, the instructional material may be removed temporarily by following the provisions of Section B.6.d. of this rule.

 

 

 

10.            The Reconsideration Committee

 

  1. The reconsideration committee is made up of six members.
      1. One licensed employee designated annually by the superintendent.
      2. One teacher-librarian designated annually, as needed, by the superintendent.
      3. One member of the administrative team designated annually by the superintendent.
      4. Three members of the community appointed annually, as needed, by the board.
  1. The committee will annually select their chairperson and secretary.

 

  1. The committee will meet at the request of the superintendent.

 

  1. Special meetings may be called by the board to consider temporary removal of materials in unusual circumstances.  A recommendation for temporary removal will require a two-thirds vote of the committee.

 

  1. The committee may be subject to applicable open meetings and public records laws.  Notice of committee meetings is made public through appropriate communications methods as required by law.

 

  1. The committee will receive the completed Reconsideration Request Form from the superintendent.

 

  1. The committee will determine its agenda for the first meeting, which may include the following:

 

    1. Distribution of copies of the completed Reconsideration Request Form.
    2. An opportunity for the individual or a group spokesperson to talk about or expand on the Reconsideration Request Form.
    3. Distribution of reputable, professionally prepared reviews of the challenged instructional material if available.
    4. Distribution of copies of the challenged instructional material as available.

 

h. The Committee will determine whether interested persons, including the individual filing the challenge, may have the opportunity to share their views.  The committee may request that individuals with special knowledge be present to give information to the committee.

 

i.    The committee's final recommendation may be to take no removal action, to remove the challenged material from the school environment, or to limit the educational use of the challenged material.  The sole criterion for the final recommendation is the appropriateness of the material for its intended educational use.  The written final recommendation and its justification are forwarded to the superintendent, the complainant and the appropriate attendance centers.
 

j.            The individual filing the challenge is kept informed by the superintendent of the status of the reconsideration request throughout the reconsideration process.  The individual filing the challenge and known interested parties are given appropriate notice of meetings as required by law.

 

k.            Following the superintendent's decision with respect to the committee's recommendation, the individual may appeal the decision to the board for review. 

 

l.            A recommendation to sustain a challenge will not be interpreted as a judgment of irresponsibility on the part of the individuals involved in the original selection or use of the material.

 

m.  Requests to reconsider materials which have previously been reconsidered by the committee must receive approval of two-thirds of the committee members before the materials will again be reconsidered. 

 

n.   If necessary or appropriate in the judgment of the committee, the committee may consolidate related challenges or decline to hear multiple challenges to the same materials.  Generally, the committee will not hear subsequent challenges to the same materials within the same school year.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:           

August 23, 1982                       

August 8, 1988

August 1993

August 1996

June 1999

June 2002

June 2005

June 2008

October 2011

September 2017

November 2022

September 2023

 

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 17:52

631 - Media Centers

631 - Media Centers

 

EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM

 

Series 600

 

Policy Title:            Media Centers           

Code No.:              631

The school district will maintain a school media center in each building for use by employees and by students during the school day.

Materials for the media centers will be acquired consistent with all applicable laws and board policy, "Instructional Materials Selection." The district shall provide access to all parents and guardians of students enrolled in the district an online catalog of all books available to students in the school media centers.  This access will be displayed on the school district’s website.  Any challenges to media center materials will be handled following the process for handling challenges to instructional and media center materials as established in board policy.  

It is the responsibility of the principal of the building in which the school media center is located to oversee the use of materials in the media center.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop procedures for the selection and replacement of both media center and instructional materials. 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:           

November 2022

August 2023

 

 

 

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 17:54

632 - Homework

632 - Homework

Homework, extra class activities or assignments beyond the regular classroom instruction program are part of the education program.  Homework will be an extension and an enrichment of the classroom instruction.   

Homework should promote meaningful learning and provide an opportunity for students to practice skills and activities, to share and discuss ideas, to review and summarize materials, to become acquainted with resources, to organize thoughts, to prepare for classroom activity, and to make up incomplete assignments.

Guidelines regarding homework shall be developed in conjunction with the curriculum of the education program.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision: 
July 1979       
August 1993
August 1996
June 1999
June 2002
June 2005
June 2008
October 2011
September 2017

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 17:54

632R1 - Homework Regulation

632R1 - Homework Regulation

Elementary Grades – Grades Pre-Kindergarten – 5

All students should use their time at school to the fullest extent because of the availability of trained teachers and resource materials.  Also, ample time for a normal home life is imperative.  

Homework that is done by students should promote meaningful learning.  Students should not be expected to do work at home that they do not understand or know how to do.

The purpose of homework assignments in the elementary grades should fulfill one or more of the following needs:

          1.         To help develop a sense of responsibility and effective work habits.

          2.         To make up incomplete assignments due to absence.

          3.         To promote enrichment experiences.

          4.         To practice educational skills.

          5.         To encourage creativity.

Teachers should be reasonably sure that students do have the materials necessary to do meaningful homework when assignments are made.  The amount of homework can be expected to change as the student progresses through school.

 

Middle School – High School – Grades 6 – 12

Homework is valuable for all middle school and high school students.  It fulfills the following needs:

  1. Homework places the responsibility of learning on the student.  By setting his/her own schedule and budgeting his/her own time, the student develops habits of self-discipline and good work procedures.
  2. To be effective, learning cannot be confined to the classroom.  It is hoped that classroom stimulation will encourage self-induced homework to become the norm for the student wishing to broaden and deepen his intellectual growth.
  3. Homework provides the student opportunities to practice and master content or skills introduced in school in the privacy of his/her home.  Because no immediate resource person is available, the student learns to depend upon his/her own capabilities.
  4. Homework can encourage creativity.

It is difficult to state explicitly how much time each student should spend on homework.  Some students are stimulated more than others, some wish to do more homework, and some work at a rate several times that of others.  It is recognized that courses may demand that the work be done only at school where specific materials are located.

 

Date of Adoption/Revision: 
July 1979       
July 1993
August 1996
June 1999
June 2002
June 2005
June 2008
October 2011
September 2017

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 17:55

633 - Use of Information Resources

633 - Use of Information Resources

In order for students to experience a diverse curriculum, the board encourages employees to supplement their regular curricular materials with other resources.  In so doing, the board recognizes that federal law makes it illegal to duplicate copyrighted materials without authorization of the holder of the copyright, except for certain exempt purposes.  Severe penalties may be imposed for plagiarism, unauthorized copying or using of media, including, but not limited to, print, electronic and web-based materials, unless the copying or using conforms to the "fair use" doctrine.  Under the "fair use" doctrine, unauthorized reproduction of copyrighted materials is permissible for such purposes as criticism, comment, news reporting, teaching, scholarship or research providing that all fair use guidelines are met.  

While the school district encourages employees to enrich the learning programs by making proper use of supplementary materials, it is the responsibility of employees to abide by the school district's copying procedures and obey the requirements of the law.  In no circumstances shall it be necessary for school district staff to violate copyright requirements in order to perform their duties properly.  The school district will not be responsible for any violations of the copyright law by employees or students.  Violation of the copyright law by employees may result in discipline up to, and including, termination.  Violation of the copyright law by students may result in discipline, up to and including, suspension or expulsion. 

Parents or others who wish to record, by any means, school programs or other activities need to realize that even though the school district received permission to perform a copyrighted work does not mean outsiders can copy it and re-play it.  Those who wish to do so should contact the employee in charge of the activity to determine what the process is to ensure the copyright law is followed.  The school district is not responsible for outsiders violating the copyright law or this policy.

Any employee or student who is uncertain as to whether reproducing or using copyrighted material complies with the school district's procedures or is permissible under the law should contact the principal and/or teacher-librarian who will also assist employees and students in obtaining proper authorization to copy or use protected material when such authorization is required. 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent and/or designee, in conjunction with the principal, and/or teacher-librarian, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Approval/Revision
June 2008
October 2011
September 2017

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 17:56

633R1 - Use of Information Resources Regulation

633R1 - Use of Information Resources Regulation

EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM

 

Series 600

 

Policy Title:            Use of Information Resources Regulation                                               

Code No. 633.R1

 

Employees and students may make copies of copyrighted materials that fall within the following guidelines. Where there is reason to believe the material to be copied does not fall within these guidelines, prior permission shall be obtained from the publisher or producer with the assistance of the principal, librarian, and/or teacher-librarian.  Employees and students who fail to follow this procedure may be held personally liable for copyright infringement and may be subject to discipline by the board.

 

Under the "fair use" doctrine, unauthorized reproduction of copyrighted materials is permissible for such purposes as criticism, comment, news reporting, teaching, scholarship or research.  Under the fair use doctrine, each of the following four standards must be met in order to use the copyrighted document: 

  • Purpose and Character of the Use – The use must be for such purposes as teaching or scholarship.
  • Nature of the Copyrighted Work – The type of work to be copied.
  • Amount and Substantiality of the Portion Used – Copying the whole of a work cannot be considered fair use; copying a small portion may be if these guidelines are followed.
  • Effect of the Use Upon the Potential Market for or value of the Copyrighted Work – If resulting economic loss to the copyright holder can be shown, even making a single copy of certain materials may be an infringement, and making multiple copies presents the danger of greater penalties.

 

Authorized Reproduction and Use of Copyrighted Material Reminders:

 

  • Materials on the Internet should be used with caution since they may be, and likely are, copyrighted.
  • Proper attribution (author, title, publisher, place and date of publication) should always be given.
  • Notice should be taken of any alterations to copyrighted works, and such alterations should only be made for specific instructional objectives.
  • Care should be taken in circumventing any technological protection measures.  While materials copied pursuant to fair use may be copied after circumventing technological protections against unauthorized copying, technological protection measures to block access to materials may not be circumvented.

 

In preparing for instruction, a teacher may make or have made a single copy of: 

  • A chapter from a book 
  • An article from a newspaper or periodical 
  • A short story, short essay or short poem; or
  • A chart, graph, diagram, drawing, cartoon or picture from a book, periodical or newspaper. 

 

A teacher may make multiple copies not exceeding more than one per pupil, for classroom use or discussion, if the copying meets the tests of “brevity, spontaneity and cumulative effect” set by the following guidelines.  Each copy must include a notice of copyright. 

 

  • Brevity
  • A complete poem, if less than 250 words and two pages long, may be copied; excerpts from longer poems cannot exceed 250 words
    • Complete articles, stories or essays of less than 2500 words or excerpts from prose works less than 1000 words or 10% of the work, whichever is less may be copied; in any event, the minimum is 500 words
    • Each numerical limit may be expanded to permit the completion of an unfinished line of a poem or prose paragraph 
    • One chart, graph, diagram, drawing, cartoon or picture per book or periodical issue may be copied.  “Special” works cannot be reproduced in full; this includes children's books combining poetry, prose or poetic prose.  Short special works may be copied up to two published pages containing not more than 10 percent of the work.
  • Spontaneity – Should be at the “instance and inspiration” of the individual teacher when there is not a reasonable length of time to request and receive permission to copy.
  • Cumulative Effect – Teachers are limited to using copied material for only one course for which copies are made.  No more than one short poem, article, story or two excerpts from the same author may be copied, and no more than three works can be copied from a collective work or periodical column during one class term. Teachers are limited to nine instances of multiple copying for one course during one class term.  Limitations do not apply to current news periodicals, newspapers and current news sections of other periodicals.

 

Copying Limitations 

 

Circumstances will arise when employees are uncertain whether or not copying is prohibited.  In those circumstances the principal, librarian, or teacher-librarian should be contacted.  The following prohibitions have been expressly stated in federal guidelines: 

  • Reproduction of copyrighted material shall not be used to create or substitute for anthologies, compilations or collective works.
  • Unless expressly permitted by agreement with the publisher and authorized by school district action, there shall be no copying from copyrighted consumable materials such as workbooks, exercises, test booklets, answer sheets and the like.
  • Employees shall not: 
  • Use copies to substitute for the purchase of books, periodicals, music recordings, and consumable works such as workbooks, computer software or other copyrighted material.
  • Copy or use the same item from term to term without the copyright owner's permission
  • Copy or use more than nine instances of multiple copying of protected material in any one term
  • Copy or use more than one short work or two excerpts from works of the same author in any one term
  • Copy or use protected material without including a notice of copyright.  The following is a satisfactory notice: NOTICE: THIS MATERIAL MAY BE PROTECTED BY COPYRIGHT LAW.
  • Reproduce or use copyrighted material at the direction of someone in higher authority or copy or use such material in emulation of some other teacher's use of copyrighted material without permission of the copyright owner.
  • Require other employees or students to violate the copyright law or fair use guidelines.

 

 

 

 

Authorized Reproduction and Use of Copyrighted Materials in the Library

 

A library may make a single copy or three digital copies of:

  • An unpublished work in its collection; 
  • A published work in order to replace it because it is damaged, deteriorated, lost or stolen, provided that an unused replacement cannot be obtained at a fair price.
  • A work that is being considered for acquisition, although use is strictly limited to that decision.  Technological protection measures may be circumvented for purposes of copying materials in order to make an acquisition decision.

 

A library may provide a single copy of copyrighted material to a student or employee at no more than the actual cost of photocopying.  The copy must be limited to one article of a periodical issue or a small part of other material, unless the library finds that the copyrighted work cannot be obtained elsewhere at a fair price.  In the latter circumstance, the entire work may be copied.  In any case, the copy shall contain the notice of copyright and the student or staff member shall be notified that the copy is to be used only for private study, scholarship or research.  Any other use may subject the person to liability for copyright infringement. 

 

Authorized Reproduction and Use of Copyrighted Music or Dramatic Works

 

Teachers may:

  • Make a single copy of a song, movement, or short section from a printed musical or dramatic work that is unavailable except in a larger work for purposes of preparing for instruction;   
  • Make multiple copies for classroom use of an excerpt of not more than 10% of a printed musical work if it is to be used for academic purposes other than performance, provided that the excerpt does not comprise a part of the whole musical work which would constitute a performable unit such as a complete section, movement, or song; 
  • In an emergency, a teacher may make and use replacement copies of printed music for an imminent musical performance when the purchased copies have been lost, destroyed or are otherwise not available. 
  • Make and retain a single recording of student performances of copyrighted material when it is made for purposes of evaluation or rehearsal;
  • Make and retain a single copy of excerpts from recordings of copyrighted musical works for use as aural exercises or examination questions; and,
  • Edit or simplify purchased copies of music or plays provided that the fundamental character of the work is not distorted.  Lyrics shall not be altered or added if none exist. 

 

Performance by teachers or students of copyrighted musical or dramatic works is permitted without the authorization of the copyright owner as part of a teaching activity in a classroom or instructional setting.  The purpose shall be instructional rather than for entertainment.  

 

Performances of non-dramatic musical works that are copyrighted are permitted without the authorization of the copyright owner, provided that:

  • The performance is not for a commercial purpose; 
  • None of the performers, promoters or organizers are compensated; and, 
  • Admission fees are used for educational or charitable purposes only.

 

All other musical and dramatic performances require permission from the copyright owner.  Parents or others wishing to record a performance should check with the sponsor to ensure compliance with copyright.

 

 

Recording of Copyrighted Programs 

 

Television programs, excluding news programs, transmitted by commercial and noncommercial television stations for reception by the general public without charge may be recorded off-air simultaneously with broadcast transmission (including simultaneous cable retransmission) and retained by a school for a period not to exceed the first forty-five (45) consecutive calendar days after date of recording.  Upon conclusion of this retention period, all off-air recordings must be erased or destroyed immediately.  Certain programming such as that provided on public television may be exempt from this provision; check with the principal, and/or teacher librarian or the subscription database, e.g. unitedstreaming.

 

Off-air recording may be used once by individual teachers in the course of instructional activities, and repeated once only when reinforcement is necessary, within a building, during the first 10 consecutive school days, excluding scheduled interruptions, in the 45-calendar day retention period.  Off-air recordings may be made only at the request of and used by individual teachers, and may not be regularly recorded in anticipation of requests.  No broadcast program may be recorded off-air more than once at the request of the same teacher, regardless of the number of times the program may be broadcast.  A limited number of copies may be reproduced

from each off-air recording to meet the legitimate needs of teachers.  Each additional copy shall 

be subject to all provisions governing the original recording.

 

After the first ten consecutive school days, off-air recordings may be used up to the end of the 45-calendar day retention period only for evaluation purposes, i.e., to determine whether or not to include the broadcast program in the teaching curriculum.  Permission must be secured from the publisher before the recording can be used for instructional purposes after the 10-day period. 

 

Off-air recordings need not be used in their entirety, but the recorded programs may not be altered from their original content.  Off-air recordings may not be physically or electronically combined or merged to constitute teaching anthologies or compilations.  All copies of off-air recordings must include the copyright notice on the broadcast program as recorded. 

 

Authorized Reproduction and Use of Copyrighted Computer Software

 

Schools have a valid need for high-quality software at reasonable prices.  To assure a fair return to the authors of software programs, the school district shall support the legal and ethical issues involved in copyright laws and any usage agreements that are incorporated into the acquisition of software programs.  To this end, the following guidelines shall be in effect:  

  • All copyright laws and publisher license agreements between the vendor and the school district shall be observed
  • Staff members shall take reasonable precautions to prevent copying or the use of unauthorized copies on school equipment
  • A back-up copy shall be purchased, for use as a replacement when a program is lost or damaged.  If the vendor is not able to supply a replacement, the school district shall make a back-up copy that will be used for replacement purposes only
  • A copy of the software license agreement shall be retained by the board secretary, technology director, librarian, or teacher-librarian; and,
  • A computer program may be adapted by adding to the content or changing the language.  The adapted program may not be distributed.

 

Fair Use Guidelines for Educational Multimedia

 

Students may incorporate portions of copyrighted materials in producing educational multimedia projects such as videos, Power Points, podcasts and web sites for a specific course, and may perform, display or retain the projects.  

 

Educators may perform or display their own multimedia based instructional activities.  These projects may be used:

  • In face-to-face instruction
  • In demonstrations and presentations, including conferences;
  • In assignments to students
  • For remote instruction if distribution of the signal is limited;
  • Over a network that cannot prevent duplication for fifteen days, after fifteen days a copy

may be saved on-site only; or,

  • In their personal portfolios.

 

Educators may use copyrighted materials in a multimedia project for two years, after that permission must be requested and received.

 

The following limitations restrict the portion of any given work that may be used pursuant to fair use in an educational multimedia project:

  • Motion media: ten percent or three minutes, whichever is less;
  • Text materials: ten percent or 1,000 words, whichever is less;
  • Poetry: an entire poem of fewer than 250 words, but no more than three poems from one author or five poems from an anthology.  For poems of greater than 250 words, excerpts of up to 250 words may be used, but no more than three excerpts from one poet or five excerpts from an anthology;
  • Music, lyrics and music video: Up to ten percent, but no more than thirty seconds.  No alterations that change the basic melody or fundamental character of the work;
  • Illustrations, cartoons and photographs: No more that five images by an artist, and no more than ten percent or fifteen images whichever is less from a collective work;
  • Numerical data sets: Up to ten percent or 2,500 field or cell entries, whichever is less;

 

Fair use does not include posting a student or teacher’s work on the Internet if it includes portions of copyrighted materials.  Permission to copy shall be obtained from the original copyright holder(s) before such projects are placed online.  The opening screen of such presentations shall include notice that permission was granted and materials are restricted from further use.

 

The superintendent and/or designee, principal, librarian, and, teacher-librarian, are responsible for ensuring that appropriate warning devices are posted.  The warnings are to educate and warn individuals using school district equipment of the copyright law.  Warning notices must be posted:

  • On or near copiers;
  • At the library and other places where interlibrary loan orders for copies of materials are accepted.

 

 

 

Date of Approval/Review/Revision:

June 2008

October 2011

September 2017

December 2022

August 2023

 

 

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 17:58

634 - Appropriate Use of Computers, Computer-Lake Equipment, Computer Network Systems, and the Internet

634 - Appropriate Use of Computers, Computer-Lake Equipment, Computer Network Systems, and the Internet

The board is committed to making available to students and staff members access to a wide range of electronic learning facilities, equipment, and software, including computers, computer-like equipment (such as tablets), computer network systems, and the internet.  The goal in providing this technology and access is to support the educational objectives and mission of the school district and to promote resource sharing, innovation, problem solving, and communication.  The district’s computers, computer-like equipment, computer network and/or internet connection is not a public access service or a public forum.  The district has the right to place reasonable restrictions on the material accessed and/or posted through the use of its computers, computer-like equipment, computer network and/or internet connection.

Access to the district’s computers, computer-like equipment, computer network, and internet shall be available to all students and staff within the district.  However, access is a privilege, not a right.  Each student and staff member must have a signed acceptable use agreement on file prior to having access to and using the district computers, computer-like equipment, computer network and the internet.  The amount of time and type of access available for each student and staff member may be limited by the district’s technology and the demands for the use of the district’s technology.  Even if students have not been given access to and/or use of the district’s computers, computer-like equipment, computer network and the internet, they may still be exposed to information from the district’s computers, computer-like equipment, computer network and/or the internet in guided curricular activities at the discretion of their teachers.

Every computer and/or computer-like equipment in the district having internet access shall not be operated unless internet access from the computer is subject to a technology protection measure (i.e. filtering software).  The technology protection measure employed by the district shall be designed and operated with the intent to ensure that students are not accessing inappropriate sites that have visual depictions that include obscenity, child pornography or are otherwise harmful to minors.  The technology protection measure may only be disabled for an adult’s use if such use is for bona fide research or other lawful purposes.

The technology coordinator may close a user account at any time as required and administrators, faculty, and staff may request the technology coordinator to deny, revoke or suspend user accounts.  Any user identified as a security risk or having a history of problems with computer systems may be denied access to the district’s computers, the district’s computer-like equipment, the district’s computer network systems and the internet.  Students and staff members will be instructed by the district’s technology coordinator or other appropriate personnel on the appropriate use of the district’s computers, computer-like equipment computer network and the internet.

The use of the district’s computers, computer-like equipment, computer network and internet access shall be for educational purposes only.  Students and staff members shall only engage in appropriate, ethical, and legal utilization of the district’s computers, computer network systems, and internet access.  Student and staff member use of the district’s computers, computer-like equipment, computer network and internet access shall also comply with all district policies and regulations.  The following rules provide guidance to students and staff for the appropriate use of the district’s computers, computer-like equipment, computer network and internet access.  Inappropriate use and/or access will result in the restriction and/or termination of the privilege of access to and use of the district’s computers, computer-like equipment, computer network and internet access and may result in further discipline for students up to and including expulsion and/or other legal action and may result in further discipline for staff members up to and including termination of employment and/or other legal action.  The district’s administration will determine what constitutes inappropriate use and their decision will be final.  Inappropriate use of the district’s computers, computer-like equipment, computer network and internet access includes, but is not limited to, a violation of the following rules:

  • Do not make or disseminate offensive or harassing statements or use offensive or harassing language including disparagement of others based on age, color, creed, national origin, race, religion, marital status, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, physical attributes, physical or mental ability or disability, ancestry, political party preference, political belief, socioeconomic status, or familial status.  Do not swear, use vulgarities or any other inappropriate language.  Be polite and follow the same privacy, ethical, educational, and other considerations observed regarding other forms of communication.
  • Do not access, create or disseminate any material that is obscene, libelous, indecent, vulgar, profane or lewd; any material regarding products or services that are inappropriate for minors including products or services that the possession and/or use of by minors is prohibited by law; any material that constitutes insulting or fighting words, the very expression of which injures or harasses others; and/or any material that presents a clear and present likelihood that, either because of its content or the manner of distribution, will cause a material and substantial disruption of the proper and orderly operation and discipline of the school or school activities, will cause the commission of unlawful acts or will cause the violation of lawful school regulations.
  • Do not disseminate or solicit sexually oriented messages or images.
  • Do not transmit your credit card information or other personal identification information, including your home address or telephone number from any district computer without prior permission from the building principal, the superintendent or other appropriate personnel.  Do not publish personal or private information about yourself or others on the internet without prior written permission.  Do not repost a message that was sent to you privately without permission of the person who sent the message.  If any information is to be provided regarding students, it should be limited to the student’s first name and the initial of the student’s last name only.  Do not arrange or agree to meet with someone met online.
  • Do not use the district’s computers, computer-like equipment and/or computer network systems to participate in illegal activities.  Illegal activities include, but are not limited to, gambling, fraud, and pornography.
  • Do not use, possess or attempt to make or distribute illegal/unauthorized copies of software or other digital media.  Illegal/unauthorized software or other digital media means any software or other digital media that has been downloaded or copied or is otherwise in the user’s possession or being used without the appropriate registration and/or license for the software or in violation of any applicable trademarks and/or copyrights, including the payment of any fees to the owner of the software or other digital media.
  • Do not alter, modify, corrupt or harm in any way the computer software stored on the district’s computers or computer network systems.  Do not install any software on the hard drive of any district computer or on the district’s computer network systems or run any personal software from either floppy disk, CD-ROM, DVD, flash drives or other storage media or alter or modify any data files stored on the district’s computers, computer-like equipment or computer network systems without prior permission and/or supervision from the technology coordinator or other appropriate personnel.
  • Do not download any programs or files from the internet without prior permission from the district’s technology coordinator or other appropriate personnel.  Any programs or files downloaded from the internet shall be strictly limited only to those that you have received permission from the technology coordinator or other appropriate personnel to download.
  • Do not use any encryption software from any access point within the district.
  • Do not share a personal user account with anyone.  Do not share any personal user account passwords with anyone or leave your account open or unattended.
  • Do not access the district’s computers, computer-like equipment or computer network systems or use the district’s internet connection from a non-district computer without prior authorization from the technology coordinator or other appropriate personnel.
  • Do not use an instant messenger service or program, internet relay chat or other forms of direct electronic communication or enter a chat room while using the district’s computers, computer-like equipment, computer network systems and/or the district’s internet connection.
  • Do not disable or circumvent or attempt to disable or circumvent filtering software without prior permission from the district’s technology coordinator or other appropriate personnel.
  • Do not play any games or run any programs that are not related to the district’s educational program.
  • Do not vandalize the district’s computers, computer-like equipment or its computer network systems.  Vandalism is defined as any attempt to harm, modify, deface or destroy physical computer equipment, computer-like equipment or the computer network and any attempt to harm or destroy data stored on the district’s computer equipment, computer-like equipment or the computer network or the data of another user.  All users are expected to immediately report any problems or vandalism of computer equipment to the administration, the technology coordinator or the instructor responsible for the equipment.
  • Do not commit or attempt to commit any act that disrupts the operation of the district’s computers, computer-like equipment or computer network systems or any network connected to the internet, including the use or attempted use or possession of computer viruses or worms or participation in hacking or other unlawful/inappropriate activities on line.  Users must report any security breaches or system misuse to the administration or technology coordinator.  Do not demonstrate any security or other network problems to other users; give your password to another user for any reason; and/or use another individual's account.  Do not attempt to log on to any device as a system administrator.
  • Do not use the network in such a way that you would disrupt the use of the network by other users or would waste system resources (e.g. listening to internet radio, printing web pages without prior permission from the technology coordinator or other appropriate personnel, staying on the network longer than is necessary to obtain needed information).
  • Do not use the district’s computers, computer-like equipment and/or computer network systems for any commercial or for-profit purposes, personal or private business, (including but not limited to shopping or job searching), product advertisement or political lobbying.
  • Do not use the district’s computers, computer-like equipment, computer network systems and/or the internet to access, download, transmit, and/or disseminate any material in violation of any federal or state law, copyrighted material, obscene material, hate literature, material protected by trade secret, computer viruses and/or worms, offensive material, spam e-mails, any threatening or harassing materials, and/or any material that will cause a material and substantial disruption of the proper and orderly operation and discipline of the school or school activities.  If a user encounters potentially inappropriate information, the user shall immediately terminate contact with such information and notify the technology coordinator or other appropriate personnel of the contact with inappropriate information.
  • Do not plagiarize information accessed through the district’s computer; computer-like equipment, computer network systems and/or the internet.  Students and staff shall obtain permission from appropriate parties prior to using copyrighted material that is accessed through the district’s computer, computer network systems, and/or the internet.

The district will, within the curriculum currently being offered, include age-appropriate content related to children’s use of the internet.  This may include anti-bullying and harassment considerations, social networking considerations and other considerations involving internet usage.

Although reasonable efforts will be made to make sure students will be under supervision while on the network, it is not possible to constantly monitor individual students and what they are accessing on the network.  Some students may encounter information that may not be of educational value and/or may be inappropriate.  If a student encounters such information, the student should terminate access to the information immediately and notify supervisory personnel or other appropriate personnel of what occurred.

Students will be able to access the district’s computers, computer-like equipment and computer network systems, including use of the internet, through their teachers and/or other appropriate supervisors.  Individual electronic mail addresses may be issued to students.  Students will not be allowed to use e-mail except under very specific, limited educational circumstances.  If a student has an electronic mail address that has been set up outside of school, the student will not be permitted to access that e-mail account or use that address to send and receive mail at school.

Parents will be required to sign a permission form to allow their students to access the district’s computers, computer-like equipment, computer network systems and the internet.  Students and staff members will sign a form acknowledging they have read and understand the district’s policies and regulations regarding appropriate use of the district’s computers, computer-like equipment, computer network systems and the internet; that they will comply with the policies and regulations; and understand the consequences for violation of the policy or regulations.  Prior to publishing any student work and/or pictures on the internet, the district will obtain written permission from the student’s parents to do so.

The district has the right, but not the duty, to monitor any and all aspects of its computers, computer-like equipment, computer network systems and internet access including, but not limited to, monitoring sites students and staff visit on the internet and reviewing e-mail.  The administration and the technology coordinator shall have both the authority and right to examine all computer and computer-like equipment and internet activity including any logs, data, e-mail, computer disks and/or other computer related records of any user of the system.  The use of e-mail is limited to district and educational purposes only.  Students and staff waive any right to privacy in anything they create, store, send, disseminate or receive on the district’s computers, computer-like equipment and computer network systems, including the internet.

No warranties, expressed or implied, are made by the district for the computer technology and internet access being provided.  Although the district has taken measures to implement and maintain protection against the presence of computer viruses, spyware, and malware on the district’s computers, computer network systems, and internet access, the district cannot and does not warranty or represent that the district’s computers, computer-like equipment, computer network systems or internet access will be secure and free of computer viruses, spyware or malware at all times.  The district, including its officers and employees, will not be responsible for any damages including, but not limited to, the loss of data, delays, non-deliveries, misdeliveries or service interruptions caused by negligence or omission.  Individual users are solely responsible for making backup copies of their data.  The district is not responsible for the accuracy of information users access on the internet and is not responsible for any unauthorized charges students or staff members may incur as a result of their use of the district’s computers, computer-like equipment, computer network systems, and/or internet access.  Any risk and/or damages resulting from information obtained from the district’s computers, computer-like equipment, computer network systems, and/or internet access is assumed by and is the responsibility of the user.

Students, parents, and staff members will be asked every year to sign a new consent and/or acceptable use agreement to reflect changes and/or developments in the law or technology.  When students, parents, and staff members are presented with new consent and/or acceptable use agreements to sign, these agreements must be signed for students and/or staff to continue to have access to and use of the district’s computers, computer-like equipment, computer network systems, and the internet.

The interpretation, application, and modification of this policy are within the sole discretion of the school district.  Any questions or issues regarding this policy should be directed to the Superintendent, any building principal or the technology coordinator.  The board will review and update this policy as necessary.  The district will maintain this policy at least five (5) years after the termination of funding pursuant to the Children’s Internet Protection Act (CIPA) or E-rate.

 

 

Approved/Revised
July 2012
September 2017

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 18:04

634E1 - Consent to Student Use of the District's Computers, Computer-Like Equipment, Computer Network Systems, and Internet Access

634E1 - Consent to Student Use of the District's Computers, Computer-Like Equipment, Computer Network Systems, and Internet Access

 

I, _________________________________, am the parent or guardian of _________________________________, who is in ______ grade.

I hereby certify that I have received, read, understand and agree to the Carroll Community School District’s Appropriate Use of Computers, Computer-Like Equipment, Computer Network Systems, and the Internet Policy.

I recognize that although the Carroll Community School District has taken measures to restrict access to controversial materials, it cannot guarantee that students will be protected from accessing any controversial materials during the student’s use of the district’s computers, computer-like equipment, computer network systems, and the internet.

I accept full responsibility for my student’s use of the district’s computers, computer-like equipment, computer network systems, and the internet through the district in accordance with the terms, conditions, and guidelines as stated by the district in its policies and regulations and as set out in federal and state law.  I relieve the Carroll Community School District and its officers and employees, from any and all financial responsibility that may be incurred by my student’s use of the district’s computers, computer-like equipment, computer network systems, and the internet.

My child may have access to internet: _____ Yes               _____ No

I hereby give the district permission to publish my child’s work, picture, and/or first name on the internet through the district’s web site.                          _____ Yes         _____ No

 

____________________________________                                 _______________________
PARENT/GUARDIAN SIGNATURE                                                        DATE

 

If you have consented to your child’s use of the district’s computers, computer-like equipment, computer network systems, and internet access, please have your child review and sign the following:

 

I have read the Carroll Community School District’s Appropriate Use of Computers, Computer-Like Equipment, Computer Network Systems, and the Internet policy and agree to abide by its provisions.  I understand that violation of these provisions will result in the restriction and/or termination of my ability to use the District’s computers, computer-like equipment, computer network systems, and internet access and may result in further discipline up to and including expulsion and/or other legal action.  I agree to be responsible for payment of costs incurred by accessing any internet services that have a cost involved.

 

____________________________________                                 _______________________
STUDENT SIGNATURE                                                                             DATE

 

 

Approval/Revision:        
July 2012
September 2017

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 18:06

634E2 - Staff Laptop Computer and/or Table Acceptance Form and Consent to Use of the District's Computers, Computer-Like Equipment, Computer Network Systems, and Internet Access

634E2 - Staff Laptop Computer and/or Table Acceptance Form and Consent to Use of the District's Computers, Computer-Like Equipment, Computer Network Systems, and Internet Access

I hereby certify that I have received, read, understand and agree to all of the terms and conditions in the Carroll Community School District’s Appropriate Use of Computers, Computer-Like Equipment, Computer Network Systems, and the Internet policy.

I understand that the laptop computer, tablet, and related equipment I am being issued is the property of the Carroll Community School District. I will return the laptop computer and/or tablet and any related equipment I am issued in the same condition in which I received it, excluding normal wear and tear and unforeseen system breakdowns, i.e. hard drive failure, etc. I understand that I am responsible for any damage or loss of any component of the laptop computer, tablet, and/or related equipment I am issued. In
case of damage or loss, I agree that I will replace any damaged or lost component and/or equipment with components and/or equipment of equal value and functionality as approved by the district's administration.

I accept full responsibility for my use of the district’s computers, computer-like equipment, computer network systems, and the internet through the district in accordance with the terms, conditions, and guidelines as stated by the district in its policies and regulations and as set out in federal and state law. I understand that violation of these provisions will result in the restriction and/or termination of my ability to use the district’s computers, computer-like equipment (such as tablets), computer network systems, and internet access and may result in further discipline up to and including termination of my employment with the district and/or other legal action.

I will not hold the district responsible in any way for materials accessed through the district’s computers, computer-like equipment, computer network systems, and/or the district’s internet access. I relieve the Carroll Community School District and its officers and employees from any and all financial responsibility that may be incurred by my use of the district’s computers, computer-like equipment, computer network systems, and the internet.

 

_____________________________________________
Signature

__________________________
Date

_____________________________________________
Printed Name

 

 

Approval/Revision:
July 2012
September 2017

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 18:10

634E3 - Implementation of Technology Protection Measures Regarding the Use of the District's Computers, Computer-Like Equipment, Computer Network Systems, and Internet Access

634E3 - Implementation of Technology Protection Measures Regarding the Use of the District's Computers, Computer-Like Equipment, Computer Network Systems, and Internet Access

The purpose of this policy is to provide a safe environment for students through the use of technology protection measures (i.e. filtering software) to enhance education in the school district.

The internet is an ever-expanding resource that adds large quantities of content on a daily basis.  However, some of the content is inappropriate for student use and may even be harmful to students' health, safety and welfare.  Therefore, the school district has determined that it will establish this policy to limit student access to certain undesirable topics, including but not limited to, information and images that are obscene, constitute child pornography or are otherwise harmful to minors.  Since it is not feasible for the school district to continually monitor the content of the internet, the school district will employ technology protection measures in the form of internet filtering software in an attempt to block access to these types of harmful and inappropriate materials.

The school district’s implementation of internet filtering software does not guarantee that students will be prevented from accessing materials that may be considered inappropriate and/or harmful.  However, it is a meaningful effort on the part of the school district to prevent students from accessing inappropriate and/or harmful materials on the internet.  The school district makes no guarantee that the filtering software will be available at all times or that the filtering software will block all inappropriate and/or harmful material.

If there is an accessible Uniform Resource Locator [URL] that may be inappropriate, students, staff, and parents may request a review by designated district personnel, by completing an Add URL to Blocked Status Form.  Upon review, the technology coordinator or other appropriate personnel will make a determination about blocking access to that site.  If there is an educationally valuable URL that is blocked, students, staff, and parents may fill out the Remove URL from Blocked Status Form.  The technology coordinator or other appropriate personnel will review the request and make a determination about unblocking the site.

Staff members may request that the internet filtering software be disabled for bona fide research or other lawful purposes.  A Bona Fide Research Form will need to be filled out and reviewed by the technology coordinator or other appropriate personnel before the internet filtering software is disabled.

 

 

Approval/Revision:       
July 2012
September 2017

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 18:13

634E4 - Add/Remove URL to/from Blocked Status Form

634E4 - Add/Remove URL to/from Blocked Status Form

See Form Attached

 

 

Approved/Revised:
Juy 2012
September 2017

 

Jen@iowaschool… Mon, 02/24/2020 - 11:25

635 - Laptop Computer and/or Tablet Policy

635 - Laptop Computer and/or Tablet Policy

The school district has laptop computers and/or tablets for its faculty members and/or students to use inside and outside of school in order to enhance, enrich, and facilitate learning and teaching and to aid in administrative duties and school communications.  All laptop computers, tablets and related equipment are school district property.  The use of the district's laptop computers, tablets and related equipment shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions set out in the district's policies on appropriate use of computers, computer-like equipment, computer network systems, and the internet. 

Faculty Members’ Use of District’s Laptop Computer and/or Tablet

Prior to using the district's laptop computers, tablets and related equipment, faculty members will sign a Staff Laptop Computer and/or Tablet Acceptance Form and Consent to Use of the district’s Computers, Computer-Like Equipment, Computer Network Systems, and Internet Access and agree to all outlined policies before being issued a laptop computer and/or tablet.  Faculty members shall not attempt to install software or hardware or change the system configuration, including any network settings, on any district laptop computer and/or tablet without prior consultation with the district's administration.  Faculty members shall not attempt to change or modify in any way any related equipment that they are issued with the district's laptop computer and/or tablet. 

Faculty members shall protect district laptop computers, tablets and related equipment from damage and theft.  Each faculty member shall be responsible for any damage to the laptop computer, tablet and related equipment they have been issued from the time it is issued to them until the time it is turned back into the district, including damage to the computer, tablet, related equipment or the computer's hardware and/or software (including labor costs).  Faculty members who choose to store school data, such as grades, tests or exams, on district laptop computers and/or tablets are required to backup this data on the district's network as a safety precaution against data loss. 

Students’ Use of District’s Laptop Computer and/or Tablet

Prior to using the district's laptop computers, tablets and related equipment, a parent/guardian and/or the student will sign a Consent to Student Use of the District’s Computers, Computer-Like Equipment, Computer Network Systems, and Internet Access and agree to all outlined policies before being issued a laptop computer and/or tablet. 

Students shall protect district laptop computers, tablets and related equipment from damage and theft.  Each student shall be responsible for any damage to the laptop computer, tablet and related equipment they have been issued from the time it is issued to them until the time it is turned back into the district, including damage to the computer, tablet, related equipment or the computer's hardware and/or software (including labor costs).  

 

 

Approval/Revision:   
July 2012
September 2017

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 18:14

636 - Advertisements in School Publications

636 - Advertisements in School Publications

The board believes it has a compelling interest in promoting the ideals of citizenship and personal and civic responsibility.  This includes discouragement of illegal activities and the purchase or use of products which are illegal to minors.  Therefore, advertisements, whether purely commercial, quasi-commercial, or political in nature, that encourage illegal activity or activity that is in violation of properly adopted school regulations, or encourage or promote the purchase or use of products or services that are illegal for minors will not be accepted for publication or posting.

 

 

Date of Approval/Revision:
August, 1992  
July 1993
August 1996
June 1999
June 2002
June 2005
June 2008
November 2011
September 2017

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 18:15

637 - Class Size

637 - Class Size

It shall be within the sole discretion of the board to determine the size of classes and to determine whether class grouping shall take place.  The board shall review the class sizes annually.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent and/or designee to make recommendations to the board on class size based upon the financial condition of the school district, the qualifications of and number of licensed employees, and other factors deemed relevant to the board.

 

 

Date of Approval/Revision:
July 1979       
July 1993
August 1996
June 1999
June 2002
June 2008
November 2011
September 2017

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 18:16

638 - Field Trips and Excursions

638 - Field Trips and Excursions

Classes shall be permitted to make such trips and excursions as deemed to be a worthwhile contribution to the students' education.

School buses may be used for these trips when it does not interfere with regularly scheduled use of the buses.

Field trips and excursions may be made out of town under the following conditions:

  1. Field trips taken outside a 200-mile radius of Carroll or involving an overnight stay must be approved by the board at a regular meeting prior to the date of the trip.  These requests should be submitted to the principal and/or designee 30 days in advance in order to be approved by the board at a regular meeting.  An exception to this is when a group qualifies for a competitive event between regularly scheduled board meetings.  In these cases, administrative approval as outlined in number 2 of this policy shall be followed.
  2. All other field trips must receive administrative approval at least one week before the date of the trips, and the total annual expenditures for such trips must not exceed the budgeted amounts established by the administration.  The one week timeline may be waived by the administration when necessary.
  3. A faculty member must accompany the students from time of departure to time of return.  If a school bus is used for transportation, the faculty member(s) must be on the bus with the students.  For the purpose of supervision there shall be one faculty member or chaperone seated behind all students.
  4. School vehicles will be used when possible.
  5. Seat belts and shoulder straps will be required as stated by law.

 

 

Date of Approval/Revision:           
March 10, 1986  
August, 8, 1988
August 1992
August 1993
August 1995
August 1996
August 1998
August 1999
June 2002
June 2005
June 2008
November 2011
September 2017

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 18:17

638R1 - Off-Campus Emergency Procedures

638R1 - Off-Campus Emergency Procedures

The field trip sponsor or head coach will be responsible for making off-campus arrangements in emergency situations for injured or sick students.  Head coaches may delegate responsibility for handling emergencies at the off-campus activity.  This may be done by filling out the proper form and filing it with the principal and/or designee at the start of the season.  

Sponsors or head coaches with student emergencies at activities where ambulance service is readily available may have to consider an on-the-scene judgment for the use of such a vehicle.  If this is the case the sponsor/coach's decision will be final.  The parent/guardian or legal custodian of the student will be responsible for the ambulance service billing and any attending physician fees.

In cases that are less severe or where no ambulance service is available the following means of transportation should be considered.  If the only vehicle available for transportation is the school bus, the bus should be used.  There may be a school van at the activity, which could be used if appropriate.  It is impossible to have a separate vehicle for an emergency at every off-campus activity (public and non-public).  If the situation is such that the bus cannot be used and other school vehicles are not available, transportation arrangements may be made with a willing parent or coach. If none of the above is possible, a telephone call to the appropriate school administrator to contact the parents/guardians or legal custodian or send a special vehicle (or van) to the site of the activity is in order.

It shall be the responsibility of the sponsor or head coach to fill out an accident report form of the student injury and return it to the principal's office by the end of the first working day following their return to school.  

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:           
September 12, 1988          
July 1993
August 1996
June 1999
June 2002
June 2005
June 2008
November 2011
September 2017

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 18:18

639 - Student Production of Materials and Services

639 - Student Production of Materials and Services

Materials and services produced by students at the expense of the school district are the property of the school district.  Materials and services produced by students at the student's expense, except for incidental expense to the school district, are the property of the student.  It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent and/or designee to determine incidental expense.

 

 

Approval/Revision: 
November 2011
September 2017

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 18:19

640 - School Assemblies

640 - School Assemblies

The building principal may authorize programs or activities in the form of a school assembly when such events contribute to the achievement of education goals of the school district.  School assemblies shall comply with the school calendar.

In authorizing a school assembly, the building principal shall consider the financial condition of the school district, the educational benefit of the activity, the inherent risks or dangers of the activity, and other factors the building principal or superintendent considers relevant.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent and/or designee to inform the board of the approved school assemblies.

 

 

Adoption/Revision: 
November 2011
September 2017

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 18:20

641 - Early Release for Seniors

641 - Early Release for Seniors

The academic school year for students shall be for a minimum of 1080 hours in the school calendar.  Seniors may be excused up to thirty hours of instruction after they have met the district's requirements for graduation.  The board may also excuse graduating seniors from making up hours due to inclement weather if the student has met the school district's graduation requirements.

The superintendent and/or designee has the authority to deny early release, or reduce the number of days for which graduating seniors may be excused, if a senior has failed to meet the requirements for graduation, as a form of discipline for an individual or for the class as a whole, or if the academic year has been disrupted by school closings for severe weather or other emergencies.

 

 

Approval/Revision:
November 2011
September 2017

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 18:21

642 - Student Guidance and Counseling Program

642 - Student Guidance and Counseling Program

The board will provide a student guidance and counseling program coordinated with the education program.  The guidance counselors will be certified with the Iowa Department of Education and hold the qualifications required by the board.  The guidance and counseling program will serve grades pre-kindergarten through twelve.  The program will assist students with their personal, educational, and career development. 

 

 

Date of Approval/Revision:            
June 2002       
July 2005
June 2008       
November 2011
September 2017

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 18:22

642.1 Animals In The Classroom

642.1 Animals In The Classroom

EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM

 

Series 600

 

Policy Title:           Animals In The Classroom

 Code No.:            642.1

 

 

 

 

 

Live animals will not be allowed in school district facilities except under special circumstances and only for an educational purpose.  Permission from the principal will be required of anyone wishing to bring an animal into school district facilities.  Appropriate supervision of animals is required when animals are brought into the school district facilities.

 

The person bringing the animal must furnish transportation for the animal brought to school.  Animals will not be allowed to travel to and from the student's attendance center on the school bus without prior approval from the principal.

 

It is the responsibility of the principal to determine appropriate supervision of animals in the classroom.  This policy is not intended to address the use of service animals, assistive animals, therapy animals or emotional support animals on District property.

 

 

Date of Approval/Revision:

November 2020

 

mkohorst@carro… Thu, 11/19/2020 - 10:24

643 - Building Assistance Teams

643 - Building Assistance Teams

The board recognizes and supports the establishment of assistance teams in the district.  The two-fold purpose of these teams is to identify and respond to students’ problems as they are manifested in school and to refer students to community resources when deemed appropriate.

Areas of concern such as 1) academic problems, 2) study habits, 3) general health,  4) family,  5) social adjustments,  6) chemical dependency, 7) attendance, and 8) mental health may be addressed.  Early intervention is desirable; therefore, the building assistance team will attempt to intervene with students at an early stage for the purpose of preventing further problems.

The building assistance teams shall be comprised of school personnel who have received training in intervention techniques.  The goals of the teams include using a team approach to deal with students who are having difficulty with school, coordinating efficient use of school district and community resources, and providing support for students and staff in solving the students’ problems.

 

Date of Adoption/Revision: 
August 1990
July 1993       
August 1996
June 1999
June 2002
July 2005
June 2008
November 2011
September 2017

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 18:23

644 - Student Health Services

644 - Student Health Services

EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM

 

Series 600

 

Policy Title:            Student Health Services           

Code No.:              644

 

Health services are an integral part of assisting all students to increase learning, achievement, and performance.  Health services coordinate and support existing programs to assist each student in achievement of an optimal state of physical, mental, and social well being.  Student health services ensure continuity and create linkages between school, home, and community service providers.  The school district’s needs, and resources determine the linkages.

 

Except in emergent care situations or child abuse assessments, the district will not administer invasive physical examinations or health screenings of a student that are not required by state or federal law without first obtaining the written consent of the student’s parent or guardian.  

  • Emergent care situation means a sudden or unforeseen occurrence of onset of a medical or behavioral condition that could result in serious injury or harm to a student or others in the event immediate medical attention is not provided.  Emergent care situation includes the need to screen a student or others for symptoms or exposures during an outbreak or public health event of concern as designated by the department of public health.  
  • Invasive physical examination means any medical examination that involves the exposure of private body parts or any act during such examination that includes incision, insertion, or injection into the body, but does not include a hearing, vision or scoliosis screening.  
  • Student health screening means an intentionally planned, periodic process to identify if students may be at risk for a health concern and to determine if a referral for an in-depth assessment is needed to consider appropriate health services.  Student health screening does not include an episodic, individual screening done in accordance with professional licensed practice.

 

The superintendent and/or designee, in conjunction with the school nurses will develop administrative regulations implementing this policy.  The superintendent and/or designee will provide a written report on the role of health services in the education program to the board annually.

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 2005

June 2008

November 2011

September 2017

November 2022

August 2023

 

 

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 18:24

644R1 - Student Health Services Regulation

644R1 - Student Health Services Regulation

EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM

 

Series 600

 

Policy Title:            Student Health Services Regulation                       

Code No.:              644 R1

 

Student Health Services

Each school building may develop a customized student health services program based on its unique needs and resources. Scientific advances, laws, and school improvement necessitate supports to students with health needs to receive their education program.

 

Supports to improve student achievement include:

  1. qualified health personnel
  2. school superintendent and/or designee, school nurse, and school health team             working collaboratively
  3. family and community involvement
  4. optimal student health services program with commitment to its continuing             improvement

 

Components provided within a coordinated school health program include:

 

  1. health services                
  2. health education
  3. nutrition
  4. physical education and activity
  5. healthy, safe environment
  6. counseling, psychological, and social services
  7. staff wellness
  8. family and community involvement

 

Student health services are provided to identify health needs; facilitate access to health care; provide for health needs related to educational achievement; promote health, well-being, and safety; and plan and develop the health services program.

 

Student Health Services Essential Functions

 

  1. Identify student health needs:

            1.  Provide individual initial and annual health assessments;

        2.  Provide needed health screenings;

        3.  Maintain and update confidential health records; and

        4.  Communicate (written, oral, electronic) health needs as consistent with                                 confidentiality laws.

  1. Facilitate student access to physical and mental health services:

1.  Link students to community resources and monitor follow through;

2.   Promote increased access and referral to primary health care financial             resources such as Medicaid, HAWK-I, social security, and community health             clinics; and

3.  Encourage appropriate use of health care.

 

  1. Provide for student health needs related to educational achievement:

1.  Manage chronic and acute illnesses;

2.  Provide special health procedures and medication including delegation,          training, and supervision of qualified designated school personnel;

3.  Develop, implement, evaluate, and revise individual health plans (IHPs) for          all students with special health needs according to mandates in the          Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA), Rehabilitation Act          (Section 504), and

4.  American with Disabilities Act (ADA);

5.  Provide urgent and emergency care for individual and group illness and             injury;

6.  Prevent and control communicable disease and monitor immunizations;

7.  Promote a safe school facility and a safe school environment; and

8.  Participate in and attend team meetings as a team member and health             consultant.

 

  1. Promote student health, well-being, and safety to foster healthy living:

1.  Provide developmentally appropriate health education and health counseling             for individuals and groups;

2.  Encourage injury and disease prevention practices;

3.  Promote personal and public health practices; and

4.  Provide health promotion and injury and disease prevention education.

 

  1. Plan and develop the student health services program collaboratively with the       superintendent and/or designee, school nurse, and school health team:
    1. Gather and interpret data to evaluate needs and performance;
    2. Establish health advisory council and school health team;
    3. Develop health procedures and guidelines;
    4. Collaborate with staff, families, and community;
    5. Maintain and update confidential student school health records;
    6. Coordinate program with all school health components;
    7. Coordinate with school improvement;
    8. Evaluate and revise the health service program to meet changing needs;
    9. Organize scheduling and direct health services staff;
    10. Develop student health services annual status report;
    11. Coordinate information and program delivery within the school and             between school and major constituents;
    12. Provide health services by qualified health professionals to effectively deliver services, including multiple levels of school health expertise such          as registered nurses, physicians, and advanced registered nurse practitioners; and
    13. Provide for professional development for school health services staff.

 

Expanded Health Services

These additional health services address learning barriers and the lack of access to health care. Examples include school-based services in the school, school-linked services connected to the school, primary care, mental health, substance abuse, and dental health.

 

Adopted/ Reviewed/Revised:

November 2011

September 2017

November 2022

August 2023

 

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 18:24

645 - Permanent Records

645 - Permanent Records

Section I–Classifications

Information about students that is collected and stored by the district personnel shall be separated into one of the following three classifications:

A.        Administrative Records—This classification shall include the permanent record card and cumulative folder.  The permanent record card shall include identifying data, name, gender, birth date, race, place of birth, names, addresses, and academic work completed, grades, attendance records, withdrawal and re-entry records, extra-curricular activities, date of graduation, class rank, and follow-up records.  Cumulative folders shall include all the above data plus supplementary records.  These records include verified information that is important in operating the educational system but is of a more sensitive nature and of less historical importance.  It includes:

  1. Test data such as scores on standardized achievement, aptitude, and intelligence tests.
  2. Observational data such as systematically gathered teacher or counselor evaluations and observations of social and personal assets, clinical findings, and verified reports of serious or recurrent deviant behavior patterns.
  3. General data such as health data, family background information, and educational and vocational plans.

 

B.        Tentative Records—This classification includes potentially useful information not yet verified or clearly needed beyond the immediate present, including unevaluated reports of teachers, counselors, and other personnel, which may be needed in ongoing investigations and disciplinary or counseling actions.  This record must be maintained separately from permanent and supplementary records in order that its unverified contents are protected from unauthorized use.  Such data must be reviewed and destroyed as soon as its immediate usefulness is ended, or transferred to the cumulative folder.

 

C.        Confidential Communications—Two other forms of information may exist but not as part of a student’s records:

  1. Confidential communications with certified guidance counselors.  Communications between a student and a certified guidance counselor are confidential, and shall be kept in a separate file in the custody of the certified guidance counselor, and shall not be disclosed, except if the right of confidentiality is lawfully waived.
  2. Communications in private confidence.  It is recognized that in some instances professionals working in the school may maintain confidential files containing notes, transcripts of interviews, clinical diagnoses, and other memory aids for their own use in counseling students.  Administrative records shall be permanent and shall be maintained by the school for an indefinite period.  When the student graduates, supplementary records shall be destroyed or shall be transferred to the administrative records if they have permanent usefulness.  Tentative records may be placed in the supplementary classification if the continual usefulness of the information is demonstrated and its validity verified.

To eliminate unnecessary outdated information, a student’s records shall be reviewed, at a minimum, when the student moves from elementary to middle school, from middle school to high school, and when the student graduates.

 

Section II—Dissemination of student records

A.        School Officials—The district will not, without the written consent of either the parents/guardians or the student, if the student is eighteen or older, release student records to school officials who have a legitimate educational interest in examining the information or to officials of other schools or school systems in which the student intends to enroll.

 

B.        Parents/Guardians—A student's parents/guardians who have legal custody may have access to permanent and supplementary records at reasonable times.  Parents/guardians are also entitled to see tentative records.  If a student is eighteen years of age, the parents’/guardians' access to records is subject to the student’s written consent.

 

C.        Students—A student who has reached the age of eighteen may examine his/her records at reasonable times.  For purposes of this policy, whenever a student has attained eighteen years of age, the permission or consent required of and the rights accorded to the parents/guardians of the student shall thereafter only be required of and accorded to the student.

 

D.        Interpretation—A school official competent in interpreting student records shall be present to explain the meaning and implications of the records that are examined.

 

E.         Objections—The parents/guardians shall have the right to make written objections to any information contained in the records.  Any written objection shall be signed by the parents/guardians and dated, and it shall become part of the student’s supplementary records.

Parents/guardians shall have an opportunity for a hearing to challenge the content of school records to ensure that the records are not inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation of the privacy of other rights of students and to provide an opportunity for the correction or deletion of any such inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise inappropriate data contained herein.

 

F.         Other Persons—School officials shall not furnish, in any form, any personal or identifiable information contained in personal school records to any person other than those heretofore listed unless:

  1. There is written consent from the student’s parents/guardians specifying records to be released, the reasons for such releases, and to whom, and with a copy of the records to be released to the student’s parents/guardians and the student if desired by the parent/guardian; or
  2. Such information is furnished in compliance with judicial order or pursuant to any lawfully issued subpoena, upon condition that parents/guardians and the students are notified of all such orders or subpoenas in advance of the compliance therewith by the school officials.
  3. In an emergency situation when the student or parents/guardians cannot be reached the principal/designee or superintendent/designee may, at their discretion, release information as needed for health and/or safety of the individuals.
  4. When data is released for outside research purposes or to comply with requests of any state or federal agency is released, it shall be in such a form that no individual student is identifiable.

 

G.        Audit Card—All persons, agencies, or organizations desiring access to the records of a student shall be required to sign a written form which shall be kept permanently with the file of the student, but only for inspection by the parents/guardians or students, indicating specifically the legitimate educational or other interest that such person, agency, or organization has in seeking this information.  Such forms shall be available to parents/guardians and to the school official responsible for record maintenance as a means of auditing the operation of the system.  With respect to this subsection, personal information shall only be transferred to a third party on the condition that such party will not permit any other party to have access to such information without the written consent of the parents/guardians or students.

 

H.        Time-Fee—The right of inspection may be exercised only during the customary office hours of the district, and the district may charge a reasonable fee for copies made of student records.

 

Section III—Superintendent/designee’s discretion in allowing or denying access to records:

If the superintendent/designee has special information, which indicates that granting or denying access to a student’s record, in accordance with Section II of this policy, would be harmful to the student, the superintendent/designee/designee may exercise discretion in granting or denying access to a student’s record.

 

Section IV—Procedure

The superintendent/designee shall develop an administrative procedure for the implementation of this policy.

The principal/designee shall have the overall responsibility for maintaining and preserving the confidentiality of student records.  Another school official may be designated to perform these duties.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 1979       
July 1993
August 1996
June 1999
June 2002
June 2005
June 2008
November 2011
September 2017

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 18:27

646 Appropriate Use of Online Learning Platforms

646 Appropriate Use of Online Learning Platforms

EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM

Series 600

 

 

Policy Title: Appropriate Use of Online Learning Platforms

Code No. 646

 

 

 

It is important to embrace technology that can foster a creative, interactive learning environment for students, and facilitate employee professional development and collaboration.  The use of online platforms to host remote interaction between students and employees and to facilitate learning is encouraged in the district. 

 

While student and employee instruction and communication using virtual and online platforms provides a wide array of learning opportunities, it is imperative that employees and students recognize that the use of such platforms is a privilege.  Training related to the use of online learning platforms will be provided to employees and students. 

 

The district shall carefully safeguard the right of students and employees to learn and teach in a respectful environment regardless of the method. All instruction and communication through online learning platforms should be appropriate to the age and ability of the participants.  Students and employees should be aware that online platforms may be monitored by the district.  Verbal and written communication occurring on these platforms may be recorded and stored by the district in accordance with applicable laws.   

 

Any verbal or written communication on these platforms deemed to be inappropriate will subject the student and/or employee to the same disciplinary measures that would exist if the interaction took place through traditional in-person learning. Students and employees who have concerns about the proper use of these platforms are encouraged to speak with their teachers or building principal. The superintendent will make administrative regulations necessary to enforce this policy.  

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

August 2020

 

mkohorst@carro… Wed, 09/02/2020 - 13:37

647 School Ceremonies and Observation

647 School Ceremonies and Observation

 

EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM

 

Series 600

 

Policy Title:              School Ceremonies and Observances                 

Code No.:              647

The school district will continue school ceremonies and observances which have become a tradition and a custom of the education program.  These include, but are not limited to, reciting the Pledge of Allegiance and observance of holidays, such as Christmas, Halloween and Easter, by programs and performances.  Such ceremonies or observances will have a secular purpose and will not advocate or sponsor a particular religion.

The district will provide and maintain a suitable flagstaff at each school site and raise the Iowa and United States flags each school day as weather conditions permit.  The district will display the United States flag and administer the Pledge of Allegiance in each 1st through 12th grade classroom on school days.

Students who do not wish to participate in these activities may be silent during the ceremony or observance or receive permission from the principal to be excused from the ceremony for religious reasons in compliance with board policy.

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

October 2021 

 

 

mkohorst@carro… Tue, 10/26/2021 - 13:39

700 - AUXILIARY SERVICES

700 - AUXILIARY SERVICES

AUXILIARY SERVICES

 

Series 700

 

Policy Title: Statement of Guiding Principles Code No.: 700

 

The board shall, as it deems necessary, make provisions for auxiliary services that will enhance the opportunity for all children to take full advantage of the educational program.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 1979

August 21, 1990

August 1992

August 1995

June 1998

June 2001

June 2004

July 2007

July 2010

August 2013

September 2016

October 2021

 

admin@iowascho… Wed, 11/28/2012 - 16:41

701 - School Nutrition Program

701 - School Nutrition Program

AUXILIARY SERVICES

 

Series 700

 

Policy Title: School Nutrition Program Code No.:          701

 

The school district will operate a school nutrition program in each attendance center. The school nutrition program will include meals through participation in the National School Lunch Program. Students may bring their lunches from home and purchase milk and other a la carte items.

 

School nutrition program facilities are provided to serve students and employees when school is in session, during school-related activities, and other times allowed by the Department of Education. They may also be used under the supervision of the food service department for food service to employee groups, parent-teacher meetings, civic organizations meetings for the purpose of better understanding the schools, and senior citizens in accordance with law and board policy.

 

The school nutrition program is operated on a nonprofit basis. The revenues of the school nutrition program will be used only for the operation or improvements of such programs. Supplies of the school nutrition program will only be used for the school nutrition program.

 

The board will set, and annually review, the prices for school nutrition programs. It is the responsibility of the Food Service Director and Director of Business Affairs to make a recommendation regarding the prices of school nutrition programs, in accordance with federal and state law.

 

It is the responsibility of the Food Service Director to administer the program and to cooperate with the superintendent and appropriate personnel for the proper functioning of the school nutrition program.

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 1979

August 21, 1990

August 1992

August 1995

June 1999

June 2001

June 2004

 

July 2007

July 2010

August 2013

August 2017

October 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 01/05/2020 - 09:27

702 - Scope of Programs

702 - Scope of Programs

AUXILIARY SERVICES

 

Series 700

 

Policy Title: Scope of Program Code No.: 702

 

School food facilities are provided to serve students and all school personnel when school is in session, during school-related activities, and other times allowed by the Department of Education. Food service facilities may be used by groups other than food service personnel subject to board policies 915 and 915.1R.

 

The school meal program shall be under the direction of the Food Service Director who will establish and maintain a central record system, prepare menus and recipes, develop standards, initiate purchasing, recommend personnel for employment, promotion, or dismissal, and conduct in-service training programs in cooperation with the Iowa Department of Education.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 1979

August 21,1990

August 1992

August 1995

June 1999

June 2001

June 2004

July 2007

July 2010

August 2013

September 2016

October 2021

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 01/05/2020 - 09:29

703 - Financial Support

703 - Financial Support

AUXILIARY SERVICE

 

Series 700

 

Policy Title: Financial Support Code No.: 703

 

District tax funds may be used to provide necessary physical plant facilities, purchase the initial equipment necessary for the establishment of food service in new or existing buildings, and replace major items of equipment and non-food supplies when approved by the board.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 9, 1981

August 21,1990

August 1992

August 1995

June 1998

June 2001

June 2004

July 2007

July 2010

August 2013

September 2016

October 2021

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 01/05/2020 - 09:30

704 - Free or Reduced Price Meals Eligibility

704 - Free or Reduced Price Meals Eligibility

AUXILIARY SERVICES

 

Series 700

 

 

Policy Title: Free or Reduced-Price Meals Eligibility Code No.:          704

 

Students enrolled and attending school in the school district, who meet the United State Department of Agriculture (USDA) eligibility guidelines, will be provided school nutrition program services at no cost or at a reduced price. The school district will make every effort to eliminate any social stigma attached to, and prevent the overt identification of students who are eligible for free and reduced-priced meals.

 

The district shall annually notify all families of the availability, eligibility criteria, and application procedures for free or reduced-price meals in accordance with state and federal law.

 

It shall be the responsibility of the Food Service Director to determine the eligibility of students for free or reduced-priced school nutrition programs, in accordance with criteria established by state and federal law. If school personnel have knowledge of a student who is in needs of free or reduced-price meals, school personnel should contact the Food Service Director. Employees, students not qualified for free meals and others will be required to pay for meals consumed.

 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations for implementing this policy.

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 1979

August 21, 1990

August 1992

August 1995

June 1999

June 2001

June 2004

July 2007

July 2010

August 2013

August 2017

October 2021

 

 

AUXILIARY SERVICES

 

Series 700

 

Policy Title: Eligibility for Meals at a Reduced Cost Regulation Code No.: 704.1

 

Procedures for provision of free or reduced-price meals:

 

  1. For the purpose of these guidelines, a meal served at forty (40) cents or less is a reduced-price meal.

 

  1. Type A meals meeting established nutritional requirements shall be served at a free or reduced-price to students who are determined to be economically needy according to guidelines contained herein.

 

  1. No physical segregation of or other discrimination against any student participating in the reduced-price meal program shall be made because of his/her participation in the program.

 

  1. These guidelines are to be used uniformly in all attendance units in this district in determining the eligibility of students for reduced-price meals.

 

  1. The Food Service Director shall determine which students are eligible for reduced-price meals under guidelines provided by the Bureau of Food and Nutrition.

 

  1. The names of students eligible for free or reduced-price meals will not be published, posted or announced in any manner to other students, and these students will not be required, as a condition of receiving free or reduced-price meals to:

 

    • Use a separate lunchroom.
    • Go through a separate serving line.
    • Enter the lunchroom through a separate entrance.
    • Eat lunch at a different time than paying students.
    • Work for their meal.
    • Use a different medium of exchange in the lunchroom than paying students use.
    • Eat a different meal than paying students.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

August 23, 1990

August 21,1991

August 1992

August 1995

August 1998

June 2001

June 2004

July 2007

July 2010

August 2013

September 2016

October 2021

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 01/05/2020 - 09:32

704.1 - Eligibility for Meals at a Reduced Cost Regulation

704.1 - Eligibility for Meals at a Reduced Cost Regulation

AUXILIARY SERVICES

 

Series 700

 

Policy Title: Eligibility for Meals at a Reduced Cost Regulation Code No.: 704.1

 

Procedures for provision of free or reduced-price meals:

 

  1. For the purpose of these guidelines, a meal served at forty (40) cents or less is a reduced-price meal.

 

  1. Type A meals meeting established nutritional requirements shall be served at a free or reduced-price to students who are determined to be economically needy according to guidelines contained herein.

 

  1. No physical segregation of or other discrimination against any student participating in the reduced-price meal program shall be made because of his/her participation in the program.

 

  1. These guidelines are to be used uniformly in all attendance units in this district in determining the eligibility of students for reduced-price meals.

 

  1. The Food Service Director shall determine which students are eligible for reduced-price meals under guidelines provided by the Bureau of Food and Nutrition.

 

  1. The names of students eligible for free or reduced-price meals will not be published, posted or announced in any manner to other students, and these students will not be required, as a condition of receiving free or reduced-price meals to:

 

    • Use a separate lunchroom.
    • Go through a separate serving line.
    • Enter the lunchroom through a separate entrance.
    • Eat lunch at a different time than paying students.
    • Work for their meal.
    • Use a different medium of exchange in the lunchroom than paying students use.
    • Eat a different meal than paying students.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

August 23, 1990

August 21,1991

August 1992

August 1995

August 1998

June 2001

June 2004

July 2007

July 2010

August 2013

September 2016

October 2021

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 01/05/2020 - 09:33

704.2 - Meal Charges

704.2 - Meal Charges

Auxiliary Services

700 Series

 

Policy Title: Meal Charges

Code No. :          704.2

 

MEAL CHARGES

In accordance with state and federal law, the Carroll Community School District adopts the following policy to ensure school district employees, families, and students have a shared understanding of expectations regarding meal charges. The policy seeks to allow students to receive the nutrition they need to stay focused during the school day, prevent the overt identification of students with insufficient funds to pay for school meals, and maintain the financial integrity of the nonprofit school nutrition program.

 

Payment of Meals (based on eligibility Paid, Reduced, Free):

Students have use of a meal account that is to be prepaid before meal service begins.  Families may add to their student accounts through electronic payment on the parent portal of Infinite Campus or by paying at the student’s school office. 

 

Employees may purchase meals, but may not charge meals once there is a $0 balance to this account.  When an employee account reaches this limit, an employee shall not be allowed to charge further meals or a la carte items until the negative account balance is paid in full.

 

Negative Account Balances:

The school district will make reasonable efforts to notify families when meal account balances are low.  Additionally, the district will make reasonable efforts to collect unpaid meal charges classified as delinquent debt.  The district will coordinate communications with the student’s parent or guardian to resolve the matter of unpaid charges. 

 

Full Paid Meal Accounts –   when the balance reaches -$10.00 a student may no longer charge a la carte or extra entrees. If a student presents their tray with an extra entrée or a la carte items on it and their account is at -$10.00 or more they will be allowed to keep that extra entrée one time and the parents will be notified. If no money is deposited into their account and they order an extra entrée again, the second entrée will be removed from their tray. If the student tries to purchase a la carte and their account is -$10.00 or more they will have to return the items back to the a la carte rack. If this happens the parent will receive a phone call that afternoon.

 

When a full paid meal account reaches -$40.00 a student may no longer eat breakfast, however, 5 additional lunch meals may be charged to this account. When an account reaches -$55.00, your student will not be allowed to eat lunch at school and you will need to send a sack lunch. If you are in a situation where you need financial assistance please contact the food service department.

 

 

 

 

Reduced Priced Meal Accountswhen the balance reaches -$10.00 this student may no longer charge a la carte or extra entrees. If a student presents their tray with an extra entrée on it and their account is at -$10.00 or more they will be allowed to keep that extra entrée one time and the parents will be notified. If no money is deposited into their account and they order an extra entrée again, the second entrée will be removed from their tray. If the student tries to purchase a la carte and their account is -$10.00 or more they will have to return the items back to the a la carte rack. If this happens the parent will receive a phone call that afternoon.

 

Students with outstanding meal charge debt shall be allowed to purchase a meal if the student pays for the meal when it is received (cash in hand).

 

Free Status Meal Accountsif a student has a ZERO balance in their meal account and qualifies for free breakfast and free lunch they are not allowed to charge a la carte or extra entrees. If a student presents their tray with an extra entrée on it and their account has a ZERO balance they will be allowed to keep that extra entrée one time and the parents will be notified. If no money is deposited into their account and they order an extra entrée again, the second entrée will be removed from their tray. If the student tries to purchase a la carte and their account has a ZERO balance or less they will have to return the items back to the a la carte rack. If this happens the parent will receive a phone call that afternoon.

 

Students who qualify for free or reduced price meals shall never be denied a reimbursable meal, even if they have accrued a negative balance from previous purchases.

 

Communication of the Policy

The policy and supporting information regarding meal charges shall be provided in writing to:

  • All households at or before the start of each school year;
  • Students and families who transfer into the district, at time of transfer; and
  • All staff responsible for enforcing any aspect of the policy.

 

Records of how and when the policy and supporting information was communicated to households and staff will be retained.

The superintendent may develop an administrative process to implement this policy.

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision

July 2017

February 2020

September 2021

October 2021

March 2024

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 01/05/2020 - 09:35

705 - Student Transportation Program

705 - Student Transportation Program

AUXILIARY SERVICES

 

Series 700

 

Policy Title: Student Transportation Program Code No.: 705

 

The policy, and, rules and regulations for the transportation of students to and from school shall be in strict compliance with statutory provisions, Iowa Department of Education, and rules and regulations established and approved by the board.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 1979

August 21, 1990

August 1992

August 1995

June 1998

June 2001

June 2004

July 2007

July 2010

August 2013

September 2016

October 2021

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 01/05/2020 - 09:46

705.1 - School Bus Safety Instruction

705.1 - School Bus Safety Instruction

AUXILIARY SERVICES

 

 

Series 700

 

Policy Title: School Bus Safety Instruction

Code No.: 705.1

 

 

 

The school district will conduct school bus safe riding practices instruction and emergency safety drills at least twice during the school year, once in the fall and once in the spring, for all students.  Documentation of these safety drills will be maintained by the district for five years and made available upon request.

 

Each school bus vehicle will have, in addition to the regular emergency safety drill, a plan for helping those students who require special assistance to safety during an emergency. This will include, but not be limited to, students with disabilities.

 

Employees are responsible for instructing the proper techniques to be followed during an emergency, as well as safe riding practices.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

December 2019

October 2021

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 01/05/2020 - 09:49

705.2 - School Bus Safety Restraints

705.2 - School Bus Safety Restraints

AUXILIARY SERVICES

Series 700

 

Policy Title: SCHOOL BUS PASSENGER SAFETY RESTRAINTS

Code No.: 705.2

 

The district requires that all students riding a school district bus equipped with seat belts wear seat belts while the bus is in motion.  

 

All students will receive instruction on the proper use of seat belts during the twice yearly bus safety drills.  Drivers are not responsible (i.e. liable) for students wearing seat belts while riding.  Drivers are responsible for instructing students to put on seat belts prior to the bus leaving a school. 

 

Students who may require assistance in using seat belts should ask the bus driver for help, so that all students are safely belted in their seat before the bus is in motion.  Drivers will announce prior to the bus leaving that each student needs to be in their seat with the seat belt fastened. 

 

Students refusing to use seat belts creates a safety concern for themselves and others, and are subject to school district disciplinary actions.  Repeated refusal to wear seat belts can result in suspension from bus riding privileges. 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

December 2019

May 2021

November 2021

 

 

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 01/05/2020 - 09:50

706 - Transportation of Out-of-District Students

706 - Transportation of Out-of-District Students

AUXILIARY SERVICES

 

Series 700

 

 

Policy Title: Transportation Of Non-Resident and Non-Public School Students

Code No.: 706

 

 

The board has sole discretion to determine the method to be utilized for transporting nonresident and nonpublic students.  Nonresident students paying tuition may be, and resident students attending a nonpublic school accredited by the State Department of Education, will be transported on an established public school vehicle route as long as such transportation does not interfere with resident public students' transportation.  Nonresident and nonpublic school students will obtain the permission of the superintendent prior to being transported by the school district.

 

Parents of resident students who provide transportation for their children attending a nonpublic school accredited by the Iowa Department of Education will be reimbursed at the established state rate.  This reimbursement is paid only if the school district receives the funds from the state.  If less than the amount of funds necessary to fully reimburse parents of the nonpublic students is received by the school district, the funds will be prorated.

 

The charge to the nonresident students is determined based on the students' pro rata share of the actual costs for transportation.  The parents of these students are billed for the student's share of the actual costs of transportation.  The billing is according to the schedule developed by the superintendent.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to determine the amount to be charged and report it to the board secretary for billing.

 

Continued transportation of nonresident and nonpublic school students on a public school vehicle route will be subject to resident public school students' transportation needs.  The superintendent will make a recommendation annually to the board regarding the method to be used.  In making a recommendation to the board, the superintendent will consider the number of students to be transported, the capacity of the school vehicles, the financial condition of the school district and other factors deemed relevant by the board or the superintendent.

 

Nonresident and nonpublic school students are subject to the same conduct regulations as resident public students as prescribed by board policy, and to other policies, rules, or regulations developed by the school district regarding transportation of students by the school district.

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision

July 9, 1981

August 21, 1990

August 1992

August 1995

June 1998

June 2001

June 2004

July 2007

July 2010

August 2013

September 2016

October 2021

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 01/05/2020 - 09:51

707 - Loading & Unloading Students During Periods of Reduced Visibility

707 - Loading & Unloading Students During Periods of Reduced Visibility

AUXILIARY SERVICES

Series 700

 

Policy Title:  Transportation in Inclement Weather

Code No.: 707

 

In the event visibility is reduced due to fog, snow, or other weather conditions, alternate routes will be run when these conditions are determined to exist before the buses begin their routes. This means buses move to/from transfer points in outlying towns without stopping en route. In-town Carroll routes run a normal route. Announcement of alternate routes will be handled through local radio stations, Infinite Campus message system, the district’s website, and social media. In the event local radio stations are not operating, announcements will be made over WHO radio station and KCCI-TV in Des Moines.

 

School district buses will not operate when weather conditions due to fog, rain, snow or other natural elements make it unsafe to do so.  Because weather conditions may vary around the school district and may change quickly, the best judgment possible will be used with the information available.

 

The final judgment as to when conditions are unsafe to operate will be made by the superintendent.  The superintendent will be assisted by the actual "on location" reports of the drivers.

 

Several drivers each year will be specially designated to report weather and road conditions by bus radio when requested to do so.  Other employees and students will be notified by commercial radio when school is cancelled or temporarily delayed.  When school is cancelled because of weather anywhere in the school district, all schools will be closed.

 

When weather conditions deteriorate during the day after school has begun, cancellation notices will be announced by commercial radio.  Students will be returned to their regular drop-off sites unless weather conditions prevent it.  In that case, student will be kept at or returned to school until they are picked up by the parents.

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 9, 1981

August 1998

August 21, 1990

August 1992

August 1995

June 2001

June 2004

July 2007

July 2010

August 2013

September 2016

October 2021

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 01/05/2020 - 09:52

708 - School Student Transportation Eligibility

708 - School Student Transportation Eligibility

 

AUXILIARY SERVICES

 

Series 700

 

Policy Title: School Student Transportation Eligibility

Code No.: 708

 

Elementary and middle school students living more than two miles from their designated school attendance centers and high school students living more than three miles from their designated attendance centers are entitled to transportation to and from their attendance center at the expense of the school district.

Transportation of students who require special education services will generally be provided as for other students, when appropriate. Specialized transportation of a student to and from a special education instructional service is a function of that service and, therefore, an appropriate expenditure of special education instructional funds generated through the weighting plan.

Transportation of a student to and from a special education support service is a function of that service, and is specified in the individualized education program (IEP) or the individualized family service plan (IFSP). When the IEP or IFSP team determines that unique transportation arrangements are required and the arrangements are specified in the IEP or IFSP, the school district will provide one or more of the following transportation arrangements for instructional services and the AEA for support services:

 

  • Transportation from the student's residence to the location of the special education and back to the student's residence, or childcare placement for students below the age of six.
  • Special assistance or adaptations in getting the student to and from and on and off the vehicle, and en route to and from the special education.

Reimbursement of the actual costs of transportation when by mutual agreement the parents provide transportation for the student to and from the special education.

The school district is not required to provide reimbursement to parents who elect to provide transportation in lieu of agency-provided transportation.

 

A student may be required, at the board's discretion, to meet a school vehicle without reimbursement up to three-fourths of a mile. The board may require the parent to transport their children up to two miles to connect with school bus vehicles at the expense of the school district when conditions deem it advisable. It is within the discretion of the board to determine such conditions. Parents of students who live where transportation by bus is impracticable or unavailable may be required to furnish transportation to and from the designated attendance center at the expense of the school district. Parents, who transport their children at the expense of the school district, are reimbursed at the rate per mile set by the state.

 

 

Transportation arrangements made by agreement with a neighboring school district will follow the terms of the agreement. Students who choose to attend a school in a school district other than their resident school district will provide transportation to and from the school at their own expense.

 

Exceptions to Distance Requirement:

Resident elementary (K-8) students residing less than two (2) miles and resident high school students residing less than three (3) miles from the school designated for attendance, may be furnished transportation. This service shall be provided without a fee.

 

For routes to or from school, individuals who are not students of the district (and eligible above) or employees assisting with supervision or meeting the needs of an IEP are not allowed to ride the district vehicle.  For extracurricular activities and events, only the students involved in the activity and the coaches/sponsors/chaperones of the event or activity will be allowed to ride in the district vehicle.  Family members, friends, and others are not authorized to ride on district vehicles unless they are otherwise eligible for student transportation, field trips, and extra-curricular activities or the ride is pre-approved by the superintendent.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 9, 1981

August 21, 1990

August 1992

August 1995

June 1998

June 2001

June 2004

August 2007

July 2010

August 2013

September 2016

July 2017

October 2021

December 2021

August 2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Policy Title:  Bus Service Eligibility        Code No.: 708        Pg.2

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 01/05/2020 - 09:54

708.1 - Bus Service Eligibility Regulation

708.1 - Bus Service Eligibility Regulation

AUXILIARY SERVICES

 

Series 700

 

Policy Title: Student Conduct on School Transportation

Code No.: 708.1

 

School bus riders shall conduct themselves in a respectful manner along the following lines: Preamble: (708 - Student Transportation Program)

The policy, rules and regulations for the transportation of students to and from school shall be in strict compliance with statutory provisions, Iowa Department of Education, and rules and regulations established and approved by the board.

 

A student may lose his/her bus riding privileges automatically if that person commits any act that directly endangers the safety of other students riding on any district bus. Procedures for automatic dismissal from bus privileges will be the same as those listed in this policy. Principal/designee may also assign additional consequences.

 

Rules and Regulations

  1. Bus riders will be at the designated loading point before the bus arrival time.
  2.  Bus riders will wait until the bus comes to a complete stop before attempting to enter.
  3.  Riders must not extend arms or heads out of the windows at any time.
  4.  Aisles must be kept cleared at all times.
  5.  All bus riders will load and unload through the right front door.  The emergency door is for emergencies only.
  6.  A bus rider will depart from the bus at the designated point unless written permission to get off at a different location is given to the driver.
  7.  A rider may be assigned a seat by the driver.
  8. Riders who damage seats or other equipment will reimburse the district for the cost of the repair or replacement.
  9. Riders are not permitted to leave their seats while the vehicle is in motion.  Seat belts must be worn if the bus is equipped with them.
  10. Waste containers are provided on all buses for bus riders' use.
  11. Permission to open windows must be obtained from the driver.
  12. Classroom conduct is to be observed by students while riding the bus except for ordinary conversation.
  13. The driver is in charge of the students and the vehicle, and the driver is to be obeyed promptly and cheerfully.
  14. Students will assist in looking after the safety and comfort of younger students.
  15. A bus rider who must cross the roadway to board or depart from the bus will pass in front of the bus (no closer than 10 feet), look in both directions and proceed to cross the road or highway only on signal from the driver.
  16. Students will not throw objects about the vehicle nor out through the windows.
  17. Shooting paper wads, squirt guns or other material in the vehicle is not permitted.
  18. Students will keep feet off the seats.
  19. Roughhousing in the vehicle is prohibited.
  20. Students will refrain from crowding or pushing.
  21. The use or possession of alcohol, tobacco or look-alike substances is prohibited in the vehicle.
  22. The Good Conduct Rule is in effect.

 

The following procedures will apply to those students who fail to comply with any of the above rules and regulations:

 

  1.  First Infraction (Warning)--A verbal warning will be issued by the bus driver to the student concerned. Principal/designee may also assign additional consequences.
  2. Second Infraction ( Discipline referral form and conference)--If a student had been previously warned by the bus driver, and a second infraction of any rule or regulation results, the following procedures are to be followed:
    1. The district discipline referral form will be filled out by the bus driver. Copies will be distributed as follows: one to the principal/designee of the student's attendance center; one to the transportation director/designee; one to the parent(s)/guardian(s) of the student; and one retained by the driver. Principal/designee may also assign additional consequences.

 

    1. Upon receipt of a discipline form, the principal/designee will hold a conference with the student.

 

    1. The student and his/her parents/guardians will be notified by the principal/designee at this point that a third infraction will result in a five day (school days) suspension of bus riding privileges.

 

  1. Third infraction (5 school day bus riding suspension). If the same student commits a third infraction of any rule or regulation, up to a five school day bus riding suspension will result. Procedures for suspension are as follows:
    1. A letter will be drafted by the building principal/designee and mailed to the parent(s)/guardian(s) concerned. The letter will indicate the dates of suspension and reason(s) for the suspension. The building principal/designee will make a phone call and follow up with a letter to ensure parents/guardians are properly informed.

 

    1. A copy of the above letter will also be sent to the transportation director, and the superintendent/designee. Principals/designee will again conference with this student indicating that if he/she is involved in another discipline problem, bus-riding privileges will be revoked for the remainder of the school year. Principal/designee may also assign additional consequences.
  1. Fourth Infraction (Bus riding privileges REVOKED)--If the same student commits a fourth infraction of any rule or regulation, that student's bus riding privileges will be revoked for the remainder of the school year. Procedures for revoking bus riding privileges are as follows:
    1. A registered letter will be drafted by the superintendent/designee indicating the effective date of the revocation and reasons for this action.

 

b.  A phone call will be made to ensure parents/guardians are properly informed.

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 1979

August 21, 1990

August 1992

August 1995

June 1998

June 2001

June 2004

July 2010

August 2010

August 2013

September 2016

August 2017

June 2019

December 2021

 

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 01/05/2020 - 09:55

708.1R1 - Use of Recording Devices on School Buses Regulations

708.1R1 - Use of Recording Devices on School Buses Regulations

AUXILIARY SERVICES

 

Series 700

 

Policy Title: Use of Recording Devices on School Buses Regulations Code No.: 708.1R1

 

The board supports the use of recording devices on school buses as a means to monitor and maintain a safe environment for students and employees. The recording devices may be used on buses used for transportation to and from school, field trips, curricular events and extracurricular events. The contents of the recordings may be used as evidence in a student disciplinary proceeding.

 

Student Records

The content of the recordings is a student record subject to board policy and administrative regulations regarding confidential student records. Only those persons with a legitimate educational purpose may view the recordings. In most instances, those individuals with a legitimate educational purpose may be the superintendent, building principal, transportation director, bus driver and special education staffing team. A parent may view the recordings without consent from any student or parent of a minor student also shown in the recording if the other students are bystanders. But if there is an altercation between multiple students, then all parents must give consent in order for the recordings to be viewed by parents.

 

A recording during a school-sponsored trip, such as an athletic event, may also be accessible to the sponsor or coach of the activity. If the content of the recordings becomes the subject of a student disciplinary proceeding, it will be treated like other evidence in the proceeding.

 

Notice

The school district will annually provide the following notice to students and parents:

 

The Carroll Community School District Board of Directors has authorized the use of recording devices on school district buses. The recording devices will be used to monitor student behavior to maintain order on the school buses to promote and maintain a safe environment. Students and parents are hereby notified that the content of the recording may be used in a student disciplinary proceeding. The content of the recording are confidential student records and will be retained with other student records. Recordings will only be retained if necessary for use in a student disciplinary proceeding or other matter as determined necessary by the administration. Parents

 

may request to view the recording of their child if the recordings are used in a disciplinary proceeding involving their child.

 

The following notice will also be placed on all school buses equipped with recording devices: This bus is equipped with a recording /audio monitoring system.

Review of Recording Devices

 

The school district will review the recordings:

  • when necessary as a result of an incident reported by a bus driver or student. The recordings may be re-circulated for erasure after 21 days.

 

Viewing of the recordings is limited to individuals having a legitimate educational purpose. A written log will be kept of those individuals viewing the recordings stating the time, name of individual viewing and the date the recordings were viewed.

 

Student Conduct

 

Students are prohibited from tampering with the recording devices on the school buses. Students found in violation of this regulation will be disciplined in accordance with the school district discipline policy and Good Conduct Rule and will reimburse the school district for any repairs or replacements necessary as a result of the tampering.

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

August 2017

December 2021

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 01/05/2020 - 09:59

709 - Bus Service - Special Education Program

709 - Bus Service - Special Education Program

AUXILIARY SERVICES

Series 700

Policy Title: Bus Service - Special Education Program Code No.: 709

Resident students qualifying for special education classes in a school other than the school designated for attendance may be provided transportation.

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 1979

August 21, 1990

August 1992

August 1995

June 1998

June 2001

June 2004

July 2007

July 2010

August 2013

September 2016

November 2021

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 01/05/2020 - 10:01

709.1 - Transporting of Students by Employees

709.1 - Transporting of Students by Employees

AUXILIARY SERVICES

Series 700

Policy Title: TRANSPORTING OF STUDENTS BY EMPLOYEES

Code No.: 709.1

Generally, transportation of students shall be in a motor vehicle owned by the school district and driven by an employee.  In some cases, it may be more economical or efficient for the school district to allow an employee of the school district to transport the students in the employee’s motor vehicle or in a school district motor vehicle other than a school bus.

 

Employees who transport students for school purposes must have the permission of the superintendent or designee and must further provide to the superintendent or designee, for copying, a current driver’s license and proof of insurance.

 

This policy statement applies to transportation of students for school purposes in addition to the regular bus route transporting students to and from their designated attendance center.

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

February 2020

November 2021

Jen@iowaschool… Mon, 02/24/2020 - 11:22

710 - Determination of Distance

710 - Determination of Distance

Distance to school or to a bus route shall be measured on the public roadway only and over the most passable and safest route as determined by the board, starting in the roadway opposite the private entrance to the residence of the student and ending in the roadway opposite the entrance to the school grounds or designated point on the bus route.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 1979
August 21, 1990
August 1992
August 1995
June 1998
June 2001
June 2004
July 2007
July 2010
August 2013
September 2016

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 01/05/2020 - 10:02

711 - Deleted

711 - Deleted Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 01/05/2020 - 10:04

712 - Extra-Curricular Activities-Bus Service

712 - Extra-Curricular Activities-Bus Service

AUXILIARY SERVICES

 

Series 700

 

Policy Title: Extra-Curricular Activities-Bus Service Code No.: 712

 

The use of school buses shall be restricted to transporting students to and from school and to and from extra-curricular activities sponsored by the school and the district non-public schools when such extra-curricular activity is under the direction of a qualified member of the faculty and is a part of the regular educational program.

 

District owned or leased school vehicles will be used to transport to and from extra curricular and co curricular activities.  The district will not use other transportation services to transport to and from extra curricular or co curricular activities unless there are circumstances such as a shortage of bus drivers or available school owned or leased vehicles.  This decision will be made by the school district.

 

All students being transported to and from an extra-curricular activity must board and depart from the bus at the point of origin and/or destination. Exceptions will be made to pick up or drop off students at the bus route transfer point in outlying towns within the district when the route for the activity takes the bus through the town. An exception can also be made by the transportation director/designee to pick up or drop off a student from another school district in a neighboring town if the student is part of a shared co-curricular activity and the route of the bus takes it through their town.

 

A faculty member must accompany the students from time of departure to time of return unless an exception is made by the superintendent/designee. If a school bus is used for transportation, the faculty member(s) must be on the bus with the students. (IAC 281--43.10(4)) Code of Iowa.

 

For the purposes of supervision, there shall be a minimum of one (1) faculty member and/or chaperone on the bus for grades PK-12.

 

Buses going to or returning from extra-curricular activities or field trips will not stop en route unless:

  1. Bus needs mechanical service
  2. There is an emergency
  3. The stop is an activity planned and approved by the principal/designee and the parents/guardians are notified in advance (i.e., eating, restrooms, shopping)

 

Students may be allowed to ride home from an activity trip with their parent/guardian when the parent/guardian personally contacts the coach/supervisor at the site of the activity. The district will supply a form for the parent/guardian to fill out, sign, and give to the coach/supervisor before the student can leave the site with said parent/guardian.

 

 

When there is a need for special transportation (other than the school owned vehicle or the parent), the parent/guardian must make a written request to the transportation director/designee of the district at least 24 hours in advance. The district will act on the special request and inform the parent/guardian, principal, and bus driver of the decision.

 

A student who needs transportation to an activity in their parents’/guardians’ private vehicle, must make a written request to the principal, activity director, or transportation director/designee at least 24 hours in advance. If permission is granted, the parent/guardian may have the student ride home in a school owned vehicle after a personal request is made to the coach/supervisor at the site of the activity.

 

Eight or nine passenger vehicles are available for small groups to use. The maximum rated passenger capacity shall not be exceeded. When an individual school requests transportation service and the total number of riders exceed the rated capacity of an eight or nine passenger vehicle, a bus and driver shall be assigned. This is in lieu of sending two eight or nine passenger vehicles. The reason for using a bus is to enhance the safety of students and employees.

 

Coaches/supervisors needing to use a school vehicle for any out of district transportation needs must fill out the online transportation form.

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

August 23, 1982

August 14, 1989

September 10, 1990

August 1992

August 1995

August 1998

June 2001

June 2004

July 2005

July 2007

July 2010

July 2013

August 2013

September 2016

December 2021

September 2022

 

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 01/05/2020 - 10:05

713 - Field Trips

713 - Field Trips

AUXILIARY SERVICES

 

Series 700

 

Policy Title: Field Trips Code No.: 713

 

All classes in both the public and non-public schools may be permitted to make field trips and excursions if, in the judgment of the principals/designees and superintendent/designee, they will make a worthwhile contribution to students’ education.

 

Approval for field trips shall be made by the superintendent/designee for trips up to 200 miles in distance. All trips that exceed 200 miles or require overnight stay shall require approval by the board.

 

School buses may be used for these trips so long as there is no interference with regularly scheduled use of the buses.

 

A faculty member must accompany the students from time of departure to time of return unless an exception is made by the superintendent/designee. If a school bus is used for transportation, the faculty member(s) must be on the bus with the students. (IAC 281--43.10(4)) Code of Iowa.

 

For the purposes of supervision, there shall be a minimum of one (1) faculty member and/or chaperone on of the bus for grades PK-12.

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

August 1980

August 1990

August 1992

August 1995

August 1998

June 2001

June 2004

July 2007

July 2010

August 2013

September 2016

December 2021

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 01/05/2020 - 19:15

714 - Summer Program Bus Service

714 - Summer Program Bus Service

AUXILIARY SERVICES

 

Series 700

 

Policy Title: Summer Program Bus Service Code No.: 714

 

School buses may be utilized during the summer months to facilitate the operation of

school-sponsored summer educational programs and community-sponsored programs as deemed appropriate by the board and in compliance with the Department of Education regulations.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 1979

August 21, 1990

August 1992

August 1995

August 1998

June 2001

June 2004

July 2007

July 2010

August 2013

September 2016

December 2021

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 01/05/2020 - 19:16

715 - Deleted

715 - Deleted Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 01/05/2020 - 19:18

715R1 - Deleted

715R1 - Deleted

 

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 01/05/2020 - 19:20

716 - Maintenance Program

716 - Maintenance Program

AUXILIARY SERVICES

 

Series 700

 

Policy Title: Maintenance Program Code No.: 716

 

The school district buildings and sites, including the grounds, buildings and equipment, will be kept clean and in good repair. Employees should notify the building principal or department director when something is in need of repair or removal, including graffiti.

 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent/designee to maintain the school district buildings and sites. As part of this responsibility, a maintenance schedule is created and adhered to in compliance with this policy.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 1979

August 21,1990

August 1992

August 1995

June 1998

June 2001

June 2004

July 2007

July 2010

August 2013

September 2016

December 2021

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 01/05/2020 - 19:21

716R1 - Deleted

716R1 - Deleted Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 01/05/2020 - 19:22

717 - Educational Specifications for Buildings and Sites

717 - Educational Specifications for Buildings and Sites

AUXILIARY SERVICES

 

Series 700

 

Policy Title: Educational Specifications for Buildings and Sites

Code No.: 717

 

Buildings and sites considered for purchase or construction by the board or currently owned by the school district and used for the education program must meet, or upon improvement be able to meet, the specifications set by the board.  The board will make this determination.

 

Prior to remodeling or other construction of buildings and sites, the board may appoint a committee of consultants, employees, citizens, or others to assist the board in developing the specifications for the new or improved buildings and sites.  These specifications will be consistent with the education program, and they will provide the architect with the information necessary to determine what is expected from the facility.  It is within the discretion of the board to determine whether a committee is appointed.

 

The education specifications will include, but not be limited to, the financial resources available for the project, the definition and character of classrooms, the functional use to be made of the rooms, description of specialized needs, and other pertinent information as the board deems necessary.

 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board regarding the specifications of buildings and sites.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 1979

August 21, 1990

August 1992

August 1995

June 1999

June 2001

June 2004

July 2007

July 2010

August 2013

September 2016

December 2021

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 01/05/2020 - 19:23

718 - Radon Mitigation

718 - Radon Mitigation

AUXILIARY SERVICES

 

Series 700

 

 

 

Policy Title: Radon Mitigation

Code No.: 718

 

 

The district recognizes the importance of providing healthy learning environments for students, employees and community members in district buildings. The district will take appropriate measures as required by law to assess radon levels in attendance centers and provide for mitigation or other measures where appropriate. 

 

  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to create administrative regulations necessary to carry out this policy.

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

August 2022

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 01/05/2020 - 19:24

718R1 Radon Mitigation Regulation

718R1 Radon Mitigation Regulation

AUXILIARY SERVICES

 

Series 700

 

Policy Title: Radon Mitigation

 

Code No.: 718R1

 

The district will create and the board will approve a plan to assess levels of radon gas present in district attendance centers. Funding for any costs related to radon testing or mitigation will be paid from the state school foundation aid received to the district or from revenues received from the Secure an Advanced Vision for Education fund. 

 

Each district attendance center will undergo a short-term for the presence of radon gas at least once by July 1, 2027. Short-term test means a test using a device that remains in an area for two to seven days to determine the amount of radon in the air. 

 

Radon testing will be performed by an individual certified to conduct such testing pursuant to Iowa Code section 136B.1 or by district employees who have completed a school radon testing training program approved by the Iowa Department of Education and the Iowa Department of Public Health. 

 

If the results of any short-term test at an attendance center are at or above four picocuries per liter, the district will conduct a second short-term test in spaces with elevated levels within sixty days of the first test. If the averaged test results of the first and second tests are at or above four picocuries per liter, the district will retain an individual credentialed to develop a radon mitigation plan. 

 

The plan may include further diagnostic testing, corrective measures, and active mitigation. The mitigation plan will be completed within two years of first short-term test unless the district plans to abandon or renovate the attendance center within five years and renovation includes radon mitigation. 

 

All new school construction will include radon resistant construction techniques. 

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

August 2022

 

mkohorst@carro… Wed, 08/24/2022 - 12:20

719 - Deleted

719 - Deleted

 

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 01/05/2020 - 19:25

720 - Energy Conservation

720 - Energy Conservation

AUXILIARY SERVICES

 

Series 700

 

Policy Title: Energy Conservation Code No.: 720

 

Energy conservation, recycling and the non-wasteful use of all products shall be practiced by all employees of each department in the district.

 

Energy conservation practices such as turning off lights when leaving a room, and conserving the use of air conditioning, heating, electrical appliances and hot water are to be encouraged.

 

Alternatives should be considered when purchasing products harmful to the environment.

 

This policy is to be communicated to all groups of people who use the buildings or school grounds for events during the year.

 

It is the responsibility of the schools to share in conservation so students realize that natural resources are not without end.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

August 11, 1980

August 21, 1990

August 1992

August 1995

June 1998

June 2001

June 2004

July 2007

July 2010

July 2013

September 2016

December 2021

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 01/05/2020 - 19:26

721 - Employee-Owned Furnishings and Equipment In Buildings and Work Areas

721 - Employee-Owned Furnishings and Equipment In Buildings and Work Areas

AUXILIARY SERVICES

 

Series 700

 

Policy Title: Employee-Owned Furnishings and Equipment In Buildings and Work Areas Code No.: 721

 

All employees are prohibited from making alterations to the physical plant within which he/she works. The following are some specific alterations that are prohibited: installation of

privately-owned carpet or floor covering of any kind; window coverings; installation of nails and hooks in doors, walls or wood trim; painting of surface material.

 

When the employee wishes to bring privately owned items and equipment to the classroom or area in which he/she works, advance approval of the director of building grounds and building principal/designee must be obtained. These items remain the responsibility of the staff member with respect to cleaning, maintenance and insurance.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

August 1995

June 1998

June 2001

June 2004

July 2007

July 2010

August 2013

September 2016

December 2021

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 01/05/2020 - 19:28

722 - Asbestos Containing Materials

722 - Asbestos Containing Materials

AUXILIARY SERVICES

Series 700 Policy Title: Asbestos Containing Materials

Code No.: 722

 

 

Friable and non-friable asbestos containing materials will be maintained in good condition and appropriate precautions will be followed when the material is disturbed for any reason. If there is a need to replace asbestos wrapped pipes or boiler covering, these will be replaced with

non-asbestos containing materials.

 

The school district will annually notify, appoint and train appropriate employees as necessary.

 

The district will implement the rules of AHERA.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

August 8, 1988

August 21, 1990

August 1992

August 1995

June 1998

June 2001

June 2004

July 2007

July 2010

August 2013

September 2016

December 2021

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 01/05/2020 - 19:29

723 - Deleted

723 - Deleted Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 01/05/2020 - 19:30

800 - BUSINESS PROCEDURES

800 - BUSINESS PROCEDURES

Statement of Guiding Principles

The board recognizes that its primary purpose is to provide the best education possible within the limits of the established curriculum and the financial ability of the district. The board also recognizes its deep responsibility to the citizens of the district for the efficient use of public funds. It shall, therefore, be the duty of the board to determine guidelines for the most effective use of public funds and for reporting to the public.

The financial accounting system shall be that prescribed by the State Department of Education plus any additional accounting procedures requested by the board and/or the superintendent/designee.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 1979
August 21,1990
August 1992
August 1995
June 1998
June 2001
June 2004
July 2007
July 2010
August 2013
September 2016

 

admin@iowascho… Wed, 11/28/2012 - 16:42

801 - Budget Planning

801 - Budget Planning

BUSINESS PROCEDURES

 

Series 800

 

Policy Title: Budget Planning

Code No.: 801

 

Prior to certification of the budget, the board will review the projected revenues and expenditures for the school district and make adjustments where necessary to carry out the education program within the revenues projected.

 

The budget of the school district is the authority for the expenditures of the school district for the fiscal year for which the budget was adopted and certified.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to operate the school district within the budget. 
 

A budget for the school district is prepared annually for the board's review.  The budget will include the following:

 

  • the amount of revenues to be raised by taxation;
  • the amount of revenues from sources other than taxation;
  • an itemization of the amount to be spent in each fund; and,
  • a comparison of the amount spent and revenue received in each fund for like purposes in the two prior fiscal years.

 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent and director of business affairs to prepare the budget for review by the board prior to the April 30 deadline each year. The District will provide all of the information necessary for the Proposed Property Tax Statement to the Department of Management by March 15.

 

Mailing of Proposed Property Tax Hearing Statements is completed by the county auditor by March 20.  A public hearing for the Proposed Property Taxes is then held not less than 10 days and not more than 20 days prior to the date of hearing. The hearing notice is published in a newspaper designated for official publication in the school district.  The hearing notice must also be posted on the district website and district social media accounts on the same day it is published in the newspaper. The hearing on the Proposed Property Tax must be a unique and separate meeting and be the only item on the agenda. 

 

Prior to the adoption of the proposed budget by the board, the public is apprised of the proposed budget for the school district.  Prior to the adoption of the proposed budget by the board, members of the school district community will have an opportunity to review and comment on the proposed budget.  A public hearing for the proposed budget of the board is held each year in sufficient time to file the adopted budget no later than April 30.

 

The proposed budget filed by the board with the board secretary and the time and place for the public hearing on the proposed budget is published in a newspaper designated for official publication in the school district.  It is the responsibility of the board secretary to publish the proposed budget and public hearing information at least 10 but no more than 20 days prior to the public hearing.

 

 

 

 

The board will adopt and certify a budget for the operation of the school district to the county auditor by April 30.  It is the responsibility of the board secretary to file the adopted and certified budget with the county auditor and the Iowa Department of Management.

 

The board may amend the budget for the fiscal year in the event of unforeseen circumstances.  The amendment procedures will follow the procedures for public review and adoption of the original budget by the board outlined in these policies.

 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent and the board secretary to bring any budget amendments necessary to the attention of the board to allow sufficient time to file the amendment with the county auditor no later than May 31 of each year.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 1979

August 21, 1990

August 1992

August 1995

June 1998

June 2001

June 2004

July 2007

July 2010

August 2013

September 2016

February 2022

February 2024

 

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 18:36

802 -

802 -

 

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 18:37

803 - Transfer of Funds

803 - Transfer of Funds

BUSINESS PROCEDURES

Series 800

Policy Title: Transfer of Funds

Code No.: 803

When the necessity for a fund has ceased to exist, the balance may be transferred to another fund or account by board resolution.  School district monies received without a designated purpose may be transferred in this manner.  School district monies received for a specific purpose or upon vote of the people may only be transferred, by board resolution when the purpose for which the monies were received has been completed.  Voter approval is required to transfer monies to the general fund from the capital projects fund and debt service fund.

 

If all requirements for district use of funds under the Preschool Foundation Aid, Professional Development Supplement, Home School Assistance Program, Teacher Leadership Supplement, or any discontinued fund have been met and funds remain unexpended and unobligated at the end of the fiscal year, the district may transfer all or a portion of remaining funds by passage of a board resolution into the district’s flexibility account in accordance with law.  Before the expenditure of amounts in the flexibility account, the district shall publish notice of the time, date, and place of a public hearing on the proposed resolution approving said expenditures. The board must find and certify that the statutory requirements of each original source of funds have been met before adopting the resolution approving the expenditures. The district will present a copy of the signed board resolution to the Department of Education.

 

The district may transfer by board resolution from the general fund to the student activity fund an amount needed to purchase or refurbish protective and safety equipment required for any extracurricular interscholastic athletic contest or competition sponsored or administered by the Iowa High School Athletic Association or Iowa Girls High School Athletic Union.

 

If the before and after school program exceeds the amount necessary to operate the program, the excess amount may, following a public hearing, be transferred by resolution of the board of directors of the school corporation for deposit in the general fund of the school corporation to be used for school district general fund purposes.  The district will present a copy of the signed board resolution to the Department of Education.

 

Beginning in FY 2024, unexpended and unobligated dollars that remain at the end of a fiscal year in addition to ongoing revenues may be transferred to the Teacher Salary Supplement (TSS) program from Professional Development Supplement (PDS), Talented and Gifted (TAG), and Teacher Leadership Supplement (TLS) without board action.
 

The district may choose to request approval from the School Budget Review Committee to transfer funds to make a program whole, prior to its elimination.

 

Temporary transfers (loans) of funds are permitted between funds but must be repaid to the originating fund, with interest, by Oct. 1 following the end of the fiscal year.

 

It is the responsibility of the board secretary to make recommendations to the board regarding transfers and to provide the documentation justifying the transfer.

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 1979

August 21, 1990

August 1992

August 1995

June 1998

June 2001

June 2004

July 2007

July 2010

August 2013

September 2016

October 2021

February 2022

June 2023

February 2024

 

 

803 Transfer of Funds              2/23/24                                           Pg. 2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 18:39

804 - Governmental Accounting Practices and Regulations

804 - Governmental Accounting Practices and Regulations

BUSINESS PROCEDURES

Series 800

Policy Title: Governmental Accounting Practices and Regulations

Code No. 804

School district accounting practices will follow state and federal laws and regulations, generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and the uniform financial accounting system provided by the Iowa Department of Education. As advised by the school district's auditor, determination of liabilities and assets, prioritization of expenditures of governmental funds and provisions for accounting disclosures shall be made in accordance with governmental accounting standards.

 

In Governmental Accounting Standards Board (GASB) Statement No. 54, the board identifies the order of spending unrestricted resources applying the highest level of classification of fund balance - restricted, committed, assigned, and unassigned - while honoring constraints on the specific purposes for which amounts in those fund balances can be spent. A formal board action is required to establish, modify and or rescind a committed fund balance. The resolution will state the exact dollar amount. In the event, the board chooses to make changes or rescind the committed fund balance, formal board action is required.

 

The board authorizes the board secretary to assign amounts to a specific purpose in compliance with GASB 54. An 'assigned fund balance' should also be reported in the order of spending unrestricted resources, but is not restricted or committed.

   
Fund Balance Reporting

Financial reporting for the balances in the district’s governmental funds is based on Governmental Accounting Standards Board (GASB) Statement 54, Fund Balance Reporting and Governmental Fund Types Definitions.  Fund balance refers to the difference between assets and liabilities in the governmental funds balance sheets.  GASB 54 established a hierarchy that is based on “the extent to which the government is bound to honor constraints on the specific purpose for which the amounts in those funds can be spent.”

The governmental funds can have up to five fund balance classifications.  The classifications are defined below from most to least restrictive.

Nonspendable Fund Balance includes amounts that cannot be spent because they are either not in spendable form, or legally or contractually required to be maintained intact.  This includes items not expected to be converted to cash, including inventories and prepaid expenses.  It may also include other property acquired for resale and the principal of a permanent fund.

Restricted Fund Balance should be reported when constraints placed on the use of resources are either externally imposed by creditors, grantors, contributors, or law or regulations of other governments; or imposed by law through constitutional provisions or enabling legislation.  This includes “categorical balances.”

Committed Fund Balance reflects specific purposes pursuant to constraints imposed by formal action of the board. Such constraints can only be removed or changed by board action.

Assigned Fund Balance reflects amounts that are constrained by the government’s intent to be used for specific purposes but meet neither the restricted nor committed forms of constraint.  Unless the amount is negative, the assigned fund balance is the residual classification for the governmental funds other than the general fund.  If the amount is negative, then the residual amount is shown as unassigned.

Unassigned Fund Balance is the residual classification for the general fund only.  As noted above, if a negative residual amount exists in other governmental funds then the amount is reported as unassigned.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations implementing this policy.  It is also the responsibility of the superintendent to make recommendations to the board regarding fund balance designations.   
 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

March 2012

August 2013

September 2016

February 2022

February 2024

 

804 Governmental Accounting Practices                  2/23/24             1:30 PM                          Pg. 2

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 18:40

805 - Local - State - Federal - Miscellaneous Revenue

805 - Local - State - Federal - Miscellaneous Revenue

BUSINESS PROCEDURES

 

Series 800

 

Policy Title: Local - State - Federal - Miscellaneous Revenue

Code No.: 805

 

Revenues of the school district are received by the board treasurer.  Other persons receiving revenues on behalf of the school district will promptly turn them over to the board treasurer.

 

Revenue, from whatever source, is accounted for and classified under the official accounting system of the school district.  It is the responsibility of the board treasurer to deposit the revenues received by the school district in a timely manner.  School district funds from all sources will not be used for private gain or political purposes.

 

Tuition fees received by the school district are deposited in the general fund.  The tuition fees for kindergarten through twelfth grade during the regular academic school year are set by the board based upon the superintendent/designee's recommendation in compliance with current law.  Tuition fees for summer school, driver's education and adult education are set by the board prior to the offering of the programs.

 

The board may charge materials fees for the use or purchase of educational materials.  Materials fees received by the school district are deposited in the general fund.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent/designee to recommend to the board when materials fees will be charged and the amount of the materials fees.

 

Rental fees received by the school district for the rental of school district equipment or facilities are deposited in the general fund.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent/designee to recommend to the board a fee schedule for renting school district property.

 

Proceeds from the sale of real property are placed in the physical plant and equipment levy (PPEL) fund.  The proceeds from the sale of other school district property are placed in the general fund.  However, following a properly noticed public hearing, the board of directors may elect to deposit proceeds from the sale of real property or buildings into any fund under the control of the school corporation. 

 

The board may claim exemption from the law prohibiting competition with private enterprise for the following activities:

 

  • Goods and services directly and reasonably related to the educational mission;
  • Goods and services offered only to students, employees or guests which cannot be provided by private enterprise at the same or lower cost;
  • Use of vehicles for charter trips offered to the public, full- or part-time, or temporary students;
  • Goods and services which are not otherwise available in the quantity or quality required by the school district;
  • Telecommunications other than radio or television stations;
  • Sponsoring or providing facilities for fitness and recreation;
  • Food service and sales; and,
  • Sale of books, records, tapes, software, educational equipment, and supplies.

 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent/designee to bring to the board's attention additional sources of revenue for the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:

Iowa Code §§ 12C23A24.9257.2279.841282.2.6.24291.12297.9-.12.22301.1.

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

July 1979

August 21, 1990

August 1992

August 1995

June 1998

June 2001

June 2004

July 2007

July 2010

August 2013

September 2016

February 2022

 

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 18:40

806 - No Policy Exists

806 - No Policy Exists

No policy exists for #806.

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 20:51

806 Expenditures for a Public Purpose

806 Expenditures for a Public Purpose

BUSINESS PROCEDURES

 

Series 800

 

Policy Title: Expenditures for a Public Purpose

Code No.: 806

 

The board recognizes that school district funds are public funds, and as such, should be used to further a public purpose and the overall educational mission of the school community.  The district is committed to managing and spending public funds in a transparent and responsible manner.  Prior to making a purchase with public funds, an individual should be comfortable defending the purchase/reimbursement to the taxpayers in the district.  If the individual is uncomfortable doing so, the purchase may not fulfill a public purpose and additional guidance should be sought before the purchase is made.    

Individuals who have concerns about the public purpose of a purchase or reimbursement should utilize the district’s Internal Controls policy and regulation as a resource for questioning a purchase.  Concerns should be reported to the superintendent and/or the board president.  

The superintendent shall develop a process for approving expenditures of public funds.  The board will review expenditures and applicable reports as necessary to ensure proper oversight of the use of public funds.  To the extent possible, expenditures shall be pre-approved by the district prior to expending the funds.  Purchases of food and refreshment for district staff, even within district, should comply with the district’s Employee Travel Compensation policy, and all other applicable policies.  All purchases/reimbursements shall comply with applicable laws, board policies and district accounting requirements.

Additional guidance regarding appropriate expenditures of school funds is provided in the regulation accompanying this policy
 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

June 2022

July 2022

mkohorst@carro… Fri, 08/12/2022 - 10:08

806R1 Use of Public Funds Regulation

806R1 Use of Public Funds Regulation

BUSINESS PROCEDURES

 

Series 800

 

Policy Title: Expenditures for a Public Purpose – Use of Public Funds Regulation

Code No.: 806R1

 

The following is a list of examples organized by activity for what is allowable, or not allowable as a purchase/reimbursement using public funds.  This regulation is intended as guidance and there may be situations that are not listed here.  Any questions regarding the appropriateness of an expenditure should be submitted to administration prior to expending funds.  

Reimbursements to an Individual

  • Use of Credit/Procurement Card:  All purchases through a district-owned credit or procurement card shall be pre-approved and comply with the district’s policy 408.1 – Credit Card Use.
     
  • Mileage:  Individuals who are required to travel (other than to and from work) as part of fulfilling their job duties to the district shall be reimbursed for mileage costs in accordance with the requirements stated in the district’s Employee Travel Compensation policy.
     
  • Travel accommodations:  Employees who are required to travel and stay overnight as part of fulfilling their job duties to the district shall be reimbursed for costs in accordance with the requirements stated in the district’s Employee Travel Compensation policy.
     
  • Alcohol:  Alcohol is a personal expense and is never allowable for purchase or reimbursement using public funds.
     
  • Food/Refreshments:  Food and refreshments are typically a personal expense, but there may be circumstances that allow food and refreshments using public funds.  Meetings spanning meal times should be avoided when possible.  When a district meeting is required to take place spanning a customary meal time, the superintendent or designee shall determine whether food and/or refreshment will be provided to employees whose presence is required during the meeting.  The cost of food and refreshment for employees shall be reasonable, and when possible, a separate itemized receipt for each employee is required.  If an itemized receipt is not available, approval is required by the school business official prior to reimbursement.  Meals and refreshments may be allowed for welcome/beginning of year receptions, end of year district/department celebrations, and during parent/teacher conference nights.  In all cases, the names and number of employees shall be noted on the receipt.  Meals for off-site professional development and conferences for Board members, board officers, and accompanying district staff (i.e., Iowa Association of School Boards Annual Convention) to promote effective and efficient board governance may also be allowed when reasonable.
     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • Apparel/Personal Items:  Apparel and personal items including, but not limited to items such as t-shirts, hats, mugs, etc. generally provide personal benefit to individuals and are a personal expense.  These items shall not be purchased or reimbursed with public funds.  However, there may be circumstances where a staff t-shirt is provided for certain positions for a uniform such as custodial staff so that they are identifiable as district staff for events, as this aligns with the Board’s mission and vision.
     
  • Gifts:  Gift cards or gifts given to individuals are personal expenses and public funds should not be used (except for recognition/staff retirement, listed below) for these purposes.  Voluntary collections from staff would be an acceptable way of purchasing gifts.
     
  • Retirement and Recognition Gifts:  Recognizing an employee or volunteer’s years of dedication to educating the community and commitment to the district serves a public purpose by honoring individuals with a token gift, or honorarium, in recognition of their service.  The same is true for individual awards, mementos, or items purchased in recognition of employee service to the district.  These purchases may use public funds, provided the expenditures are modest and approved by the superintendent.  
     
  • Honoraria:  District employees may at times receive an honorarium from an outside source as compensation for the employee’s time devoted to preparing and delivering a presentation within the scope of their professional field.  Honorariums may only be accepted by employees when the employee has used their personal time outside of their work for the district to prepare and deliver the presentation.  If the employee uses district time or resources to prepare or deliver a presentation, any honorarium shall be given to the district.  
     
  • Break Room Supplies:  The purchase of perishable or disposable supplies for employee break rooms is primarily designed for individual consumption and is a personal expense.  This includes items such as coffee, coffee filters, plates, cups, spoons, napkins, etc.  

 

Supplies for Public Areas

 

  • Limited refreshments such as water and coffee may be available in public reception areas of the district including, but not limited to the central office, the building administrator’s office, etc.  These refreshments may be purchased with the use of public funds, as they provide light refreshment to members of the community.

 

Staff Parties/Receptions

 

  • Parties and receptions to benefit individual staff members are considered a personal expense and should not be purchased or reimbursed with public funds.  This includes but is not limited to holiday parties.
     
  • Hosting a group reception to honor all employees retiring from the district in a given school year is allowable as a public expense. Hosting a retirement reception provides a direct benefit to the community as an opportunity for the community to attend and honor the retiring employees’ years of dedication and service to the district.

 

School/ Student Activity Banquets

 

  • School/student activity banquets are typically a personal expense and will not be purchased or reimbursed with public funds unless the public purpose is submitted for review and pre-approved by the superintendent.

 

Memorial Gifts

 

  • Memorial flowers to convey sympathy or congratulations are allowable as a public expense if they have been approved by the superintendent.  Memorial cards are always appropriate.
     
  • Memorial gifts of any sort other than flowers and a card are a personal expense.

 

Student Incentives

 

  • It is within the discretion of the building principal to authorize the purchase of awards holding a nominal value to commemorate the achievements of a student or group of students.  These awards should be designed to reward behavior and values that exemplify the educational and community mission of the district.  Awards should not be gift cards or other monetary awards.
     
  • Flowers and decorations for school dances held as part of the district’s student activity program are an allowable expense paid out of the student activity fund, provided the purchases are approved by the building principal.  

 

Meetings

 

  • To the extent possible, meetings which span normal meal times should be avoided.  
     
  • Meetings of the district’s board of directors and board committees are made up of individuals who volunteer a large amount of their personal time to serve the needs of the school community.  These meetings are also scheduled at time most convenient for the public, and often span normal meal hours.  Food and refreshment purchased for board members is an acceptable use of public funds.  The service of these unpaid volunteers directly benefits the entire school community.  The superintendent has discretion to purchase/reimburse reasonable expenses for providing food and refreshment to these unpaid volunteers during these meetings.  

 

Some expenditures will be considered personal expenses regardless of the context.  These include purchase or reimbursement of alcohol, and personal items not included as retirement or memorial gifts listed above.  

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

June 2022

July 2022

 

mkohorst@carro… Fri, 08/12/2022 - 10:09

807 - Internal Controls

807 - Internal Controls

BUSINESS PROCEDURES

Series 800

 

Policy Title: Internal Controls

Code No.: 807

 

The board expects all board members, employees, volunteers, consultants, vendors, contractors, students and other parties maintaining any relationship with the school district to act with integrity, due diligence, and in accordance with all laws in their duties involving the school district’s resources.  The board is entrusted with public dollars and no one connected with the school district should do anything to erode that trust.

Internal controls are used to help ensure the integrity of district financial and accounting information. Adherence to district-established internal control procedures is the responsibility of all employees of the school district. The superintendent, business manager and board secretary shall be responsible for developing internal controls designed to prevent and detect fraud, financial impropriety, or fiscal irregularities within the school district subject to review and approval by the board.  Administrators shall be alert for any indication of fraud, financial impropriety, or irregularity within the administrator’s area of responsibility.

Any employee who suspects fraud, impropriety, or irregularity shall report their suspicions immediately to his/her immediate supervisor or the superintendent.  The superintendent shall have primary responsibility for any necessary investigations and shall coordinate investigative efforts with the board’s legal counsel, auditing firm, the Auditor of State's office and other internal or external departments and agencies, including law enforcement officials, as the superintendent may deem appropriate. 

Employees bringing forth a legitimate concern about a potential impropriety will not be retaliated against and those who do retaliate against such an employee will be subject to disciplinary action up to, and including, discharge.

In the event the concern or complaint involves the superintendent, the concern shall be brought to the attention of the board president who shall be empowered to contact the board’s legal counsel, Auditor of State's office, insurance agent, auditing firm, and any other agency to investigate the concern or complaint.

The superintendent or board president shall ensure the Auditor of State’s office is notified as required by law of any suspected embezzlement, theft or other financial irregularity pursuant to Iowa law.  The superintendent and/or board president in coordination with the Auditor of State’s office, will determine whether to conduct a complete or partial audit.  The superintendent is authorized to order a complete forensic audit if, in the superintendent’s judgment, such an audit would be useful and beneficial to the school district.  In the event there is an investigation, records will be maintained for use in the investigation.  Individuals found to have altered or destroyed records will be subject to disciplinary action, up to and including termination. 
 

Date of Adoptions/Review/Revision:

June 2022

July 2022

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 20:51

807R1 Internal Controls Regulation

807R1 Internal Controls Regulation

BUSINESS PROCEDURES

 

Series 800

 

Policy Title: Internal Controls – Procedures Regulation

Code No.: 807R1

 

Fraud, financial improprieties, or fiscal irregularities include, but are not limited to:

  • Forgery or unauthorized alteration of any document or account belonging to the district.
  • Forgery or unauthorized alteration of a check, bank draft, or any other financial document.
  • Misappropriation of funds, securities, supplies, or other assets.
  • Impropriety in the handling of money or reporting of financial transactions.
  • Profiteering because of “insider” information of district information or activities.
  • Disclosing confidential and/or proprietary information to outside parties.
  • Accepting or seeking anything of material value, other than items used in the normal course of advertising, from contractors, vendors, or persons providing services to the district.
  • Destroying, removing, or inappropriately using district records, furniture, fixtures, or equipment.
  • Failing to provide financial records to authorized state or local entities.
  • Failure to cooperate fully with any financial auditors, investigators or law enforcement.
  • Any other dishonest or fraudulent act involving district monies or resources.
  • Acting for purposes of personal financial gain, rather than in the best interest of the district.
  • Providing false, inaccurate or misleading financial information to district administrators or the board of directors. 

The superintendent and/or board president shall notify the State Auditor's office of any suspected fraud, embezzlement or financial irregularities as required by law.  The district will comply with all investigation procedures and scope as directed by the State Auditor's office. All employees involved in the investigation shall be advised to keep information about the investigation confidential.  The superintendent and/or board president may engage qualified independent auditors to assist in the investigation. 

If an investigation substantiates the occurrence of a fraudulent activity, the superintendent, or board president or board vice-president if the investigation centers on the superintendent, shall issue a report to the board and appropriate personnel.  The results of the investigation shall not be disclosed to or discussed with anyone other than those individuals with a legitimate right to know until the results are made public.
 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision

June 2022

July 2022

mkohorst@carro… Fri, 08/12/2022 - 10:46

808 - Cash in School Buildings

808 - Cash in School Buildings

BUSINESS PROCEDURES

 

Series 800

 

Policy Title: Cash in School Buildings

 

Code No. 808

 

 

The amount of cash that may be kept in the school building for any one day is sufficient for that day's operations. Funds raised by students are kept in the district office.

 

A minimal amount of cash is kept in the district office at the close of the day. Excess cash is deposited in the authorized depository of the school district.

 

It is the responsibility of the director of business affairs to determine the amount of cash necessary for each day's operations and to comply with this policy.

 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent or the superintendent's designee to develop administrative regulations to determine the amount of cash necessary for each day's operations, to establish any necessary petty cash accounts, to determine how often deposits must be made, and to comply with this policy.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

 

August 2013

 

September 2016

February 2022

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 20:53

809 Student Activities Fund

809 Student Activities Fund

 

STUDENT PERSONNEL

 

Series 500

 

Policy Title: Student Activities Fund

Code No. 809

 

Collection of any funds for school activities must have the recommendation of the building principal/designee and approval of the superintendent/designee. All such funds shall be under the financial control of the board.

 

Records and procedures relating to internal accounts shall be in accordance with those found in Uniform Financial Accounting for Iowa Schools published by the Department of Education.

 

An audit of these accounts shall be made at the same time as the annual audit of schools funds.

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 1979

July 2010

August 1994

August 1997

August 2000

July 2003

July 2006

July 2010

September 2012

August 2015

March 2024

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 20:54

810 - Depository of Funds

810 - Depository of Funds

BUSINESS PROCEDURES

 

Series 800

Policy Title: Depository of Funds

Code No.: 810

Each year at its annual meeting, the board will designate by resolution, the name and location of the Iowa located financial depository institution or institutions to serve as the official school district depository or depositories. The board will also designate the maximum amount which may be kept on deposit in each bank. This amount will be designated the first time a new depository is identified, and will be reviewed at least once every five years or when an increase or additional depository is needed. The amount stated in the resolution must be for all depositories and include all of the school district's funds.Top of Form

It is the responsibility of the board secretary to include the resolution in the minutes of the meeting.

Bottom of Form

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 1979

August 21, 1990

August 1992

August 1995

August 1998

June 2001

June 2004

July 2007

July 2010

August 2013

September 2016

February 2022

February 2024

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 20:55

811 - Investments

811 - Investments

BUSINESS PROCEDURES

 

Series 800

 

Policy Title: Investments Code No.: 811

 

District funds in excess of current needs shall be invested in compliance with this policy. The goals of the district’s investment portfolio in order of priority are:

 

  • To provide safety of the principle;
  • To maintain the necessary liquidity to match expected liabilities; and
  • To obtain a reasonable rate of return.

 

In making investments, the district shall exercise the care, skill, prudence, and diligence under the prevailing circumstances that a prudent person acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use to meet the goals of the investment program.

 

District funds are monies of the district, including operating funds. “Operating funds” of the district are funds which are reasonably expected to be used during a current budget year or within fifteen months of receipt. When investing operating funds, the investments must mature within three hundred and ninety-seven days or less. When investing funds other than operating funds, the investment must mature according to the need for the funds.

 

The board authorizes the treasurer to invest funds in excess of current needs in the following investments:

 

  • Interest bearing savings, money market, and checking accounts at the district’s authorized depositories;
  • Iowa Schools Joint Investment Trust Program (ISJIT);
  • Obligations of the United States government, its agencies, and instrumentalities;
  • Certificates of deposit and other evidences of deposit at federally insured Iowa depository institutions;

 

It shall be the responsibility of the treasurer in conjunction with the superintendent to oversee the investment portfolio in compliance with this policy and the law.

 

It shall be the responsibility of the treasurer in conjunction with the superintendent to bring a contract with an outside person to invest district funds, to advise on investments, to direct investments, to act in a fiduciary capacity or to perform other services to the board for review and approval. The treasurer in conjunction with the superintendent shall also provide the board with information about and verification of the outside person’s fiduciary bond. Contracts with outside persons shall include a clause requiring the outside person to notify the district within thirty days of any material weakness in internal structure or regulatory orders or sanctions against the outside person regarding the services being provided to the district and to provide the documents necessary for the performance of the investment portion of the district audit.

Contracts with outside persons shall not be based on the performance of the investment portfolio.

 

The treasurer in conjunction with the superintendent shall be responsible for reporting to and reviewing with the board at its regular meetings the investment portfolio’s performance, transaction activity, and current investments including the percent of the investment portfolio by type of investment and by issue and maturities.  The report shall also include trend lines by month over the last year and year-to-year trend lines regarding the performance of the investment portfolio. It shall also be the responsibility of the treasurer in conjunction with the superintendent to obtain the information necessary to ensure that the investments and the outside persons doing business with the district meet the requirements outlined in this policy.

 

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent/designee to deliver a copy of this policy to the district’s depositories, auditor, and outside persons doing investment business with the district.

 

It shall also be the responsibility of the superintendent/designee, in conjunction with the treasurer and board secretary, to develop a system of investment practices and internal controls over the investment practices. The investment practices shall be designed to prevent losses, to document the officers and employees responsible for elements of the investment process, and address the capability of the management.

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

October 1992

August 1995

June 1998

June 2001

June 2004

July 2007

July 2010

August 2013

September 2016

February 2022

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 20:56

812 - Emergency Repairs

812 - Emergency Repairs

BUSINESS  PROCEDURES

 

Series 800

 

Policy Title: Emergency Repairs Code No.: 812

 

In the event of an emergency requiring repairs, in excess of the state limit, to a school district facility where repairs are necessary to correct or control the situation and to prevent the closing of school, the provisions relating to bidding will not apply.

 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent/designee to obtain certification from the area education agency administrator stating such repairs in excess of the state limit were necessary to prevent the closing of school.

 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent/designee to notify the board as soon as possible considering the circumstances of the emergency.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

June 2008

July 2010

August 2013

September 2016

February 2022

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 20:57

813 - Purchasing Policy

813 - Purchasing Policy

BUSINESS PROCEDURES

 

Series 800

 

Policy Title: Purchasing - Bidding

No.: 813

 

The board supports economic development in Iowa, particularly in the school district community. As permitted by law, purchasing preference will be given to Iowa goods and services from locally-owned businesses located within the school district or Iowa based companies if the cost and other considerations are relatively equal and meet the required specifications. However, when spending federal Child Nutrition Funds, geographical preference is allowed only for unprocessed agricultural food items as a part of response evaluation. Other statutory purchasing preferences will be applied as provided by law, including goals with regard to procurement from certified targeted small businesses, minority-owned businesses, and female-owned businesses. 

The school board and superintendent will encourage targeted small businesses which are not certified with the Department of Inspections and Appeals to become certified targeted small businesses.

Goods and Services 

The board shall enter into goods and services contract(s) as the board deems to be in the best interest of the school district. It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to approve purchases, except those requiring board approval as described below or as provided by in law. The superintendent may coordinate and combine purchases with other governmental bodies to take advantage of volume price breaks. Joint purchases with other political subdivisions will be considered in the purchase of equipment, accessories, or attachments with an estimated cost of $50,000 or more. 

Purchases for goods and services shall conform to the following: 

 

  • The superintendent shall have the authority to authorize purchases without prior board approval and without competitive request for proposals, quotations, or bids for goods and services up to $5,000
  • For goods and services costing at least $5,000 and up to $50,000, the superintendent shall receive proposals, quotations, or bids for the goods and services to be purchased prior to board approval. The quotation process may be informal, and include written or unwritten quotations.
  • For goods and services exceeding $50,000 the competitive request for proposal (RFP) or competitive bid process shall be used and received prior to board approval. RFPs and bids are formal, written submissions via sealed process. 

 

In the event that only one quotation or bid is submitted, the board may proceed if the quotation or bid meets the contract award specifications. 
 

 

 

 

 

 

The contract award may be based on several cost considerations including, but not limited to the following:

 

  • The cost of the goods and services being purchased; 
  • Availability of service and/or repair; 
  • The targeted small business procurement goal and other statutory purchasing preferences; and 
  • Other factors deemed relevant by the board. 

 

The board may elect to exempt certain professional services contracts from the thresholds and procedures outlined above.

The thresholds and procedures related to purchases of goods and services do not apply to public improvement projects. 

 

Public Improvements

The board shall enter into public improvement contract(s) as the board deems to be in the best interest of the school district. ‘Public improvement’ means “a building or construction work which is constructed under the control of a governmental entity and for which either of the following applies: (1) has been paid for in whole or in part with funds of the governmental entity; (2) a commitment has been made prior to construction by the governmental entity to pay for the building or construction work in whole or in part with funds of the governmental entity. This includes a building or improvement constructed or operated jointly with any public or private agency.” 

The district shall follow all requirements, timelines, and processes detailed in Iowa law related to public improvement projects. The thresholds regarding when competitive bidding or competitive quotations is required will be followed. Competitive bidding is required for public improvement contracts exceeding the minimum threshold stated in law. Competitive quotations are required for public improvement projects that exceed the minimum threshold amount stated in law, but do not exceed the minimum set for competitive bidding. The board shall approve competitive bids and competitive quotes. If the total cost of the public improvement does not warrant either competitive bidding or competitive quotations, the district may nevertheless proceed with either of these processes, if it so chooses. 

The award of all contracts for the public improvement shall be awarded to the lowest responsive, responsible bidder. In the event of an emergency requiring repairs to a school district facility that exceed bidding and quotation thresholds, please refer to policy 812 to Emergency Repairs. 

The district shall comply with all federal and state laws and regulations required for procurement, including the selection and evaluation of contractors.  The superintendent or designee is responsible for developing an administrative process to implement this policy, including, but not limited to, procedures related to suspension and debarment for transactions subject to those requirements.
 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 9, 1981

August 21, 1990

August 1992

August 1995

August 1998

June 2001

June 2004

July 2007

July 2010

August 2013

September 2016

January 2020

November 2020

June 2022

 

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 20:58

813 Suspension and Debarment of Vendors and Contractors Procedure

813 Suspension and Debarment of Vendors and Contractors Procedure mkohorst@carro… Tue, 05/10/2022 - 12:45

813 R1 Suspension and Debarment of Vendore and Contractors Procedure

813 R1 Suspension and Debarment of Vendore and Contractors Procedure

 

BUSINESS PROCEDURES

Series 800

 

 

Policy Title: Purchasing - Bidding - Suspension and Debarment of Vendors and Contractors Procedure

Code No.:             813.R1

 

In connection with transactions subject to federal suspension and debarment requirements, the district is prohibited from entering into transactions with parties that are debarred, suspended, or otherwise excluded from or ineligible for participation in federal assistance programs or activities. 

When soliciting bids or otherwise preparing to enter into such a transaction, the superintendent or designee will use at least one of the following verification methods to ensure that any parties to the transaction are not suspended or debarred prior to committing to any sub-award, purchase, or contract:

 

1.  Obtaining a certification of a party’s compliance with the federal suspension and debarment requirements in connection with any application, bid, or proposal;

2.  Requiring compliance with the federal suspension and debarment requirements as an express condition of any sub-award, purchase, or contract in question; or

3.  Prior to committing to any sub-award, purchase, or contract, check the online Federal System for Award Management at https://sam.gov/portal/SAM/##11 to determine whether the relevant party is subject to any suspension or debarment restrictions.  

 

2 CFR Part 200 Subpart B-General Provisions
200.113 Mandatory Disclosures

A non-Federal entity or applicant for a Federal award must disclose, in a timely manner, in writing to the Federal awarding agency or pass-through entity all violations of Federal criminal law involving fraud, bribery, or gratuity violations potentially affecting the Federal award. Non-Federal entities that have received a Federal award including the term and condition outlined in Appendix XII—Award Term and Condition for Recipient Integrity and Performance Matters are required to report certain civil, criminal, or administrative proceedings to SAM. Failure to make required disclosures can result in any of the remedies described in §200.338 Remedies for noncompliance, including suspension or debarment. (See also 2 CFR part 180, 31 U.S.C. 3321, and 41 U.S.C. 2313.)  It is the responsibility of the Superintendent to timely report to the relevant federal or pass through agency any violations of federal criminal law involving fraud, bribery or gratuity potentially impacting a federal grant.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

February 2021

May 2021

June 2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

813R1                                         6/28/22                                   Pg. 2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

mkohorst@carro… Tue, 05/10/2022 - 12:48

813R2 Using Federal Funds In Procurement Contracts

813R2 Using Federal Funds In Procurement Contracts

BUSINESS PROCEDURES

 

Series 800

 

Policy Title:             Using Federal Funds In Procurement Contracts

 

Code No.:             813.R2

 

In addition to the district’s standard procurement and purchasing procedures, the following procedures for vendors/contractors paid with federal funds are required.  When federal, state, and local requirements conflict, the most stringent requirement will be followed.

 

2 CFR Part 200, Subpart D Subsection §200.318 (c)(1) 

No District employee, officer, or agent may participate in the selection, award and administration of contracts supported by a Federal award if he or she has a real or apparent conflict of interest.  Such a conflict of interest would arise when the employee, officer, or agent, any member of his or her immediate family, his or her partner, or an organization which employs or is about to employ any of the parties indicated herein, has a financial or other interest in or a tangible personal benefit from a firm considered for a contract.  District officers, employees, and agents may neither solicit nor accept gratuities, favors, or anything of monetary value from contractors or parties to subcontracts.  However, for situations where the financial interest is not substantial or the gift is an unsolicited item of nominal value, district employees must abide by all relevant board policies. Violation of this requirement may result in disciplinary action for the District employee, officer, or agent.

 

2 CFR Part 200, Subpart D Subsection §200.320 (e)(1-4)

Procurement for contracts paid with federal funds may be conducted by noncompetitive (single source) proposals when one or more of the following circumstances apply: (1) the item is only available from a single source; (2) public exigency or emergency will not permit the delay resulting from competitive bids; (3) the Federal awarding agency or pass-through entity expressly authorizes noncompetitive proposals in response to a written request from the non-Federal entity; or (4) after solicitation of a number of sources, competition is inadequate. 

 

2 CFR Part 200, Subpart D Subsection §200.321

The District will take all necessary affirmative steps to assure that minority businesses, women's business enterprises, and labor surplus area firms are used when possible. Affirmative steps must include: (1) placing such businesses on solicitation lists; (2) soliciting such businesses whenever they are potential sources; (3) when economically feasible, dividing contracts into smaller tasks or quantities to allow participation from such businesses; (4) establishing delivery schedules that encourage participation by such businesses; (5) when appropriate, utilizing the Small Business Administration and the Minority Business Development Agency of the Department of Commerce; and (6) requiring the primary contractor to follow steps (1) through (5) when subcontractors are used.

 

The district will include the following provisions in all procurement contracts or purchase orders include the following provisions when applicable:

2 CFR Part 200 Appendix II

(A) Contracts for more than the simplified acquisition threshold currently set at $150,000, which is the inflation adjusted amount determined by the Civilian Agency Acquisition Council and the Defense Acquisition Regulations Council (Councils) as authorized by 41 U.S.C. 1908, must address administrative, contractual, or legal remedies in instances where contractors violate or breach contract terms, and provide for such sanctions and penalties as appropriate. 

 

(B) All contracts in excess of $10,000 must address termination for cause and for convenience by the non-Federal entity including the manner by which it will be effected and the basis for settlement. 

 

(C) Equal Employment Opportunity. Except as otherwise provided under 41 CFR Part 60, all contracts that meet the definition of “federally assisted construction contract” in 41 CFR Part 60-1.3 must include the equal opportunity clause provided under 41 CFR 60-1.4(b), in accordance with Executive Order 11246, “Equal Employment Opportunity” (30 FR 12319, 12935, 3 CFR Part, 1964-1965 Comp., p. 339), as amended by Executive Order 11375, “Amending Executive Order 11246 Relating to Equal Employment Opportunity,” and implementing regulations at 41 CFR part 60, “Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Equal Employment Opportunity, Department of Labor.” 

 

(D) Davis-Bacon Act, as amended (40 U.S.C. 3141-3148). When required by Federal program legislation, all prime construction contracts in excess of $2,000 awarded by non-Federal entities must include a provision for compliance with the Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 3141-3144, and 3146-3148) as supplemented by Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR Part 5, “Labor Standards Provisions Applicable to Contracts Covering Federally Financed and Assisted Construction”). In accordance with the statute, contractors must be required to pay wages to laborers and mechanics at a rate not less than the prevailing wages specified in a wage determination made by the Secretary of Labor. In addition, contractors must be required to pay wages not less than once a week. The non-Federal entity must place a copy of the current prevailing wage determination issued by the Department of Labor in each solicitation. The decision to award a contract or subcontract must be conditioned upon the acceptance of the wage determination. The non-Federal entity must report all suspected or reported violations to the Federal awarding agency. The contracts must also include a provision for compliance with the Copeland “Anti-Kickback” Act (40 U.S.C. 3145), as supplemented by Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR Part 3, “Contractors and Subcontractors on Public Building or Public Work Financed in Whole or in Part by Loans or Grants from the United States”). The Act provides that each contractor or subrecipient must be prohibited from inducing, by any means, any person employed in the construction, completion, or repair of public work, to give up any part of the compensation to which he or she is otherwise entitled. The non-Federal entity must report all suspected or reported violations to the Federal awarding agency. 

 

(E) Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (40 U.S.C. 3701-3708). Where applicable, all contracts awarded by the non-Federal entity in excess of $100,000 that involve the employment of mechanics or laborers must include a provision for compliance with 40 U.S.C. 3702 and 3704, as supplemented by Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR Part 5). Under 40 U.S.C. 3702 of the Act, each contractor must be required to compute the wages of every mechanic and laborer on the basis of a standard work week of 40 hours. Work in excess of the standard work week is permissible provided that the worker is compensated at a rate of not less than one and a half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of 40 hours in the work week. The requirements of 40 U.S.C. 3704 are applicable to construction work and provide that no laborer or mechanic must be required to work in surroundings or under working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous or dangerous. These requirements do not apply to the purchases of supplies or materials or articles ordinarily available on the open market, or contracts for transportation or transmission of intelligence. 

 

(F) Rights to Inventions Made Under a Contract or Agreement. If the Federal award meets the definition of “funding agreement” under 37 CFR §401.2 (a) and the recipient or subrecipient wishes to enter into a contract with a small business firm or nonprofit organization regarding the substitution of parties, assignment or performance of experimental, developmental, or research work under that “funding agreement,” the recipient or subrecipient must comply with the requirements of 37 CFR Part 401, “Rights to Inventions Made by Nonprofit Organizations and Small Business Firms Under Government Grants, Contracts and Cooperative Agreements,” and any implementing regulations issued by the awarding agency. 

 

(G) Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7401-7671q.) and the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. 1251-1387), as amended—Contracts and subgrants of amounts in excess of $150,000 must contain a provision that requires the non-Federal award to agree to comply with all applicable standards, orders or regulations issued pursuant to the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7401-7671q) and the Federal Water Pollution Control Act as amended (33 U.S.C. 1251-1387). Violations must be reported to the Federal awarding agency and the Regional Office of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). 

 

(H) Debarment and Suspension (Executive Orders 12549 and 12689)—A contract award (see 2 CFR 180.220) must not be made to parties listed on the government wide exclusions in the System for Award Management (SAM), in accordance with the OMB guidelines at 2 CFR 180 that implement Executive Orders 12549 (3 CFR part 1986 Comp., p. 189) and 12689 (3 CFR part 1989 Comp., p. 235), “Debarment and Suspension.” SAM Exclusions contains the names of parties debarred, suspended, or otherwise excluded by agencies, as well as parties declared ineligible under statutory or regulatory authority other than Executive Order 12549. 

 

(I) Byrd Anti-Lobbying Amendment (31 U.S.C. 1352)—Contractors that apply or bid for an award exceeding $100,000 must file the required certification. Each tier certifies to the tier above that it will not and has not used Federal appropriated funds to pay any person or organization for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a member of Congress, officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a member of Congress in connection with obtaining any Federal contract, grant or any other award covered by 31 U.S.C. 1352. Each tier must also disclose any lobbying with non-Federal funds that takes place in connection with obtaining any Federal award. Such disclosures are forwarded from tier to tier up to the non-Federal award. 

 

(J) See §200.322 Procurement of recovered materials.

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

May 2021

June 2022

 

 

 

mkohorst@carro… Tue, 05/10/2022 - 12:46

813E1 Fraud Reporting Policy

813E1 Fraud Reporting Policy

 

BUSINESS PROCEDURES

 

Series 800

 

Policy Title: Fraud Reporting Policy

Code No.: 813E1

2 CFR Part 200 Subpart B-General Provisions

200.113 Mandatory Disclosures

 

In compliance with Uniform Grant Guidance, in Title 2 Code of Federal Regulation (C.F.R.) Grants and Agreements, Part 200 Uniform Administrative Requirements, Cost Principles, and Audit Requirements for Federal Awards, this policy is adopted.

 

A non-Federal entity or applicant for a Federal award must disclose, in a timely manner, in writing to the Federal awarding agency or pass-through entity all violations of Federal criminal law involving fraud, bribery, or gratuity violations potentially affecting the Federal award. Non- Federal entities that have received a Federal award including the term and condition outlined in Appendix XII—Award Term and Condition for Recipient Integrity and Performance Matters are required to report certain civil, criminal, or administrative proceedings to SAM. Failure to make required disclosures can result in any of the remedies described in §200.338 Remedies for noncompliance, including suspension or debarment. (See also 2 CFR part 180, 31 U.S.C. 3321, and 41 U.S.C. 2313.)

 

If an employee, elected official, board or commission member, volunteer, agent, etc. learns of a violation of Federal criminal law involving fraud, bribery, or gratuity potentially affecting a Federal grant, they will report the violation to:

 

 

 
 

Designee

 

 

 

The above named is/are responsible for reporting the violation to the relevant federal agency, or pass-through agency in writing, and in a timely manner.

 

 

Passed and adopted this           day of          

 

 

 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 

Print and Sign          Date

 

 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 

Attest Print and Sign          Date

mkohorst@carro… Thu, 11/19/2020 - 10:27

814 - Purchase Orders

814 - Purchase Orders

BUSINESS PROCEDURES

 

Series 800

 

Policy Title: Purchase Orders Code No.: 814

 

The procurement of all supplies, equipment, and other materials and services shall be initiated by the issuance of a district purchase order approved by the department supervisor and the director of business affairs/designee, except those materials and services procured by formal contract.

Members of the transportation and maintenance departments may call the business office for verbal purchase authorization when such procurement is for the maintenance of vehicles, buildings or grounds.

 

All purchases are to be made through the business office. Purchase orders originating in the schools must be approved by the school principal/designee before being approved by the business office.

 

Opinions and preferences of those individuals who will use the supplies and materials should be taken into consideration in making procurement decisions or selections.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 1979

August 21, 1990

August 1992

August 1995

June 1998

June 2001

June 2004

July 2007

July 2010

August 2013

September 2016

June 2022

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 20:59

815 - Approval of Payment for Goods and Services

815 - Approval of Payment for Goods and Services

BUSINESS PROCEDURES

 

Series 800

 

Policy Title: Payment for Goods and Services

Code No.: 815

 

 

The board authorizes the issuance payment of claims against the school district for goods and services.  The board will allow the payment after the goods and services have been received and accepted in compliance with board policy. 

The board authorizes the board secretary, upon approval of the superintendent, to issue payment for verified bills, for reasonable and necessary expenses, when the board is not in session.  The board secretary will examine the claims and verify bills.  The board will approve the bills at its next regular meeting.

The secretary will determine to the secretary's satisfaction that the claims presented to the board are in order and are legitimate expenses of the school district.  It is the responsibility of the secretary to bring claims to the board.
 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop the administrative regulations regarding this policy.
 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

August 11, 1980

August 21, 1990

April 1992

August 1992

August 1995

June 1998

June 2001

June 2004

July 2007

July 2010

August 2013

September 2016

June 2022

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 21:00

815.1 - Suspension and Debarment of Vendors and Contractors Procedures

815.1 - Suspension and Debarment of Vendors and Contractors Procedures

 

BUSINESS PROCEDURES

 

Series 800

 

Policy Title: Suspension and Debarment of Vendors and Contractors Procedure

 

Code No.: 815.1

 

 

In connection with transactions subject to federal suspension and debarment requirements, the district is generally prohibited from entering into transactions with parties that are debarred, suspended, or otherwise excluded from or ineligible for participation in federal assistance programs or activities.

 

When soliciting bids or otherwise preparing to enter into such a transaction, the superintendent or designee will use at least one of the following verification methods to ensure that any parties to the transaction are not suspended or debarred prior to committing to any sub-award, purchase, or contract:

 

  1. Obtaining a certification of a party’s compliance with the federal suspension and debarment requirements in connection with any application, bid, or proposal;
  2. Requiring compliance with the federal suspension and debarment requirements as an express condition of any sub-award, purchase, or contract in question; or
  3. Prior to committing to any sub-award, purchase, or contract, check the online Federal System for Award Management at https://sam.gov/portal/SAM/##11 to determine whether the relevant party is subject to any suspension or debarment restrictions. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

February 2021

 

mkohorst@carro… Thu, 02/18/2021 - 13:18

816 - Disposition of Obsolete Equipment

816 - Disposition of Obsolete Equipment

BUSINESS PROCEDURES

 

Series 800

 

Policy Title: Disposition of Obsolete Equipment Code No.: 816

 

School property, such as equipment, furnishings, or supplies (hereinafter equipment), will be disposed of when it is determined to be of no further use to the school district.  It is the objective of the school district in disposing of the equipment to achieve the best available price or most economical disposal.

 

Obsolete equipment or property other than real property having a value of no more than $25,000 may be sold or disposed of in a manner determined by the board.  However, the sale or disposition of equipment, furnishings or supplies disposed of in this manner will be published in a newspaper of general circulation. 

 

A public hearing will be held regarding the disposal of the equipment with a value of $25,000 or more prior to the board's final decision.  The board will adopt a resolution announcing the proposed sale or disposition and will publish notice of the time and place of the public hearing and the description of the property will be in the resolution.  Notice of the public hearing will be published at least once, but not less than 10 days and not more than 20 days, prior to the hearing date unless otherwise required by law.  Upon completion of the public hearing, the board may dispose of the equipment.

 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board regarding the method for disposing of equipment of no further use to the school district.

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

August 1998

June 2001

June 2004

July 2007

July 2010

August 2013

September 2016

October 2021

June 2022

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 21:01

817 - Lease, Sale, or Disposal of Real Property and Personal Property with a unit price over $5000

817 - Lease, Sale, or Disposal of Real Property and Personal Property with a unit price over $5000

BUSINESS PROCEDURES

 

Series 800

 

Policy Title: Lease, Sale or Disposal of School District Buildings and Sites

Code No.: 817

 

 

Decisions regarding the lease, sale, or disposal of school district real property are made by the board.  In making its decision the board will consider the needs of the education program and the efficient use of public funds.

 

Prior to the board's final decision regarding real property, a public hearing will be held.  The board will adopt a resolution announcing the proposed sale which will contain notice of the time and place of the public hearing and the description of the property or locally known address.  Notice of the time and place of the public hearing will be published at least once, but not less than 10 days and not more than 20 days, prior to the hearing date.  Upon completion of the public hearing, the board may dispose of the property.

If the real property contains less than two acres, is located outside of a city, is not adjacent to a city and was previously used as a schoolhouse site, the property may revert to the owner of the tract from whom the property was taken following the procedures set forth in IOWA CODE §§ 297.15-.25.

In the case of a sale or lease of school district real property not being used for the education program, unless otherwise exempted, advertisements for bids will be taken.  If the bids received by the board are deemed inadequate, the board may decline to sell or lease the property and re-advertise.

In the case of the razing of a school district facility, in an amount in excess of the statutory minimum required by law, the board will advertise and take bids for the purpose of awarding the contract for the project.

The superintendent is responsible for coordinating the action necessary for the board to accomplish the lease, sale, or disposal of school district real property, including student-constructed buildings.  It will also be the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board regarding the use of school district real property not being utilized for the education program.

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

August 1998

June 2001

June 2004

July 2007

July 2010

August 2013

September 2016

June 2022

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 21:03

818 - Unpaid Warrants

818 - Unpaid Warrants

The board shall only in the case of absolute necessity issue warrants for which there are no funds available for the payment of such warrants. If warrants are issued for which there are no funds available for payment of such warrants, the treasurer shall institute such procedures as stated in the Code of Iowa, Chapter 74, Sections 1-8 for the payment of said warrants.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 1979
August 21, 1990
August 1992
August 1995
June 1998
June 2001
June 2004
July 2007
July 2010
August 2013
September 2016

 

Jen@iowaschool… Sun, 11/10/2019 - 21:07

819 - Payroll Periods

819 - Payroll Periods

BUSINESS PROCEDURES

 

Series 800

 

Policy Title: Payroll Periods Code No.: 819

 

The payroll period for the school district is monthly.  It shall be the policy of the board that all personnel of the district be paid on the 20th day of each month, or the last workday before the 20th in the case of weekends or school recognized holidays.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

July 1979

August 21 1990

August 1992

August 1995

June 1998

June 2001

June 2004

July 2007

July 2010

August 2013

September 2016

June 2022

Jen@iowaschool… Mon, 11/11/2019 - 09:52

820 - Payroll Deductions

820 - Payroll Deductions

BUSINESS PROCEDURES

 

Series 800

 

Policy Title: Payroll Deductions Code No.: 820

 

Ease of administration is the primary consideration for payroll deductions, other than those required by law.  Payroll deductions are made for federal income tax withholdings, Iowa income tax withholdings, federal insurance contributions, and the Iowa Public Employees' Retirement System (IPERS).

The district may deduct wages as required or allowed by state or federal law or by order of the court of competent jurisdiction.  Employees may elect to have amounts withheld from their pay for items authorized by law, subject to agreement of the district.  Requests for these deductions will be made in writing to the superintendent.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent or superintendent's designee to determine which additional payroll deductions will be allowed.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

July 1979

August 21, 1990

August 1992

August 1995

August 1998

June 2001

June 2004

July 2007

July 2010

August 2013

September 2016

June 2022

Jen@iowaschool… Mon, 11/11/2019 - 09:53

821 - Secretary's Monthly Report

821 - Secretary's Monthly Report

BUSINESS PROCEDURES

Series 800 Policy Title: Secretary's Monthly Report

Code No.: 821

 

The board secretary will report to the board each month about the receipts, disbursements, and balances of the various funds. This statement shall be distributed at the regular monthly board meeting.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 1979

August 21, 1990

August 1992

August 1995

June 1998

June 2001

June 2004

July 2007

July 2010

August 2013

September 2016

July 2022

Jen@iowaschool… Mon, 11/11/2019 - 09:54

822 - Publication of Financial Reports

822 - Publication of Financial Reports

BUSINESS PROCEDURES

 

Series 800

 

Policy Title: Publication of Financial Reports

Code No.: 822

 

Each month the schedule of bills allowed by the board is published in a newspaper designated as a newspaper for official publication.  Annually, the total salaries paid to employees regularly employed by the school district will also be published in a newspaper designated as a newspaper for official publication.

It is the responsibility of the board secretary to publish these reports in a timely manner.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 1979

August 10, 1987

August 21, 1990

August 1992

August 1995

June 1998

June 2001

June 2004

July 2007

July 2010

August 2013

September 2016

July 2022

Jen@iowaschool… Mon, 11/11/2019 - 09:55

823 -

823 -

 

 

Jen@iowaschool… Mon, 11/11/2019 - 09:57

824 - Audits and Audit Committee

824 - Audits and Audit Committee

BUSINESS PROCEDURES

 

Series 800

 

Policy Title: Audits & Audit Committee                                        Code No.: 824

 

In accordance with state law, to review the funds and accounts of the school district, the board will employ an independent auditor to perform an annual audit of the financial affairs of the school district.  The superintendent will use a request for proposal procedure in selecting an auditor.  The administration will cooperate with the auditors. Annual audit reports shall remain on file as permanent records of the school district.

 

The board recognizes that it is charged with raising tax revenues and related expenditures to maintain the educational program for the school district.  Public funds are held in trust by the board to be spent appropriately on the educational program.  To further ensure funds are spent appropriately, the board establishes an audit committee to assist the board on internal financial matters and with the annual audit.  

The audit committee is comprised of two board members, the superintendent and the Director of Business Affairs. 

The audit committee chair is selected by the board.

The major responsibilities of the audit committee are to:

  • Recommend an auditor to the board at least every three years
  • Oversee the selection of the independent auditor and the resolution of audit findings including compliance with the mandatory request for proposal process. 
  • Act as a liaison between the board and the auditor during the audit process.
  • Annually report to the board about the annual audit.
  • Recommend internal changes that may need to be made to ensure appropriate internal controls are being implemented.

   
The audit committee will meet as directed by its chair.  The audit committee is subject to the open meetings law.

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

August 23, 1982

August 21, 1990

August 1992

August 1995

June 1998

June 2001

June 2004

July 2007

July 2010

August 2013

September 2016

July 2022

Jen@iowaschool… Mon, 11/11/2019 - 09:58

825 - Care, Maintenance, and Disposal of District Records

825 - Care, Maintenance, and Disposal of District Records

 

 

BUSINESS  PROCEDURES

Series 800

 

Policy Title: Care, Maintenance, and Disposal of District Records Code No.: 825

 

School district records are housed in the central administration office of the school district. It is the responsibility of the superintendent and board secretary to oversee the maintenance and accuracy of the records. The following records are kept and preserved according to the schedule below:

 

  • Secretary's financial records

Permanently

  • Treasurer's financial records

Permanently

  • Open meeting minutes of the Board of Directors

Permanently

  • Annual audit reports

Permanently

  • Annual budget

Permanently

  • Permanent record of individual pupil

Permanently

  • School election results

Permanently

  • Real property records (e.g., deeds, abstracts)

Permanently

  • Records of payment of judgments against the school district

20 years

  • Bonds and bond coupons

11 years after maturity, cancellation, transfer, redemption, and/or replacement

  • Written contracts

11 years

  • Cancelled warrants, check stubs, bank
  • Statements, bills, invoices, and related records

5 years

5 years   

  • Recordings and minutes of closed meetings

1 year

  • Program grants

As determined by the grant

  • Nonpayroll personnel records
  • Payroll personnel records

7 years after leaving district

3 years after leaving the district

  • Employment applications

2 years

  • Payroll records

3 years

  • School meal programs accounts/records

3 years after submission of the final claim for reimbursement

 

 

 

In the event that any federal or state agency requires a record be retained for a period of time longer than that listed above for audit purposes or otherwise, the record shall be retained beyond the listed period as long as is required for the resolution of the issue by the federal or state agency.

 

Employees' records are housed in the central administration office of the school district. The employees' records are maintained by the superintendent, the building administrator, the employee's immediate supervisor, and the board secretary.

 

An inventory of the furniture, equipment, and other non-consumable items other than real property of the school district is conducted annually under the supervision of the superintendent. This report is filed with the board secretary.

 

The permanent and cumulative records of students currently enrolled in the school district are housed in the central administration office of the attendance center where the student attends. Permanent records shall be housed in a fire resistant safe or vault or electronically with a secure backup file. The building administrator is responsible for keeping these records current. Permanent records of students who have graduated or are no longer enrolled in the school district are housed in Adams Elementary and will be

retained permanently. These records will be maintained by the superintendent. Special education records shall be maintained in accordance with law.

 

The superintendent may digitize or otherwise electronically retain school district records and may destroy paper copies of the records. An electronic record which accurately reflects the information set forth in the paper record after it was first generated in its final form as an electronic record, and which remains accessible for later reference meets the same legal requirements for retention as the original paper record.

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:

June 2023

 

 

Jen@iowaschool… Mon, 11/11/2019 - 09:59

826 - Financial Records

826 - Financial Records

BUSINESS PROCEDURES

Series 800

Policy Title: Financial Records Code No.: 826

Financial records of the school district are maintained in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) as required or modified by law. School district monies are received and expended from the appropriate fund and/or account. The funds and accounts of the school district will include, but not be limited to:

Governmental Fund Type:

 

General Fund  - This fund is the chief operating fund of the district. It is used to account for all financial resources except those accounted for and reported in another fund.

 

Special Revenue Fund - These funds account for the proceeds of specific revenue sources other than trusts or major capital projects, that are legally restricted or committed to expenditure for specified purposes other than debt service or capital projects.   

            Management Levy Fund

            Public Education and Recreation Levy Fund (PERL)

            Student activity Fund

 

Capital Projects Fund - These funds are used to account for financial resources to acquire or construct major capital facilities or other capital assets (other than those of proprietary funds and trust funds) and to account for revenues from SAVE.

            Physical Plant and Equipment Levy Fund (PPEL)

            Secure and Advanced Vision for Education (SAVE)

 

Debt Service Fund – This fund is used to account for the accumulation of resources for, and the payment of, general long-term debt principal and interest.  

 

Proprietary Fund Type – These funds account for operations of the school district operated similar to private business for which a fee is charged to external users for goods or services, or they account for the costs of providing goods and services provided by one department to other departments on a cost reimbursement basis.  

 

            Enterprise Fund

            School Nutrition Fund

            Child Care Fund

            Internal Service Fund

            Community Education

                          Preschool (nonvoluntary, state)

                          Partial Self-Funded Plan Fund

 

 

 

 

Fiduciary Funds -These funds are used to account for monies or assets held by the school district on behalf of, or in trust for, another entity.   

            Trust

      Expendable Trust Funds

      Nonexpendable Trust Funds

            Pension Trust Funds

            Custodial Funds 

Non-Fiduciary Scholarship Fund
 

Account Groups- The groups are the accounting records for capital assets and long-term debt.

            General capital assets account group

            General long-term debt account group

The board may establish other funds in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and may certify other taxes to be levied for the funds as provided by state law. The status of each fund must be included in the annual report.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent in conjunction with the school business official to implement this policy and bring necessary changes in the maintenance of the school district's financial records to the attention of the board.

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

August 2013

September 2016

February 2021

July 2022

  February 2024

 

 

Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 11/12/2019 - 19:44

827 -

827 - Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 11/12/2019 - 19:48

828 - Deleted

828 - Deleted Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 11/12/2019 - 19:49

829 - Capital Assets Management System

829 - Capital Assets Management System

BUSINESS PROCEDURES

 

Series 800

 

Policy Title: Capital Assets Management System Code No.: 829

 

The school district will establish and maintain a capital assets management system for reporting capitalized assets owned or under the jurisdiction of the school district in its financial reports in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) as required or modified by law; to improve the school district's oversight of capital assets by assigning and recording them to specific facilities and programs and to provide for proof of loss of capital assets for insurance purposes. 

Capital assets, including tangible and intangible assets, are reported in the government-wide financial statements (i.e. governmental activities and business type activities) and the proprietary fund financial statements.  Capital assets reported include school district buildings and sites, construction in progress, improvements other than buildings and sites, land and machinery and equipment.  Capital assets reported in the financial reports will include individual capital assets with an historical cost equal to or greater than $5,000.  The Federal regulations governing school lunch programs require capital assets attributable to the school lunch program with a historical cost of equal to or greater than $500 be capitalized.  Additionally, capital assets are depreciated over the useful life of each capital asset.  

All intangible assets with a purchase price equal to or greater than $100,000 with useful life of two or more years are included in the intangible asset inventory for capitalization purposes.  Such assets are recorded at actual historical cost and amortized over the designated useful lifetime applying a straight-line method of depreciation.  If there are no legal, contractual, regulatory, technological or other factors that limit the useful life of the asset, then the intangible asset needs to be considered to have an indefinite useful life and no amortization should be recorded.

This policy applies to all intangible assets.  If an intangible asset that meets the threshold criteria is fully amortized, the asset must be reported at the historical cost and the applicable accumulated amortization must also be reported. It is not appropriate to “net” the capital asset and amortization to avoid reporting.   For internally generated intangible assets, outlays incurred by the government's personnel, or by a third-party contractor on behalf of the government, and for development of internally generated intangible assets should be capitalized.

The capital assets management system must be updated monthly to account for the addition/acquisition, disposal, relocation/transfer of capital assets.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent/designee to count and reconcile the capital assets with capital assets management system on June 30 each year.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations implementing this policy.  It will also be the responsibility of the superintendent/designee to educate employees about this policy and its supporting administrative regulations.   

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

June 2004

July 2007

July 2010

August 2013

September 2016

July 2022

Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 11/12/2019 - 19:50

830 - deleted

830 - deleted Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 11/12/2019 - 19:51

831 - Insurance Program

831 - Insurance Program

BUSINESS PROCEDURES

 

Series 800

 

Policy Title: Insurance Program Code No.: 831

 

The board will maintain a comprehensive insurance program to provide adequate coverage against major types of risk, loss, or damage, as well as legal liability. The board will purchase insurance at replacement values, when possible, after reviewing the costs and availability of such insurance. The comprehensive insurance program is reviewed at least once every three years. Insurance will only be purchased through legally licensed Iowa insurance agents.

 

The school district will assume the risk of property damage, legal liability, and dishonesty in cases in which the exposure is so small or dispersed that a loss does not significantly affect the operation of the education program or financial condition of the school district.

 

Insurance of buildings, structures, or property in the open will not generally be purchased to cover loss exposures below $2,500.00 unless such insurance is required by statute or contract.

 

The board may retain a private organization for capital assets management services.

 

Administration of the insurance program, making recommendations for additional insurance coverage, placing the insurance coverage and loss prevention activities is the responsibility of the superintendent/designee. The director of business affairs is responsible for maintaining the capital assets management system, processing claims and maintaining loss records.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 1979

August 21, 1990

August 1992

August 1995

June 1998

June 2001

June 2004

July 2007

July 2010

August 2013

September 2016

July 2022

Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 11/12/2019 - 19:52

832 - Deleted

832 - Deleted

 

 

Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 11/12/2019 - 19:53

833 - Debt Management

833 - Debt Management

BUSINESS PROCEDURES

 

Series 800

 

Policy Title: Debt Management Code No.: 833

 

DEBT LIMITS

Credit Ratings

The school district seeks to maintain the highest possible credit ratings for all categories of short- and long-term debt that can be achieved without compromising the delivery of services and the achievement of adopted objectives. The school district recognizes that external economic, natural, or other events may from time to time affect the creditworthiness of its debt. Nevertheless, the school district is committed to ensuring that actions within their control are prudent.

 

Debt Limits

For general obligation debt, the school district’s outstanding debt limit shall be no more than five percent (5%) of the actual value of property within the school district’s boundaries, as prescribed the Iowa constitution and statutory restrictions.

 

For revenue debt, the school district’s goal is to provide adequate debt service coverage of at least 1.20 times the annual debt service costs.

 

In accordance with Iowa law, the school district may not act as a conduit issuer or issue municipal securities to raise capital for revenue-generating projects where the funds generated are used by a third party (“conduit borrower”) to make payments to investors.

 

PURPOSES AND USES OF DEBT

Capital Planning

To enhance creditworthiness and prudent financial management, the school district is committed to systematic capital planning, intergovernmental cooperation and coordination and long-term financial planning.

 

Capital Financing

The school district may issue long-term debt for capital projects as authorized by Iowa law, which include, but are not limited to, the costs of planning, design, land acquisition, buildings, permanent structures, attached fixtures or equipment, and movable pieces of equipment.

 

Capitalized interest may be included in sizing any capital project debt issue. The types of debt instruments to be used by the school district include:

  • General Obligation Bonds
  • Obligation Capital Loan Notes
  • Bond Anticipation Notes
  • Revenue Anticipation Notes
  • School Infrastructure Sales, Services and Use Tax Revenue Bonds
  • Lease Purchase Agreements, including Certificates of Participation

 

Working Capital Financing

The school district may issue debt for working capital for operations after cash flow analysis has determined that there is a mismatch between available cash and cash outflows. The school district shall strive to repay working capital debt by the end of the fiscal year in which the debt was incurred. A Working Capital Reserve may be included in sizing any working capital debt issue.

 

Refundings

Periodic reviews of all outstanding debt will be undertaken to determine if refunding opportunities exist. Refunding will be considered (within federal tax law restraints) if and when there is a net economic benefit of the refunding or if the refunding is otherwise in the best interests of the school district, such as to release restrictive bond covenants which affect the operations and management of the school district.

 

In general, advance refundings for economic savings will be undertaken when a net present value savings exceeds three percent of the refunded debt can be achieved. Current refundings, which produce a new present value savings of less than three percent will be considered on a case by case basis taking into consideration bond covenants and general conditions. Refundings

 

with negative savings will not be considered unless there is a compelling public policy objective for doing so.

 

DEBT STANDARDS AND STRUCTURE

Length of Debt

Debt will be structured for the shortest period consistent with a fair allocation of costs to current and future beneficiaries or users. Long-term debt will not be issued for periods exceeding the useful life or average useful lives of the project or projects to be financed. All debt issued will adhere to state and federal law regarding the length of time the debt may be outstanding.

 

Debt Structure

Debt will be structured to achieve the lowest possible net cost to the school district given market conditions, the urgency of the capital project, the type of debt being issued, and the nature and type of repayment source. To the extent possible, the school district will design the repayment of its overall debt to rapidly recapture its credit capacity for future use.

 

Generally, the school district will only issue fixed-rate debt. In very limited circumstances, the school district may issue variable rate debt, consistent with the limitations of Iowa law and upon a finding of the board that the use of fixed rate debt is not in the best interest of the school district and a statement of the reasons for the use of variable rate debt.

 

All debt may be structured using discount, par or premium coupons, and as serial or term bonds or notes, or any combination thereof, consistent with Iowa law. The school district should utilize the coupon structure that produces the lowest True Interest Cost (TIC) taking into consideration the call option value of any callable maturities.

 

The school district will strive to structure their debt in sinking fund installments for each debt issue that achieves, as nearly as practicable, level debt service within an issue or overall debt service within a particular classification of debt.

 

Derivatives (including, but not limited to, interest rate swaps, caps, collars, corridors, ceiling and floor agreements, forward agreements, float agreements, or other similar financing arrangements), zero-coupon or capital appreciation bonds are not allowed to be issued consistent with State law.

 

Decision Analysis to Issue Debt

Whenever the school district is contemplating the issuance of debt, information will be developed concerning the following four categories commonly used by rating agencies assessing the school district’s credit worthiness, listed below.

 

Debt Analysis – Debt capacity analysis, purpose for which debt is proposed to be issued, debt structure, debt burden, debt history and trends, and adequacy of debt and capital planning.

 

Financial Analysis – Stability, diversity, and growth rates of tax or other revenue sources; trend in assessed valuation and collections; current budget trends; appraisal of past revenue and expenditure trends, history and long-term trends of revenues and expenditures, evidences of financial planning, adherence to GAAP, audit results; fund balance status and trends in operating and debt funds, financial monitoring systems and capabilities, and cash flow projections.

 

Governmental and Administrative Analysis – Government organization structure, location of financial responsibilities and degree of control, adequacy of basic service provision, intergovernmental cooperation/conflict and extent of duplication, and overall planning efforts.

 

Economic Analysis – Geographic and location advantages; population and demographic characteristics; wealth indicators; types of employment, industry and occupation; housing characteristics; new construction; evidences of industrial decline; and trend of the economy.

 

DEBT ISSUANCE

Credit Enhancement

Credit enhancements (.i.e., bond insurance, etc.) may be used but only when the net debt service on the debt is reduced by more than the costs of the credit enhancement.

 

Costs and Fees

All costs and fees related to issuing the debt will be paid out of debt proceeds and allocated across all projects receiving proceeds of the debt issue.

 

Method of Sale

Generally, all school district debt will be sold through a competitive bidding process. Bids will be awarded on a TIC basis providing other bidding requirements are satisfied.

 

The school district may sell debt using a negotiated process in extraordinary circumstances when the complexity of the issue requires specialized expertise, when the negotiated sale would result in substantial savings in time or money, or when market conditions of school district credit are unusually volatile or uncertain.

 

Professional Service Providers

The school district will retain external bond counsel for all debt issues. All debt issued by the school district will include a written opinion by bond counsel affirming that the school district is authorized to issue the debt, stating that the school district has met all Iowa constitutional and statutory requirements necessary for issuance and determining the debt’s federal income tax status. The bond counsel retained must have comprehensive municipal debt experience and a thorough understanding of Iowa law as it relates to the issuance of the particular debt.

 

The school district will retain an independent financial advisor. The financial advisor will be responsible for structuring and preparing all offering documents for each debt issue. The financial advisor retained will have comprehensive municipal debt experience, experience with diverse financial structuring and pricing of municipal securities.

 

The treasurer shall have the authority to periodically select other service providers (e.g., escrow agents, verification agents, trustees, arbitrage consultants, rebate specialist, etc.) as necessary to meet legal requirements and minimize net debt costs. These services can include debt restructuring services and security or escrow purchases.

 

Compensation for bond counsel, financial advisor and other service providers will be as economical as possible and consistent with industry standards for the desired qualification levels.

 

DEBT MANAGEMENT

Investment of Debt Proceeds

The school district shall invest all proceeds received from the issuance of debt separate from the school district’s consolidated cash pool unless otherwise specified by the authorizing bond resolution or trust indenture. Investments will be consistent with those authorized by Iowa law and the school district’s Investment Policy to maintain safety of principal and liquidity of the funds.

 

Arbitrage and Record Keeping Compliance

The treasurer shall maintain a system of record-keeping, reporting and compliance procedures with respect to all federal tax requirements which are currently or may become applicable through the lifetime of all tax-exempt or tax credit bonds.

 

Federal tax compliance, record keeping reporting and compliance procedures shall include but shall not be limited to:

  1. post-issuance compliance procedures (including proper use of proceeds, timely expenditure of proceeds, proper use of bond financed property, yield restriction and rebate, and timely return filing);
  2. proper maintenance of records to support federal tax compliance;
  3. investments and arbitrage compliance;
  4. expenditures and assets;
  5. private business use; and
  6. designation of primary responsibilities for federal tax compliance of all bond financings.

 

Financial Disclosure

The school district is committed to full and complete financial disclosure, and to cooperating

 

fully with rating agencies, institutional and individual investors, other levels of government, and the general public to share comprehensible and accurate financial information. The school district is dedicated to meeting secondary disclosure requirements on a timely and comprehensive basis, as required by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

The Official Statements accompanying debt issues, Annual Audits, and Continuing Disclosure statements will meet the standards articulated by the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board (MSRB), the Government Accounting Standards Board (GASB), the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and the Internal Revenue Service (IRS). The treasurer shall be responsible for ongoing debt disclosure as required by any Continuing Disclosure Certificate for any debt issue and for maintaining compliance with disclosure standards promulgated by state and federal regulatory bodies.

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

October 2013

September 2016

July 2022

 

 

Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 11/12/2019 - 19:54

833R1 - Post-Issuance Compliance Regulation for Tax-Exempt Obligations

833R1 - Post-Issuance Compliance Regulation for Tax-Exempt Obligations
  1. Role of Compliance Coordinator/Board Treasurer

The board treasurer shall:

  • Be responsible for monitoring post-issuance compliance;
  • Maintain a copy of the transcript of proceedings or minutes in connection with the issuance of any tax-exempt obligations and obtain records that are necessary to meet the requirements of this regulation;
  • Consult with bond counsel, a rebate consultant, financial advisor, IRS publications and such other resources as are necessary to understand and meet the requirements of this regulation;
  • Seek out training and education to be implemented upon the occurrence of new developments in the area and upon the hiring of new personnel to implement this regulation.

 

  1. Financing Transcripts’ Filing and Retention

The board treasurer shall confirm the proper filing of an IRS 8038 Series return and maintain a transcript of proceedings and minutes for all tax-exempt obligations issued by the school district including, but not limited to, all tax-exempt bonds, notes and lease-purchase contracts. Each transcript shall be maintained until 11 years after the tax-exempt obligation documents have been retired. The transcript shall include, at a minimum:

  • Form 8038;
  • Minutes, resolutions and certificates;
  • Certifications of issue price from the underwriter;
  • Formal elections required by the IRS;
  • Trustee statements;
  • Records of refunded bonds, if applicable;
  • Correspondence relating to bond financings; and
  • Reports of any IRS examinations for bond financings.

 

  1. Proper Use of Proceeds

The board treasurer shall review the resolution authorizing issuance for each tax-exempt obligation issued by the school district and the school district shall:

  • Obtain a computation of the yield on such issue from the school district's financial advisor;
  • Create a separate Project Fund (with as many sub-funds as shall be necessary to allocate proceeds among the projects being funded by the issue) into which the proceeds of issue shall be deposited;
  • Review all requisitions, draw schedules, draw requests, invoices and bills requesting payment from the Project Fund;
  • Determine whether payment from the Project Fund is appropriate and, if so, make payment from the Project Fund (and appropriate sub-fund, if applicable);
  • Maintain records of the payment requests and corresponding records showing payment;
  • Maintain records showing the earnings on, and investment of, the Project Fund;
  • Ensure that all investments acquired with proceeds are purchased at fair market value;
  • Identify bond proceeds or applicable debt service allocations that must be invested with a yield-restriction and monitor the investments of any yield-restricted funds to ensure that the yield on such investments do not exceed the yield to which such investments are restricted;
  • Maintain records related to any investment contracts, credit enhancement transactions and the bidding of financial products related to the proceeds.

 

  1. Timely Expenditure and Arbitrage/Rebate Compliance

The board treasurer shall review the Tax-Exemption Certificate (or equivalent) for each tax-exempt obligation issued by the school district and the expenditure records provided in Section 2 of this regulation, above and shall:

  • Monitor and ensure that proceeds of each such issue are spent within the temporary period set forth in such certificate;
  • Monitor and ensure that the proceeds are spent in accordance with one or more of the applicable exceptions to rebate as set forth in such certificate if the school district does not meet the "small issuer" exception for said obligation;
  • Not less than 60 days prior to a required expenditure date, confer with bond counsel and a rebate consultant, if the school district will fail to meet the applicable temporary period or rebate exception expenditure requirements of the Tax-Exemption Certificate. In the event the school district fails to meet a temporary period or rebate exception:
    1. Procure a timely computation of any rebate liability and, if rebate is due, file a Form 8038-T and arrange for payment of such rebate liability;
    2. Arrange for timely computation and payment of yield reduction payments (as such term is defined in the Code and Treasury Regulations), if applicable.

 

  1. Proper Use of Bond Financed Assets

The board treasurer shall:

  • Maintain appropriate records and a list of all bond financed assets. Such records shall include the actual amount of proceeds (including investment earnings) spent on each of the bond financed assets;
  • Monitor and confer with bond counsel with respect to all proposed bond financed assets;
    1. management contracts;
    2. service agreements;
    3. research contracts;
    4. naming rights contracts;
    5. leases or subleases;
    6. joint venture, limited liability or partnership arrangements;
    7. sale of property; or
    8. any other change in use of such asset.
  • Maintain a copy of the proposed agreement, contract, lease or arrangement, together with the response by bond counsel with respect to said proposal for at least three years after retirement of all tax-exempt obligations issued to fund all or any portion of bond financed assets; and
  • Contact bond counsel and ensure timely remedial action under IRS Regulation Sections 1.141-12 in the event the school district takes an action with respect to a bond financed asset, which causes the private business tests or private loan financing test to be met.

 

  1. General Project Records

For each project financed with tax-exempt obligations, the board treasurer shall maintain, until three years after retirement of the tax-exempt obligations or obligations issued to refund those obligations, the following:

  • Appraisals, demand surveys or feasibility studies;
  • Applications, approvals and other documentation of grants;
  • Depreciation schedules;
  • Contracts respecting the project.

 

  1. Advance Refundings

The board treasurer shall be responsible for the following current, post issuance and record retention procedures with respect to advance refunding bonds. The board treasurer shall:

  • Identify and select bonds to be advance refunded with advice from internal financial personnel and a financial advisor;
  • Identify, with advice from the financial advisor and bond counsel, any possible federal tax compliance issues prior to structuring any advance refunding;
  • Review the structure with the input of the financial advisor and bond counsel, of advance refunding issues prior to the issuance to ensure;
    1. that the proposed refunding is permitted pursuant to applicable federal tax requirements if there has been a prior refunding of the original bond issue;
    2. that the proposed issuance complies with federal income tax requirements which might impose restrictions on the redemption date of the refunded bonds;
    3. that the proposed issuance complies with federal income tax requirements which allow for the proceeds and replacement proceeds of an issue to be invested temporarily in higher yielding investments without causing the advance refunding bonds to become "arbitrage bonds"; and
    4. that the proposed issuance will not result in the issuer's exploitation of the difference between tax exempt and taxable interest rates to obtain a financial advantage nor overburden the tax exempt market in a way that might be considered an abusive transaction for federal tax purposes;
  • Collect and review data related to arbitrage yield restriction and rebate requirements for advance refunding bonds. To ensure such compliance, the board treasurer shall engage a rebate consultant to prepare a verification report in connection with the advance refunding issuance. Said report shall ensure said requirements are satisfied;
  • Whenever possible, purchase State and Local Government Series (SLGS) to size each advance refunding escrow. The financial advisor shall be included in the process of subscribing SLGS. To the extent SLGS are not available for purchase, the board treasurer shall, in consultation with bond counsel and the financial advisor, comply with IRS regulations.
  • Ensure, after input from bond counsel, compliance with any bidding requirements set forth by the IRS regulations to the extent as issuer elects to the purchase of a guaranteed investment contract;
  • In determining the issue price for any advance refunding issuance, obtain and retain issue price certification by the purchasing underwriter at closing;
  • After the issuance of an advance refunding issue, ensure timely identification of violations of any federal tax requirements and engage bond counsel in attempt to remediate same in accordance with IRS regulations.

 

  1. Continuing Disclosure

The board treasurer shall assure compliance with each continuing disclosure certificate and annually, per continuing disclosure agreements, file audited annual financial statements and other information required by each continuing disclosure agreement. The board treasurer will monitor material events as described in each continuing disclosure agreement and assure compliance with material event disclosure. Events to be reported shall be reported promptly, but in no event not later than 10 business days after the day of the occurrence of the event. Currently, such notice shall be given in the event of:

  • Principal and interest payment delinquencies;
  • Non-payment related defaults, if material;
  • Unscheduled draws on debt service reserves reflecting financial difficulties;
  • Unscheduled draws on credit enhancements relating to the bonds reflecting financial difficulties;
  • Substitution of credit or liquidity providers, or their failure to perform;
  • Adverse tax opinions, the issuance by the Internal Revenue Service of proposed or final determinations of taxability, Notices of Proposed Issue (IRS Form 5701-TEB), or other material notices, or determinations with respect to the tax-exempt status of the bonds, or material events affecting the tax-exempt status of the bonds;
  • Modifications to rights of Holders of the Bonds, if material;
  • Bond calls (excluding sinking fund mandatory redemptions), if material and tender offers;
  • Defeasances of the bonds;
  • Release, substitution, or sale of property securing repayment of the bonds, if material;
  • Rating changes on the bonds;
  • Bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar event of the Issuer;
  • The consummation of a merger, consolidation, or acquisition involving the Issuer or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer, other than in the ordinary course of business, the entry into a definitive agreement to undertake such an action or the termination of a definitive agreement relating to any such actions, other than pursuant to its terms, if material; and
  • ​​​​​​​Appointment of a successor or additional trustee or the change of name of a trustee, if material.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
October 2013
September 2016

​​​​​​​July 2022

​​​​​​​

Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 11/12/2019 - 19:57

900 - COMMUNITY RELATIONS

900 - COMMUNITY RELATIONS admin@iowascho… Wed, 11/28/2012 - 16:08

900 - Statement of Guiding Principles

900 - Statement of Guiding Principles

It shall be the policy of the board to keep the community informed of the objectives, achievements, needs, and conditions of the school system. The superintendent and/or designee shall be responsible for initiating and administering a continuous program of communications within the community. Appropriate school personnel and all media available shall assist in discharging this responsibility.

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 1979
August 21,1990
July 1993
August 1996
June 1999
June 2002
June 2005
June 2008
December 2011
September 2014

 

Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 10/29/2019 - 18:33

901 - Board Community Relations

901 - Board Community Relations

SCHOOL - COMMUNITY RELATIONS

 

Series 900

 

 

Policy Title: Board Community Relations Code No.: 901

 

It shall be the policy of the board to actively cooperate with official area community agencies and organizations concerned with the welfare of students. All efforts of the district should be directed toward maintaining an open communication between the schools and the public.

Community support for the programs of the district can best be established through a public that understands and is active in school affairs.

 

In cooperation with the Carroll area churches, Wednesday evenings during the school year shall be designated as a non-school activity night in the district starting with the third Wednesday of each school year. District personnel shall not schedule or plan activities that involve students after the regular dismissal time for grades Pre-Kindergarten through eighth grade or 6:15 p.m. for grades nine through twelve.

 

It is recognized that regional or state organizations (e.g., athletics, speech, music, academic competitions, FFA) may schedule events on Wednesday. When this occurs, an administrator must inform the churches of involved students as far in advance as possible.

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

 

July 1979

August 21,1990

October 1992

July 1993

August 1996

June 1999

June 2002

June 2005

June 2008

December 2011

July 2014

November 2016

September 2017

May 2022

 

Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 10/29/2019 - 18:31

902 - Releases to News Media - Internal Unit News

902 - Releases to News Media - Internal Unit News Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 10/29/2019 - 18:35

903 - Releases to News Media - Board Matters

903 - Releases to News Media - Board Matters

It shall be the policy of the board to have news releases prepared on board matters and to disseminate such releases to all news media in the area.

Copies of agendas for all board meetings should be supplied to local designated news media according to provisions of the Iowa Open Meeting Law.

The superintendent/designee and staff should make themselves available to personnel representing the various news media when questions may arise concerning board matters.

Date of Adoption/Revision:
July 1979
August 21,1990
July 1993
August 1996
June 1999
June 2002
June 2005
June 2008
December 2011
September 2014
September 2017

 

Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 10/29/2019 - 18:36

904 - Duplicated or Printed Materials

904 - Duplicated or Printed Materials

SCHOOL - COMMUNITY RELATIONS

Series 900

 

Policy Title: Duplicated or Printed Materials Code No.: 904

 

Duplicated or printed materials related to or explaining various phases of the school program will be made available for staff and public use as deemed advisable by the superintendent and/or designee. Decisions concerning such publications may be delegated to staff assistants appointed by the superintendent and/or designee.

 

Rules of good taste, scholarship, and general acceptability should apply to all such publications.

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 1979

August 21,1990

July 1993

August 1996

June 1999

June 2002

June 2005

June 2008

December 2011

September 2014

September 2017

May 2022

 

Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 10/29/2019 - 18:38

905

905 Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 10/29/2019 - 18:38

906 - Public Examination of School District Records

906 - Public Examination of School District Records

SCHOOL - COMMUNITY RELATIONS

 

Series 900

 

 

Policy Title: Public Examination of School District Records Code No.: 906

 

Public records of the school district may be viewed by the public during the regular business hours of the administration offices of the school district. These hours are 8:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. Monday through Friday, except for holidays and recesses.

 

Persons wishing to view the school district's public records will contact the board secretary and make arrangements for the viewing. The board secretary will make arrangements for viewing the records as soon as practicable, depending on the nature of the request.

 

Persons may request copies of public records in writing, including electronically.

 

Persons wanting copies may be assessed a reasonable fee for the copy. Persons wanting compilation of information may be assessed a reasonable fee for the time of the employee to review and compile the requested information. The district will make every effort to provide the public record requested at no cost other than copying costs for a record which takes less than thirty minutes to produce.

Costs for legal services utilized for the redaction or review of legally protected confidential information may also be assessed to the individual requesting the records.  Printing of materials for the public, at the expense of the school district, will only occur when the event is sponsored by the school district. The school district may require pre-payment of the costs prior to copying and mailing.

 

Pursuant to Iowa law, the board has determined certain records need to be confidential as their disclosure could jeopardize the safety of persons or property and include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

  • Security procedures
  • Emergency preparedness procedures
  • Evacuation procedures
  • Security codes and passwords

 

It is the responsibility of the board secretary to maintain accurate and current records of the school district. It is the responsibility of the board secretary to respond in a timely manner to requests for viewing and receiving public information of the school district.

 

Date of Approval/Review/Revision:

July 2005

July 2007

June 2008

December 2011

September 2014

September 2017

May 2022

Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 10/29/2019 - 18:39

907 - Organization and Dissolution

907 - Organization and Dissolution

SCHOOL - COMMUNITY RELATIONS

Series 900

Policy Title: Organization and Dissolution Code No.: 907

 

The board may, from time to time, appoint Citizens' Advisory Committees to study matters pertaining to the educational needs of the district. Such committees shall deal with specific problems identified and recognized by school officials.

 

Such needs may be recommended for study by staff members or groups, interested lay people, and/or community organizations generally related to the schools.

 

The function of Citizens' Advisory Committees shall be fulfilled upon making a final report to the Board.

 

Date of Approval/Review/Revision:

July 1979

August 21, 1990

July 1993

August 1996

June 1999

June 2002

June 2005

June 2008

December 2011

September 2014

September 2017

May 2022

 

Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 10/29/2019 - 18:42

908 - Membership and Appointment

908 - Membership and Appointment

SCHOOL - COMMUNITY RELATIONS

Series 900

Policy Title: Membership and Appointment Code No.: 908

Final selection on Citizens' Advisory Committees shall be made by the board as a whole. Membership should be limited to individuals who are willing to devote time and attention to the matter under consideration. As a matter of basic policy such committees shall be representative of the community as a whole and should, whenever possible, come from the various areas in the district.

 

Committee representation should represent as many segments of the community population as possible.

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 1979

August 21,1990

July 1993

August 1996

June 1999

June 2002

June 2005

June 2008

December 2011

September 2014

September 2017

May2022

Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 10/29/2019 - 18:43

909 - Communication and Recommendation

909 - Communication and Recommendation

SCHOOL - COMMUNITY RELATIONS

Series 900

Policy Title: Communication and Recommendations Code No.: 909

The chairpersons of the Citizens' Advisory Committees shall convene meetings of the membership and proceed with the work to be done. The chairperson shall maintain a liaison with the superintendent/designee and shall be responsible for the preparation of a final report to be presented to the board.

 

The committee, working through the directives of the chairperson, shall have at their disposal such reasonable information and resources as are necessary for the successful completion of their work.

 

The final report to the board should contain the findings of the committee and, where appropriate, make suggestions or recommendations for consideration by the board.

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 1979

August 21,1990

July 1993

August 1996

June 1999

June 2002

June 2005

June 2008

December 2011

September 2014

September 2017

May 2022

 

Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 10/29/2019 - 18:44

910 - Employee Complaints

910 - Employee Complaints

SCHOOL - COMMUNITY RELATIONS

Series 900

Policy Title: Employee Complaints

Code No.: 910

Complaints of employees against fellow employees should be discussed directly between employees as appropriate for the nature of the complaint.  Complaints should be made in a constructive and professional manner.  Complaints should generally not be made in the presence of other employees, students or outside persons.

 

If the complaint cannot be resolved, the employee may discuss the matter with their immediate supervisor.  If the matter cannot be resolved within 3 days of speaking with the immediate supervisor, the employee may discuss it with the principal within 3 days of the supervisor's decision.  If the matter cannot be resolved by the principal, the employee may discuss it with the superintendent within 5 days after speaking with the principal.

 

If the matter is not satisfactorily resolved by the superintendent, the employee may ask to have the matter placed on the board agenda of a regularly scheduled board meeting in compliance with board policy.  The board retains discretion as to whether to consider or take action on any complaint.

 

This policy is designed to create an appropriate process for pursuing general employee complaints.  However employees wishing to address a complaint on a topic with a more specialized procedure such as master contract grievances, or bullying or harassment claims should follow the appropriate process set forth in the master contract, employee handbook or other board policies specific to that topic.

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

August 14, 1989

August 21, 1990

July 1993

August 1996

June 1999

August 2000

June 2002

June 2005

June 2008

December 2011

September 2014

September 2017

January 2022

Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 10/29/2019 - 18:46

911 - Citizen Assistance to School Personnel

911 - Citizen Assistance to School Personnel

SCHOOL - COMMUNITY RELATIONS

Series 900

Policy Title: Citizen Assistance to School Personnel Code No.: 911

 

The board encourages the use of community resources and citizens to assist in furthering the educational program of the district. One of the greatest resources available may be found in the citizens of the community who have special knowledge and particular talents to contribute to the educational program.

The use of outside resources will be subject to regulations approved by the superintendent/designee.

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 1979

August 21, 1990

July 1993

August 1996

June 1999

June 2002

June 2005

June 2008

December 2011

September 2014

September 2017

May 2022

Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 10/29/2019 - 18:47

912 - Senior Citizen Activity Card

912 - Senior Citizen Activity Card

SCHOOL - COMMUNITY RELATIONS

Series 900

Policy Title: Senior Citizen Activity Card and CCSD Alumni Pass

Code No.: 912

Student programs and activities should be shared with as many district residents as possible. Those residents of the district age 65 or older may apply for a senior pass, which would give free admittance to local district activities. The senior pass may be applied for at the activities office and will be given as a digital pass or a hard pass. This senior pass will be good only for local district activities and must be presented at the gate of each activity for the holder to receive free admittance.

Carroll Community School District alumni, 60 years of age and older may request and receive a lifetime activity pass for no fee which may be used for any local district activities. The lifetime activity pass may be applied for at the activities office and will be given as a digital pass or a hard pass.

The above passes may not be honored at tournaments or other non-school sponsored activities. Please contact the activity office for information.

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

August 8, 1988

August 21, 1990

July 1993

August 1996

June 1999

June 2002

June 2005

June 2008

December 2011

September 2014

September 2017

September 2018

September 2022

 

Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 10/29/2019 - 18:48

913 - Gifts, Grants, and Bequests

913 - Gifts, Grants, and Bequests

SCHOOL - COMMUNITY RELATIONS

Series 900

 

Policy Title: Gifts, Grants, and Bequests Code No.: 913

The board believes gifts, grants, and bequests to the district may be accepted when they will further the interests of the district. The board shall have sole authority to determine whether the gift furthers the interests of the district.

Gifts, grants, and bequests shall be approved by the board in advance of the item being delivered to the school. Once it has been approved by the board, the superintendent/designee may accept the gift on behalf of the district.

 

The business office, in consultation with the donor and other knowledgeable individuals, shall establish the fair market value for a gift of property or equipment. After the district has taken possession of the property or equipment, a letter shall be sent to the donor informing them of the fair market value.

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

August, 1996

June 1998

June 1999

June 2002

June 2005

June 2008

December 2011

September 2014

September 2017

May 2022

Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 10/29/2019 - 18:51

914 - Public Conduct on School Premises

914 - Public Conduct on School Premises

SCHOOL - COMMUNITY RELATIONS

Series 900

Policy Title: Public Conduct on School Premises Code No.: 914

The board expects that students, employees and visitors will treat each other with respect, engage in responsible behavior, exercise self-discipline and model fairness, equity and respect. Individuals violating this policy will be subject to discipline. Students will be disciplined consistent with the student conduct policies. Employees will be disciplined consistent with employee district discipline policies and laws. Others will be subject to discipline according to this policy.

 

Individuals are permitted to attend school sponsored or approved activities or visit school premises only as guests of the school district, and, as a condition, they must comply with the school district's rules and policies. Individuals will not be allowed to interfere with or disrupt the education program or activity. Visitors, like the participants, are expected to display mature, responsible behavior. The failure of individuals to do so is not only disruptive but embarrassing to the students, the school district and the entire community.

 

To protect the rights of students to participate in the education program or activities without fear of interference or disruption and to permit the school officials, employees and activity sponsors and officials to perform their duties without interference or disruption, the following provisions are in effect:

 

  • Abusive, verbal or physical conduct of individuals directed at students, other spectators, school officials, employees, officials and activity sponsors of sponsored or approved activities or at other individuals will not be tolerated.
  • Verbal or physical conduct of individuals that interferes with the performance of students, other spectators school officials, employees, officials and activity sponsors of sponsored or approved activities will not be tolerated.
  • The use of vulgar, obscene or demeaning expression directed at students, other spectators school officials, employees, officials and activity sponsors of sponsored or approved activities participating in a sponsored or approved activity or at other individuals will not be tolerated.

 

If an individual becomes physically or verbally abusive, uses vulgar, obscene or demeaning expression, or in any way interrupts an activity, the individual may be removed from the event by the individual in charge of the event. Law enforcement may be contacted for assistance.

 

Individuals removed from school premises have the ability to follow the board's chain of command and complaint policies should they choose to do so.  The exclusion is in effect should the individual choose to appeal the decision of the superintendent.  The term "individual" as used in the policy also includes students and employees.

 

Upon recommendation of the superintendent/designee, the board shall cause a notice of exclusion from school sponsored or approved activities to be sent to the individual involved. The notice shall advise the individual of the district’s right to exclude the individual from district activities and events and the duration of the exclusion. If the individual disobeys the school official or district’s order, law

 

enforcement authorities may be contacted and asked to remove the individual.

 

If an individual has been notified of exclusion and thereafter tries to enter a school building or attends a sponsored or approved activity, the individual will be advised that his/her attendance will result in prosecution. The school district may obtain a court order for permanent exclusion from the school building or from future school sponsored or approved activities.

Date of Approval/Review/Revision:

June 2008

December 2011

September 2014

September 2017

May 2022

Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 10/29/2019 - 18:52

915 - Use of Rental of School Facilities

915 - Use of Rental of School Facilities

SCHOOL - COMMUNITY RELATIONS

Series 900

Policy Title: Use or Rental of Facilities

Code No.: 915

 

Recognizing the importance of a comprehensive utilization of school facilities and the public ownership responsibility, the policy of the board shall be to allow groups to use these facilities as often as possible subject to administrative approval, the priority rights of the educational schedule and receipt of any required rental fee based on the costs incurred by the district from this special use by the public.  Every use and rental application shall receive individual consideration and a decision by the activities director for the facility involved.

 

For all procedures and parameters, refer to Board Policy 915R1.

 

Any occasions unreferenced in Board Policy 915R1 will be reviewed and acted upon by the activities director and/or superintendent.

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 1981

August 12, 1985

August 21, 1990

July 22, 1991

August 1993

August 1996

June 1999

January 2002

June 2005

June 2008

December 2011

September 2014

October 2015

September 2017

September 2018

April 2022

 

 

Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 10/29/2019 - 18:56

915R1 - Use or Rental of Facilities - Regulations

915R1 - Use or Rental of Facilities - Regulations

The Carroll Community School District encourages the use of school facilities by local organizations, agencies, or groups for activities of an educational, cultural, civic, social, recreational, or governmental nature.

Prohibited Use(s):

  • Any purpose in conflict with Carroll Community School District activities or district policies and procedures.
  • Activities that promulgate any theory or doctrine subversive to the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof advocating governmental changes by violence.
  • Any activity that may violate good morals, manners, taste, or be injurious to buildings, grounds, or equipment.
  • Activities which are discriminatory in the legal sense.
  • Advertising of any kind unless specifically approved by the Superintendent or unless part of the Carroll Community School District approved advertising program.
  • No banners of any kind may be affixed to district facilities unless prior approval is received from the activities director.
  • District facilities will not be rented for boxing or wrestling matches where the participants are paid.
  • District facilities and music instruments will not be rented for purpose of providing music lessons.
  • No tobacco, alcohol, or drug use is permitted within or on school property. If an organization or group renting a school facility does not enforce this policy, the rental fee for that organization or group is increased fifty percent (50%) for that rental and future rental requests will be denied.

Scheduling:

  • Requests to use Carroll Community School District facilities must be made through the on-line facility scheduler which can be accessed at: http:www.carroll.k12.ia.us/index.php?id=19. A link is also available on the district’s website.
  • All facility usage requests should be made at least seven (7) calendar days in advance of the activity.
  • A facility usage request will should not be considered approved until confirmation is received from the Activity Director or the Superintendent and all applicable rental fees have been paid. The Director of Business Affairs may waive the prepayment of rental fees upon request.

Cancellations/Conflicts:

  • Cancellations of facility usage agreements must be received at least three (3) working days prior to the date of usage.
  • Failure to cancel within the three day period shall obligate the organization or group to pay one-half of the agreed upon rental fees.
  • The Carroll Community School District reserves the right, in the event of an emergency requiring the use of the facility for a school event or adverse weather condition, to cancel the facility usage agreement without penalty to the school district and will refund any rental and custodial fees.
  • Use of facilities will be cancelled when the Carroll Community School District is closed due to inclement weather or other conditions. The Superintendent will make the decision to cancel evening activities by 2:00 p.m. whenever possible and communicate that decision to local media.

Facility Usage Fees:
Carroll Community School District:
Activities sponsored by the Carroll Community School District and approved by the administration, and school sponsored student clubs will not be subject to facility usage fees. In addition, activities sponsored by District Parent/Teacher Organizations, the Carroll High School Foundation, and the Carroll Booster Club will also be exempt from facility rental fees. The Carroll Booster Club will be charged a fee for use of concessions facilities.

Carroll Community-Based Organizations:
Any organization, agency, or group within the boundaries of the Carroll Community School District will be charged facility usage fees based on the following schedule:

  • Classroom $7.00/hour ($15 min/$35 max)
  • Commons Area $10.00/hour ($20 min/$50 max)
  • Library/Media Center $10.00/hour ($20 min/$50 max)
  • Kitchen** $15.00/hour ($30 min/$60 max)
  • Gymnasium (non-athletic use) $20.00/hour ($60 min/$100 max)
  • Gymnasium (youth athletic practice)* $10.00/hour ($10 min/$50 max)
  • Gymnasium (athletic practice) $10.00/hour ($10 min/$50 max)
  • Gymnasium (competition) $35.00/hour ($100 min/$210 max)
  • Gymnasium (competition + lockers) $50.00/hour ($150 min/$300 max)
  • Batting Cage (in Adams gymnasium) $15.00/hour ($15 min/75 max)
  • Wrestling Room (youth practice)* $10.00/hour ($10 min/$60 max)
  • Auditorium $25.00/hour ($75 min/$150 max)
  • Softball Field (practice) $20.00/hour ($30 min/$100 max)
  • Softball Field (competition) $50.00/hour ($125 min/$300 max)
  • Grass Soccer/Football Field (practice) $10.00/hour ($15 min/$50 max)
  • Grass Soccer/Football Field (competition) $20.00/hour ($40 min/$100 max)
  • Carroll Athletic Field (practice) $35.00/hour ($70 min/$140 max)
  • Carroll Athletic Field (youth competition) $35.00/hour ($70 min/175 max)
  • Carroll Athletic Field (soccer comp. east stands) $75.00/hour ($150 min/$300 max)
  • Carroll Athletic Field (soccer competition) $125.00/hour ($375 min/$625 max)
  • Carroll Athletic Field (track competition) $125.00/hour ($375 min/$625 max)
  • Carroll Athletic Field (football competition) $200.00/hour ($500 min/$900 max)

* Rental fees for youth teams may be waived for teams whose active roster consists of at least 75% of Carroll Community School District enrolled students.

** Rental of kitchen facilities require a food service employee to be present during the rental period. The cost of this employee will be $30.00 per hour. Kitchen equipment and utensils may be available by arrangement with the Food Service Director.

Organizations Not Based within the District:
Organizations not based within the Carroll Community School District boundaries may rent district facilities with approval from both the Activities Director and the Superintendent. Such organizations must follow the same procedures and are subject to the same regulations as community-based organizations. Fees charged to organizations not within district boundaries will be charged fees at one and a half times fees charged to community-based organizations.

General Rental Requirements:

  • Requests may be made for a specific facility, however, the Carroll Community School District reserves the right to assign the facility to be used.
  • Carroll Community School District activities or events will receive preference in dates and times.
  • No rent will be charged for meetings when the proceeds go to the district without profits to any individual or non-school sponsoring group, or meetings where the primary purpose is improvement of instruction, or a school program of the community, city, or state.
  • Rental of Carroll Community School District facilities for Sunday use is discouraged. Any requests for Sunday usage, with the exception of practices, must be approved by the Superintendent.
  • The Carroll Community School District reserves the right to require a staff member to be on duty when school facilities are rented.
  • No custodial fees will be charged when custodial staff is scheduled to be on duty. When custodial staff are not scheduled, a fee of $30.00 per hour will be charged. Estimated supervision and cleanup fees will be determined by the Activities Director and the Buildings and Grounds Supervisor. If additional fees are required after the conclusion of the event, the entity will be billed for those costs.
  • Gymnasium rental for competition purposes will include the use of the scoreboard and bleachers. Use of the scoreboard is only available if the operator has been trained and certified by Carroll Community School District staff. Use of the video board in the high school gymnasium is not included.
  • The only group permitted to use the concessions area at Carroll High School is the Carroll Booster Club. No changes in the concessions area will be allowed without prior approval from the Buildings and Grounds Supervisor and the
    Superintendent.
  • Auditorium rental includes the use of the wired sound system and projection screen. Other audio visual and stage equipment may be available at an additional fee.
  • Rental of the softball field includes the use of the softball field and the batting cages. Rental of the softball field for competition also includes use of the press box and lighting. Use of the scoreboard is only available if the operator has been trained and certified by Carroll Community School District staff. Use of field maintenance equipment is not included in the rental and is available only with permission from the Buildings and Grounds Supervisor.
  • Rental of the Carroll Athletic Field requires approval from the Activities Director and sign-off from the Superintendent and Buildings and Grounds Supervisor.
  • Rental of the Carroll Athletic Field for practice includes the use of the field turf or track and use of restroom facilities on the east side.
  • Rental of the Carroll Athletic Field for youth competition is for students under the age of 14 involved in a non-school sponsored athletic competition. Rental includes the use of field turf or track, use of the restroom facilities on the east
    side, and scoreboard. Use of the scoreboard is only available if the operator has been trained and certified by Carroll Community School District staff.
  • Rental of the Carroll Athletic Field for competition includes the use of the field turf or track, all restroom facilities, locker rooms, press box, field lighting, and scoreboard. Use of the scoreboard is only available if the operator has been
    trained and certified by Carroll Community School District staff. Use of the video board and track timing system is not included. Use of the concessions area is limited to the Carroll and Kuemper Booster Clubs or their approved designee. No changes to the concessions area will be allowed without prior approval from the Buildings and Grounds Supervisor and the Superintendent.
  • Any damage to district facilities or equipment incurred during a rental will be reimbursed by the group or organization renting the facility. If equipment is damaged beyond repair, the depreciated value of the item(s) as determined by the
    Director of Business Affairs will be charged to the group renting the facility. Failure to provide damage reimbursement will prohibit future rentals to that group or organization.
  • The Carroll Community School District may require a certificate of insurance before a facility usage request is approved.
  • When calculating rental fees all times will be rounded to the nearest half hour.

Equipment:
District equipment is typically not included in a facilities rental agreement. Any equipment desired as part of a rental of district facilities should be requested at the time the facilities rental agreement is filed. Equipment may be rented with the following understanding:

  • The district is under no obligation to rent equipment. Equipment will only be rented with prior approval from the Activities Director in consultation with building principals, the Buildings and Grounds Supervisor, and the Superintendent.
  • The Carroll Community School District may require trained district personnel to assist in operating certain electronic equipment. The hourly rate for this service will be provided by the Activities Director.

 

Date of Adoption/Revision:
September 2019

 

Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 10/29/2019 - 18:58

915R2 Use or Rental of High School Auditorium - Regulations

915R2 Use or Rental of High School Auditorium - Regulations

 

Recognizing the importance of a comprehensive utilization of school facilities and the public ownership responsibility, the policy of the board shall be to allow groups to use these facilities as often as possible subject to administrative approval, the priority rights of the educational schedule, and receipt of any required rental fee based on the costs incurred by the district from this special use by the public. Every use and rental application shall receive individual consideration and decision by the principal/designee of the building, or the superintendent/designee. After approval, the head custodian shall be notified by the appropriate administrator.

 

All applications for use of school facilities shall be made using the online facility request system found on the CCSD website.

 

When the request is in keeping with policy 915 and there are no objections or concerns about the arrangements raised by either the building principal/designee, superintendent/designee, or the party desiring to use the facilities, approval shall be given.

 

A copy of the request shall be filed with the board secretary at least forty-eight (48) hours prior to the date on which the building is to be used. Requests for guidance or appeals regarding any aspect of an application for the use of the buildings shall be made to the superintendent/designee. If the problem cannot be solved, it shall be taken to the Board.

 

Rental fees for the High School Auditorium are as follows: (See numbers 2 and 6 under "General Rules" in Board policy 915)

When students are benefactors:

A custodian regularly scheduled to be on duty          -- $20.00 per hour

No custodian regularly scheduled to be on duty          --$30.00 per hour

*The rental fee is waived when students are the benefactors.

When students are not benefactors:

Basic rental          -- $100.00 per day/ evening

A custodian regularly scheduled to be on duty          -- $25.00 per hour No custodian regularly scheduled to be on duty -- $35.00 per hour

 

NOTE: A fraction of an hour of more than ten minutes will be charged as a full hour.

An additional fee for audiovisual or other equipment will be $15.00 per unit.

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

August 12, 1991

August 1993

August 1995

August 1996

June 1999

June 2002

June 2005

June 2008

December 2011

September 2014

October 2015

September 2017

September 2018

January 2022

 

mkohorst@carro… Fri, 01/21/2022 - 14:58

916 - Loan of School Equipment

916 - Loan of School Equipment

SCHOOL - COMMUNITY RELATIONS

 

Series 900

 

 

Policy Title: Loan or Rental of School Equipment

Code No.: 916

 

No school equipment will be loaned out.  No equipment will be rented out if the intention is to use the equipment somewhere other than district property.

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 1979

August 12, 1985

August 21, 1990

August 1993

August 1996

June 1999

June 2002

June 2005

June 2008

December 2011

September 2014

September 2017

April 2022

 

Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 10/29/2019 - 19:14

917 - Use of School Facilities by the City of Carroll

917 - Use of School Facilities by the City of Carroll

SCHOOL - COMMUNITY RELATIONS

Series 900

Policy Title: Use of School Facilities by the City of Carroll Code No.: 917

In as much as the City of Carroll provides the use of facilities to the district, the board recognizes the importance of a reciprocal sharing of district facilities where possible.

 

Planned school activities for students of the district shall take priority over City activities for use of school facilities.

 

Section 917.R1 of the board policies specifies the provisions for use of school facilities by the City of Carroll.

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

August 11, 1980

August 21, 1990

July 1993

August 1996

June 1999

June 2002

July 2005

June 2008

December 2011

September 2014

October 2015

September 2017

May 2022

 

Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 10/29/2019 - 19:15

917R1 - Use of School Facilities by the City of Carroll - Regulations

917R1 - Use of School Facilities by the City of Carroll - Regulations

SCHOOL - COMMUNITY RELATIONS

Series 900

 

Policy Title: Use of School Facilities by the City of Carroll - Regulations Code No.: 917 R1

 

All applications for use of school facilities by the City of Carroll shall be made in writing to the superintendent/designee.

 

Requests for guidance or appeals regarding any aspect of an application for use of school facilities/equipment by the City shall be made to the superintendent/designee. If the problem cannot be solved, it shall be taken to the board for final action.

 

Provisions for use of school facilities by the City of Carroll:

 

  1. Buses will not be provided except for activities involving students attending schools within the district.

 

  1. Buses will be provided for the City recreation department's swim teams, as determined by the activity rate with the City paying the cost of the driver plus cost per mile.

 

  1. The current per mile pro-rata cost will be paid by the City for buses provided for student programs other than swimming.

 

  1. The City recreation department will be permitted to use school-owned recreational facilities on a

no charge basis when a custodian is normally on duty. If using a school facility when a custodian is not normally on duty, the City must provide a paid supervisor to be responsible for opening/closing doors, lights, and clean-up.

 

  1. School facility equipment may be loaned to the City with the approval of the superintendent/designee.

 

  1. In all cases, scheduled school activities shall have priority for the use of school facilities and equipment.

 

  1. For instances not covered by these provisions, the superintendent/designee will make individual arrangements.

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

August 11, 1980

August 21, 1990

July 1993

August 1996

June 1999

 

June 2002

July 2005

June 2008

December 2011

September 2014

October 2015

September 2017

May 2022

 

Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 10/29/2019 - 19:16

918 -

918 - Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 10/29/2019 - 19:18

919 - Use of School Facilities/Buses by Law Enforcement Emergency Preparedness Groups During a Disaster

919 - Use of School Facilities/Buses by Law Enforcement Emergency Preparedness Groups During a Disaster

SCHOOL - COMMUNITY RELATIONS

Series 900

Policy Title: Use of School Facilities/Buses by Law Enforcement Emergency Preparedness Groups During a Disaster

Code No.: 919

Upon request to the superintendent and/or designee, law enforcement agencies and emergency preparedness groups within the district will be allowed to use school buses and school facilities to provide emergency care following a disaster.

 

The superintendent and/or designee may also approve the use of buses to assist in disaster situations outside the district.

 

Whenever practical, certified drivers will drive the buses.

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

August 23, 1982

August 21, 1990

July 1993

August 1996

June 1999

June 2002

June 2005

June 2008

December 2011

September 2014

October 2015

September 2017

May 2022

 

Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 10/29/2019 - 19:19

920 - Use of School Facilities for Camps or Clinics

920 - Use of School Facilities for Camps or Clinics

SCHOOL - COMMUNITY RELATIONS

 

Series 900

 

 

Policy Title: Use of School Facilities for Camps or Clinics by groups or individuals other than school personnel

Code No.: 920

 

All applications for use of school facilities shall be made using the online facility use system. All groups sponsoring a camp or clinic, whether as a private entity or public body or school personnel are covered by 920.

 

Requests for guidance or appeals regarding any aspect of an application for the use of the buildings shall be made to the superintendent/designee.  If the superintendent/designee cannot solve the problem, it shall be taken to the board.

 

Camps and clinics will be insured under the school’s Safety Group Insurance. The premium per participant shall be that set by the district. An outside group sponsoring an approved camp or clinic may submit a Certificate of Insurance in lieu of the fee. The appropriate forms will be completed by the sponsors of the camp or clinic. These materials will be submitted to the athletic office prior to the activity being held.

 

Rental fees are contained in Board Policy 915 R1 along with all procedures and parameters of renting CCSD facilities.

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

January 2002

June 2002

June 2005

June 2008

October 2008

December 2011

September 2014

October 2015

September 2017

September 2018

May 2022

 

Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 10/29/2019 - 19:20

921 - Tobacco/Nicotine-Free Environment

921 - Tobacco/Nicotine-Free Environment

SCHOOL - COMMUNITY RELATIONS

 

Series 900

 

 

Policy Title: Tobacco/Nicotine Free Environment Code No.: 921

 

School district facilities and grounds, including school vehicles, are off limits for tobacco or nicotine use, including the use of look-a-likes where the original would include tobacco or nicotine.

 

This requirement extends to students, employees, and visitors. This policy applies at all times, including school-sponsored and non-school-sponsored events.

 

Persons failing to abide by this request are required to extinguish their smoking material, dispose of the tobacco, nicotine or other product or leave the school district premises immediately. It is the responsibility of the administration to enforce this policy.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

August 8, 1988

August 21, 1990

July 22, 1991

July 1993

August 1996

August 1997

June 1999

June 2002

June 2005

June 2006

June 2008

December 2011

September 2014

September 2017

February 2020

May 2022

 

Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 10/29/2019 - 19:22

922 - Public Performances by Students

922 - Public Performances by Students

SCHOOL - COMMUNITY RELATIONS

 

Series 900

 

 

Policy Title: Public Performances by Students Code No.: 922

 

The board recognizes that worthy and appropriate educational values accrue from student participation in civic and community affairs. As such, the board encourages the participation of students for public performances when such performances contribute to the educational processes and objectives of the school and when it does not unduly interfere with the student program.

 

  1. All such performances shall be approved by the immediate administrator involved.

 

  1. The extended use of one particular group should be discouraged.

 

  1. Extensive travel by a particular group should be discouraged.

 

  1. Student groups below the high school level should engage in limited activity only.

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 1979

August 21, 1990

July 1993

August 1996

June 1999

June 2002

June 2005

June 2008

December 2011

September 2014

September 2017

May 2022

 

 

Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 10/29/2019 - 19:23

923 - Money Raising Activities in the School

923 - Money Raising Activities in the School

SCHOOL - COMMUNITY RELATIONS

 

Series 900

 

 

Policy Title: Money Raising Activities in the Schools Code No.: 923

 

No activity requiring students and teachers to assist in promoting campaigns, (financial, educational, charitable, or otherwise) which demands the time of students, teachers, and administrators, shall be permitted, except as hereinafter provided, unless the same shall be in accordance with the general policies of the board.

 

No agent, person, or persons shall be permitted to solicit any student or teacher for any purpose, or distribute circulars, handbills, cards, or advertisements of any kind, or make announcements of any nature, or take up contributions in any school building or on the premises, for any purpose whatsoever, except by approval from the superintendent/designee, as being in accord with the general policies of the board.

 

Participation by students in charity activities is considered to be a desirable part of their total education. However, as a matter of basic policy, the board will authorize the administration to determine the nature and extent of such activity.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 1979

August 21, 1990

July 1993

August 1996

June 1999

June 2002

June 2005

June 2008

December 2011

September 2014

September 2017

May 2022

 

Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 10/29/2019 - 19:24

924 - Student Fund Raising

924 - Student Fund Raising

SCHOOL - COMMUNITY RELATIONS

 

Series 900

 

 

Policy Title: Student Fund Raising

Code No.: 924

 

Fund raising activities on the part of recognized groups within the student body of the school is permissible. Authorization by the administrative team must be given prior to the start of any fund raising activity. A written agreement between the agency organizing and/or conducting the fund raising campaign shall be negotiated and shall be signed by the building principal/designee and the representative of the agency. The board shall be notified of the agreement. 

 

Students may raise funds for school-sponsored events with the permission of the school board.  The school board delegates to the superintendent the authority to approve routine student fundraising as deemed appropriate.  Collection boxes for school fund raising must have prior approval from the school board or its designee before being placed on school property.

 

All funds generated from district-sponsored student fundraising will be placed in the district's student activity fund.

 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

August 12, 1985

August 21, 1990

July 1993

August 1996

June 1999

June 2002

June 2005

June 2008

December 2011

September 2014

September 2017

May 2022

 

Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 10/29/2019 - 19:25

924.1 - Online Fundraising Campaigns - Crowdfunding

924.1 - Online Fundraising Campaigns - Crowdfunding

SCHOOL - COMMUNITY RELATIONS

 

Series 900

 

Policy Title: Online Fundraising Campaigns - Crowdfunding Code No.: 924.1

 

Online fundraising campaigns, including crowdfunding campaigns, may not be conducted for any department or on behalf of the Carroll Community School District, unless approved by the building principal, after consultation with the superintendent. Under certain circumstances the board may be asked to approve Online Fundraising Campaigns - Crowdfunding.

The Carroll Community School District Board of Education believes online fundraising campaigns, including crowdfunding campaigns, may further the interests of the district. Any person or entity acting on behalf of the district and wishing to conduct an online fundraising campaign for the benefit of the district shall begin the process by seeking prior approval from the board or their designee.  Any fundraising efforts conducted using the district's name, symbols, or imagery will be conducted in accordance with all policies, regulations and rules for fundraising within the district.  Money or items raised by an online fundraising campaign will be the property of the district only upon acceptance by the board, and will be used only in accordance with the terms for which they were given, as agreed to by the board. 

Approval of requests shall depend on factors including, but not limited to: 

  • Compatibility with the district’s educational program, mission, vision, core values, and beliefs;
  • Congruence with the district and school goals that positively impact student performance; 
  • The district’s instructional priorities; 
  • The manner in which donations are collected and distributed by the crowdfunding platform;  
  • Equity in funding; and
  • Other factors deemed relevant or appropriate by the district. 

      If approved, the requestor shall be responsible for preparing all materials and information related to the online fundraising campaign and keeping district administration apprised of the status of the campaign. 

The requestor is responsible for compliance with all state and federal laws and other relevant district policies and procedures. All items and money generated are subject to the same controls and regulations as other district property and shall be deposited or inventoried accordingly. No money raised or items purchased shall be distributed to individual employees. 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

November 2016

December 2021

May 2022

May 2022

mkohorst@carro… Mon, 12/27/2021 - 15:12

924R1 Student Fund Raising Regulation

924R1 Student Fund Raising Regulation

 

 

SCHOOL - COMMUNITY RELATIONS

 

Series 900

 

 

Policy Title: Student Fund Raising Regulation

Code No.: 924R1

 

 

Student fundraising can enhance a student’s educational experience; but it must not be at the expense of the safety and education of the district’s students.  The following are additional regulations to assist the administration in developing procedures necessary for successful fundraising efforts.

 

Safety

  • Students will not be asked to solicit door to door.
  • Students who do not wish to engage in fundraising efforts will be provided an alternative community service option to apply toward credit of funds raised.  The alternative option will not be unduly burdensome or onerous when compared to the fundraising activity.

 

Fiscal Responsibility

  • All funds generated due to a student fund raising activity will be deposited into the district’s student activity funds, pursuant to applicable laws and board policies.
  • Funds raised for a participatory student activity will be equally applied to all students regardless of their participation in fundraising efforts.
  • All funds generated from district sponsored student fundraising efforts will be deposited in the student activity fund. 
  • All funds generated from non-district sponsored student fundraising efforts will be deposited into an agency fund designated by the board for such purpose.
  • No school district employee or other individual affiliated with the district may deposit student fund raising funds into any other account. 
  • All funds received from student fundraising are the property of the district.

 

Advertising/Promotion

  • Any student fundraising activity which utilizes the district name, likeness and/or logo will be subject to board approval, and all other conditions of this policy and accompanying regulations. 

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

May 2022

mkohorst@carro… Tue, 11/29/2022 - 10:02

925 - Use of Students as Carriers is Prohibited

925 - Use of Students as Carriers is Prohibited

SCHOOL - COMMUNITY RELATIONS

 

Series 900

 

 

Policy Title: Use of Students as Carriers is Prohibited Code No.: 925

 

The board recognizes that effective communications are frequently a part of worthwhile civic and community projects. As such, the danger of using students as carriers may present a problem in conducting a sound program of education within the schools.

 

The policy of the board, therefore, prohibits the use of students as carriers except in those cases judged by the board or the superintendent and/or designee as directly related to the educational tasks of the school system.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

July 1979

August 21,1990

July 1993

August 1996

June 1999

June 2002

July 2005

June 2008

December 2011

September 2014

September 2017

May 2022

Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 10/29/2019 - 19:26

926 - Unmanned Aircrafts - Drones

926 - Unmanned Aircrafts - Drones

SCHOOL - COMMUNITY RELATIONS

 

Series 900

 

 

Policy Title: Unmanned Aircrafts - Drones Code No.: 926

 

The following policy applies to the extent not preempted by federal or state regulatory jurisdiction regarding unmanned aircrafts. For purposes of this policy, the term “unmanned aircraft” means an aircraft that is operated without the possibility of direct human intervention from within or on the aircraft.

 

Carroll Community School District believes in maintaining the safety, security, and privacy of students, employees, and visitors. In keeping with this belief, the use or possession of unmanned aircrafts is prohibited on district property or in the space above the property that reasonably can be considered part of the district property.

 

The superintendent may make an exception to this policy in specific cases where the circumstances warrant such exception. In such situations and prior to approval, unmanned aircraft operators shall:

 

  • Supply proof of insurance meeting liability limits established by the district;
  • Present appropriate registration and authorization issued by the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA);
  • Sign an agreement holding the district harmless from any claims of harm to individuals or damage to property; and
  • Meet additional requirements as determined appropriate by the district.

 

If the unmanned aircrafts are operated as part of the district curriculum, prior to adoption into the curriculum, district employees shall work with district administration to ensure the appropriate insurance, registration, and authorizations are in place.

 

Unmanned aircrafts shall be operated in accordance with Iowa High School Athletic Association and Iowa Girls High School Athletic Union policy.

Failure to abide by this policy may result in local, state, and federal penalties if applicable.

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision

October 2016

September 2017

May 2022

 

Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 10/29/2019 - 19:27

927 - Parent and Family Engagement Policy

927 - Parent and Family Engagement Policy

SCHOOL – COMMUNITY RELATIONS

SERIES 900

Policy Title:         Parent and Family Engagement Policy        

Code No. :            927

It is the policy of Carroll Community Schools that parents and family members of participating children shall have the opportunity to be involved jointly in the development of the district plan and in the district's review process for the purpose of school improvement. Recognizing that parental involvement is the key to academic achievement, we seek to involve parents in an effective home-school partnership that will provide the best possible education for our students. The district provides coordination, technical assistance and other supports necessary to aid in the planning and implementation of parent involvement activities. The district encourages parent involvement and supports this partnership through providing information about standards and assessments; providing training and materials for parents to help their children; educating school personnel about involving parents and the value of parent contributions; and developing roles for community organizations and businesses to work with parents and schools.

 

  1. This jointly developed and agreed upon written policy is distributed to parents and family members of participating Title I.
  2. The district will provide technical assistance and support to schools in planning and implementing effective parent and family engagement activities to improve student academic achievement and school performance through professional development regarding parent and family engagement. The district will partner with community groups as a means to engage families more creatively and successfully.
  3. The district will work to find ways to work cooperatively with other Federal, state, and local programs. The Title I program will work with local public preschool programs, Head Start programs, local library programs, and special education programs (IDEA).
  4. The district conducts an annual evaluation of the content and effectiveness for the Parent and Family Engagement Policy. The evaluation includes parents in a meaningful manner. In addition to surveys, the district uses focus groups and open discussion groups for this evaluation. Parents and families have a voice. The evaluation tools and methods identify the type and frequency of school-home interactions and the needs of parents and families have to better support and assist their children in learning. The evaluations will target at least three key areas: barriers, ability to assist learning, and successful interactions.
  5. The district uses the findings for the annual evaluation to design evidenced-based strategies for more effective parent and family engagement. The evaluation results will help uncover best practices that are working and adapt those ideas to the district and individual school needs.
  6. The district involves parents and family members in activities of the school. The district has established a parent advisory committee comprised of a sufficient number and representative group of parents or family members to adequately represent the needs to the population, revised, and reviewed the Parent and Family Engagement Policy.
  7. At least one annual meeting will be held to inform parents and family members of the school's participation in the Title I program and to explain the requirements of the program and their right to be involved. The meeting shall be for parents of both public and private school. The Carroll Community School District will hold an annual meeting in the fall.
  8. Parent and family meetings, including parent conferences, will be held at different times during the day and Title I funds may be used to pay reasonable and necessary expenses associated with parent and family engagement activities, including transportation, childcare, or home visit expenses to enable parents to participate in school-related meetings and training sessions.
  9. The district will involve parents in the planning, review, and improvement of the school’s Title I program through participation in stakeholder groups and in-person meetings where parents give input and feedback.
  10. Parents and family members of participating children are given assistance in understanding the Title I program, with timely information about the Title I program. Through annual meetings and parent-teacher conferences, the school will provide parents and family members of participating children with a description and explanation of the curriculum in use at the school, the forms of academic assessment used to measure student progress, and the proficiency levels students are expected to meet. Parents and family members receive an explanation of the student's performance profile, the forms of academic assessment used to measure student progress, and the expected proficiency levels in the annual progress report distributed to all stockholders in the spring of the year, through individual reports given to parents at conference time, and through report cards.
  11. If requested by parents, the school will provide opportunities for regular meetings to formulate suggestions and to participate, as appropriate, in decisions relating to the education of their children, and respond to any such suggestions as soon as practicably possible.
  12. A jointly developed school/parent compact outlines how parents and family members, the entire school staff, and students all share responsibility for improved student achievement. The compact also describes the means by which the school and parents will build and develop a partnership to help children achieve our local high standards.
  13. Parents will be notified of this policy in an understandable and uniform format and, to the extent practicable, provided in a language the parents can understand.
  14. In order to ensure effective involvement of parents and to support a partnership among the school involved, parents, and the community to improve student academic achievement, each school and local educational agency shall:
    1. Provide assistance to parents in understanding challenging State academic standards, State and local academic assessments, the requirements of this part, and how to monitor a child’s progress and work with educators to improve the achievement of their children;
    2. Provide materials and training to help parents to work with their children to improve their children’s achievement, such as literacy training and using technology (including education about the harms of copyright piracy), as appropriate, to foster parental involvement;
    3. Educate teachers, specialized instructional support personnel, principals, and other school leaders, and other staff, with the assistance of parents, in the value and utility of contributions of parents, and in how to reach out to, communicate with, and work with parents as equal partners, implement and coordinate parent programs, and build ties between parents and the school;
    4. Coordinate and integrate parent involvement programs and activities with other Federal, State, and local programs, including public preschool programs, and conduct other activities, such as parent resource centers, that encourage and support parents in more fully participating in the education of their children;
    5. Ensure that information related to school and parent programs, meetings, and other activities is sent to the parents of participating children in a format and, to the extent practicable, in a language the parents can understand; and
    6. Provide such other reasonable support for parental involvement activities under this section as parents may request.
  15. The school, to the extent practicable, will provide opportunities for the informed participation of parents and family members (including parents and family members who have limited English proficiency, parents and family members with disabilities, and parents and family members of migratory children) by providing information and school reports required under Section 1111 in a format and language the parties can understand.

 

 

Date or Adoption/Review/Revision

November 2018

May 2022

Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 10/29/2019 - 19:31

928 District Operation During Public Emergencies

928 District Operation During Public Emergencies

SCHOOL - COMMUNITY RELATIONS

 

Series 900

 

 

Policy Title: District Operation During Public Emergencies

Code No.: 928

 

The district believes that student learning is the heart of its core mission.  While traditional in-person teaching continues to provide the greatest learning opportunity to all students, there may be rare and unusual circumstances that prevent the school community from convening in traditional in-person settings.  At times of a public emergency declared by federal, state or local officials, the district will seek guidance and recommendations from federal, state and local agencies to assist in determining the safety of convening traditional in-person learning. 

 

During a declared public emergency, the school board delegates to the Superintendent the authority to determine whether to close school buildings to traditional in-person learning if the Superintendent determines in-person learning would hinder the health and safety of the school community. The district will instead utilize remote or hybrid learning opportunities permitted by law.

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

August 2020

May 2022

mkohorst@carro… Wed, 09/02/2020 - 13:53

928R1 District Operation During Public Emergencies Regulation

928R1 District Operation During Public Emergencies Regulation

SCHOOL - COMMUNITY RELATIONS

 

Series 900

 

 

Policy Title: District Operation During Public Emergencies-Regulation

Code No.: 928R1

 

During a public health emergency, the district will seek guidance and recommendations from federal, state and local agencies that monitor and respond to the emergency.  The district will follow any mandatory closures or other mandatory measures imposed by such agencies. 

 

The superintendent, in conjunction with relevant government agencies and/or athletic and activity associations, will determine under what circumstances the district will restrict or cancel in-person learning, student events or activities including sporting events, extracurricular clubs or meetings for students, and the use of district facilities by outside organizations. 

 

The district will promote and follow other recommended measures and guidance from federal, state and local agencies to the extent reasonably practicable under the circumstances.  These measures may include, but are not limited to the following:

 

On-line learning, hybrid models of learning, or modified in-person learning may occur dependent on the circumstances and in accordance with applicable law. 

 

Hand washing and any other recommended hygiene practices will be taught to all students and employees.

 

Non-medical-grade face masks are strongly recommended to be worn by all individuals on school grounds, including students, employees and volunteers.  Masks will be provided to individuals who request them.  Reusable masks should be washed regularly by individuals wearing them. 

 

Employees, volunteers and students are encouraged to monitor their temperatures each morning prior to traveling to any school building or event.  Individuals with a temperature of 100.4 degrees may not enter school buildings or attend school events.

 

Due to the increased cost to the district of providing additional cleaning and disinfecting measures, and in order to preserve cleaning supplies for school use during the time of a public health emergency, the superintendent has discretion to restrict the use of school buildings and facilities for non-school groups in a neutral and non-discriminatory manner. 

 

 

 

Date of Adoption/Review/Revision:

August 2020

November 2020

May 2022

 

mkohorst@carro… Wed, 09/02/2020 - 13:54